Filipino Philosophy a Critical Bibliography, 2nd Ed

August 21, 2017 | Author: api-3841311 | Category: Philosophy Of Science, World View, Western Philosophy, Hermeneutics, Pragmatism
Share Embed Donate


Short Description

This is the 2nd edition of Rolando Gripaldo's Filipno Philosophy: A Critical Bibliography 1774-1997....

Description

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY, 1774-1997 2nd edition

ROLANDO M. GRIPALDO

Foreword Tomas G. Rosario Jr.

i

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Published in 2000 by De La Salle University Press, Inc. 2504 Leon Guinto St., Malate 1004, Manila, Philippines Tel. No. (632) 536-1761; Telefax: (632) 526-5139 E-mail: [email protected] Homepage: http://www.dlsupress.com Second Printing

2001

Copyright © 2000 by Rolando M. Gripaldo

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means—whether virtual, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise—without the written permission of the copyright owner.

ISBN: 971-555-344-3

ii

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

FOREWORD TO THE SECOND EDITION

This second edition of R. M. Gripaldo’s Filipino philosophy: A criticial bibliography, 1774-1997 could be considered as a landmark in the history of research on the works of Filipino philosophical thinkers and scholars. No similar achievement of this magnitude, as far as I know, has ever been done or published. One is tempted to assert that this is his magnum opus—he notes, however, that this is an ongoing project every five years—if one measures it in terms of time, effort, and sacrifice invested and in terms of its immeasurable value to current and future scholars on “Filipino philosophy.” It is then an outstanding and, probably, an unsurpassable scholarship feat. The author discloses a very broad-minded view of “Filipino philosophy” in this exhaustive bibliography of books, articles, reviews, translations, and poems on wide-ranging topics that are directly or indirectly philosophical. Although he has a bias for what he calls the “traditional approach” to philosophy, he expands his conception of Filipino philosophy to two other approaches: namely, the “constitutional” and the “anthropological.” He admits that works falling under the category of either the constitutional approach or the anthropological approach cannot be considered “Filipino philosophies” in the strict sense; nonetheless, he deems it appropriate to include them in this compilation based on his perspective as a historian of Filipino philosophy. In view of the current vision and the growing desire among Filipino teachers of philosophy to explore the possible resources of “Filipino philosophy,” we may gladly endorse Dr. Gripaldo’s holistic approach to this bibliography of Filipino writings on Filipino Volkgeist. One may not agree with him on the inclusion in this compilation of works that fall under the “constitutional” and “anthropological” views of philosophy. In other words, writings that are not specifically philosophical in character might be deemed misplaced in this bibliography by scholars of “pure philosophy.” A criticism of this nature, however, entails the contemporary problematic of whether philosophy in general should be an exclusive enterprise or should it be in dialogue with the natural and social sciences for it to be relevant. What is, at least, significant in this research is that the author provides us with an expanded area for the exploration of Filipino philosophical insights and reflections towards the enrichment of Filipino self-understanding and the development of a “Filipino philosophy.” With this improved and updated compilation, Filipino scholars and researchers in the field of philosophy can seriously shift their interest from a Western outlook of philosophy to an indigenous philosophical world-view. This vast research material should encourage Filipino philosophy teachers to initiate a collaboration among themselves in order to

iii

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

determine in a systematic and sustained study the Filipino perception of human living, his relation to the world, and his relation to a supernatural being. In a very significant way, Dr. Gripaldo’s diligent and ongoing scholarship, in this neglected area of philosophical speculation, is a persistent invitation, if not a call, for us to engage in a dedicated exploration of the resources of Filipino philosophy. Undoubtedly, his continuous research and painstaking gathering of Filipino literature on philosophy is a clear demonstration of his own conviction that Filipino consciousness is also philosophical. It would be our own gesture of gratitude to him for this great work and his own vision to give a definite shape to Filipino philosophy out of the various reflections and voices of Filipino scholars and writers if the invitation of his work was heeded. Hence, this new edition of Filipino philosophy: A critical bibliography, 1774-1997 should be an impetus to all Filipino philosophical scholars to be more vigorous in their research on Filipino philosophy.

Tomas Rosario Jr., Ph.D.

28 April 1999 Department of Philosophy Ateneo de Manila University Quezon City

iv

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

FOREWORD TO THE FIRST EDITION

In attempting to establish a tradition of research in a country where this is a cultural innovation, in the sense that scholarly pursuit through publications is relatively recent, the need for biographical tools and state-of-the-art reviews is particularly called for in order to stimulate a tradition of research as an on-going activity characterized by continuity and persevering build-up. Thus, De La Salle University by conscious policy, through its research agencies and its university press, has encouraged the publication of state-of-the-art reviews of specific disciplines as these are pursued in this country and of listings of works done by Filipinos about Philippine topics. Over the years, our professors have published such bibliographic volumes in philosophy, chemistry, business and management, religious education, educational research including language education, educational management, and guidance counselling. An earlier work of compilation on the state of philosophical work in the Philippines was done by Professor Emeritus Emerita Quito in 1983 and anticipated the current volume. What Rolando M. Gripaldo has done in Filipino philosophy: A critical bibliography is to come up with as complete a listing as possible till 31 December 1992 of all works done in the Philippines by Filipinos about topics current in philosophical circles. He introduces the list with his categorization and the limitations of his choices; on the basis of his 5,612 entries consisting of articles, books, reviews and abstracts, translations, and poems—popular and scholarly—he delineates trends and schools of thought. The listing is the most exhaustive thus far in his area and completes the earlier work of Professor Emeritus Quito whose focus was the state of philosophical academic study in the country more than on past philosophical content and topics. A compilation of this nature is almost by necessity controversial on what entries have been included, themselves based on criteria which the compiler has set out for himself. The points of controversy have to do with who is Filipino, whether works done by Filipinos abroad should be included, and most controversial of all, which publications may be deemed “philosophical” in nature, since this has to do with the larger problem, unsolvable, of what constitutes philosophy and philosophical reflection. The compiler has taken a broad view and includes subject matter according to traditional categories of topics covered in philosophy; he has also given himself wide leeway in including works of a popular nature so as not to narrow his coverage too early.

v

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

With this bibliographical tool, the serious student of Filipino thought and reflection now has a beginning volume to consult depending on his own decisions with regard to the definitions of what is Filipino and what is philosophy, to note the centers where this kind of study and investigation are taking place, what has been done, so as to consult those items in the bibliography that may be of help to his own research. One hopes that with this work he will be among those listed in the bibliography in future editions as a contributor to the Great Conversation on the vital dimensions that life has to offer.

Andrew Gonzalez, FSC, Ph.D.

15 November 1995 Office of the President De La Salle University Manila

vi

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION This second edition of Filipino philosophy: A critical bibliography, 1774-1997 consists of three parts. Part One is composed of nine essays that include a discussion on the bibliography on Filipino philosophy from 1774 to 1997 and on the state of philosophy in the Philippines today. Part Two is the bibliography proper of the original work (1774-1992) while Part Three is the bibliography proper of the update (1993-97). I believe that the second edition represents a holistic picture of Filipino philosophy and its bibliography in the Philippines today. The preliminaries include the Foreword to the second edition by Dr. Tomas Rosario Jr., who has written a number of books and is currently connected with the Department of Philosophy of the Ateneo de Manila University; the Foreword to the first edition by Bro. Andrew Gonzalez, FSC, who served for the second time as DLSU President from 1994-98; and the Preface to the second edition by myself. The reader will notice the absence of the Preface to the first edition and the Preface to the update edition. The compiler has incorporated many of the ideas in these prefaces to the introductory chapter where, he believes, they properly belong. He has incorporated the acknowledgments of both the first and the update editions to the Preface of the second edition. Part One (“Filipino philosophy and its bibliography”) talks about Parts Two and Three, which together may be labelled as “A bibliography on Filipino philosophy in three approaches, 1774-1997.” Part One of nine chapters offers a comprehensive answer to the philosophical issue, “Is there a Filipino philosophy and why do you think there is such a philosophy?” My reply, which serves as the thesis of Part One, is that “there is such a Filipino philosophy and it is in three approaches—anthropological, traditional, and constitutional—and they are integrally situated among the various branches of contemporary philosophy.” This reply to the issue is original in the sense that it is my own philosophical theory. This reply is discussed extensively in chapters I and II. Chapters III and VI provide a philosophical map, so to speak, of the development of the various philosophical writings of Filipino thinkers by identifying the trends through which these writings are directed insofar as the branches of philosophy are concerned. The two trends are separated so that the first trend (1774-1992) can be distinguished from the update trend (199397) in the historical process. Since Filipino writers in philosophy practically write in every branch or division of contemporary philosophy, chapters IV and VII discuss these various divisions of philosophy by stating what it is, identifying some of the major issues and philosophers of each branch, and relating the entries of Parts Two and Three to the text. In this way, the bibliographic entries are brought into the text of Part One. Chapter V attempts to explain the phenomenon of postmodernism where the existence of so much fragmented thinking has become phenomenal and a sparse system building, if any, has been done. In the Philippines, the effacement of boundaries between high and low cultures,

vii

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

between different sexes, and between high (metanarratives) and low (perspectival and unsystematic) philosophizings are discussed. Chapter VIII tries to explain the current state of philosophy in the Philippines by making use of an earlier work which has the same topic as a point of reference. The last chapter consists of some concluding remarks. I have enlarged the glossary because of the entry of important additional philosophical terms in the update. All in all, I feel that the second edition represents a modest contribution to the development of philosophy—in particular, to the development of Filipino philosophy—in the Philippines. The original bibliography was made possible through a sabbatical grant given to me by the Mindanao State University at Marawi City during the academic period June 1991 to May 1992 when I was still connected with that university. It was later expanded up to 31 December 1992. The DLSU Press published it as an electronic book and, subsequently, issued a limited edition of fifty hard copies in 1996. The update edition, 1993-1997, was supported by the DLSU College of Liberal Arts through the College Research Fund under the direct supervision of Dean Estrellita Z. V. Gruenberg and Vice Dean Stella Valdez. If readers notice some misspelled names; misquoted titles of articles or books; missed reviews, articles, books, master’s/doctoral works; or the like, they are enjoined to send their comments on the second edition of the bibliography to the following address so that they can be incorporated in the third edition: The Compiler, Filipino Critical Bibliography, Department of Philosophy, 5th Floor William Hall, De La Salle University, 2401 Taft Ave., Manila 1004, Philippines. For the second edition, I wish to acknowledge all those who in one way or another have contributed to the realization of this project, particularly the Mindanao State University for the original bibliographic work, the DLSU College of Liberal Arts for the update edition, some of my graduate students—Christine Ramos, Max Felicilda, and Jing Reyes—for helping me gather the materials from their respective schools, Dr. Teresita Fortunato for lending me some of her journal collections, and the members of my family for their patience and understanding. As for the rest, since there are many of them and for fear of missing one or two, I would like to thank them all, too.

R.M.G.

viii

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CONTENTS Foreword to the second edition by Dr. Tomas G. Rosario Jr. ……………………………. iii Foreword to the first edition by Dr. Andrew Gonzalez, FSC ……………………………...v Preface to the second edition ………………………………………………………………vii PART ONE - FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY AND ITS BIBLIOGRAPHY CHAPTERS I Introduction.......................................................................................................4 II “Filipino philosophy”: A further philosophical analysis ..................................10 III Trends in Filipino philosophy, 1774-1992........................................................17 IV Prefatory essay on the first edition of the bibliography, 1774-1997.................25 V The philosophization of everyday life and other matters, 1993 onwards ........38 VI Trends in the update edition, 1993-97 ..............................................................42 VII Prefatory essay on the update edition ...............................................................47 VIII The state of philosophy in the Philippines........................................................56 IX Conclusion .......................................................................................................62 References...........................................................................................................................65 Glossary ..............................................................................................................................71

ABOUT THE AUTHOR ....................................................................................................77

PART TWO - THE BIBLIOGRAPHY, 1774-1992 I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XIII XIV XV XVI

Aesthetics, history and philosophy of art, and literary criticism ......................79 Asian philosophy ..............................................................................................89 Autobiography, biography, and philosophy of life...........................................99 Epistemology ....................................................................................................104 Ethics and metaethics........................................................................................110 Existentialism and phenomenology ..................................................................131 Filipino philosophy (FP1)..................................................................................139 Hermeneutics ....................................................................................................152 Logic and logical theory/philosophical logic....................................................154 Metaphysics and Weltanschauung....................................................................159 Modernism and postmodernism........................................................................171 Philosophy of economics ..................................................................................172 Philosophy of education....................................................................................184 Philosophy of history ......................................................................................211 Philosophy of language and linguistic philosophy ..........................................214

1

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

XVI XVII XVIII XIX XX XXI XXII XXIII XXIV XXV XXVI

Philosophy of law/legal philosophy..................................................................220 Philosophy of mathematics .............................................................................222 Philosophy of mind/philosophical psychology.................................................224 Philosophy of person/philosophical anthropology............................................228 Philosophy, introduction, and history of philosophy .....................................240 Political philosophy .......................................................................................245 Pragmatism ....................................................................................................276 Philosophy of religion and mysticism ............................................................277 Philosophy of science ....................................................................................293 Social philosophy ...........................................................................................298 Structuralism and poststructuralism ...............................................................314

PART THREE - THE UPDATE, 1993-97 I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII XIII XIV XV XVI XVII XVIII XIX XX XXI XXII XXIII

Aesthetics, history and philosophy of art, and the philosophy of literature/literary criticism .........................................................................317 Asian/Eastern philosophy ..............................................................................324 Autobiography, biography, and philosophy of life...........................................327 Epistemology .................................................................................................329 Ethics and metaethics .....................................................................................331 Filipino philosophy (FP1) ...............................................................................337 Logic/logical theory/philosophical logic and philosophy of mathematics ....341 Metaphysics and weltanschauung ..................................................................343 Modernism/postmodernism and feminism/postfeminism ..............................345 Philosophy of economics ...............................................................................349 Philosophy of education .................................................................................354 Philosophy of history .....................................................................................360 Philosophy of language/linguistic philosophy and hermeneutics ..................361 Philosophy of law/legal philosophy ...............................................................364 Philosophy of mind/philosophical psychology ..............................................365 Philosophy of nature ......................................................................................366 Philosophy: General, comparative, introductory, and historical ....................368 Philosophy of person/philosophical anthropology, phenomenology, and existentialism ...........................................................................................370 Political philosophy .......................................................................................374 Philosophy of religion and mysticism ............................................................380 Philosophy of science ....................................................................................384 Philosophy of technology ..............................................................................386 Social philosophy ...........................................................................................388

2

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

PART ONE

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY AND ITS BIBLIOGRAPHY

3

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER I: INTRODUCTION I On the Philippine contemporary scene there is the debate among Filipino teachers of philosophy as to whether there is such a thing as “Filipino philosophy” (De Castro 1999). My usual reply (see Gripaldo 1999a and 1999b) is that there is, that is to say, depending upon what one means by “Filipino philosophy.” If by it he means the activity of deciphering or extracting the philosophical presuppositions of native languages, myths, riddles, sayings, and the like, then he can hermeneutically derive a collective indigenous view on philosophical themes such as causality, time, space, God, spirituality, love, life. I call such a methodology of deriving the collective Weltanschaung as an expression of the collective Volkgeist as the anthropological or cultural approach to Filipino philosophy (see Dela Cruz 1999). Not everyone, of course, is expected to agree that this methodological approach is an activity of a philosopher (see Guevara 1999). It is, however, significant to point out that the American who popularized this approach in his book Folkways (Sumner 1960:1-605) is listed, at least, as an ethical philosopher by Oliver A. Johnson, in his book Ethics: Selections from classical and contemporary writers (1965:289-301). In other words, the Filipinos who specialize in this approach, like Leonardo Mercado and Florentino Timbreza, among others, are themselves philosophers for having engaged in the philosophical activity of interpreting that this and not that is the collective expression of the native idea of spirituality, space, causality, and the like. And for one to understand appreciatively how the native inhabitants behave or think, it is important that he understands their philosophical outlook or worldview (see in this connection Lomongo 1999). The traditional approach to Filipino philosophy is the standard used in the discipline of philosophy from the historian’s point of view. When historians of philosophy speak of “Greek philosophy,” for example, they enumerate the individual Greek thinkers like Thales, Anaximenes, Anaximander, Xenophanes, Parmenides, Zeno et al. Similarly, they enumerate individual American, British, French, or German thinkers when they speak of “American,” “British,” “French,” or “German philosophy.” In other words, when one speaks of “Filipino philosophy’” in this sense, he must be able to name Filipino thinkers. And we have to start with our reformers and revolutionists, such as Jose Rizal, Andres Bonifacio, Emilio Jacinto, Apolinario Mabini et al., for it was during the propaganda and revolutionary periods that we accumulated a lot of writings with philosophical themes. In this traditional approach, philosophy is considered as the individual activity of philosophizing (see Khalid 1999, Guevara 1999, and Lomongo 1999). It is no longer the collective, but the individual, worldview—or one’s personal view—on philosophical themes of space-time, freedom, meaning of one’s life, truth, and suchlike. Essentially the personal perspective is also the standard view of most individual philosophers. In short, philosophy results from one’s activity of thinking about universal philosophical themes. I have sometimes called this the “philosophical approach to Filipino philosophy” in virtue of the fact that it is the dominant approach used in the discipline of philosophy. Again, although everyone will accept this as genuine philosophizing in the traditional sense, not everyone will accept that there existed philosophers among Filipino reformers and revolutionists (see Sayson Jr. 1999). I need only to invite them to read Part I,

4

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Section 1 of my series on Filipino philosophy: Traditional Approach (2001:1-238, 2nd printing). They might be persuaded that we do have philosophers in this traditional sense. The last approach is very problematic in view of the earlier emphasis on subject matter rather than on the interpreter of the text. The advent of hermeneutics seems to indicate a paradigm shift from mere categorization of the content of a text as Western or Eastern to the constitutional status of the interpreter himself/herself. We deemphasize the geographical nature of the content and emphasize the nationality of the interpreter in our classification. Here we find a number of philosophical texts which are classified as Western or Eastern but non-Filipino. We have such titles as “The soul and Bertrand Russell,” “The Confucian ethical philosophy,” “Zen and The will of the wind.” Offhand, if we zero in on the subject matter, we may conclude that these are not Filipino philosophy in that Russell is an American, Confucius is Chinese, and Zen is Japanese Buddhism. Note, however, that the interpreter of the text could be a Filipino and for as long as s/he hermeneutically derives what to him/her is the meaning of the text, then s/he is expressing his/her own mind. In other words, the interpretative output is the product or the expression of a Filipino mind, and by “Filipino” I mean as defined in the Philippine constitution. That is why I have called this the constitutional approach to Filipino philosophy (see in this connection Manauat 1999 and Odchimar III 1999). I would expect, of course, many to disagree with me in considering this category as Filipino philosophy (see Sayson Jr. 1999) albeit some may agree with me that its content or subject matter is certainly philosophy. A further analysis of these three approaches has been attempted in Chapter 2. I would like, however, to make clear the holistic position of this bibliography. I would like to defend the thesis that there is Filipino philosophy and that it is of three different types or schools. This thesis is the theoretical framework used in this bibliography. One may reject any or all of these types. However, I demonstrate that the three approaches to Filipino philosophy do exist in the Philippines today and cannot just be ignored. My bias is with the traditional approach in that from the disciplinal point of view, it is the dominant approach used in the discipline of philosophy. That is why I specialize in my doctoral and subsequent researches on the traditional approach to Filipino philosophy. But as a historian of Filipino philosophy, I must include the other two approaches even if I may not agree to describing them as Filipino philosophy, strictly speaking. A historian of philosophy is a historian. As such, he is a social scientist. Although he may also be a philosopher, he need not be one. As a social scientist, the historian of philosophy describes, classifies, and analyzes the existing data. Then he interprets the data in the light of the existing contemporary state of knowledge or thinking. He initially transcends the quarrels of philosophers, philosophical schools, or teachers of philosophy. He describes the nature of this quarrel. Then he takes a position. My position is a very broad one: to accommodate all three schools of Filipino philosophy. Each school presupposes a definition of philosophy (see De Vera 1999) that encompasses its philosophical activities or views. The anthropological/cultural approach takes philosophy to mean a collective or a people’s Weltanschauung about philosophical themes based on Filipino languages, psychological upbringing, myths, folklore, sayings, epithets. This collective perspective is an expression of the Filipino Volkgeist. The traditional approach takes philosophy to mean an individual perspective on philosophical themes like time, space, causality, religion, psychological makeup. The third group, the constitutional/national approach, takes philosophy to

5

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

INTRODUCTION

mean an interpretation or interpretative analysis of philosophical views or themes based on Western and Eastern philosophical traditions. Which of the three is genuine? The answer is—from the perspective of a historian of philosophy who has chosen the broad view— it depends on what one really means by “Filipino philosophy.”

II A number of bibliographies have been written about disciplines like history, literature, public administration, land reform, and the like in the Philippines. But I have neither seen nor found a relatively exhaustive bibliography on philosophy that will help philosophers, students, and teachers of philosophy in doing research on Filipino philosophy. It is in this light that Parts II and III have been written. The method used is critical analysis of texts. The term “critical bibliography” was first used in literature in order to determine, among other aspects, (a) the exactness of the date as to when an extant manuscript was written, (b) the accuracy of its authorship, or (c) both. No such thing has been done in the bibliographic work of Parts II and III that incorporate the original (17741992) and the update (1993-1997) editions. What has been done is to prepare the readers through prefatory explanations in Chapters 4 and 7 of each category or division of philosophy. The prefatory notes carry some critical or analytical remarks to determine the relative position of the various entries of each category of Filipino philosophy. The various entries are thereby holistically integrated into the text of Part I while simultaneously introducing the individual philosophical category to the readers in terms of its definition, its major issues, and some of its major philosophers. I find this procedure more convenient than making an annotation of each bibliographic entry since it is impractical as it will run into several volumes. Besides, an annotation may not be critical, in the sense of analytical, but may only be explanatory. The closest thing done on critical bibliography similar to that in literature has been on determining whether the author is a Filipino or a foreigner and whether the given bibliographic entry belongs, for example, to this category of classification or to another one. In a sense—in view of the critical prefatory notes and the critical discrimination of entries with respect to authorship (Filipino or otherwise) and to category—this work, in its entirety, goes beyond just an enumerative or systematic bibliography, that is, beyond a mere listing of works in consonance with a useful classificatory scheme. As a modest contribution to that endeavor, the second edition of Filipino philosophy: A critical bibliography, 1774-1997, has been prepared. It is, of course, not complete—because of the nature of the work itself—but is continuing. The cut-off date of the original work is 31 December 1992. It has been enlarged or supplemented and updated for the period 1993-1997. Henceforth, it will continue to be enlarged and updated every five years. III The limitations of the present work depend largely on the following: Firstly, insufficient funding. I have alloted some precious time to earn an extra income for research purposes in doing the original bibliography. The update was supported by the DLSU

6

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

College of Liberal Arts under the College Research Fund. The amounts of both researches, however, have still been quite meager to enable the compiler to travel to the provinces to examine college and university publications there which are either not available or are rather incomplete as to their periodic appearances in Metro Manila libraries. While they will be included in future updates, the compiler hopes that a greater amount of funding can be obtained in the near future. Secondly, insufficient time. A professional researcher will always expect a voluminous material on his field of research even when the majority of his colleagues are skeptical about it. And by this situation, I mean that even if the collected bibliographic entries are meager, the materials to be examined can be very extensive. A professional researcher, for example, will have to go over all the issues of the Philippines Free Press even if he collects only a handful of philosophical entries. And this requires much—a much longer— time. I must confess that not all the available materials which have probable Filipino philosophy entries have been examined in view of lack of time. Even in researching and writing the update, I was saddled with teaching, administrative, and committee works. There was just not enough time to go to the provinces and examine the graduate publications of colleges and universities there. This factor explains why this second edition becomes a continuing project. Thirdly, uncertainty of entries as to category and/or authorship. A number of entries which I have collected have been placed on the “verification file” in terms of authorship or content classification in both the original work and the update. Although many articles that belong to the 1774-1992 timeframe have already been examined and incorporated, there are still some which need more time to determine. The same holds true in the case of the update. “Filipino philosophy as used broadly in this bibliography means a philosophy—whether expository, progressive, translated, original, Western or Eastern, genuinely reflexive, or indigenous—that is written, interpreted, or extracted from a source by a “Filipino” as defined in the 1987 Constitution. This broad definition necessarily includes the three approaches to Filipino philosophy minus the nuances that differentiate them from one another. As a consequence, it is sometimes difficult to determine whether a name of an entry is Filipino or not. This problem requires further verification. I have allowed a small margin of error for entries adjudged written by a Filipino on the basis of its Filipino-sounding name, but which may later turn out to be written by a Spaniard, or a Filipino who has become a naturalized citizen of another country, or the like. On the other hand, I have included foreign writers in the entries for as long as the content of their works are indigenous or basically Filipino. For example, if a foreign author writes on the philosophy of life of the Ifugao, then his name is included. The perspective in this bibliography is basically pro-Filipino: it is the interpreter as criterion when the subject matter is foreign but it is the subject matter as criterion when the interpreter is a foreigner. There are also a few cases where a bibliographic entry is taken from a decennial index, a short bibliography, curriculum vitae, or the like, and the title of the entry does not give any hint as to the content of the article or book. This entry has also been listed in the “verification file.” Some of the questionable entries which I had the time to verify have already been included in this second edition. Lastly, there are philosophical poems and short stories which require thorough analysis and classification. I have included them, but some are still placed in the verification file because of methodological difficulties in ascertaining their philosophical value. They will be included in the listings in future updates. Poems and at least one short story, which I have included in this

7

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

INTRODUCTION

second edition, express particular points of view that strike the cord of certain philosophical themes and in that sense they are considered philosophical in their own right, though the views themselves may be fragmented and not systematic, or the author of the poem himself is not by profession or training a philosopher. This bibliography is limited to published materials. I have decided in the meantime to place on file papers read, presented, discussed in various venues and on different occasions, pending their ultimate publication because generally authors make extensive revisions. I myself did all the gathering and analyses of data over a ten-year period because I was convinced no research assistant could do the work that was highly interpretative. I myself believe that the research assistant must constantly update himself/herself with the latest developments in contemporary philosophy, which is a difficult undertaking.

IV The traditional categories or philosophical divisions are aesthetics, ethics, epistemology, logic, metaphysics, natural philosophy, and politics. Additions later evolved: from aesthetics comes the philosophy of art; from ethics metaethics, philosophy of freedom and determinism, and philosophy of action; from epistemology the philosophy of perception, logical positivism, structuralism (and from this poststructuralism), pragmatism, philosophy of mind (philosophical psychology), philosophy of artificial intelligence; from natural philosophy the philosophy of physics, philosophy of biology, philosophy of chemistry, philosophy of medicine, and philosophy of science (both social and natural); from logic logical theory (philosophical logic), with mathematics the philosophy of mathematics, and with language linguistic philosophy, ordinary language philosophy, and the philosophy of language; from metaphysics the philosophy of religion, mysticism, philosophy of time, phenomenology, existentialism, hermeneutics, modernism (and from this postmodernism), and philosophy of man (philosophical anthropology); finally from politics social philosophy, philosophy of education, philosophy of history, philosophy of economics, political philosophy, and philosophy of law. The 15th edition of the Encyclopædia Britannica (1989, 30: 517-18) listed some seventeen such divisions of philosophy, viz., (1) metaphysics, (2) philosophy of nature which includes the philosophy of biology and of physics, (3) epistemology, (4) philosophy of mind (philosophical psychology), (5) philosophy of man (philosophical anthropology), (6) ethics (moral philosophy, including metaethics), (7) political philosophy, (8) aesthetics, (9) philosophy of language, (10) philosophy of logic (logical theory), (11) philosophy of mathematics, (12) philosophy of art, (13) philosophy of science, (14) philosophy of religion, (15) philosophy of law (legal philosophy), (16) philosophy of education, and (17) philosophy of history. All these categories have been used in Part II (the original bibliography) and Part III (the update). I have made, however, some modifications in the categories of the bibliographic work instead of just following the above-cited 17 divisions of philosophy. I have combined metaphysics and worldviews (or Weltanschuung), aesthetics and the philosophy of art, natural philosophy and philosophy of science, logic and logical theory/philosophical logic, philosophy of language and linguistic philosophy, and philosophy of religion and mysticism. I have also made some additions by listing Eastern philosophies and some philosophical movements or topics such as Filipino philosophy [using the first and third components (henceforth FP1)]; Asian

8

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

philosophy; autobiography, biography, and philosophy of life; phenomenology and existentialism; structuralism and poststructuralism; philosophy, introduction, and history of philosophy; pragmatism; social philosophy; philosophy of economics; and modernism and postmodernism.

V In the first and second editions, the prefatory explanations of each philosophical branch were written as separate essays for Parts II and III. Such arrangement allows the reader the opportunity to read in Part I the explanatory notes in just one sitting in order for him/her to have a comprehensive or holistic view of Filipino philosophy drawn from the various branches of contemporary philosophy as they are classified in Parts II and III. After examining a considerable number of books and periodicals, I have found the entries in the original work and the update to be the only productive ones. I did not include, of course, a list of periodicals which are nonproductive, that is, no philosophy works (article, poem, review) are obtainable. I also noticed that a number of journals have become extinct like Agimata of De La Salle University, although a few ones have been established or revitalized like Budhi of the Ateneo de Manila University. Some journals pop up every now and then like Karunungan whose latest issue—volume 10-14 (1997) —came out after hibernating for some time. Karunungan used to be published by De La Salle University, but is now published by the University of Santo Tomas.

9

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER II: “FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY”: A FURTHER PHILOSOPHICAL ANALYSIS In section 1 of the first chapter, I discussed in an introductory manner the three approaches to Filipino philosophy. This chapter will go deeper into the analysis of three basic terms: philosophy, Filipino, and Filipino philosophy. Three Views on Filipino Philosophy One important view of Filipino philosophy was given by Leonardo Mercado (1972:577) as “an aspect of Filipino thought.” It is an “aspect” because thought is rather broad as to include ideas, such as those in pure literature, mathematics, natural sciences, biological sciences. Mercado defines this aspect as a people’s way of looking at things. This anthropological/cultural approach to philosophy that William Graham Sumner (1960:1-605) has popularized points to the views of a people expressing their Volkgeist and their collective Weltanschauung. This philosophical outlook is embodied in the people’s language and oral and written literature. The other important view is the traditional approach that identifies individual Filipino philosophers. This approach is used in the discipline of philosophy; in that respect, it may likewise be called the philosophical approach to philosophy. Since in “Greek philosophy” one names individual Greek philosophers, so one should likewise name Filipino philosophers when one speaks of “Filipino philosophy” (see Gripaldo 1988:521). The third important view conceives of Filipino philosophy from the constitutional or national perspective (Gripaldo 1978: 56). In this case, any philosophical work written by a Filipino (including naturalized ones) as defined by the Philippine Constitution is Filipino philosophy. This view is similar to Filipino philosophy seen as “the sum total of all the writings in philosophy by Filipinos” (DLSU Philosophy Department 1990: 3), except that the term “Filipinos” is not quite defined. I call this view the constitutional or national approach in that it is defined in terms of nationality. In the light of hermeneutics (see Nicholson 1985:34-42), a philosophical interpretative input was made by the Filipino author. One notices that this approach to Filipino philosophy is broad enough as to cover the other two approaches. However, one should likewise consider other nuances in the classification. One uses two basic criteria: the author/interpreter and the subject matter. In the anthropological approach the authors—like Mercado and Timbreza—are themselves Filipinos and the subject matter or sources are indigenous, like the people’s language, dialects, folklore.The authors cited hermeneutically extract or derive philosophical presuppositions from such sources. Hence, the collective nature of the extracted philosophy. In the traditional approach, the authors are also Filipinos but their subject matter is their own interpretations of universal philosophical themes. They may use references culled from Eastern and/or Western philosophical traditions. However, the resultant philosophy is individual—not collective—and could be highly original—not necessarily derivative. Even if

10

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

one assumes it as derivative—that is, e.g. neo-Platonism as derived from Plato’s philosophical ideas—there is still an original innovation involved. In the constitutional approach—as strictly defined in Chapter I—the authors are Filipinos but their subject matter has been traditionally described as Western or Eastern, therefore nonFilipino. The nature of their work is basically expository and with no or very little original ideas as inputs. The exposition itself, however, is original in the sense that no such expository style has been used as exactly as it is except by the author himself. It is in this sense, I contend, that hermeneutically the resulting interpretative work is the expression of a Filipino mind. Although the constitutional approach can broadly apply to the other two views in the sense that the authors are themselves Filipinos as defined in the Philippine constitution, I wish to limit its application to only the third view since its subject matter (content) or philosophical source is non-Filipino or non-native or non-original. Generally, the writer is only considered a Thomist, a Kantian, a Platonist, etc., or a critic of this or that Western or Eastern philosophy or philosopher. He can graduate from this constitutional approach by becoming innovative or by inserting original ideas or insights into the work. He then becomes a neo-Thomist, a neo-Kantian, etc., or a highly original philosopher. In that respect, he belongs now to the traditional-approach category. The authors of the anthropological and constitutional approaches are scholars or specialists in certain areas of concentration. The specialization need not be one but many and usually related. In the contemporary globalization scenario, multi-specialization has become necessary. Technological and knowledge changes are so rapid that one’s expertise in an area may no longer be needed and one needs to shift to one’s other expertise in order to survive. Toffler (1980:300303) talks about the “revolt against narrow specialization” and describes the scenario of inter-or multi-disciplinary work. This scenario appears necessary for group survival; for individual survival multi-specialization becomes a must. The authors in the traditional approach as essentially original thinkers need not be scholars at all although such a scholarship becomes highly desirable because of the rapid changes that take place within one’s area of specialization and the related fields. There is a perspective that presents a union of the anthropological and the philosophical approaches to philosophy. This view is explicit in Gripaldo (1988: 521). The closest expression of this dichotomy is the distinction made by Ramon Reyes (1973: 429-30) between vital thought [as in the anthropological approach] and reflexive thought [as in the traditional approach]. Which of the three views on Filipino philosophy is the “correct” one? It depends (see Chapter I). From the constitutional standpoint, the third view; from the anthropological standpoint, the first view; and from the philosophical standpoint, the second view. If one takes the anthropological and traditional approaches, the answer is the combined or fourth perspective, which I label elsewhere as FP1 (see Chapter VII of Part II and Chapter VI of Part III). Defining Filipino philosophy will need finding the meaning of the words “Filipino” and “philosophy.” The Term “Filipino” Historically, the term “Filipino” was used in contrast to “[p]agan and wild tribes” (Rivera 1985: 150) or to the term “Moro” (Asani 1981: 27-33; Rivera 1985: 150). In the long, long past there was no Filipino concept of a nation. Each tribe had its own native philosophy in the anthropological sense. The concept of a Filipino nation took some time to develop. It was said

11

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

PHILOSOPHICAL ANALYSIS

that Jose Rizal was the “First Filipino” in that he was the first to really think of the entire archipelago, which was populated by various groups of natives, as forming the Filipino nation despite their tribal differences, but feeling a deep sense of nationalism (Guerrero 1963: 492, 49697). Others talk about the “Last Filipino” (Henares Jr. 1981: 22-25). At any rate, although Rizal may have indeed been the First Filipino,1 the political expression of this qualification was enshrined only later in article 6, sections 1-2 (at least), title IV of the Malolos Constitution (1899). Filipinos as defined then were those born in Philippine territory (sec. 1) and children of Filipino father or mother even if born outside the country (sec. 2). It is not clear whether or not Rizal’s concept of “Filipino” excludes naturalized foreigners (sec. 3) or those foreigners who had acquired domicile and paid taxes for two years in Philippine territory (sec. 4) (Guevara 1972: 105-106).2 Similar provisions were later incorporated in succeeding Philippine constitutions. Unfortunately, not all members of some tribes thought like Rizal or even in terms of the Constitution. Some even did not want themselves to be part of the Filipino Republic and preferred to make their ancestral lands independent. Even as late as the early 1970s there had been cases in Marawi City (I began my teaching career at the Mindanao State University in Marawi in November 1970), where an older Maranao woman lamented the marriage of her grandson to a “Filipina.” This situation suggested that the thought of the Moro as not a Filipino still persisted in this woman’s mind. And because the Maranao concept of the Filipino in the past was a Christian native, so the Moros would not want to be Christianized or be made Filipinos. The constitutional concept of the Filipino, as expressed in the various Philippine Constitutions, from 1899 to 1987, slowly filtered down to the consciousness of various tribes. The faster the members of the tribes or cultural communities are integrated into the body politic, the greater is their absorption of the concept of being Filipino and the lesser is their resistance to being Filipino. Every now and then, of course, there are cases of individual and group resistance to this concept, mostly on political and historical grounds.3 In the main, however, this constitutional concept of the Filipino is the most inclusive and, in this respect, the one used in this bibliography. The Term “Philosophy” The term “philosophy” literally means “love of wisdom.” Pythagoras, who coined the term, thought that “true wisdom . . .in the strict sense belongs to God alone” and he did not want himself to be called a wise man but only a friend or lover of wisdom (Chroust 1964: 423). Wonder (Thales) gave birth to ancient philosophy while doubt (Descartes) to modern philosophy. Some writers consider Francis Bacon (Tassi 1986:17-18) as the father of modern philosophy because of his introduction of the inductive method as differentiated from the deductive method of Aristotle. Moreover, Bacon viewed nature as something to be “interpreted, dominated, and controlled by man” (Leoncini 1992: 24-25) rather than—as in the past—as something to be simply understood and to which man should adjust himself. Contemporary Western philosophy is either existential-phenomenological (Continental) or analytic (Anglo-American) with few exceptions in between. Morton White (White 1955: 18-21, 242) divided contemporary philosophy as consisting of hedgehogs and foxes. The hedgehogs “strive to know one big thing” (e.g., Croce, Bergson, Whitehead, Husserl, and the existentialists) while the foxes are “content to know many little things, or indeed one little thing” (e.g., Moore,

12

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Carnap, Wittgenstein, and the Anglo-American philosophers of language). A mediating movement between them is pragmatism that “aspires to a total, metaphysical, systematic view of reality without losing sight of scientific and logical detail of human problems.” White suggests that the “hedgehog may lie down with the fox, and the result need not be grotesque.” I completely agree with White that philosophers as philosophers should not only be “concerned with the problems of men” but should also have a “careful concern with language and logic [as] indispensable in philosophy.” My American philosophy mentor, Christine Kales, characterized contemporary philosophy as either “soulsearching” or “hairsplitting.” If one examines the writings of both the soulsearchers and the hairsplitters, one notices that there is analysis in both, but their subject matters differ significantly in focus. While the soulsearcher concentrates on man and his situation in relation to himself and to others, including the Divine, by using generally the phenomenological and hermeneutic methods of analysis, the hairsplitter concentrates on just any topic with the desire to clarify, solve, or dissolve philosophical problems by using the logical and linguistic methods of analysis. The line between hermeneutic (exegetic) and linguistic analyses is a very thin one indeed. Linguistic analysis involves interpretation while hermeneutic (exegetic) analysis involves language clarification. The latest development in contemporary philosophy is the emergence of a movement consisting of different philosophical persuasions called postmodernism. It is claimed to be postMarxist, post-analytic philosophy, poststructuralism, post-existential phenomenology, postfoundationalism, deconstructionist. There is now another movement called “After Postmodernism” (1998) which continues the trends but discards the arbitrariness of postmodernism. The Meaning of “Philosophy” I want to stress that the term “philosophy” has come down to us with various shades of meaning. Among these are: (1) philosophy as love, pursuit, or study of knowledge, wisdom, or truth, especially as to the nature of things (Pre-Socratics, Plato, Aristotle) or the happy life (Epicurus); (2) philosophy as the handmaid of theology whose purpose is to elucidate revealed truths in order to combat heresy (Medieval philosophy); (3) philosophy as analysis of concepts, styles of reasoning, and the limits of knowledge (John Locke, David Hume, A. J. Ayer, Bertrand Russell); (4) philosophy as the struggle to free one’s intelligence from the bewitchment of language (Ludwig Wittgenstein); (5) philosophy as the handmaid of science (logical positivists); (6) philosophy as “thinking which has become conscious of itself” (John Dewey) or “thinking about generalities rather than particulars” (William James); (7) philosophy as “meaning which the world has for you” (S. E. Frost Jr.) or as the meaning one has created or invented in life (Sartre); and (8) philosophy as the dialogue between Being and being (Heidegger) (Garfroth 1971: 2-3; Frost Jr. 1962: 1; Kluback and Wilde 1956: 10). It is important to note that in contemporary philosophy the traditional etymological meaning of philosophy as “love of wisdom” has been challenged. During the time of the ancient Greeks, philosophy was the search after truth or the search for knowledge, and the Greeks thought of wisdom as epistemic. Aristotle (1992:137-158) in the Nicomachena ethics considers practical wisdom (phronesis) as an extension of intellectual wisdom (episteme), and both are necessary for the development of intellectual virtue. Immanuel Kant (see Beck 1966:47-49) likewise argues that there is a unity between pure reason, the seat of epistemic knowledge, and practical reason,

13

PHILOSOPHICAL ANALYSIS

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

the seat of ethical knowledge. Pure reason, however, leads us nowhere. Heidegger in Being and time (1962) in effect raises the issue: “Does the traditional type of thinking rests on a mistake?” His answer is affirmative. He argues that the ontic search for substance and its categories has not been quite responsive to the meaning of man’s existence. In view of the pervasiveness of existence, it is important to search for the ontological categories (the existentials) of existence by using the type of thinking that does not follow the traditional logico-empirical method. Georg Gadamer (1996:312-24) places phronetic knowledge at center-stage and relegated epistemic knowledge as something beyond man’s control. He places epistemic knowledge in the realm of the natural sciences where man simply discovers the laws of nature. What is within man’s control is phronetic knowledge which is in the realm of the human sciences. In effect he throws away philosophy as epistemic wisdom and concentrates on philosophy as phronetic wisdom. Some postmodernists talk about the “end of philosophy,” that is to say, the end of traditional philosophy. In the light of this development, a historian of philosophy as a social scientist can no longer argue strongly for the traditional definition of philosophy. He has to transcend the biases of each school of philosophy and consider all their philosophical claims and activities as philosophy. He has to recognize in this particular respect Wittgenstein’s (1958:32) doctrine of “family resemblances.” The term “philosophical” A distinction should be made between the term “philosophical” and the term “philosophy.” The term “philosophical” in this bibliography is used to describe (1) a type of thinking, (2) all philosophical activities, and (3) a type of subject matter. First of all, the term “philosophical” is applied broadly to a type of thinking which is speculative, reflective, theoretical, definitional, and the like. The current usage of the word “theory” in analytic philosophy is that it is used as synonymous to a “philosophical systembuilding” as in “political theory” and the word “theoretical” is used synonymously to a “speculative activity” as in “theoretical physics.” Here is what John Plamenatz (1971: 29) says about political theory: Political theory, as distinct from political science, is not fantasy or the parading of prejudices; nor is it an intellectual game. Still less is it linguistic analysis. It is an elaborate, rigorous, difficult, and useful undertaking. It is as much needed as any of the sciences. Its purpose is not to tell us how things happen [i.e. describing, the activity of science] in the world, inside our minds or outside them; its purpose is to help us decide what to do and how to go about doing it. To achieve that purpose, it must be systematic, self-consistent, and realistic. We learn to cope with the world, not by collecting principles at random, but by acquiring a coherent practical philosophy, which we acquire largely in the process of considering other philosophies of the same kind. This broad interpretation of the word “theory” to mean “philosophical speculation” or “philosophical system-building” can also be applied to all types of theorizing as in “sociological theory,” “scientific theory,” “literary theory,” “economic theory,” “educational theory,” “psychological theory,” “mathematical theory,” and the like. Hence, anything that is theoretical is philosophical in this broad sense. It is not purely descriptive, which is the dominant concern of

14

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

a scientific activity. In other words, the common border between science and philosophy is theory. Some speculative theories are called scientific, i.e., empirically verifiable through experimentation and measurement and can be falsified; others, however, are purely speculative, nonverifiable, or nonfalsifiable, but logically coherent. Secondly, the term “philosophical” is used here to transcend the quarrels of some schools of philosophy. For example, the analytic philosophers criticized the existentialists and phenomenologists (and for that matter the postmodernists) as “charlatans”’ (impostors or pretenders to knowledge), who are engaged in “dreary subjects,” while the latter criticized the former as “heartless philistines,” who are engaged in cold and meaningless subjects. A utilitarian called the existentialists as “prigs” (conceited and didactic persons) while an existentialist called a logical positivist a “cow” (a troublesome and unpleasant person) (White 1955: 237-38, 243). Each philosophical camp describes the activities of other camps as “nonphilosophical.” The present bibliography transcends their quarrels and considers all their reflective activities as “philosophical.” Finally, the term “philosophical” is used to describe the subject matter more than the author of the work. In fact, to identify whether the work is philosophical is to concentrate on the work itself. It does not matter whether the author is anonymous or a social or natural scientist, a theologian, a poet or a man of letters, a professional philosopher, a lawyer, or a mailman. It does not also matter if the work is lifted from sources other than a professional journal of philosophy. It can be lifted from a theology journal, a political science journal, a law journal, an economic journal, etc. Not all the entries in this bibliography are, strictly speaking, a discussion of a philosophical subject matter. Some serve as a background to help one understand better the philosophical subject matter. For example, a history of Filipino art may not contain any discussion of a theory of art, and may only contain a description of the historical development of different styles of art. It is included in the entries because it will help one understand the various philosophical and theoretical discussions of art in other entries. Another example involves the biographies of philosophers. In some cases there are no discussions therein of the thinkers’ philosophical ideas. But these biographies or autobiographies are included because they shed light on the lifestyles (philosophy of life) of the various philosophers. On the other hand, the term “philosophy” is a subject matter which usually connotes an orderly arrangement of principles that form a coherent whole. System-builders such as Plato, Aristotle, Rene Descartes, Immanuel Kant, Georg Hegel are the obvious examples. Theirs is the high road to philosophy (Bierman and Gould 1977: 1-2). In this view, “philosophy” is not just “thought” but “systematic and original thought.” There is, however, a very broad application of philosophy. Frost Jr. (1962: 1) considers everyone—being human who has a developed brain and nervous system—to be capable of thinking and in that sense is a philosopher since thinking is the pathway to philosophy. Although this is the “low road” to philosophy, it is philosophy nonetheless. (In postmodernism this type of thinking is “fragmented thinking,” which is the dominant characteristic of late twentieth-century Western thought.) It is in this regard that many of the bibliographic entries come not from professional philosophers themselves but from those of other walks of life.

15

PHILOSOPHICAL ANALYSIS

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

NOTES 1.

2.

3.

Apolinario Mabini (1896) used the term “Filipino” to refer to all inhabitants of the Philippines. Father Jose Burgos earlier called all natives of the archipelago as “Filipinos,” which belies the claim that Jose Rizal was the “First Filipino.” See the pictorial exhibits on the Philippine Revolution at the National Commission on Culture and the Arts at the ground floor of the NCAA building, April 1999. Mercado (1974: 5) cited the 1973 Constitution on the definition of the term “Filipino,” except sec. 1 (4): Philippine citizenship by naturalization. This definition of “Filipino” is similar to that of the 1935 Constitution. In this bibliography, I am including sec. 1 (4), which Mercado excludes, in the operational definition of the term “Filipino.” For an excellent discussion of constitutional provisions on Filipino citizenship prior to the 1935 Constitution, that is to say, the provisions of the 1898 Treaty of Paris (art. 9), the Philippine Bill of 1902 (art. 4), and the Jones Law of 1916 (sec. 2), see Aruego (1969, 2: 2-6). The Biyak-na-Bato Constitution did not have a provision on the definition of “Filipino.” A copy of the original Spanish version of this Constitution is found in Agoncillo (1960: 743-49). For the extensive treatment of the development of the term “‘Filipino,” see Gripaldo (1994a: 114 and 1994b).

16

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER III: TRENDS IN FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY, 1774-1992 Trends in Filipino philosophy from 1774 to 1992 may be classified into three: (1) the types of philosophical tradition in Filipino philosophy which are currently pursued by Filipino thinkers; (2) the trend in the graduate work output in various colleges and universities; and (3) the types of philosophical subject matter that graduate students pursue in institutions of higher learning. Before looking into these trends, it is important to see a holistic picture about the configuration and distribution of the various entries as reflected in the present bibliography. A work is allowed multiple entries in different categories by virtue of its subject matter and is counted in every category it is entered. For example, an article entitled “Art, science, and religion” may be entered in the categories, namely: aesthetics, philosophy of science, and philosophy of religion, and will be counted three times. On the other hand, a work written by two or more authors may be allowed multiple entries in the same category but is counted only as a single text. If there are three authors, for instance, the three names will appear on the alphabetical list of the same category—say, logic—but the article or book will be counted only once. The original total entries were 5,614 as of 1992 in all categories (articles, books, graduate work, reviews, and other texts). There is, however, an additional set of 220 entries; the total number of entries for 1774-1992 as of May 1999 is 5,834 (see Table 1). As we can glean from Table 1 there are more article entries than in the other categories taken distributively or even collectively. There are 3,863 article entries as against the total of 1,971 of the other entries. Quite interestingly, there are more thinkers interested in writing on political philosophy (or on related matters) than in any other category individually. There are 799 political texts, followed by 690 entries in the philosophy of education and 558 in ethics and metaethics. However, if one considers the article entries alone, there are more in education (609) than in political philosophy (586). The least number of entries is in pragmatism (6). First Trend: Filipino Philosophical Traditions There are three philosophical approaches to Filipino philosophy: the traditional/ philosophical, the anthropological, and the constitutional. A trend, for our purposes, may be defined as a general tendency or direction of philosophical research or activity. The traditional/philosophical approach or tendency was started in the 1930s by Salvador P. Lopez and Ricardo Pascual of the department of philosophy of the University of the Philippines when they undertook research into the philosophy of Trinidad H. Pardo de Tavera and Jose Rizal, respectively.

17

TRENDS IN FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Table 1. Holistic configuration and distribution of Filipino writings in philosophy (1774-1992).

ENTRIE

Article

Book

Book Review

Translation

Grad. Work

Poem Total

DIVISION Aesthetics, Art Philo & Hist, Lit Crit

160

18

14

0

20

39

251

Asian Philosophy

162

5

11

1

35

5

219

43

19

8

0

8

41

119

Economics

262

13

42

0

5

3

325

Education

609

24

15

0

41

3

690

67

7

7

0

44

23

148

Ethics & Metaethics

346

48

36

2

106

20

558

Exist.& Phenomenology

125

4

27

1

36

11

204

Fil. Philo (FP1)

206

55

21

1

18

29

330

Philo of History

41

8

4

1

2

3

59

Philo of Language & Ling

92

3

5

0

16

8

124

Logic & Log Theory/ Philosophical Logic

45

26

6

1

15

9

102

158

12

29

2

60

36

297

41

2

6

0

25

5

79

159

29

20

1

80

11

300

75

15

18

1

4

18

131

586

93

51

3

54

12

799

6

0

0

0

0

1

7

216

15

42

2

98

67

440

87

4

14

0

24

2

131

277

34

24

1

53

2

391

Struct.& Poststructuralism

21

0

1

0

1

0

23

Philo of Math

26

1

0

0

5

0

32

Philo of Law

24

5

1

0

4

0

34

Modernism & Post-Modernism

10

2

1

0

1

0

14

Hermeneutics

19

1

0

1

4

0

25

3863

443

403

18

759

348

5834

Autobiography, Biography, & Life Philo

Epistemology

Metaphysics & Weltanschauung Philosophy of Mind Philo of Person Philo, Intro, & Hist of Philo Political Philo Pragmatism Philo of Religion & Mysticism Philo of Science Social Philosophy

TOTAL

18

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

The constitutional approach to Filipino philosophy began very much earlier. According to Jose Rizal, he studied philosophy—apparently Western philosophy because his teachers were Spanish Jesuits and Dominicans—in 1876-77 at the Ateneo Municipal [Philosophy I and II] and in 1877-78 at the University of Santo Tomas prior to his taking up medicine [Cosmology and Metaphysics, Theodicy, and History of Philosophy] (Zaide and Zaide 1984: 34 and 55). Fernandez (1974: 450-52) reported that the Dominicans were active in philosophy publishing in the Philippines as early as 1774 up to at least 1924. It is highly probable that the secular priests studied philosophy in the early mid-nineteenth century as a requirement for priesthood considering that Father Pedro Pelaez and Father Jose Burgos were secular priests who actively advocated the secularization of the parishes in the country. Josefina Lim Pe (1973: 76, 88-89) said that when “Santo Tomas opened in 1611, philosophy was among the major subjects it offered.” As a subject in the Liberal Arts curriculum, philosophy eventually became a specialized course giving birth on 20 November 1645 to a new separate Faculty of Scholastic Philosophy. Originally intended for seminarians, “this new Faculty had a large number of lay students as well.” The Faculty of Scholastic Philosophy curricula, however, were light: two years for a Bachelor’s degree (Ph. B.), one additional year for a Licentiate (Ph. L.), and a fourth year for a Doctoral degree (Ph. D.) with a doctoral thesis successfully defended. These programs were not recognized by the American colonial government until 1934. All these four years are equivalent to a college degree in philosophy at present (with a bachelor’s thesis successfully defended). Later the philosophy bachelor courses of Santo Tomas were integrated into the Bachelor of Arts curriculum of the College of Arts and Letters. In 1896 philosophy courses became part of the college called the Faculty of Philosophy and Letters. General philosophy for lay students and Scholastic Philosophy for seminarians were offered. On 1 March 1934 the Faculty obtained from the government the necessary recognition for the authority to confer the degree of Bachelor of Philosophy (Ph. B.) on students. The anthropological trend was systematically studied only in the 1970s by Leonardo N. Mercado and at present is currently pursued by Florentino T. Timbreza of the department of philosophy of De La Salle University and a few others. In the bibliographic entries the reader will notice that a number of Filipino thinkers from various universities are pursuing one or all of these three trends, which are not necessarily mutually exclusive as areas of research, although there are some who are more productive in one trend than in all or in another trend. Second Trend: Output in Graduate Work In this section we will try to ascertain the historical trend in the production of master’s theses and doctoral dissertations. Let me begin with the latter as there are only very few of them. I will exclude doctoral dissertations obtained by Filipinos abroad since they will only distort the historical picture of the trend. I must say, however, that in the entries there are only seven doctoral dissertations from different universities abroad which the compiler was able to gather. These are University of California at Berkeley (1968), University of Fribourg (1965), University of Louvain (1981), University of Leuven (1990), Fordham University (1989), and Antoniana University (1981). There are difficulties in securing this type of data, but supplemental updates will be done in the future.

19

TRENDS IN FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Master’s theses defended abroad are likewise excluded from the table. As a whole, there is no trend that Filipino students of philosophy pursue their master’s degree in philosophy in foreign universities. So far the entries contain only a few of such foreign degrees: one from Syracuse University, another from Gregorian University, and two from the University of Louvain. If at all there is a philosophical trend in graduate degrees in philosophy, it is not seen abroad but in local colleges and universities. On the doctoral level not much information is relevant except that the University of Santo Tomas has dominated the field with more than two dozens of doctoral degrees in philosophy, including a few studies related to philosophy, from 1929 to 1992. What is significant is that in the 1990s, aside from the University of Santo Tomas, De La Salle University and Ateneo de Manila University are currently offering doctoral degree programs in philosophy. The University of the Philippines lags behind in the offering of a doctoral program. I myself pursued my doctoral degree in Filipino philosophy (philosophical approach) under the Philippine Studies Program of the University of the Philippines and not with U. P.’s Department of Philosophy1 (see Table 2.). At a glance it is immediately apparent from Table 2 the dominant leadership of the University of Santo Tomas in terms of temporal consistency. It had graduates in every decade. Its first two graduates (so far gathered in this bibliography: one master’s and one doctoral) were in 1929. The University of the Philippines followed with graduates in the 1930s but it had no entries in the 1940s. The Sacred Heart Novitiate likewise produced graduate degree holders in the 1930s. The Ateneo de Manila University started producing master’s graduates in the 1950s, together with a number of other schools and seminaries, like Berchman’s College, Lyceum of the Philippines, MLQ Educational Institution, San Jose Seminary, and University of Manila. In the 1940s, Adamson University, Christ the King Mission/Divine Word Seminary, Far Eastern University, and Silliman University had graduates. Likewise, the Colegio de San Jose Recoletos, Immaculate Concepcion College, Philippine Union College, Saint Louis University, and the University of San Carlos had graduates in the 1960s. Maryhurst Seminary had a graduate in the 1970s. De La Salle University was the latecomer; it graduated master’s students only in the 1980s. What is interesting is that the seminaries were very active in the 1950s and 1960s but most of them began to phase out their graduate programs such that virtually in the 1970s only the universities and the Divine Word Mission Seminary were producing master’s graduates. Some of the private colleges and universities which attempted to offer master’s programs also folded up in the 1970s and by the 1980s are no longer producing master’s graduates. Third Trend: Types of Philosophical School Pursued by Graduate Students On the basis of two contemporary traditions in philosophy, the continental (phenomenology, existentialism, phenomenology, hermeneutics, structuralism, postmodernism) and the analytic (linguistic philosophy, philosophy of mind, philosophy of language, etc., and analytic incursions into education, politics, ethics, etc.),2 it is important to ascertain the trends in the subject matter of philosophy as accentuated in the universities, colleges, and seminaries by virtue of the output in master’s and doctoral work.

20

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Table 2. Graduate Output on the Master’s and Doctoral Levels (1774-1992). YEARS

1929 -39

1940 -49

Adamson Univ

0

1

Ateneo de MU

0

Ateneo de Davao

1950 -59

1960 -69

1970 -79

1980 -89

1990 -92

TOTAL

0

1

0

0

0

2

0

7

10

18

18

3

56

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

1

Berchmans College

0

0

75

42

0

0

0

117

Christ the King Mission Sem/Divine Word

0

1

0

51

46

26

11

135

Colegio de San Jose Recoletos

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

1

DLSU

0

0

0

0

0

9

8

17

FEU

0

1

14

5

3

0

0

23

Immaculate Concepcion College

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

1

Lyceum of the Phil.

0

0

1

2

0

0

0

3

MLQ Educ’l Institution

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

1

Maryhurst Sem

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

1

Phil. Union College

0

0

0

1

1

0

0

2

Sacred Heart Novitiate

2

3

17

0

0

0

0

22

Saint Louis U

0

0

0

1

8

0

0

9

San Jose Sem

0

0

6

21

0

0

0

27

Silliman Univ

0

1

1

1

0

0

0

3

University of Manila

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

1

UP-Diliman

7

0

5

1

40

26

9

88

Univ of San Carlos

0

0

0

14

1

2

0

17

UST

14

6

33

31

56

34

18

191

TOTAL

23

13

161

183

174

115

49

718

SCHOOLS

21

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

TRENDS IN FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY

Table 3. Graduate Work Subject Matter: Both Master’s and Doctoral Studies(1774-1992). SCHOOLS

Christ The King// Divine Word

Ateneo

Berch mans

DLSU

San Carlos

UST

UP

Aesthetics, etc.

0

6

5

1

0

5

1

2

Asian Philo

0

6

2

0

1

16

8

0

Autobio, etc.

0

1

1

1

1

4

0

0

Economics

1

0

1

0

0

0

2

1

Education

4

2

9

2

1

17

5

1

Epistemology

12

2

7

1

0

7

14

1

Ethics & Metaethics

17

10

16

4

4

33

17

5

Exist & Phenomenology

9

7

1

3

0

16

0

0

Fil. Philo (FP1)

6

2

1

1

2

5

1

0

Philo of Hist

1

0

0

0

0

0

0

1

Philo of Lang

1

2

1

0

0

3

9

0

Logic, etc.

0

1

2

1

0

0

10

1

10

4

17

1

0

23

2

3

6

3

4

0

0

9

2

1

21

12

5

4

0

38

0

0

Philo & Hist of Philo

0

0

1

0

0

2

1

0

Pol Philo

7

2

11

3

3

17

7

4

Pragmatism

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Philo of Rel

28

7

11

5

3

33

7

4

Philo of Scie

0

5

7

0

0

5

6

1

Social Philo

7

3

10

1

2

10

6

2

Structuralism & Poststructuralism

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

Philo of Math

0

1

2

0

0

0

1

1

Philo of Law

1

0

2

0

0

0

0

1

Modernism/Postmod

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

Hermeneutics

0

2

0

1

0

0

1

0

131

78

117

31

17

243

100

28

DIVISIONS

Metaphysics & World Views Philo of Mind Philo of Person

TOTAL GRAND TOTAL

San Jose Sem

564

22

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Traditionally state universities like the University of the Philippines veer towards the analytic tradition while sectarian schools like the Ateneo de Manila University, University of Santo Tomas, University of San Carlos, Saint Louis University, and De La Salle University veer towards continental philosophy. There are, however, some admixtures in the emphasized traditions of the schools. Thus one finds a Chinese philosophy specialist at Ateneo or at Santo Tomas, or a logician or philosopher of science at DLSU or Santo Tomas. De La Salle University currently tries to balance its department of philosophy with specialists coming from both the continental and analytic traditions (see Table 3.) In Table 3 one selected university, a college, and two seminaries are featured to determine the type of subject matter graduate students pursued in graduate work. The analytic tradition has gone into various divisions or branches of philosophy. It has gone into aesthetics, education, political philosophy, philosophy of history, and so on. But its traditional areas are logical theory, philosophy of language (excluding hermeneutics and structuralism), epistemology, and metaethics. In Table 3, some gleans confirmation of the strong presence of the analytic tradition at UP. In epistemology UP is number one; in ethics and metaethics it is not far behind UST, Christ the King/Divine Word Seminary, and Berchmans College; in both logic and philosophy of language it is also number one. Dr. Leonardo de Castro, the current chairman of the UP philosophy department informed me in February 1995 that on the whole the master’s program at UP is still predominantly analytic in its concentration. The continental tradition is seen in the areas of existentialism, phenomenology, philosophy of person, metaphysics, hermeneutics, philosophy of religion, structuralism and poststructuralism, and postmodernism. Like the analytic tradition, the continental tradition also makes itself felt in the other branches of philosophy as in political philosophy, philosophy of education, social philosophy, philosophy of science, philosophy of history, ethics, and the like. In Table 3 one notices that indeed the Ateneo de Manila University appears prominent in aesthetics, ethics, philosophy of person, and philosophy of religion; the University of Santo Tomas is prominent in ethics, philosophy of education, existentialism, metaphysics, philosophy of person, and philosophy of religion; Berchmans College is prominent in aesthetics, philosophy of education, ethics, metaphysics, political philosophy, philosophy of religion, and social philosophy; and Christ the King/Divine Word Seminary is prominent in epistemology, ethics, existentialism, metaphysics, philosophy of person, and philosophy of religion. De La Salle University started only in the 1980s in graduating students with master’s degrees, with several members of its faculty pursuing doctoral studies. Its philosophy department will hopefully be augmenting its Ph. D. faculty and subsequently will graduate doctoral students within the decade. Dr. Rainier Ibana informed me in November 1994 that the Ateneo de Manila University would go full blast on its philosophy doctoral program as soon as its Ph.D.s returned in 1995 from their studies abroad. Pragmatism did not catch the attention of graduate students in the Philippines. It is considered as one of the mediating philosophical movements between the analytic and continental traditions; it attempts to bridge the gap between logic and life (White 1955: 243). The postmodernism of Aldo Tassi (1986: 17-29) may yield promise along this line in his attempt to balance the search for meaning with the search for truth.

23

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

TRENDS IN FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY

NOTES 1.

2.

The doctoral dissertations listed in the bibliography which identified universities like Ateneo de Manila University (Norma Lua), Far Eastern University (Andres Tomas), University of the Philippines (Elena Toledo, Rolando M. Gripaldo, Aniceta M. Ortinero, Nicanor Tiongson), and De La Salle University (Avicena A. Castañeda) were undertaken in departments other than the department of philosophy. Until February 1995, the philosophy departments in the above schools had not graduated a doctoral student. Only the De La Salle University graduated four doctoral students in early 1999. A few entries on the master’s level also came from other colleges or departments (e.g., political science, religious studies, education, economics, history, etc.) other than philosophy. This is the traditional classification—continental and analytic. This fact does not mean there are no existentialists, phenomenologists, or postmodernists in England and America nor does it mean there are no analytic philosophers in continental Europe. It merely means that most philosophers in England and America still follow the analytic tradition, as gleaned from the entries of the various contemporary philosophy journals up to the 1990s. (The University of the Philippines subscribes consistently to more than fifty different titles of philosophy journals.)

24

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER IV: PREFATORY ESSAY ON THE FIRST EDITION OF THE BIBLIOGRAPHY, 1774-1992 To provide the readers with a panoramic and holistic perspective of Filipino philosophy as reflected in this second edition of the bibiliography (see Part II), this essay is presented. It explains how the bibliographic entries have been selected, analyzed, and classified. It integrates in the best manner possible the entries as a whole into the text of Part I by discussing contemporary philosophy in terms of what it is, what its major issues are, and the like. 1. Aesthetics Aesthetics is the study of the nature and principles of beauty. The aesthetic experience involves works of art. The appreciation of beauty requires an explanation. The artist seeks to induce others to perceive the same objective artistic reality he perceives in the environment or in a work of art. He likewise tires to induce them to accept his evaluation of beauty by explaining or justifying it. I have included in this category oratory or rhetoric (as a mode of artistic expression) and literary criticism. I have likewise included entries relating to the history of art as a background to the understanding of aesthetics and to the aesthetic medium as the vehicle for expressing one’s philosophy. In this light the works of Abueva on sculpture, Avellana on the cinema, Blanco on painting and on genre artists, Hornedo on religious art, Joya on Philippine contemporary arts, Katigbak on music, Ocampo on three periods of Philippine art, Paraz-Perez on modern art, Rivera on the past and present of Philippine art, Bañaz on music and theater, Rivadelo on music fundamentals, Monis on deriving Wordsworth’s philosophy from the latter’s poetry, and others are very useful. In A modern book of esthetics, Melvin Rader (1960: 1-540) combined aesthetics as the theory of beauty and the creative process with (1) the philosophy of art, which deals with the “body,” the form, and the function of the work of art itself, and (2) the theories on appreciation and criticism of various works of art. This combination is underpinned in Crowther (1993: 31-47, 149-200). Generally works of art (cf. Panizo and Rustia 969: 1-171; Ortiz et al. 1976: 1-321) are classified as visual arts (painting, mosaic, stained glass, tapestry, drawing, printmaking, relief printing, intaglio printing, planograhic or process printing, stencil printing, computer printing, photography, sculpture, architecture, interior design, and landscaping); performing arts (music, dance, theater, and cinema); and literary arts (novel, short story, poetry, essay, and drama). Is artistry innate as Socrates and Plato (Freeman and Appel 1966: 36-44) suggested or can it be taught or developed as John Locke implied (Ozmon and Craver 1976: 47-48)? The works of Joya, Kasilag, Kintanar, Lahoz, and Ocampo on the education of artists, on teaching art, and on the goal of art education will show them leaning towards this philosophical issue. John Dewey (1974: 87; Titus 1968: 379) argued that “experience is equivalent to art” or that art is a quality of experience that we see in everyday life and is not to be limited to pieces in museums and art galleries. One sees this beauty or quality of experience, for example, in the

25

PREFATORY ESSAY ON THE FIRST EDITION

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

grace of a baseball or basketball player, in the satisfaction of a mechanic in a good piece of work, or in the delight of the busy housewife doing household chores with care. The works of Perez on grace and the creative artist, Ronda on the art of choreography, Vorlat on the art of persuasion, Del Rio on modern dancing, and the articles on indecent pictures, immoral dancing, and immoral exhibitions of art manifest the two sides of Dewey’s frame of mind. What is art? If dancing (modern dancing for that matter) is an art, can it be morally objectionable? When does a work or activity be considered artistic and when does it go beyond artistry? Edades and Del Rio attempted to clarify the matter while Tufo raised the larger issue, “Can art be immoral?” 2. Asian philosophy By "Asian philosophy" is meant here the philosophies one finds in Asia, that is, West Asia, South (including Southeast) Asia, East Asia, and North Asia. Nothing yet has been collected from North Asia (former Asian USSR), although there is much that can be collected from European Russia. North Asia under the present Commonwealth of Independent States consists of Asian Russia or the territory east of the Urals (West and East Siberia and the Russian Far East), Transcaucasia (Georgia, Armenia, Azerbaijan), and Central Asia or Southwestern Russia or Turkestan (Turkmenia, Uzbekistan, Tadzhikistan, Kirghizia, Kazakztan) (Jukes 1973: 30). Among the entries in this category are Oriental philosophy in general, Buddhism (largely pan-Asiatic), Chinese philosophy, Hebrew thought, Indian thought, Islamic philosophy, and Japanese thought. (“Thought” and “philosophy” here are used interchangeably although the latter is narrower.) Notice that the compiler excluded Christian and Filipino thought [FP1]. Christian thought, even if it originated in West Asia, came down to other parts of Asia through Europe. Filipino thought has been categorized separately. The term “Oriental philosophy” is the general traditional term for philosophies of mainly China and India (excluding Islam and Christianity). 3. Autobiography, biography, and philosophy of life The life of a philosopher is important in philosophy. One derives lessons from such a life. Strictly speaking, a biography or autobiography is not philosophical unless it contains the philosopher’s philosophy of life or unless a significant part of the work is devoted to a discussion of the philosopher’s philosophy. Broadly, however, a philosopher’s life—written autobiographically or biographically—is philosophical in that one gets a glimpse of the philosopher’s Darwinian or apathetic struggles and strivings in search for truth or meaning in an intellectual endeavor. The compiler has included in this category Emerita Quito’s collection of selected writings in philosophy as an example of a life devoted to philosophy. In this sense, philosophy is a way of life. Some of the entries discuss an aspect or aspects of the philosopher’s character or life. Of all Filipino thinkers, Jose Rizal is the most prominent. Since the knowledge of his life is part of the college curricular offerings, it is expected that many biographical books will be written about him. Rizal himself wrote autobiographical sketches about his love life, studies, and travels.

26

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

4. Epistemology Epistemology is the study of the nature, sources, and legitimacy of knowledge. It basically answers the questions “What can we know?” and “How do we know?” (Sosa 1991: 1-64). In answer to the first question, one assumes to know a lot of things which are expressed in religious, ethical, commonsensical, scientific, metaphysical language. The problem arises when one answers the second question which deals with the validity of knowledge. In this area, philosophers quarrel with each other. Carnap (1955: 209-25) argues that religious, ethical, and metaphysical language is cognitively meaningless in that it cannot be rendered true or false; Moore (1955: 27-43) says that common sense as expressed in ordinary language is not simply naive but reasonable; and still others say that even if knowledge-claims in a language are not true or false, still they are meaningful (Austin 1970: 1-166). The works of Acay, Amen, Aquino, Bonifacio, and Estioko deal with the aforegoing issues. Other epistemological issues touched by writers listed in this bibliography pertain to the following: (1) whether it is legitimately possible to derive ethical (“ought”) statements from factual (“is”) statements; whether behaviorism floats on a linguistic presupposition; whether mind as an entity exists; whether machines can have consciousness and can think; whether there can be a private language; and whether essentialism—and not family resemblances—in the social sciences is justified. Discussions also abound with regard to the problems of causality; the nature of truth, knowledge itself, intelligence, instinct, intuition, the Socratic and scientific method, faith or belief, abstract thinking, relativity, inquiry, judgment and perception, the thing-in-itself, identity and individuation, and reflection; the status of other minds; the mind-body dichotomy; the relation of theory and practice; and the like. 5. Ethics and metaethics Ethics is the study of what ought to be. It tries to ascertain the nature, sources, and principles used in distinguishing moral good from bad and moral right from wrong. The term “moral” is important as a qualification because there is a political good and a political right. Metaethics is the study of ethical discourse, especially the clarification of basic ethical concepts. It uses linguistic analysis in determining the meaning of traditional ethical terms. Hudson (1970: 1) distinguishes ethics from metaethics by saying in his work, “This book is not about what people ought to do [ethics]. It is about what they are doing when they talk about what they ought to do [metaethics].” Discussions in this bibliography are focused on bioethics; values education; epistemological considerations on moral issues; freedom and freedom of choice; problem of evil; professional ethics in hospitals, health services, public administration, business and economics, science, politics, journalism, engineering, teaching, medicine, auditing, etc.; personal ethics; nationalist ethics; situation ethics; existentialist morality; responsibility, guilt and conscience; punishment and death penalty; fatalism and determinism; and many others. I have included ethic and etiquette here in relation to an aspect of morals: the first as a discipline in work while the second as a good-manner-and-right-conduct norm.

27

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

PREFATORY ESSAY ON THE FIRST EDITION

6. Existentialism and phenomenology Soren Kierkegaard, the father of existentialism, began his work much earlier than Edmund Husserl, the father of phenomenology. There were, however, a number of existentialist themes discussed by earlier philosophers like, Friedrich Nietzsche and writers, like Fyodor Dostoevsky. Franz Brentano and Alexius Meinong were active in the phenomenological movements prior to Husserl. Basically existentialism holds that existence precedes essence, that is to say, before man can acquire essence he must first exist. Phenomenology, on the other hand, analyses descriptively subjective processes. 7. Filipino philosophy (FP1) This section finds Filipino philosophy in the narrower sense, i.e., a kind of thinking that uses what has been earlier discussed as the anthropological and philosophical approaches to philosophy. It excludes Filipino writings about Anglo-American, Continental, and what has been traditionally classified as Oriental philosophies. If the latter group of Filipino writings have been cited, it is in relation to Filipino philosophy as qualified above, i.e., FP1. For example, we have Abulad’s works like “Filipino philosophy in dialogue with Plato,” “Ang pilosopiyang Pranses sa pananaw ng isang Pilipino,” Co’s works like “Elements of Chinese thought in the Filipino mind,” and many others. Filipino creation myths are essentially metaphysical and epistemological. They pertain to the origin or beginnings of the universe, man, or whatever object there is. In many instances they have religious underpinnings. They have to be understood in the context of their times. They are answers to man’s wonderment or curiosity. When, for instance, Thales raised the question as to the ultimate material out of which everything comes into being and eventually returns, his answer, viz., water, was not then preposterous. It was accepted during his time as a legitimate answer. It is, of course, preposterous and absurd now in our time. Creation myths must have made sense among ancient Filipinos. 8. Logic and logical theory/philosophical logic Logic is the “study of the methods and principles used in distinguishing correct from incorrect reasoning” (Copi and Cohen 1994: 2). Each person has a logical sense. Even without the study of logic, a person can argue validly although he may be prone to argue invalidly. The study of logic enhances one’s logical sense and in this respect, he can avoid the pitfalls of fallacious reasoning. In a situation where the foundations or fundamental principles of a discipline are in question, the only authority is logical consistency and coherence. Deduction, induction, and abduction are included here. The important differences among these three types of logic is that in deduction the conclusion is absolutely necessary, in induction the conclusion is probable, while in abduction the conclusion is only possible. We use these three types in our arguments but the most commonly used type, according to Charles Peirce (Ackermann 1965: 265) is abductive logic. In deduction we start our reasoning from the general to the particular or less general. There must only be one absolutely necessary conclusion that follows from the premises for the argument to be valid. For instance, if All animals are mortal and all men are animals, it will

28

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

follow that all men are mortal. In modern logic, the absolute necessity of the conclusion is primary since we do not usually speak of general or particular propositions. For example, Socrates is great. Therefore either Socrates is great or he is unhappy.; We call this valid argument addition. Inductive logic is also called the logic of science. Particular problems or aberrations in phenomena are observed and a general solution (hypothesis) is formulated. If the hypothesis can explain similar aberrations over a period of time in the future, it eventually becomes a theory, and when further applications of it to the same or similar observed aberrations have been successful over a very long period of time, then it becomes a scientific law. But this law is still probable and not absolutely certain. The greater the number of problems the scientific law can explain, the greater is the probability that it is true. In abduction, the argument simply runs like this: “A surprising fact, C, is observed. If A is true, then C will be a matter of course. Therefore, there is reason to believe/suspect that A is true.” Peirce maintains that most of the time in our daily life we reason like this. For example, early in the morning I follow a route with less traffic. However, when I travel late in the morning, the route starts to go heavy with traffic, so I usually make a detour. Unfortunately, this detour route is also heavy with traffic (surprising fact C) when normally it should have not been the case. So I will hypothesize that there must be somewhere there ahead of me an accident, a collision of cars (explanation A). The conclusion here is only possible. Abduction, according to Peirce, can lead to--or is a first step of--induction. Deduction has two divisions: traditional and modern. The former is Aristotelian while the latter is symbolic or mathematical. Modern logicians discard Aristotelian logic because many of its ideas are obsolete. Only a few traditional ideas are incorporated in modern logic. There is a move to replace the term proposition with the term constative (see Gripaldo 1994-95). In the traditional square of opposition, only the contradictories are retained: the oppositions of contraries, subcontraries, and subalternations have been discarded. Since language has the emotive and directive functions, they usually interfere with the logical and informative function of language. To get rid of the emotive and directive functions, while emphasizing the informative function, logicians saw the need to symbolize (Copi and Cohen 1994: 79-113). These three types of logic do not exhaust the range of logic. Aside from two-valued logic, there is multivalued logic. Modal logic, for example, considers four possibilities: contingent, necessary, possible, and impossible. With all these types of reasoning, it is reasonable that any student who takes up a three-unit course in introductory logic will not be expected to be thoroughly logical. One does not expect someone who studies a three-unit course in Spanish or Psychology to be thoroughly good in either of the two. 9. Hermeneutics In a nutshell, hermeneutics deals with the interpretation of messages. The term is derived from the Greek god Hermes who delivers and interprets the messages of the great god Zeus to the people. Aristotle was the first philosopher to use the term hermeneias to mean interpretation. Biblical hermeneutics, simply put, is the study of Biblical interpretations. This is differentiated from exegesis which is the method of deciphering the true meaning of a particular Biblical passage. Exegesis uses hermeneutical principles and techniques in the process of knowing the true sense of a Biblical message. But hermeneutics has been applied to all types of

29

PREFATORY ESSAY ON THE FIRST EDITION

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

interpretations, i.e., other than Biblical. It is in this sense that it has become philosophical. Since hermeneutics is the philosophical school, then exegesis has been raised to a level of a philosophical method that accompanies hermeneutic analysis. What is traditionally known as the hermeneutic method is in practice the exegetic method. Hermeneutics as a philosophy of interpretation is one of the recent developments in Continental philosophy. Its counterpart in the Anglo-American analytic tradition is the philosophy of language as a philosophical school with linguistic philosophy (that essentially includes logical analysis) as its philosophical method. 10. Metaphysics and Weltanschauung Metaphysics is the study of ultimate principles or realities. Literally it means “beyond physics.” It is said that when the grammarian-librarian Andronicus of Rhodes (about the first half of the first century B. C.) was “ordering, arranging, shelving or listing the various Aristotelian writings,” he came upon a collection of materials which he could not identify with a name and so he mechanically listed or shelved it “after” the books on physics of Aristotle (Chroust 1961: 601). Traditionally metaphysics includes cosmology, the study of the cosmos or universe as an ordered whole; ontology, the study of being; and teleology, the study of purpose. Cosmogony as the study of the creation or origin of the universe, is generally mythical in character. Metaphysics also includes studies on time, substance, universals, space, and the like. In a sense, metaphysics is a world view or Weltanschuung. 11. Modernism and postmodernism Modernism is a term which was primarily used in the late 19th and early 20th centuries in Italy, France, England, and Germany. It referred to some reinterpretations of Catholic doctrines by applying “19th-century philosophical, historical, and psychological theories and called for freedom of conscience.” It was likewise a reaction against the “increasing centralization of church authority in the pope and the Roman Curia (papal bureaucracy).” This type of modernism was officially condemned by the church in 1910. In Nicaragua the poet Ruben Dario started the modernist movement in the late 1880s and it ended only in 1920. It was a reaction against literary naturalism and the “wider bourgeois conformity and materialism of Western society.” The modernists used “free verse and sensuous imagery to express their own highly individual spiritual values.” This was promoted in Spain and throughout Latin America. In Brazil, however, this took the form of an aesthetic movement after the First World War. It “attempted to bring national life and thought abreast of modern times by creating new and authentically Brazilian methods of expression in the arts.” It eventually splintered and took at least two forms: one emphasizing the “nationalistic aims of the movement and agitated for radical social reforms” and the other simply continued emphasizing the aesthetic principles of the movement. By 1930 the movement lost its coherence (Encyclopædia Britannica 1986, 8: 215-16). In contemporary times, modernism in Europe has many forms. Someone interpreted it as the transformation of truth into meaning, i.e., that the pre-modern concern was the search for truth while the modern concern was the search for meaning (Tassi 1986: 17-29). Another

30

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

considered modernism as the tendency to rigidly separate high and popular culture (Shapiro 1990: xi). Many writers viewed modernism as a “matter of movement, of flux, of change, of unpredictability.” Lash and Friedman (1992: 1) said that this view is at variance with the latest conventional conception of modernism [their use of it is actually similar to their use of postmodernism] where it is concerned—not with movement—but with stasis or fixity. Lyotard defined the term modern as “any science that legitimates itself with reference to a metadiscourse . . . making an explicit appeal to some grand narrative, such as the dialectics of the Spirit, the hermeneutics of meaning, the emancipation of the rational or working subject, or the creation of wealth” (Schrift 1990: 101). Postmodernism, on the other hand, is simply a reaction to modernism. For Tassi, it is the attempt to make the search for meaning on equal footing with the search for truth. Shapiro said that it is the tendency to relax the rigid separation between high and popular culture. Lash and Friedman believed that postmodernism rejects history, movement, change; it is anti-ethics, neotribalist, and believes in the end of art and of theory. Schrift, on the other hand, quoted Lyotard that postmodernism is an “incredulity toward metanarratives,” that it is an alternative to “stasis, to all ontologically static things, concepts, categories.” (Notice that Lash-Friedman and Schrift have opposite views on postmodernism.) Some postmodernists do not want to situate the movement in a periodization because they consider such an activity as modernist. Postmodernism definitely permeates all types of human activities or concerns: painting, poetry, architecture, advertising, philosophy, religion, history, photographs, ideology, politics, language, culture, etc. Shusterman (1990: 115) argued that the early Wittgenstein—the Wittgenstein of the Tractatus logico-philosophicus—is the greatest postmodernist philosopher when the latter said that “ethics and aesthetics are one.” Leoncini (1984: 30-44) maintained that politics is dramatics. Schrift traced postmodernism as far back as Nietzsche who located decadence or fragmentation behind the stability of morality and religion. Postmodernist literature (Best and Kellner 1991: 1-304; Shapiro 1990: 333-49) includes post-Marxism, post-structuralism, deconstructionism, radical hermeneutics, antifoundationalism, paraesthetics, heterologies (see Prefania 1991: 1-119), postindividualism, anarchistic epistemology, anti-aesthetic culture, postindustrialism, and the like (Harvey 1989: 43). Leoncini (1992: 21-23) delineated the differences between modernity and postmodernity through a table. In the Philippines, modernist and postmodernist literature is still very scanty. 12. Philosophy of economics Economics as a science attempts to be exact, but the realities point to the fact that it is still far from being one despite the extensive use of mathematical computations and models. Lively discussions as to the principles and foundations of economics still abound. Being speculative, they are highly philosophical. Economics, of course, deals with the sources, production, distribution, and consumption of raw materials, manufactured goods, and services. It also deals with the production, circulation, and control of money. Public fiscal and monetary policies perform an important role in economic development. The former deals with public budgeting. It determines the type of goods and services the government is willing to produce or spend for. Monetary policies are important to regulate or control the circulation of money in order to prevent undue inflation, deflation, recession, and depression. They can also be formulated to pump-prime the economy. If, for example, there is an

31

PREFATORY ESSAY ON THE FIRST EDITION

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

oversupply brought about by production and importation, then the government can—if warehouses are full—initiate construction activities or give quarterly or semestral bonuses to government employees to enable demand to perk up and meet the supply. On the other hand, if the circulation of money far outstrips the value of the existing supply, then the Central Bank with the prodding of government [nowadays Central Banks are acting independently of government] can float bonds or treasury bills on the market to suck excess liquidity and avoid a deflationary situation. Borrowing and debt repayment are essential aspects of the monetary sector. The national economy is divided into three economic sectors (Kindleberger 1965: 1; Sicat 1983: 389). The primary sector deals with the sources of raw materials: agriculture, fisheries, forestry, and mining. The secondary sector processes the raw materials into semi-finished and finished goods. It is manufacturing, where factories are constructed and booming. Aside from the processing of fruits, vegetables, meat, wood, fish, metal, cement, and the like, there is also the fabrication of machines and tools. This stage is called industrialization where science and technology, research, and development merge. Ideally, in the hierarchy of industrial structure, the apex is the emergence of a factory that produces factories. Integrated steel mills, petrochemical complexes, copper smelters, aluminum smelters, and the like are intermediary industries. They produce intermediary raw materials for light and heavy engineering industrial complexes which manufacture different types of light and heavy machineries for their specialized products such as cars, ships, trains, planes, appliances, tools, tractors, computers, robotics, fertilizer plants, sugar and coconut mills, feed mills, etc. Japan undertook industrialization even if it lacked the necessary raw materials; it simply imported them. Services comprise the tertiary sector which supports both the primary and secondary sectors. The tertiary sector includes governmental services (protective, legal, and diplomatic; educational; health; welfare and housing; agricultural and land reform; labor; domestic and foreign trade; public works or construction; transportation and communication; etc.), public utilities (transportation, communication, gas, electricity, ice storage); private construction; banking and finance; public and private educational institutions; trade and commerce; hotels and restaurants; entertainments (movies, sports, television, etc); research and development; and the like. Planning is a component of economic development: socialistic central planning, nationalist planning, or democratic laissez-faire planning. In the Philippines, the NEC (National Economic Planning) and later the NEDA (National Economic Development Authority) took charge of this planning. In both public and private business and industrial concerns, good management is very important. Theoretical discussions about them follow. 13. Philosophy of education The training of the mind for good, useful, and peaceful ends is one of the principles behind educating a person, if not explicitly, at least, tacitly. Any philosophy of education must therefore grapple with the aims of education, the curricular contents to be taught, and the efficient means or methods by which such contents can be effectively imparted to the learners. All these, however, must take into account as a central point the general environmental background of the learners. As to the aims or objectives of education, there are varied views. What is education for? Is it for the sake of academic or intellectual excellence, for a better quality of life, for community or

32

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

regional development, for justice, for peace, for business in rural areas, for the attainment of the good life, for the perfection of human powers, for the satisfaction of the needs of the country, for personality development and civic leadership, for better or dynamic or useful citizenship, for livelihood or self-sufficiency, for the prevention of environmental pollution, for economic progress, for enlightenment, for the promotion of international understanding, for home and family life, for womanhood, for national unity and progress, for national self-realization, for the eradication of illiteracy, for freedom and democracy, for cooperatives, for civility and refinement, for nationalism? Education is probably all or most of the aforecited. Aguilar Jr., Belita, the Catholic Bishops’ Conference of the Philippines, Quezon, Doromas, Evangelista, Galang, Gonzalez (N.V.M.) et al., have extensively discussed this matter. Regarding the nature of the aims of education, the behaviorists (they have as model the stimulus-response or S-R) focus on so-called “behavioral objectives” since behaviorism rejects the reality of the mind in that it is not observable while the connectionists (they have as model the stimulus-organism-response or S-O-R) (Sahakian 1976: 13-30, 111-17, 132-52) focus on mental objectives with the corresponding desired behavioral results or consequences in the accomplishment of the objectives. Moises Ponteras analyzed what is called behavioral objectives, but most of the writers int this category who said something about educational aims explicitly or implicitly refer to mental objectives. As to curricular content, there are likewise varied views. To a certain extent, curricular contents will depend on one’s aims of education. One area of debate is between a liberal arts education and a specialized education. Curriculum planners try to accommodate both in what is called general education. The aim of a liberal arts education is to develop a rounded critical mind and a sound value system (Bradley 1985:176-80). They must go hand in hand because an intelligent, critical mind might use its intelligence for bad purposes. Pure specialization without a broad liberal arts background may lead to a modern barbarism, as Jose Ortega y Gasset argued (1950: 78-83). As a compromise, a general education program was formulated where generally the first two years of college education are devoted to liberal arts subjects while the last two or three years are devoted to the student’s specialization. Just what subjects are to be included in general education is again an issue for debate. At any rate, among the writers who discussed liberal arts and general education and its contents extensively are: Acay, Agoncillo, Albar, Antonio and Laurel, Aquino (C.P.), Aquino-Reyes, Arquiza, Asis, Benitez, Bonifacio, Cayco, Corpuz (O.D.), Cuenca, Dadufalza, Epistola, Estrada (A.), Gonzalez (A.B.), Gonzalez (S.R.), Guevarra-Fernandez, Hernandez Jr., Javier, Kasilag, Manalang, Majul, Mallari, Mapa, Munn, Pascual, Putong, Singson, and Yabes. The second component of a liberal arts education is the development of a sound value system. Of course, whether values are taught or caught is beside the point. Apparently there are values that are taught and values that are caught by students. Anyway a number of works listed in this category talk about values education, moral values, aesthetic or artistic values, religious values, social values, the value of hard work, and professional ethics. With respect to teaching, teaching methods, and teaching aids (like the field trip), there are a number of articles which expound on them. In additon, there are some discussions on learning theories or the need for them. There are also discussions about the qualifications and the quality of the teacher, and as to who should teach on the various levels of education. Traditionally, the three basic functions of a college or university are instruction, research, and extension service, and there are discussions about them here. Since students are the recepients of education, proper

33

PREFATORY ESSAY ON THE FIRST EDITION

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

guidance and counseling are necessary; some discussions about the principles of guidance and counseling and the qualifications of a good counselor can be found in this section. Discussions also abound as to the type of education to be offered. There are discussions on the nature, functions, trends, aims, and prospects of elementary education, secondary education, tertiary education, graduate education, special education, nonformal education for adults and outof-school youth, vocational education, and the like. Discussions on the role of sectarian and nonsectarian schools and the university in Philippine development, and the role and responsibility of government to education has likewise been discussed. Should government, for instance, help in funding private education? Personal philosophies of education are listed here. Islamic and Christian philosophies of education are also included. Whether education is child-centered or subject-centered, whether students should be progressively promoted or not, whether the Filipino is miseducated and colonial scholarship abound, whether education should be democratized, whether back-to-the basics in education should be advocated, whether gifted students—like abnormal students— should be given special education, whether academic freedom (like the teaching of communism and atheism) should be upheld at whatever circumstances, whether the philosophy of reconstructionism and student activism—where the school with its administration, faculty, and students is an active agent of social change (Ozmon and Craver 1976: 104-25)—should prevail are matters which competent writers in this segment talked about. Finally, some discussions on the historical development of Philippine education and its curriculum, both formal and nonformal, have been included in this section. 14. Philosophy of language and linguistic philosophy Language is the expression of the soul, so to speak. It took some time before philosophers realized they could be bewitched by language. Wittgenstein tried to caution philosophers to watch out their language or they might be like the fly in a flybottle which thought there was nothing more beyond its bottle. The task of philosophy is to free oneself from the bottle or from the bewitchment of language (Mehta 1962: 11-44). While linguistic philosophy or logical and linguistic analysis is the method used in clarifying the meaning of words, phrases, and sentences, and in “analyzing the logical relations between words in natural languages,” the philosophy of language is a philosophical school which deals with the general features of language such as “meaning, reference, truth, verification, speech acts, and logical necessity,” among other aspects (Searle 1972: 1). Included in this category are translations, nonverbal language such as sign language, body language. The entries in this category have been quite broad in scope as to include even the origin and teaching of language. 15. Philosophy of law/legal philosophy The philosophy of law or legal philosophy used to be an ordinary adjunct of political philosophy since knowing the law will help guide someone in his political action. On the other hand, there are also nonpolitical factors that give rise to the formulation of laws. Just what a law is is debatable. There are many types of laws discussed by philosophers, including natural law, human law, divine law, moral law.

34

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

16. Philosophy of mathematics Philosophy of mathematics discusses the foundations of mathematics (Hintikka 1969: 17884). In particular, it deals with the natural deductive methods of the first-order logic such as Gentzen theorem, quantification theory, linear reasoning, and distributive normal forms; model theory; proof theory; incompleteness and undecidability; higher-order logic; set theory; recursive functions and computability; intuitionism; constructive and finitistic foundations; non-standard analysis; reduction of mathematics to logic or logicism; graph theory; mathematical discovery; number theory; foundations of geometry or axiomatic theory; and the status of mathematical and logical truths, among other aspects. Also included are some aspects in the teaching of mathematics. 17. Philosophy of mind/philosophical psychology Traditionally, mind and soul are the same. Even today a number of philosophers equate the two. Other philosophers, however, separate the mind as perishable from the soul as nonperishable. Speculative studies which can be subjected to verification using the scientific method eventually become part of the science of psychology. Those that remain in the speculative/theoretical plane lie in the boundary between philosophy and psychology, and comprise what is classified as philosophical psychology. Armstrong (1968, 1993: 1-366) enumerated several theories of mind: dualist theory, attribute theory, non-materialist theory, behaviorist theory, and central-state theory. He also related the concept of mind to the will, knowledge and inference, perception and belief, perception and behavior, secondary qualities, mental images, bodily sensations, and introspection and thought. In the last part of his work, Armstrong presented a materialist interpretation of mind by identifying the mental with the physical. Contemporary philosophy of mind deals with the problem of other minds, private vs. public language as a criterion for the existence of minds, analysis of brain processes, after-death experience, animal belief, consciousness, the unconscious, views on emotions, the mind of God, nature of rational action, intentionality, and the like (Chappell 1962: 1-172; Searle 1983, 1993; 1-272; McGinn 1991: 1-213; Graham 1993: 1-196). 18. Philosophy of person/philosophical anthropology Philosophy of Man is otherwise called philosophical anthropology. Lately it has been replaced by Philosophy of Person to make it sex-neutral. Existentialism and phenomenology are vital sources of this field. The entries in this category are not limited to existentialphenomenological sources, however. Anything that contains philosophical views on the nature, constitution, concerns, ends or purposes of man (in relation to himself, his environment, his God, and the others in society) has been included in this category. 19. Philosophy, introduction, and history of philosophy The study of the past has philosophical implications. In the first place, one may ask about historical “facts” and historical “gaps.” In the second place, one inquires about the approaches to

35

PREFATORY ESSAY ON THE FIRST EDITION

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

historical studies, the sources of historical facts, and the validation of these sources. One likewise asks if history has an end, or whether it recurs, and if it does recur, whether it is cyclical, spiral, circular, dialectical, or a combination. A much broader question seeks to know what history actually is, whether it is objective, or whether it has a meaning. Where does historicity lie: in nature or in man? What is the role of imagination in historical writing? Is history an art or a science? Are there historical laws or principles? These are some of the basic questions raised in the study of philosophy of history (see Meyerhoff 1959: 1-25). 20. Political philosophy Political philosophy is broadly defined as a principle or set of integrated principles that serves as a guide for political action (Recto 1979: 526-27; Gripaldo 1984: 9-10). This definition comes about as a result of the previous debate that political philosophy is dead, for there are only political facts or political values. Political facts make for political science; political values, political ideology. Political philosophy is therefore limited to the analysis and clarification of political concepts or ideas. Political philosophers insist that the analysis of concepts is a method of clarifying the political theories or principles that serve as guides for political action, which are the subject matter of political philosophy (Plamenatz 1971: 19). Political reflections and theoretical considerations from political anthropology, bureaucracy and public administration, political economy, political ideology, political literature, political psychology, political science, political sociology, and political theology are included in this category. There is a sharing of the boundary between political reflections in the social sciences and political reflections in philosophy. 21. Pragmatism One of the philosophies that lie between the Anglo-American analytic and the continental philosophical traditions is pragmatism. It is a “mediating movement,” as James said, because “it aspires to a total, metaphysical, systematic view of reality without losing sight of scientific and logical detail or of human problems” (White 1955: 19). It emphasizes logic and life. 22. Philosophy of religion and mysticism Philosophy of religion deals with man and his relation to the supernatural. It discusses the existence and immortality of the soul, the existence of God, and the nature of religious experience. Some would argue that part of such experience is at least mystical (Happold 1970: 51-55). William James (1968: 299) remarked that “personal religious experience has its root and centre in mystical states of consciousness.” 23. Philosophy of science Theoretical science is highly speculative, especially modern physics. Some of the topics in the philosophy of science are: the goal or purpose of evolution, nature of scientific fact, scientific causality and freewill, probability and determinism, birth of science from philosophy, physical

36

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

law, measurement, space-time-motion, sense-data, operational definitions of scientific concepts, relativity of space-time, induction, confirmation and scientific explanation, theory construction, nature of empirical statements, and the like (Nidditch 1971: 1-11; Danto and Morgenbesser 1969: 15-470). Induction and probability are components of scientific reasoning. 24. Social philosophy Of interest to social philosophers are social values, social justice, social theory and praxis, evolutionary or revolutionary social change, livelihood, work and leisure, brotherhood, marriage and divorce, and the set of principles that make up the good society. While political philosophers are concerned with the good state, social philosophers are concerned with the good society. This particular concern of social philosophers involves an understanding of social structures, problems, and values. Ibana (1994: 6-7) wrote on the contribution of transcendental and existential Thomism to the realization that the starting point of metaphysics must be the appreciation of human dignity. This metaphysical approach, according to him, has social consequences: “it makes it possible for social philosophy to account for such contemporary issues as the environment, human and nonhuman rights, the complimentary values of feminism and manliness, and other postmodern social movements that are asserting themselves today because of the one-sided pathologies of modernity.” Quite broadly the compiler has included in this category discussions on culture as interlinked with social concerns. 25. Structuralism and poststructuralism Structuralism, now a philosophy, was originally a method of analysis (Ehrmann 1970: ix). Its roots were essentially epistemological, for it aims at understanding the structure of languages. A “structure is a combination and relation of formal elements which reveal their logical coherence within given objects of analysis.” Initially developed by linguists, structuralism is concerned with the “structure of languages” (langues). Anthropologists also use the structural method in the analysis of myths, “which are of the nature of language” (langage). It has been applied in almost every field: in the “structures of the unconscious, as they are apprehended in psychoanalytic discourse, to the structures of the plastic arts with their language of forms, to musical structures . . . , to structures of literature,” and so on. It serves as a basis for the science of signs (semiotics). As a philosophy, structuralism is the study of the form and function of different languages (langages) in terms of their internal relationships. Poststructuralism is a reaction to structuralism and one important form of this reaction is Derrida’s deconstructionism.

37

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER V: THE PHILOSOPHIZATION OF EVERYDAY LIFE AND OTHER MATTERS, 1993 ONWARDS I In postmodernism, the aestheticization of everyday life, or the “effacement of the boundary between art and everyday life” (Featherstone 1992:267) brought about, among other things, the levelling out of cultures, that is to say, high culture, which has been represented by artistic works generally preserved in art galleries and museums (or “high art”), and mass or popular culture, which has been represented by artistic scenarios and experiences of everyday life, have come to a level where they are equally situated: no more high and no more low. There is, in other words, a “levelling out of symbolic hierarchies.” John Dewey (1960:170-88; Titus 1968:379), a pragmatist, sytematically started this drive against the limitation of artworks and the aesthetic experience to only those in art museums and galleries. He argued that art is a quality of experience that one may encounter or experience in daily life, such as the gracefulness of a baseball player or the delight of a housewife in her daily household job. Dante Leoncini (1995-96:92-98) likewise argued that a person can make himself/herself a human work of art by simply beautifying himself/herself with make-up or ornaments. In a similar vein, the philosophization of everyday life has been discussed here and there and yet no one has taken notice of it in a holistic manner. The consequence of this type of thinking will likewise, of course, lead to the levelling out of cultures in that philosophy will cease to be strictly limited to intellectual giants like Plato, Aristotle, Plotinus, Augustine, Aquinas, Descartes, Leibnitz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Kant, Hegel, Marx, Russell, et al. Philosophy can also be found in many of the works of ordinary men depicting daily life. Bierman and Gould (1977:1-2) call the intellectual giants as comprising the high road to philosophy, that is, systematized and highly original thinking. The ordinary ones comprise the low road to philosophy which pertains to deep insights on philosophical themes discussed here and there— without sytematization—in everyday life. Frost Jr. (1962:1) contends that each one of us is a thinker in that we think and thinking is the route to philosophy. To quote him: Everyone, whether he be plowman or banker, clerk or captain, citizen or ruler, is, in a real sense, a philosopher. Being human, having a highly developed brain and nervous system, he must think, and thinking is the pathway to philosophy. In the original bibliographic work (Gripaldo 1996: 9), this type of “fragmented thinking” is explained as the dominant characteristic trait of late twentieth-century thought, and although it has already declined in prominence as a movement in the West, as it has been succeeded by what is described as post-colonial thinking and by the “after postmodernism movement” in America and elsewhere, it is still very influential in our part of the world. To quote the original work (1st

38

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

edition) again (Gripaldo1996: 9), “It is in this regard [postmodernist fragmented thinking] that many of the bibliographic entries come not from professional philosophers themselves but from those of other walks of life.”

II The other important reason for including highly fragmented thinking is that it eventually contributes to a holistic understanding of the philosophical division itself. For instance, in aesthetics, one will be able to construct the philosophical significance of workshops as a means of understanding the poetic landscape, so to speak. Moreover, the entry on Lea Salonga—which is essentially descriptive and apparently nonphilosophical—will enable the philosophicallyminded reader to apprehend the significance of the role of Lea, who is an Asian, in Broadway’s Les miserables. She portrays a French Caucasian street girl, Eponine, who died in the arms of the man she loved but whom she knew did not love her. In a similar fashion, in an earlier work— London’s Miss Saigon— Jonathan Pryce played the role of an Asian. In other words, among theatrical performers, there exists the effacement of the boundary of geography in cultural roles, an aesthetic leap to cross-cultural universal transcendence. Many entries are chosen for their philosophical significance or for the implications they may contribute to philosophical thinking. Historical entries bear such feature. The compiler believes that a proper and comprehensive understanding of any branch of philosophy needs a historical narrative as background. It will also need—if available—information about the artist or philosopher. It is important to include in the bibliography various biographical or autobiographical data (life and works) of the philosopher or artist. Governmental institutions, like the Department of Science and Technology, the Department of Agriculture and Natural Resources, provide policy directions which are philosophically significant. Moreover, they likewise plan or initiate projects which are in consonance with these policy directions. These are philosophically useful in identifying the criteria needed to establish a strengthened social, economic, and political society. Finally, some of the entries might cause the raising not only of eyebrows but also of questions like “Is this or that entry a philosophy?” “Are these articles philosophical?” “Are they not purely descriptive?” As mentioned earlier, it is the presupposition of this bibliography that the reader has an open and broad mind, or should broaden one’s mind, so that one could have a holistic and panoramic viewpoint of any branch of philosophy. As such, one interprets the entry—no matter how descriptive or fragmented it may appear to be—to have a significant philosophical contribution to the given philosophical division. To mention another entry in the philosophy of nature, for instance in the article—“The bay will live again”—one finds a description of a dying bay which nature conservationists are trying to revive. It has a philosophical implication on the preservation of the ecology which the compiler considers as one of the important thrusts in the philosophy of nature.

39

THE PHILOSOPHIZATION OF EVERYDAY LIFE

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

III The Encyclopædia Britannica (1989 ed.) listed seventeen divisions or branches of Western philosophy. As a review (see chap. II), the branches are as follows: 1) Aesthetics or theories of beauty and the creative impulse; 2) Epistemology or theories of knowledge; 3) Ethics or moral theories/metaethics or theories on the meaning of ethical terms; 4) Logic or the methods and principles used to distinguish correct from incorrect reasoning (includes deductive, abductive, inductive, and multivalued); 5) Metaphysics or speculative philosophy in general (includes ontology, cosmology, teleology); 6) Philosophy of art or theories on the appraisal or criticism of works of art; 7) Philosophy of education (includes idealism, realism, pragmatism, reconstructionism, behaviorism, existentialism, analytic philosophy, Marxism, orientalism); 8) Philosophy of history; 9) Philosophy of language (includes linguistic philosophy and hermeneutics); 10) Philosophy of law or legal philosophy; 11) Philosophy of mathematics; 12) Philosophy of mind or philosophical psychology; 13) Philosophy of nature or philosophical problems concerning the phenomena, laws, and theories of the natural sciences; 14) Philosophy of person or philosophical anthropology; 15) Philosophy of religion or natural/general theology; 16) Philosophy of science; 17) Political philosophy. The compiler finds the divisions of philosophy of science and philosophy of nature as having duplications in content classification. He therefore transfers the description of the latter to the former such that the philosophy of science includes the philosophies of biology and of physics (natural sciences) and the philosophy of social sciences while he limits the content of the philosophy of nature to environmental or ecological philosophical issues. He also believes that the traditional lumping together of aesthetics and the philosophy of art can still be retained. The Encyclopedia of Philosophy supplementary volume (1996) discusses the philosophy of fine art of Hegel, which properly belongs to aesthetics; the philosophy of medicine (biomedical ethics) and the philosophy of the active and moral powers of man of Stewart, which properly belong to ethics; the philosophy of the unconscious of Hartmann, which can be subsumed under philosophical psychology; the philosophy of economics; the philosophy of social sciences, which can be included in the philosophy of science; the philosophy of technology; social philosophy, which is placed together with political philosophy; and the philosophy of the present of Mead, which may be classified under metaphysics or postmodernism. In addition, it is necessary to include Eastern or Asian philosophy in this Update (1993-97). Aside from the traditional Oriental philosophy which basically includes Indian and Chinese philosophies, Eastern philosophy is broad as a category. It includes all philosophies, past and present, which originate from Asia, viz., Jewish philosophy, Islamic philosophy, Manicheism, Zoroastrianism, Mithraism, Buddhism, Shintoism, Zen/Ch’an, Hinduism, Jainism, Japanese philosophy, Chinese philosophy, Filipino philosophy, Persian/Iranian philosophy, Indonesian philosophy, and others.

IV Feminism is a Western phenomenon. The feminist discourse is a movement for better treatment of women, for effacing the gender boundary between men and women in general at least through spelling modifications and through the use of gender-neutral terms, for

40

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

deconstructing masculine-oriented and male-dominant or patriarchal social and linguistic perspectives, and for equality of women in all societal activities (see Schneir 1994:1-503). This movement has spread in various countries, including the Philippines. Even the postfeminist movement acknowledges that the rights of gays and lesbians do not negate feminism but is an extension of it. In the Philippines, women are in the helm of various institutions; the country had a woman president. The rise of women leaders, however, is not necessarily because of the feminist movement but because through training and experience—and some other circumstances—they qualify as leaders. It is more a phenomenon in Organization and Management rather than in feminism. However, such a phenomenon can readily be appropriated by the feminist movement. Although this is a welcome development in the Philippines, Filipino feminists must reckon with some Philippine realities. First of all, the feminist discourse seems to be limited essentially to the Indo-European family of languages. The he/she dichotomy, for instance, is not present in the Austronesian family of languages which includes Filipino. The “siya” or “niya” in “Kumain siya” or “Hinalikan niya ang bata” can both refer to either a he or she depending upon the context. In the Philippine household, the housewife generally controls the purse and is the dominant figure. If Sigmund Freud were a Filipino, he could have not probably thought of God as a “father complex” because children in Filipino homes or families are generally closer to the mother than to the father, and Freud would have to think of God as a “mother complex.” The male dominance in European cultures can partly be explained by the historically bloody migrations of the IndoEuropeans from the original homeland in Southern U.S.S.R. (now the state of Kazakhstan and the Caucasus region). Indo-Europeans always think of their country as fatherland. When Jose Rizal wrote his poem Mi ultimo adios in Spanish, he used “Patria” (from pater or father) which means “Fatherland.” A professor of the English Language and Literature from the University of Florida, Robert de Beaugrande (1990:28) translated Adios Patria adorada as “Farewell beloved Fatherland.” But Filipinos always refer to their country as Inang Bayan or motherland. Andres Bonifacio (Gripaldo 1987: 53, n.14) uses “Ina” or “Ynang Bayan” to refer to his native land. This analysis demonstrates the validity of the anthropological approach to Filipino philosophy in that it clearly shows that language, or a family of languages, can have a presupposed worldview or Weltanschauung. Secondly, it is important to stress the fact that many Filipino women do not want to accept equal or proportional sharing of expenses of the household. They prefer the traditional approach, that is, that the husband’s salary be given to them and only a certain amount is returned to the husband as allowance. That expenses of the household are equally or proportionally shared depending upon the incomes of the spouses, and whatever extra income by either spouse is kept by them individually is an arrangement rarely welcomed even by working wives. I have heard a lot of husbands complaining about unequal financial sharing. Despite the effort of the husband to elevate the wife to equal or proportional financial footing in terms of the sharing of household expenses, the Filipino wife refuses to budge. Sound feminism should include this financial arrangement in the household. Or does it have to take a movement in the Philippines called masculinism, that is, the male movement to raise the female counterpart to his level in all areas, especially in financial sharing?

41

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER VI: TRENDS IN THE UPDATE EDITION, 1993-97 In undertaking the bibliography update, a holistic grasp of the five-year period was made in terms of statistical data and analysis of possible trends of Filipino philosophical thinking. Designed to be user-friendly, this edition shows the preference for the published to the orally presented. Thus, this bibliography includes published materials only. I The five-year update edition consists of 1,405 assorted entries: articles (1063), books (160), reviews (99), graduate work (69), short story (2), poems (7), and translations (5). The total number of entries from 1774 to 1997 is 7,239. As in the original bibliography, the predominance of articles is readily noticeable in this update edition. Entries are counted as they are entered, including multiple ones. However, entries with multiple authors are counted only once (see Table 1). In the update, there are more entries in aesthetics (192) than in any of the other subjectmatter categories. It is followed by ethics and metaethics (138), philosophy of economics (130), political philosophy (128), social philosophy (114), and philosophy of education ((112). Artistic and moral concerns predominate during this period. The poet Cirilo Bautista’s aesthetic interpretations make for the dominance of entries with artistic concerns. Pragmatism takes not a single entry in the update, although it has the least number of entries in the original edition. Despite the appearance of two new categories—philosophy of technology and philosophy of nature—there are only 23 such categories compared to 26 in the original. The reason is that there are two other categories which disappeared (pragmatism and structuralism/ poststructuralism) and three which are merged with other subject matters. Philosophy of person is merged with existentialism and phenomenology, hermeneutics is merged with philosophy of language, and philosophy of mathematics with logical theory mainly because of dearth of materials. Moreover, existentialism and phenomenology are the dominant sources for the philosophy-of-person category; it is difficult to divorce interpretation from meaning; and the logical and mathematical types of reasoning are basically similar. Modern logic, for example, is also considered mathematical logic while some philosophers like Bertrand Russell and Alfred North Whitehead believe that all of mathematics can be reduced to logic since mathematics is simply verbal knowledge. There is a substantial increase in the entries on modernism and postmodernism. In spite of the limited period of time, the increase is more than 400%, from 14 to 64, which is significant for indicating a trend that postmodernist writing has started to pick up.

42

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Table 4. Holistic configuration and distribution of Filipino writings in philosophy (1993-97).

ENTRIES

Article

Book

Book Review

Translation

Grad. Work

DIVISION Aesthetics, Art Philo & Hist, Lit Crit

Poem Total Short Story

171

10

9

0

0

1/1

192

Asian Philosophy

17

3

2

0

6

0/0

28

Autobiography, Biography, & Life Philo

16

5

2

1

0

0/0

24

Economics

101

18

10

0

1

0/0

130

Education

95

12

5

0

0

0/0

112

Epistemology

13

1

1

0

5

0/0

20

105

13

10

0

10

0/0

138

Exist.& Phenomenology

44

8

3

0

10

2/0

67

Fil. Philo (FP1)

72

8

4

0

4

0/0

88

Philo of History

9

4

0

0

1

0/0

14

Philo of Language & Ling

32

5

3

0

4

0/0

44

Logic & Log Theory/ Philosophical Logic

13

4

2

0

3

0/0

22

Metaphysics & Weltanschauung

19

5

5

0

8

0/0

37

5

2

1

0

0

0/0

8

Philo of Person

29

2

0

0

0

1/0

32

Philo, Intro, & Hist of Philo

11

3

10

1

0

1/0

26

Political Philo

106

11

3

3

5

0/0

128

Philo of Tech

23

1

0

0

0

0/0

24

Philo of Religion & Mysticism

42

6

16

0

6

0/0

72

9

3

2

0

1

0/0

15

83

24

3

0

4

0/0

114

7

2

0

0

1

0/0

10

41

10

8

0

0

2/1

62

1063

160

99

5

69

712

1405

Ethics & Metaethics

Philosophy of Mind

Philo of Science Social Philosophy Philo of Law Modernism & Post-Modernism TOTAL

43

TRENDS IN THE UPDATE EDITION

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

II The entries for Table 2, graduate output on the master’s and doctoral levels, surprisingly reveal that only a few schools (6) have produced graduate degree holders in philosophy and related disciplines; there were 21 schools in the original. Surprisingly, in this five-year period, the University of the Philippines and the University of Santo Tomas produced the same number of graduate degree holders although the former produced only master’s degree holders while the latter both master’s and doctoral degree holders. The Ateneo de Manila University had eight and De La Salle University had nine graduates in philosophy although one of these is a doctoral degreee in business administration with a dissertation written on business philosophy. The Ateneo graduates are master’s degree holders; DLSU graduates include one doctor of philosophy in religion. The total number of entries on the graduate level is 56, broken down as follows: Ateneo de Manila University - 8, Divine Word Seminary/University - 2, De La Salle University - 9, Saint Louis University - 1, University of the Philippines - 18, and University of Santo Tomas - 18. Graduate studies are done in four universities in Metro Manila. It is expected, however, that some provincial universities will stress the development of doctoral philosophy programs such as the University of San Carlos in the Visayas and Xavier University in Mindanao.

Table 5. Graduate Output on the Master’s and Doctoral Levels (1993-97). YEARS

1993 -94

1994 -95

1995 -96

1996 -97

1997 -98

TOTAL

Ateneo de MU

1

4

2

1

0

8

Divine Word Sem/Univ

2

0

0

0

0

2

DLSU

1

2

2

0

4

9

Saint Louis U

1

0

0

0

0

1

UP-Diliman

3

2

4

2

7

18

UST

6

2

3

4

3

18

14

10

11

7

14

56

SCHOOLS

TOTAL

44

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Table 6. Graduate Work Subject Matter: Both Master’s and Doctoral Studies (1993-97). SCHOOLs

Divine Word Sem/ Univ

Ateneo

DLSU

UST

UP

Saint Louis Univ

Aesthetics etc.

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Asian Philo

0

0

2

2

1

1

6

Autobio, etc.

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Economics

0

0

1

0

0

0

1

Education

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Epistemology

0

3

1

0

1

0

5

Ethics & Metaethics

0

2

0

4

4

0

10

Person, Exist, & Phenomenology

0

0

1

7

2

0

10

Fil. Philo (FP1)

0

0

2

0

2

0

4

Philo of Hist

1

0

0

0

0

0

1

Philo of Lang

0

2

0

1

1

0

4

Logic, etc.

0

0

0

0

0

3

3

Metaphysics & World Views

1

2

2

1

2

0

8

Philo of Mind

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Philo of Nature

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Philo & Hist of Philo

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Pol Philo

0

2

2

1

0

0

5

Pragmatism

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Philo of Rel

0

0

2

1

2

1

6

Philo of Scie

0

1

0

0

0

0

1

Social Philo

0

0

0

2

2

0

4

Structuralism & Poststructuralism

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Philo of Math

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Philo of Law

0

0

0

0

0

1

1

Modernism & Postmod

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

TOTAL

2

12

13

19

21

2

69

DIVISIONS

45

Total

TRENDS IN THE UPDATE EDITION

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

III Two categories, namely, ethics/metaethics and the philosophy of person/existentialism/ phenomenology posted 10 graduates each. Metaphysics/worldview had eight and philosophy of religion, six. Asian philosophy which also has six entries is a combination of various philosophies in Asia (see Table 3). The total number of entries is 69, and the difference of 13 from Table 2 (56 graduate works) is the result of the fact that some entries are found in more than one category in Table 3. It is to be noted that the bastion of the analytic tradition of philosophy is going towards democratization. The University of the Philippines has two master’s theses on the category “philosophy of person/existentialism/phenomenology.” Although Ateneo de Manila University has three master’s theses on epistemology, these are within the tradition of continental philosophy since these are epistemologies of continental philosophers. De La Salle University and the University of Santo Tomas are fully democratized. In these schools, one can write a graduate thesis or dissertation on any philosophical subject matter. It is evident that for a university to become a center of excellence in philosophy, it has to be fully democratized where specialists in various philosophy branches and schools can truly dialogue—not only from different campuses—but also on the same campus.

46

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER VII: PREFATORY ESSAY ON THE UPDATE EDITION, 1993-97 It is important to list down in one essay the introductory remarks on the various philosophical branches of the 1993-97 bibliographic update in order that one may have a panoramic, holistic perspective of them. This essay discloses the evolutionary pattern of the development of the second edition of the bibiliography. This chapter introduces the various philosophical branches and the changes that took place within each branch within the last five years, 1993-97. 1. Aesthetics, history and philosophy of art, and philosophy of literature/literary criticism Aesthetics deals with theories of beauty, which delights the aesthete, and the creative impulse. It used to include the philosophy of art and its appraisal. In contemporary philosophy, however, aesthetics and philosophy of art are separated as distinct fields of philosophical studies: the former is basically limited to theories of beauty and the creative impulse while the latter, to the artistic forms and functions of works of art and their appraisal or critique. In practice nevertheless many philosophers of beauty and of art discuss these fields intertwinedly or without distinction. Since aesthetics deals with all types of work of art (the visual, the performing, and the literary) (see Ortiz et al. 1976:1-321), then necessarily it includes philosophy of literature and literary criticism. It is a presupposition of this branch of philosophy that a clearer understanding and appreciation of Philippine aesthetics should incorporate a historical background and in this regard, I have included several important Philippine histories of art and some accounts on particular artists. In the period covered, 1993-97, there is an enormous number of entries on the philosophy of literature and literary criticism. It is noticeable that the Philippines is rich in this area of aesthetic writing. (Entries inadvertently omitted will be incorporated in future updates.) Thought-provoking articles abound in this collection. It is amazing, for example, to find that babies can sing before they can talk, that Paete has kitchen artists who are employed worldwide, and that aesthetic tatooing has been elevated to the status of a commercial art. 2. Eastern/Asian philosophy There are few entries in this category, indicating that only quite a few Filipino philosophers and/or teachers of philosophy specialize in this area of study and write about it. Noticeable for instance is the absence of entries in Hebrew and Islamic philosophies. One finds Filipino philosophy (FP1) as a separate category. It must be noted that in a bibliography in Filipino philosophy, the traditional and anthropological senses of “Filipino philosophy” must be given prominence. There is an emergence of philosophies in ASEAN countries, especially Indonesia in terms of political and educational philosophy (see Sumaryono 1993:1-136 and Suwaryanto 1998:1138), but no Filipino has yet been interested in writing about the philosophies of other Southeast

47

PREFATORY ESSAY ON THE UPDATE EDITION

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Asian countries. Quite recently, a world conference on Mulla Sadra, a seventeenth-century Persian philosopher, was held on 23-27 May 1999 at Tehran, Iran. 3. Autobiography, biography, and philosophy of life These are significant background data on the lives and works of philosophers and artists. It is important to note that lives and ideas invariably intertwine. 4. Epistemology Epistemological concerns have diminished among Filipino researchers during the five-year period under study. More and more attention has been given to phronesis (practical knowledge or “practical wisdom”) rather than to episteme (theoretical knowledge or “philosophic wisdom”). Aristotle (1992:137-158) considers both types of knowledge (or “wisdom”) as aspects of the rational soul. Intellectual virtue requires both. In Immanuel Kant (1967:231-40), one use of the term “practical” refers to ethical or moral concerns, as in his use of “practical reason.” Epistemology for Kant (1966:1-543) resides in “pure reason.” And yet Kant maintains that there is a unity of theoretical and practical reason in that practical reason is the extension of pure (theoretical) reason. He (see Beck 1966:47-49) contends that “reason serves the same function in the practical that it does in the theoretical realm, that of systematizing, integrating, universalizing, and rendering necessary what appears prima facie to be contingent.” Aristotle (1992:154-56) himself refers to practical wisdom as ethical in nature. In fact he refers to it as “what ensures the taking of proper means to the proper ends desired by moral virtue.” Gadamer (1996:312-24) considers episteme as a concern of the natural sciences where the person simply discovers epistemic knowledge such as the laws of nature, while phronesis pertains to a type of knowledge, especially in the human sciences, where the person deliberates in a given situation and makes a personal decision or choice. Epistemology is broadly construed as to include both scientific and phenomenological types of knowledge, even religious or eschatological, but excludes phronetic/practical knowledge, which is generally included in ethics. 5. Ethics and Metaethics One current concern of ethicists or moralists pertain to bioethics or biomedical ethics. A number of works have something to do with cloning or genetic engineering, euthanasia, artificial birth control, abortion, and the like. Another concern is professional ethics—in the media, in teaching, in nursing, in literature, and the like. A third concern is about the querida system, friendship, situational determinism, and the like. Hudson (1970: 1-18) distinguishes ethics (the study of what ought to be) from metaethics (the study of the meaning of ethical terms such as “good,” “duty,” “ought,” “obligation,” “right,” and the like). The person who engages in ethics is a moralist (in a nonpejorative sense), while one who engages in metaethics is a moral philosopher. The World Congress of Mulla Sadra that was held in Tehran on 23-27 May 1999 identified as one of its major topics, “Ethics and moral philosophy.” Hudson (1970:1-370) entitled his book as Modern moral philosophy. Both indicate

48

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

that moral philosophy is metaethics and the metaethicist is a moral philosopher. In contemporary context, the ethicist is simply a moralist (in a nonpejorative sense), not a moral philosopher. The ethicist uses a first-order discourse (object-language) while the moral philosopher (metaethicist) uses a second-order discourse (metalanguage). Hudson (1970: 1) defines metaethics as the study of what moralists or ethicists “are doing when they talk about what they ought to do.” 6. Filipino philosophy (FP1) This category includes the anthropological and traditional approaches to Filipino philosophy. This philosophical division definitely excludes the constitutional approach. It also excludes marginal works, that is, works of philosophers-in-the-making. Included are works of individual Filipino thinkers whom various scholars of philosophy have already accepted or established as such. 7. Logic/logical theory/philosophical logic and philosophy of mathematics Logic and the philosophy of mathematics are related subject matters. Logic is the study of the methods and principles used in distinguishing correct from incorrect reasoning. Philosophical logic or logical theory deals with the foundations of logic, that is, basic notions like statement, proposition or constative, argument, are discussed in terms of their nature and meaning. If mathematics is merely “verbal knowledge,” then according to Bertrand Russell (1972:832), all of mathematics can be reduced to logic. Many mathematicians, however, such as the intuitionists, disagree with this view on the foundations of mathematics. 8. Metaphysics and Weltanschauung Metaphysics is a branch of philosophy which persists to gain adherents despite attempts by David Hume, the logical positivists, and some logical analysts to literally “kill” it. For them, metaphysical expressions or propositions are not true or false, and therefore cognitively meaningless. Hume ([1961]:430) says that works containing them must be “consigned to the flames,” while Rudolf Carnap (1955:218-21) says metaphysical statements are simply expressions of emotions, and therefore should be transferred from philosophy to literary arts. John Austin (1970:1-163) has tried to show that linguistic expressions in sentences are meaningful and some utterances can either be sincere or insincere, but not necessarily true or false. When the correct response to the question—e.g., “What is your name?”—is given, that is, when the person does not open the door but gives his/her name, then s/he has understood the question as meaningful. Metaphysical statements are of this nature. Moreover, the logic that may properly apply to metaphysics may not be that which employs the dualism of true and false, but that of modal logic which is multilogic: it employs what is possible, necessary, impossible, or contingent. Metaphysics as a philosophical system may not be categorically true or false, but it could be possibly true. Metaphysics belongs to the realm of possibilities.

49

PREFATORY ESSAY ON THE UPDATE EDITION

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

9. Modernism/postmodernism and feminism/postfeminism Postmodernist themes of the transitoriness of the present, the aestheticization of everyday life, anti-foundationalism, and the like, have already been expressed by various thinkers in the past, particularly Friedrich Nietzsche, Karl Marx, John Dewey, Ludwig Wittgenstein et al. It is only during the last two or three decades that postmodernism as a movement came center stage. It was systematically presented by Lyotard (1979, 1997:1-103) with his The postmodern condition: A report on knowledge. A number of postmodern subtrends also emerge like poststructuralism and deconstructionism, heterologies, feminism and postfeminism, which advance the rights of lesbians and gays. In literature, postcolonial criticism starts to gain ground as the successor of postmodernist criticism, while a new movement called “after postmodernism” (APM), when on 14-16 November 1997 ninety-three philosophers held a conference at the University of Chicago, is gradually taking shape. The conference was sponsored by The Ward M. and Mariam C. Canaday Educational Trust. The purpose of the conference, according to the organizers, was to overcome the effect of postmodernist “arbitrariness, stoppage, and inability to think further” in the sense that they “want to think further, to begin a discourse that moves on, after postmodernsim.” 10. Philosophy of economics Since the time Alvin Toffler (1981:1-537) wrote The third wave and Peter Drucker (1994:1-232) wrote The post-capitalist society, the future economic scenario for a nation-state to survive has been economic globalization. As such, Filipino economic thinkers have written about ways by which internal economies can be strengthened to be able to compete globally as a consequence. Discussions on farmer empowerment, the search for cheap alternative energy, economic cooperation or development of cooperatives, the downgrading of protectionism, strategies for sustainable development, and suchlike have become the trend. I have included in this category the philosophy of business management since the managerial aspect is a significant part of economic activities just as the philosophy of public administration is an important part of governmental activities. 11. Philosophy of education Philosophy of education in the Philippines has been generally limited to fragmented ideas about teaching strategies, curricular development, goals of education, nature of education, and the like. In a sense the trend is postmodernist. The expectation for a “grand metanarrative” on a philosophy of education has been, in a manner of speaking, overtaken by events. It should have been done several decades ago, before the Second World War, but then at that time Filipino educational thinking was dominated by colonial ideas. The attempt of Manuel L. Quezon (Gripaldo 1994:165-74) on this matter was simply to prepare the Filipinos to embrace the ideals of nationalism and patriotism, that is, service to country and people. After the war, the economy had to begin from scratch and the educational system was reinvigorated. In time, postmodernist thinking dominated the scene, shaping the trend in Philippine philosophy of education.

50

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Postmodernist thinking has been superseded by postcolonial and “after-postmodernist” thinking. It is still possible that a Filipino thinker will be able to write a systematic philosophy of education along lines of John Henry Cardinal Newman (1959:1-464) or John Dewey (1958:1311) or Alfred North Whitehead (1967:1-165). 12. Philosophy of history Philosophy of history deals with various interpretations or theories of history. Albert Dondeyne’s (1986:79-90) thinking that historicity resides in man since only man can write history indicates that history is subjective, that it requires a human point of view. On the other hand, there must be historical events that have been captured in writing, otherwise there would be nothing on which to base one’s interpretations of such events, except artifacts and ruins, which have been categorized traditionally as prehistory. The classical versions of history as cyclical, linear, circular, dialectical, and the like, may no longer be valid in a fast changing worldview. Some of the postmodernists (see Harvey 1991:11, 54-56) would not even want to talk about the past or even about the future, but only about the present. They believe the present is all there is, and any periodization of history or the past is modernist. 13. Philosophy of language/linguistic philosophy and hermeneutics Philosophy of language is a branch of philosophy while linguistic philosophy is a philosophical method, which in the hands of John Searle includes both linguistic analysis and logical analysis. The inclusion of logical analysis in linguistic philosophy is quite clear in his theory of speech acts where he (1969:29-33) incorporates the idea of the proposition that John Austin (1970:1-167) simply ignores. Hermeneutics is both a philosophical method and the study of theories of interpretation. In this category, the compiler places both philosophy of language and hermeneutics together because one cannot decipher meanings without interpretation and one cannot legitimately interpret unless meanings are presupposed in or are the results of the object (text) of interpretation (see Nicholson 1985: 24-32). To my mind, hermeneutics becomes an essential part of the philosophy of language as a major branch of philosophy. As such, the philosophy of language must be a broader category that includes a wide range of linguistic concerns such as the politics of language, body language, sign language, theories of interpretation, theories of translation, and the like. One essential difference between the analytic philosophy of language and continental hermeneutics is that the human intention, which Searle (1969:60-61; 1983:1-196) calls the “sincerity” and “essential” conditions of daily discourse, among others (conditions 6-8), is important in the former while it may not be that significant in the latter. In Intentionality, Searle (1983:1-196) discusses the role of intention extensively. But the two—philosophy of language and hermeneutics—can be viewed as complementary. For as long as the speaker or author is alive, one can always assert one’s intention or what he means unless one wants to be ambiguous. But if the author is gone, then anybody can interpret one’s text at will and ignore one’s intention since it is difficult to know, discover, or establish it in the first place (see Schrag 1985: 24, 2930, 32).

51

PREFATORY ESSAY ON THE UPDATE EDITION

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

14. Philosophy of law/legal philosophy There is a dearth of materials in this branch of philosophy. The main concerns in this category are the interpretation, the meaning, and the role of laws in society, both national and international. 15. Philosophy of mind/philosophical psychology Philosophy of mind is a contemporary development. What used to be a part of the mindbody problem in traditional epistemology has become during the time of Rudolf Carnap (1955:221-23) as the science of psychology. With behaviorism as the dominant empirical paradigm which uses what John Searle (1995:16-17) calls the third-person ontology, empirical psychology or B. F. Skinner’s (1938:1-457; Carpenter 1974: 1-224) operant conditioning fails to adequately explain the operations of the first-person ontology. At best, operant conditioning conveniently ignores mental events or reduces them to behavioral responses (Skinner 1957:1478). Mental linguistic expressions such as “I’m sensing fear” are reduced to verbal behavior. The linguist Noam Chomsky (1964:4547-78) tried to show some difficulties with verbal behaviorism. Even with the emergence of cognitive science, mental phenomena have simply been reduced to brain processes. Searle argues that even if mental states are products of processes of neurons and synapses, one just cannot ignore the common-sense fact that the mind or consciousness exists as an emergent feature of the brain. To quote Searle (1995: 14): Consciousness is a higher-level or emergent property of the brain in the utterly harmless sense of “higher-level” or “emergent” in which solidity is a higher-level emergent property of H2O molecules when they are in a lattice structure (ice), and liquidity is similarly a higher-level emergent property of H2O molecules when they are, roughly speaking, rolling around on each other (water). The reality of mental events are expressed using the “I” plus the corresponding mental or internal state (first-person ontology) as in “I feel,” “I think,” “I have a toothache,” etc., as distinct from empirically-observed behavioral manifestations as in “I run,” “I drink,” “I walk,” etc,. which can be interpreted using the observational third-person ontology. The solution to the problem of other minds, or “How does one know that others have minds like his/her own when s/he is not privileged to have a direct access to mental events of others but only of his/her own?” has at least two offers: that by Ludwig Wittgenstein (1958:256, 258, 261, 265, 270) who contends in effect that language is public and therefore linguistic understanding and effective dialogic or multilogic communication presuppose the existence of other minds, and that by Max Scheler (Ibana 1993:84-97) who believes that sympathy can be the solution to the problem of other minds.

52

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

16. Philosophy of nature Aristotle (1941:7-37, 655-58; Ackerman 1965:63-73) started a systematic study of nature and in this sense he may be considered the father of the emperical method. He classified natural objects such as animals, for example, in terms of species, genus, and kingdom, among other aspects. He (1941:1184-97) collected political constitutions and classified good and bad forms of government. Aldo Tassi (1986:17-29), in contemporary times, maintains that the emphasis of premodernity is nature as the center stage because man was then interested in finding the truth, but he had since neglected himself as a subject. Modernity is the transformation of truth into meaning as man assumes the center stage since he is in search for the meaning of his life, but in the process he neglects nature or his environment which has been degraded, wasted, polluted, and so on. Postmodernity is the realization that his life can be more meaningful if his environment is well-preserved or protected. Both truth and meaning must equally occupy the center stage. Environmental or ecological concerns are therefore significant and necessary. 17. Philosophy of person/philosophical anthropology, existentialism, and phenomenology Feminists transformed the branch of philosophy called “Philosophy of man” into the nonsexist “Philosophy of person.” Current literature on feminism (see Ty 1997:5-67) changes the spelling of terms which show male dominance. Such terms as “hystory,” “wopersons,” “s/he,” “herstory,” “himself/herself,” “wimin,” and the like, now abound. Two of the prolific sources of the philosophy of person are existentialism and phenomenology. William Lujpen (1960:1-362) even considers a merging of the two—existential phenomenology—as feasible and has subsequently written a book about it. Existentialism literally means existence precedes essence. Before one can have an essence one must first exist. Existentialism is a reaction to essentialism. Phenomenology, on the other hand, is the study of the subjective processes of the mind. It is essentially experiential as opposed to empirical. Mina Ramirez (1983:145-76) describes the fundamental differences between the empirical and phenomenological methods of sociological research. One may say that the empirical sociologist has a hypothesis in mind—based on a hunch or incomplete preliminary data—before conducting an extensive research on a given tribe. In other words, one has a preconception which one wants validated through questionnaires and interviews. After having gathered the relevant data that reflect representativeness of the samples, one tabulates them and by allowing a small margin of error, one computes the results using the chi-square, the t-distribution, or whatever formula that is legitimate to determine whether his/her hypothesis has a high probability of being true or has to be rejected. On the other hand, the phenomenological sociologist has no preconceived hypothesis about the tribe. One wants to know and describe the tribe and decides to live with the tribe for three to five years. One tries to experience what the tribe experiences. One eats what they eat, wears what they wear, sleeps where they sleep, and so on. When one comes to know the ins and outs of the tribe, one then formulates the findings.

53

PREFATORY ESSAY ON THE UPDATE EDITION

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

18. Philosophy: General, comparative, introductory, and historical This category is philosophy in general. It is considered a separate area in that it talks about philosophy holistically. The comparative aspect is generally between Eastern and Western philosophy. The introductory aspect is about philosophy in general, and the historical aspect discusses any historical epoch or period of philosophy. The discussions cut across boundaries, geographic or cultural. 19. Political philosophy This branch of philosophy remains alive despite the previous pronouncement of its death. Some discussions in political science, political ideology, political history, and political literature are highly theoretical or speculative and in that sense they fall within this category of philosophy.

20. Philosophy of religion and mysticism Lewis and Mabel Sahakian (1970:213-14) distinguish between philosophy of religion and theology. Philosophy of religion is otherwise called natural theology or general theology. It studies the existence of God, the soul’s immortality, the nature of religious experience, and the like on the basis of reason, scientific facts, and the data of nature. Theology, on the other hand, is otherwise called dogmatic theology, revealed theology, or special theology. It studies God, the soul’s immortality, and the like, on the basis of God’s revelations as expressed in holy books like the Holy Bible, Holy Koran, the Vedas, and such like. In current discussions, the notion of “spirituality” has been extensively treated. Death-of-God theologians are no longer concerned whether God exists or not, but with what “God” means to one’s own life. Process theologians, on the other hand, have conceived of a God who is both apart and yet involved in the processes of creativity and change of the world. God is generally portrayed as one’s fellow traveller. 21. Philosophy of science Natural and social sciences are major sources of this branch of philosophy. Nowadays, physics has become highly theoretical that a subbranch labeled as “philosophy of physics” was recently taught by Dr. Robert Roleda, a physicist-philosopher, as a subject on the graduate program of the DLSU philosophy department. Philosophy of biology and philosophy of medicine are also subbranches. There is the emergence of biomedical ethics and the philosophy of technology as supplements to the philosophy of science. The adequate teaching of science and technology has also been discussed in the field of philosophy of education. 22. Philosophy of technology The significance of this category is that very recently there appeared a number of philosophical literature on this topic. There are international journals on technology and the philosophy of technology. In the Philippines, the Philippine Technology Journal is sponsored by the Department of Science and Technology. The Philosophy of Science Association of the

54

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

United States considers technology as “not philosophically interesting” (Ferri 1996) while the American Society for History of Technology has a disparaging perception of members of the Society for Philosophy of Technology as haters of technology (Pitt 1996). It is only quite recently that philosophers of technology have asserted themselves through philosophy technology journals and other activities, and are now gaining recognition. Technology can be harnessed to transform existence to a better life, it can also be used to destroy civilization. How and what should be the better way to improve and utilize technology for the general human welfare should be the philosophical aim of this branch of philosophy. Heidegger believes that Being reveals Its creativity in every technological innovation that the person has invented. The advance of technology, when properly used, means progress of the human race. 23. Social philosophy Social philosophy pertains to various theories of society. The normative aim is to identify the various elements of what makes the good society. In the process, the negative elements will have likewise to be identified and discussed in order to be keenly aware of such pitfalls in social theorizing.

55

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER VIII: THE STATE OF PHILOSOPHY IN THE PHILIPPINES I The Spanish friars were the first to teach philosophy in the Philippines. Jose Rizal, for example, studied philosophy at the Ateneo Municipal and at the University of Santo Tomas. The Filipino term pilosopo is derived from the Spanish word filosofo. And pilosopo could mean “philosopher” when the context is positive as when one says, Pinayuhan ni Pilosopong Tasyo si Crisostomo Ibarra na magtayo ng isang paaralan para sa mga bata (“Tasyo the philosoper advised Crisostomo Ibarra to establish a school for children”). Pilosopo could mean “sophist” when the context is negative and pejorative as when one angrily protests, “Pilosopo ka!” (“You’re a fallacious reasoner!”) Traditionally, among the religious, philosophy carries that medieval flavor as the handmaiden of theology. The general tendency is that when philosophy is taught in sectarian institutions, whether Catholic or Protestant, it continues to service theology rather than philosophy itself. In a democracy, philosophy should prosper without preconditions. The human mind must be allowed to wander, to question, to speculate, and so on, without restrictions, whether religious or ideological in nature. It is not simply a matter of academic freedom that philosophy should grow as fundamentally a search for truth or the meaning of one’s life or both, whatever the context is. For as long as a philosopher is intellectually honest with his philosophical convictions, one must be allowed to hold contrary views with those of the establishment or of the educational institution where one serves. This is not only academic freedom, it is intellectual integrity. That philosophy was the handmaiden of theology was the state of philosophy during the Spanish period. When the Americans established the University of the Philippines, philosophy was freed, as it were, from directly servicing theology. It was philosophy for its own sake. It is not, therefore, surprising that among the contemporary philosophical currents, the University of the Philippines heavily favors an analytic, positivistic, and logical pursuit of philosophy. The University of Santo Tomas, on the other hand, institutionalized a Thomistic specialization which up to this time it has continued to nurture. There are now other philosophical concerns at the University of Santo Tomas, such as Eastern philosophy and existentialism. Thomism, though, still holds a prominent position. The Ateneo de Manila University and possibly all the other sectarian schools have chosen the continental philosophical currents, such as existentialism, phenomenology, and hermeneutics. Many Philippine seminaries have shifted from scholasticism to theological philosophy or what is popularly known as philosophical theology with strains of process theology, existential phenomenology, hermeneutics, and the like. De La Salle University started with continental philosophical currents but now accommodates the analytic and pragmatic currents with streaks of Eastern philosophy to balance its overall philosophical perspective.

56

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

II In 1983 Emerita S. Quito wrote a book, entitled The state of philosophy in the Philippines. In it Quito emphasizes the anthropological approach to Filipino philosophy. No mention is made on the philosophies of Jose Rizal, Andres Bonifacio, Emilio Jacinto, Jose Laurel, Manuel L. Quezon, Apolinario Mabini et al. The earliest to offer philosophy as a baccalaureate degree program are the University of Santo Tomas, the University of the Philippines, and the Ateneo de Manila University. De La Salle University began offering a philosophy degree program in 1975. Some schools which Quito missed were the Mindanao State University that opened the philosophy degree program in 1961, Xavier University, and the University of San Carlos, among other institutions. There were also many seminaries which granted philosophy degrees; some continue to do so until this time. Quito identifies, in Chapter 5 of her book, three schools of philosophical thought in the Philippines, viz., (a) philosophy as subserving theology; (b) philosophy as reducing all arguments into symbolic logic; and (c) philosophy as an open market of ideas. The first school describes the medieval preoccupation of philosophy, alluding to Thomism which is an important philosophical concern at the University of Santo Tomas. The second school alludes to the dominant philosophical concern at the University of the Philippines. At the time, however, analytic philosophy and its offshoot, the philosophy of language, were the dominant philosophical concerns at the state university. The third school is ideal. It hardly alludes to the Ateneo de Manila University or to De La Salle University since both had continental philosophy as a dominant concern. Schools offer courses other than the dominant concerns. For example, at the University of Santo Tomas, Chinese and Indian philosophies were taught; at De La Salle University, symbolic logic is taught, and so on. In Chapter 6, Quito favors the anthropological approach. The survey of researches here is limited to that approach. The more important approach—the traditional or the philosophical (in the sense that it is the kind of approach which professional philosophers and historians of philosophy use in the discipline of philosophy)—is missing. When historians of philosophy speak of Greek philosophy they enumerate individual Greek thinkers. So when one speaks of Filipino philosophy, one is expected to cite Filipino thinkers. The dismal situation of philosophy and philosophical research in the Philippines is discussed in Chapters 8-10. There was the lack of institutional support for philosophical research, the heavy teaching load per semester, the meagre remuneration of teachers, the prohibitive cost of a foreign graduate degree, the dearth of teaching and research positions, the high cost of attending philosophy seminars and conferences, and the like. There is optimism in Chapter 11 as Quito recommends the motivation of philosophy professors to improve themselves, the use of the Filipino language in teaching philosophy, the tapping of international funding agencies for philosophical research and international philosophy conferences in the country, and the hope that the reduction of Spanish courses from twenty-four to twelve will give way to more subjects in the humanities, especially philosophy. As the first attempt to make a survey and critique of the state of philosophy in the Philippines, Quito’s monograph is most welcome. Others may well continue her work.The book’s list of doctoral dissertations and master’s theses needs augmentation. Such a response may not be comprehensive because of the nature of the work itself, considering the tedious gathering of

57

THE STATE OF PHILOSOPHY IN THE PHILIPPINES

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

philosophy data. Parts Two and Three of the present bibliographic work is the compiler’s continuation of Quito’s Chapter 12, which is a list of masteral and doctoral dissertations.

III In response to the needs of its clientele, an educational institution may specialize in graduate programs. The compiler, however, finds it imperative that at least on the undergraduate level, the course offerings must be quite extensive to be able to service all areas of that particular discipline. If such discipline is philosophy, it is important that the courses offered are in line with philosophy as a totality. Fragmentation may be justified on the masteral and doctoral levels but a very good panoramic background of philosophy is highly important on the undergraduate level. Nowadays, philosophy has become political, or even ideological, in the sense that there are so many schools, each one either growing out of previous ones or attempting to sidestep or refute the other. Philosophical schools or trends, therefore, quarrel with each other. For example, on the one hand one has the Anglo-American analytic philosophy, empiricist epistemology, philosophy of mind, philosophical logic, philosophy of language, and metaethics. Emphasis is on logic, language, and empirical knowledge. On the other, one has continental philosophy which includes such trends as existentialism, phenomenology, hermeneutics, postmodernism, and afterpostmodernism. Emphasis is on life, interpretation, and human experience. A third group covers pragmatism and neopragmatism which emphasize logic and life, while a fourth group is process metaphysics, process theology, and neo-scholasticism, among other matters, which emphasize religious experience and a holistic understanding of the universe. There are two things in common among all these schools and trends: logical reasoning and the use of language (generally verbal). All of them are using analysis—call it hermeneutic analysis, phenomenological analysis, logical analysis, linguistic analysis, philosophical analysis, scientific analysis, or what have you. Each philosophical school or trend can be subjected to a thorough scrutiny of either its logical reasoning or its use of language or both. In postmodernism, for example, one finds a definition of “history” in a stipulative or peculiar sense. Some postmodernists attack the traditional conception of history as modernist, even postulating the idea of the “end of history” in view of their preoccupation with the present. But this is not the way historians as social scientists use the term. It is therefore important to compare how the historian and the postmodernist use the term “history” by analyzing their respective kinds of reasoning. Karl Marx as a precursor of postmodernism, for instance, defines history as the history of class struggles. This is a stipulative definition. It is not the same as the historian’s definition of history as the study of written records about significant past events. So Marx was able to delineate the start of history when slave societies existed (slaves and masters as classes) and the end of history when communism is finally attained (classless society). But for the historian, whatever happens during and after the establishment of the classless society is still history. If at all there would be an end of history, it would be when the last man dies since he is the bearer of history, or historicity resides in him (Dondeyne 1965:153-66). Philosophy should be taught in the service of philosophy not in the service of religion, theology, science, or magic. So the baccalaureate degree program must be broad enough. I believe an introductory course in philosophy should have this aim. An introductory course is not an introduction to logic, religion, life, or science, but an introduction to philosophy. Each

58

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

philosophy student must have a taste of all the various schools and branches of philosophy whenever possible, or at least most of these philosophical schools. If only one school is taught in an introductory course, students may think that that is all there is in philosophy. The philosophy teacher should recognize the fact that no one has the monopoly of the truth or of the meaning of one’s life. When the student goes to graduate studies and takes up a masteral, and later a doctoral, degree program, then he or she starts to specialize where his/her interests lie. That is the time that he or she concentrates on an area that is closer to his/her inclination. It is unfair that if a person, who in the future turns out to be more inclined to the Anglo-American philosophical tradition, is exposed only at the very start to the continental tradition, as it will likewise be unfair if the reverse situation is done to a student more inclined to continental philosophy. If philosophy is taught in the service of philosophy, then the goal is to produce Filipino philosophers of all types: analyst, phenomenologist, existentialist, philosopher of language, logician, hermeneute et al. The compiler does not mean by “Filipino philosopher” a person who simply follows the ideas of a particular philosopher through and through. We do not want to produce people who are Platonists, Aristotelians, Whiteheadeans, Russellians, Sartreans, Buberians, etc., yet cannot innovate: they are simply “intellectual suicides.” What is needed are innovative philosophers, not Platonist but neo-Platonist, neo-Thomist, neo-Searlean, etc. Or better still, an original philosopher like Ludwig Wittgenstein. In other words, a distinction must be made between a mere teacher of philosophy and a philosopher. One wants more than just people who write about the ideas of philosophers; one wants critical thinkers who will evaluate the merits and demerits of such ideas. What is the relevance of this envisioning to the status of philosophy in the Philippines? IV At present, there are only a few Philippine universities which are active in the teaching and propagation of philosophy and the awarding of baccalaureate and graduate philosophy degrees. Among active institutions are the University of the Philippines, University of Santo Tomas, Ateneo de Manila University, St. Louis University, Silliman University, Mindanao State University, Xavier University, University of San Carlos, and De La Salle University. There may still be others but they are not yet as prominent as the above when it comes to philosophy. The University of the Philippines and the Mindanao State University have many philosophy undergraduate students. However, most of them do not proceed to graduate school but to the College of Law. The emphasis at the University of the Philippines is analytic philosophy with some sputterings of continental philosophy. The emphasis of the latter is general philosophy, with all philosophy schools and branches represented. I, myself, am a product of the Mindanao State University. The philosophy curriculum is essentially generalist (ethics, epistemology, aesthetics, symbolic logic, existentialism, ancient philosophy, medieval philosophy, Eastern philosophy, modern philosophy, metaphysics, introduction to philosophy, contemporary philosophy, methods and principles of science, etc.). An undergraduate philosophy student with a very good background (at least 36 units) in general philosophy will be ready to pursue a graduate program. The aim is to produce a Filipino philosopher of the first rank and the livelihood component is only secondary, that is to say, the aim is not simply to produce a teacher of

59

THE STATE OF PHILOSOPHY IN THE PHILIPPINES

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

philosophy. Teaching as livelihood should be a means to an end--the production of the philosopher. Sectarian schools generally pursue continental philosophy. Since the undergraduate program is mostly of the continental tradition, students do not have the necessary background of the analytic tradition. I often hear them superficially dismissing the latter tradition as meaningless to one’s life. But the “meaning of one’s life” is obviously debatable, and surely the continental philosophers do not have a monopoly of it. Even the busiest among the busy people could claim that such—that is, being very busy—is the meaning of his life, at least it helps him overcome boredom. One who is properly trained in the analytic tradition can go over the fence— so to speak—and examine the continental tradition without much difficulty. I have found out that a number of students trained in the continental tradition have difficulty understanding the analytic tradition, and dismiss it as “boring,” apparently to cover up in a Freudian sense their seeming intellectual inadequacies. Philosophy is probably the most misunderstood discipline in the Philippines. When I went to Tagbilaran City to organize a philosophical conference of the Philosophical Association of the Visayas and Mindanao (I was then its president), a businessman with raised eyebrows, asked: “What type of a conference is that?” The reasons for such a misunderstanding are perhaps, firstly, because of philosophy’s close association with religious or theological studies. Seminarians study philosophy generally not to become philosophers but to meet requirements for the study of theology. Secondly, because there were philosophical arguments of the past which had been discredited and appeared quite sophistic. Thirdly, because there was the historical influence of Spanish colonialism where a filibuster or an argumentative person was discouraged to argue by disparagingly calling him a pilosopo. Fourthly, because ideas not in keeping with common sense or with everyday experience are generally considered queer by people without or lacking a sufficient background in philosophy. And lastly, because there is the argument that there is no money in philosophy (see Gripaldo 1995-96:71-72). V At present, a few of these negative ideas about philosophy are changing. To date, De La Salle University and the University of Santo Tomas have already graduated a number of masteral and doctoral degree holders in philosophy. The University of the Philippines and the Ateneo de Manila University are catching up at the doctoral level, although they have graduated a number on the masteral level. The University of San Carlos in the Visayas is also active in promoting philosophy at the graduate level. The Divine Word Seminary at Tagaytay City likewise offers graduate studies in philosophy. It will be very costly for an educational institution to maintain a huge number of Ph.D.s as full-time faculty members. If we take into consideration the scenario depicted by Alvin Toffler in The third wave (1980) and by Peter Drucker in The post-capitalist society (1993 ), the wave of the future is to hire only those knowledge workers whose expertise is needed at a time, say, one trimester or semester. So it is advisable that universities and colleges just have a manageable number of experts (about twelve perhaps) in their departments of philosophy serving as full-time. Then when majority of the graduate students like to have a course offered whose expertise is not

60

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

available, then the department will scout the expert from the outside and offer the course in question on a part-time basis. As an aid to graduate studies and independent studies of Filipino philosophers, Φιλοσοφια: International Journal of Philosophy (formerly Σοφια), will continue to be published not by De La Salle University anymore, but by the Philippine National Philosophical Research Society, which was founded by the faculty of the DLSU Philosophy Department. It is presently the only international philosophy journal of the Philippines with foreign referees. The Philippine Academy of Philosophical Research continues to publish Karunungan, another philosophical journal, while the Ateneo de Manila University publishes Budhi, a journal of literary and philosophical ideas. Among other publications, Philippine Studies of Ateneo de Manila University; Unitas, Boletin Ecclesiatico, and Philippiniana Sacra of the University of Santo Tomas; Kinaadman of Xavier University; St. Louis Graduate Research Journal of St. Louis University; Mindanao Journal of the Mindanao State University; Silliman Journal of Silliman University; and University Journal of the University of San Carlos occasionally publish materials in philosophy. Regarding the financial arguments that there is no money in philosophy, the philosophy teacher is in no inferior status like the teacher of English, History, Literature, Filipino, Physics, Chemistry, etc. All earn their living through teaching and research. Besides, there are many graduates of philosophy who make good in business and management while a substantial number of graduates of commerce and accounting courses end up as clerical help or business failures (See Bradley 1985). VI There is a rosy outlook for philosophy in the future. In the next fifty years, I am confident the Philippines will have first-rate philosophers, not just philosophy teachers or “intellectual suicides.” In 1996, I finished the first extensive (though by no means complete) bibliography on Filipino philosophy (1774-1992). It is continually being updated. The first update (1993-97) was completed recently. The bibliography reveals a number of publications in all branches of philosophy and in all three approaches to the study of philosophy, which means that Filipino philosophers and philosophy teachers have been actively doing research in the discipline. The recent decision of the Commission on Higher Education (CHED) to support the development of philosophy through the awards for Centers of Excellence and for Centers of Development is a positive sign that philosophy will prosper as a discipline in view of CHED’s financial assistance. It may not be long before many colleges and universities will have a developed department of philosophy that will offer graduate courses in philosophy while strengthening their undergraduate courses. By that time, the express requirement of the Department of Education, Culture, and Sports to hire as teachers of philosophy only those with graduate degrees in philosophy may indeed come true. What follows this scenario is the inevitable proliferation of doctoral graduates of philosophy, which the Filipino nation urgently needs to raise the quality of consciousness of the people on philosophical themes.

61

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER IX. CONCLUSION I In writing this critical bibliography, I, while taking the perspective of a historian of philosophy, wish to establish that there exist in the Philippines three groups which claim to be active in the field of philosophy—anthropological, traditional, and constitutional. The most vocal school that rejects the other two is the traditional, for it traces the roots of its philosophical activity to the ancient Greeks. However, within this school are subschools which quarrel among themselves as to which of them truly represents authentic philosophizing. One such broad subschool is that of the analytic tradition which argues that philosophy is the search for (epistemic) knowledge and any claim to philosophizing that does not fall within this purview is pseudo-philosophy. A branch of this tradition, logical positivism which has since then been discredited, discards metaphysics since its propositions or claims to cognitive knowledge are not reducible to truth and falsity. Another branch, following the cue of G. E. Moore and Ludwig Wittgenstein, goes to language, and considers the clarification of the meanings of words or phrases as the solution to many of the so-called philosophical puzzles. Some logical empiricists, like Rudolf Carnap, also aims at the clarification of the language of science and the ordinary man. Once meaning is found, these language-based puzzles dissolve. For example, St. Augustine says that he knows what time is (for example, as one performs activities at particular specified times such as sleeping at 9:00 in the evening, eating at 7:00 in the morning, going to office in one hour’s time), but when someone asks him, “What is time?” he is lost for an answer. Wittgenstein says that there are many lexical meanings of the word “time” based on usage which we understand, but the question “What is time?” demands a general or universal definition of time which should not be too narrow or too broad, and which—it seems—cannot be done. Because the use of the word “time” in various contexts reflects shades of meanings (“family resemblances”) which are lexicographically based and does not have a common denominator that can serve as the differentia for an exact, accurate, universal definition of time. On the other hand, another subschool (the existentialists, phenomenologists, and hermeneutes—usually labelled as the continential tradition) finds the activities of philosophers of language as simply expressing the static formal aspects of language, and lacks what is known as pragmatics. As such they explain the nature of language through dialogues, communication, and praxis. They emphasize the social dynamics of language. Within this subschool we also find the challenge to the traditional type of thinking that stresses logic and empiricism (or that stresses “philosophy as love of wisdom” in the epistemic sense), and either deconstructs or replaces it with a different type that rejects methodology or structured thinking. In other words, according to this sub-school, the epistemic type of thinking rests on a mistake and what is needed is the phronetic type of thinking or some such. A third subschool believes that both logic and life are quite important. Aside from the pragmatists, some philosophers of the continental tradition share the view that the search for meaning and the search for knowledge must equally be emphasized to make living worthwhile. The meaning of one’s life must include the preservation of one’s environment, or the

62

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

preservation of nature, which is the domain of scientific truth, otherwise life itself will be worthless. While these subschools seem to exhaust the issues in philosophy, a fourth subschool considers metaphysical speculations based on the results of contemporary science as likewise a worthwhile philosophical activity. These are process philosophers who believe that spirituality can be established on the creative nature of the cosmos. It would seem that philosophy can be justified in this traditional sense, that is, an individual expression of views on philosophical themes such as duty, beauty, causality, meaning, truth, and the like. But what about the anthropological and constitutional views? The anthropological approach simply broadens the base of philosophizing from the individual to the masses or the collective. Over the centuries, individual philosophical views share family resemblances which are encapsulated collectively in their language, myths, sayings, folktales, folksongs, and so on. The philosopher who uses this approach attempts to extract from these sources the collective views of the people on philosophical themes such as duty, beauty, causality, meaning, truth, and suchlike. The essential difference lies only in whoever holds these philosophical views, the individual or the collective? With the works of these anthropological philosophers, it has now been established that every language carries with it an inherent Weltanschauung. It is to be noted that the IndoEuropean language always calls the native land as fatherland while the Austronesian language, or at least the Filipino language, expresses the native land as motherland. Philosophy in the anthropological sense can easily be justified by saying that the sources of analysis are Filipino in nature and in origin such as the Filipino languages, Filipino myths, Filipino sayings, Filipino folksongs, and the like. Filipino philosophy in the traditional sense is a little harder to establish because the earlier “philosophers” we have are not, technically speaking, holders of philosophy degrees although most of them studied philosophy subjects. It is a mistaken notion that all philosophers of note are degree holders in philosophy. There are those recognized philosophers who come from other fields like the psychiatrist Sigmund Freud (philosophical psychology) and the physicist Albert Einstein (philosophy of science). Before Pythagoras, who coined the term “philosophy,” there were thinkers who started speculating about the nature of the universe and only posthumously called philosophers, including Thales, the other Milesians, and the Eleatics. Since Rizal, Mabini, Jacinto, and Bonifacio had their individual philosophical views on ethics, revolution, reforms, education, and the like, they could be considered as Filipino philosophers. Hermeneutics is one area which can justify the constitutional approach to Filipino philosophy. This is the most problematic among the three approaches. Traditionally the classification of philosophy is based on the subject matter but such a criterion has slowly been eroded. One may now speak, for example, of a Filipino Buddhist, an American Taoist, or a Japanese Christian. Most of them, of course, are practitioners of religious beliefs and not necessarily philosophers, but no one can prevent them to become practitioners and at the same time philosophers in the sense that they are followers of, say, Buddha or the Tao; that is, “followers” not in a religious, but in a philosophical or intellectual, way. Nicholson has a very insightful view of hermeneutics. He talks about background and foreground types of interpretation. If one calls “red” a patch of color in immediate perception, then it is background interpretation. And when I use that red patch of color in my theorizing, then I am making a foreground interpretation. A teacher of philosophy who analyzes contextually a philosophy,

63

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CONCLUSION

regardless of subject matter, is doing an activity of interpretation, or hermeneutics. As such, one is doing an activity of philosophizing. If one happens to be a Filipino, then such an interpretation is Filipino interpretation. In that regard, the result is Filipino philosophy, but only in that limited sense. To label this limited philosophical activity of interpretation, one may consult the Constitution which defines “Filipino” in one of its provisions.

II While the response to the question, “What is Filipino philosophy?” delineates the theoretical framework used in this bibliography, the response to the question, “Why critical bibliography?” will delineate the methodology used. As earlier explained in the Introduction, the selection and classification of entries in this bibliography depend upon the analytico-critical approach, that is, the determination of the content of the entries in order to place them as accurately as possible where individually they properly belong in the classification. This method is similar to the critical approach in bibliographic classification of literature.While in literature, what is being determined is the exact authorship or date or both of a piece of literature (novel, drama, poem, etc.), in this present bibliography, what is determined is (1) the exact placement of the entries in the area of classification (aesthetics, ethics, metaphysics, logic, etc.) to which it belongs, (2) whether the author is a Filipino or not since there are Filipino Chinese, naturalized Filipinos, and Filipino sounding names of Spaniards or Latin Americans, or (3) whether in terms of subject matter the content of the work is indigenous or native philosophizing even if the author is a foreigner. In other words, this bibliography goes beyond the pale of mere enumerative bibliography. In view of the volume of the entries, annotation becomes inadvisable. III Finally, this bibliography will be updated every five years. It is hoped that collection of data will cover areas outside Metro Manila. Entries available in Metro Manila that have been overlooked or neglected inadvertently will likewise be incorporated in future updates. I hope that this research will contribute to the development of philosophy in the Philippines. I hope, too, that Filipino philosophers can compare with the best in the world. Teachers of philosophy are needed, but they as teachers should not allow their career to stand still. They need to philosophize and be counted among the best, and not end up as “intellectual suicides.”

64

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

REFERENCES Ackermann, Robert. 1965. Theories of knowledge: A critical introduction. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited. Agoncillo, Teodoro A. 1960. Malolos: The crisis of the republic. Quezon City: University of the Philippines. Aristotle. 1941. Categoriae, Organon; De partibus animalium; and Politica. In The basic works of Aristotle. Edited by Richard McKeon. New York: Random House. __________. 1992. The Nicomachean ethics. Translated by David Ross and revised by J. L. Acrill and J. O. Urmson. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Armstrong, D. M. 1968, 1993. A materialist theory of the mind. New York: Routledge. Aruego, Jose M. 1969. Philippine government in action, 2 vols. Manila: World Current Events. Asani, Abdulrassad. 1981. Moros—not Filipinos. Diliman Review 29. Aruego, Jose M. 1969. Philippine government in action, 2 vols. Manila: World Current Events. Austin, John L. 1970. How to do things with words. Edited by J. O. Urmson. New York: Oxford University Press. Ayer, A. J. 1966. Can there be a private language? In Wittgenstein. Edited by George Picher. Garden City, N. Y.: Anchor Books. Beck, Lewis White. 1966. A commentary on Kant’s Critique of practical reason. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Best, Steven and Douglas Kellner. 1991. Postmodern theory; critical interrogations. London: Macmillan. Bierman, A. K. and James A. Gould. 1977. Philosophy for a new generation. New York: Macmillan Publishing. Bradley, John P. 1985. Why liberal arts? International Social Science Review 60. Carnap, Rudolf. 1955. The rejection of metaphysics. In The age of analysis. Edited by Morton White. New York: Mentor Books. Chappell, Vere C., ed. 1962. The philosophy of mind. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, Inc. Chomsky, Noam. 1964. A review of B. F. Skinner’s Verbal behavior. In The structure of language: Readings in the philosophy of language. Compiled by Jerry A. Fodor and Jerrold J. Katz. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, Inc. Chroust, Anton-Hermann. 1961. The origin of “metaphysics.” Review of Metaphysics 14. __________. 1964. Some reflections on the origin of the term “philosopher.” New Scholasticism 38. Conference on AFTER POSTMODERNISM. 1997. University of Chicago, 14-16 November. Sponsored by The Ward M. and Mariam C. Canaday Educational Trust. Cook, John W. 1966. Wittgenstein on privacy. In Wittgenstein. Edited by George Picher. Garden City, New York: Anchor Books. Copi, Irving and Carl Cohen. 1995. Introduction to logic. 9th ed. New York: Macmillan. Crowther, Paul. 1993. Art and embodiment. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Danto, Arthur and Sidney Morgenbesser. 1969. Philosophy of science. Cleveland: World Publishing Company. de Beaugrande, Robert. 1990. My final farewell. Dr. Jose Rizal’s Mi ultimo adios in foreign and local translations. Vol. II. Compiled by Regino P. Paular. Manila: National Historical Institute.

65

REFERENCES

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

de Castro, Leonardo. 1998. Mayroon bang pilosopiyang Filipino (Pilipino)? Email: [email protected], 16 March [University of the Philippines-Diliman]. de la Cruz, Marwin. 1999. Reaction to Mayroon bang pilosopiyang Filipino? Email: [email protected], 16 April [Bulacan State University]. de Vera, Eric.1998. Reaction to Mayroon bang pilosopiyang Filipino? Email: [email protected] kssp.upd.edu.ph, 19 March [University of the Philippines-Diliman].. Dewey, John. 1958. Philosophy of education. Ames, Iowa: Littlefield, Adams & Co. __________.1960. Having an experience. In A modern book of esthetics. Edited by Melvin Rader. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. DLSU Philosophy Department. 1990. Readings in Filipino philosophy. Manila: De La Salle University Press. Dondeyne, Albert. 1986. Historicity. In Readings in philosophy of man. Quezon City; Ateneo de Manila University Philosophy Department. Drucker, Peter. 1993. Post-capitalist society. New York: Harper Business. Dy Jr., Manuel. 1997. The positive value of wu wei in the Tao te ching. Karunungan 10-14. Ehrman, Jacques, ed. 1970. Structuralism. Garden City: Anchor Books. Encyclopædia Britannica. 1986 ed. S.v. "Modernism." 15th ed., v. 8. Encyclopædia Britannica. 1989. S.v. "The nature and divisions of philosophy." 15th ed., v. 30. Encyclopedia of Philosophy. 1996 ed. Supplementary volume. Fernandez, Pablo, OP. 1974. The exact sciences, the natural sciences, and philosophy. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 49. Freeman, Eugene and david Appel. 1966. The wisdom and ideas of Plato. Greenwich, Conn.: Fawcett Publications, Inc. Ferri, Frederick. 1996. Philosophy and technology after twenty years. Society for Philosophy & Technology Quarterly Electronic Journal 1. Frost Jr., S. E. 1962. Basic teachings of the great philosophers. Garden City, New York: Dolphin Books. Gadamer, Hans-Georg. 1996. Truth and method. Translation revised by Joel Weinsheimer and Donald G. Marshall. New York: Continuum Publishing Company. Garfroth, Francis W. 1971. The scope of philosophy. Frome and London: Longman Group. Graham, George. 1993. Philosophy of mind: An introduction. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1978. Language and its philosophical presuppositions. Mindanao Journal 5. ___________. 1984. Manuel Luis Quezon: His political and social thought. Dissertation, University of the Philippines. ___________. 1995-96. Philosophy and economics. Σοφια 25. ___________. 1987. Andres Bonifacio the translator: A critique. Kinaadman 9. ___________. 1988. Review of The state of philosophy in the Philippines, by Emerita S. Quito. Philippine Studies 36. ___________. 1994a. Pagbabalik-tanaw sa pilosopiya ng rebolusyon ni Andres Bonifacio. In Katipunan: Isang pambansang kilusan. Edited by Ferdinand C. Llanes. Quezon City: Trinitas Publishing, Inc. The English version is Reflections on Andres Bonifacio’s philosophy of revolution. 1994b. Anuaryo/Annales 13. ___________. 1994c. Quezon’s philosophy of Philippine education, The Quezon-Winslow correspondence and other essays. Manila: De La Salle University Press.

66

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

___________. 1994-95. Constatival content: The replacement of the proposition with the constative. Σοφια 24. ___________. 1996. Filipino philosophy: A critical bibliography [1774-1992]. Manila: De La Salle University Press. ___________. 1999. Update of Filipino philosophy: A critical bibiliography, 1993-97. Research funded by the DLSU College of Liberal Arts Research Fund, 2nd-3rd trimesters, 1998-99. __________. 1999. Reaction to Mayroon bang pilosopiyang Filipino? Email: [email protected], 17 and 18 March [De La Salle University]. Guerrero, Leon Ma. 1963. The first Filipino. Manila: National Heroes Commission. Guevara, Jaime. 1999. Reaction to Mayroon bang pilosopiyang Filipino? 21 March [De La Salle University]. (Guevara furnished me a copy but his reaction was not distributed by [email protected]) Guevara, Sulpicio, comp. and ed. 1972. The laws of the First Philippine Republic. Manila: National Historical Commission. Happold, F. C. 1970. Mysticism. Harmondsworth; Penguin Books. Harvey, David. 1991. The condition of postmodernity. Oxford: Basil Blackwell. Heidegger, Martin. 1962. Being and time. Translated by J. Macquarrie and E. S. Robinson. New York: Oxford University Press. __________. 1956. What is philosophy? Translated by William Kluback and Jean T. Wilde. New Haven: College and University Press. Henares, Hilarion M. Jr. 1891. Industrialization, nationalism, and the “last” Filipino. Discipline and the man: Development of a Filipino ideology. Manila: Philosophy of Education Society of the Philippines. Hessel, Eugene. 1983. The religious thought of Rizal. Quezon City: New Day Publishers. Hintikka, Jaakko, ed. 1969. The philosophy of mathematics. London: Oxford University Press. Hudson, W. D. 1970. Modern moral philosophy. Garden City, New York: Anchor Books. Hume, David. [1961]. An enquiry concerning human understanding. In The empiricists: Locke, Berkeley, Hume. Garden City: New York: Dolphin Books. Ibana, Rainier R. A. 1993. Solidarity and social analysis [a dissertation on Max Scheler’s social philosophy]. Quezon City: Sublime Paralytic Publications. Kant, Immanuel. 1967. Critique of practical reason. In Kant’s Critique of practical reason and other works on the theory of ethics. Translated by Thomas Kinsmill Abbott. London: Longmans, Green and Co. Ltd. __________. 1966. Critique of pure reason. Translated by F. Max Muller. Garden City, New York: Anchor Books. James, William. 1968. The varieties of religious experience. New York: Collier Books. Johnson, Oliver A. 1965. Ethics: Selections from classical and contemporary writers. New York: Holt, Runegart and Winston. Jukes, Geoffrey. 1973. The Soviet Union in Asia. Sydney: Angus and Robertson. Khalid, Philip. 1999. Reaction to Mayroon bang pilosopiytang Filipino? Email: [email protected] upd. edu. ph, 19 April [Assumption College]. Kindleberger, Charles P. 1965. Economic development. Tokyo: McGraw-Hill Kogakusha, Ltd. Kluback, William and Jean T. Wilde, trans. 1956. What is philosophy? By Martin Heidegger. New Haven: College and University Press. Leoncini, Dante. 1984. Politics, dramatics, and foolishness. Σοφια 14.

67

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

REFERENCES

Lipman, Matthew. 1973. Contemporary aesthetics. Boston: Allyn and Bacon, Inc. Lomongo, Michael Ian. 1999. Reaction to Mayroon bang pilosopiyang Filipino? Email: [email protected], 21 April. Luijpen, William A. 1969. Existential phenomenology. Pittsburg: Duquesne University Press. Lyotard, Jean-Francois. 1997 [originally published in French in 1979]. The postmodern condition: A report on knowledge. Translated by Geoff Benningtron and Brian Massumi. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. Mabini, Apolinario. 1896. To the Filipino people, liberty, equality, and fraternity [a proclamation], 31 October. Malcolm, Norman. 1962. Knowledge of other minds. In The philosophy of mind. Edited by V. C. Chappell. Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall, Inc. Manauat, Naty [Natividad]. 1999. Reaction to Mayroon bang pilosopiyang Filipino? Email: [email protected], upd..edu.ph [De La Salle University].. McGinn, Colin. 1991. The problem of consciousness. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers. Mehta, Ved. 1962. Fly and the flybottle. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books. Mercado, Leonardo. 1972. Reflections on buut-loob-nakem. Philippine Studies 20. __________. 1974. Elements of Filipino philosophy. Tacloban City: Divine Word Publications. Meyerhoff, Hans, ed. 1959. The philosophy of history in our time. Garden City: Anchor Books. Moore, G. E. 1955. What is philosophy? In Age of Analysis. Edited by ed. Morton White. New York: New American Library. National Commision on Culture and the Arts. 1999. Pictorial exhibits on the centennial of the Philippine revolution. NCCA Bldg. Newman, John Henry. 1959. The idea of a university. Garden City, New York: Image Books. Nicholson, Graeme. 1985. Seeing and reading: Aspects of their connection. In Hermeneutics and deconstruction. Edited by Hugh Silverman and Don Ihde. Albany: State University of New York Press. Nidditch, P. H., ed. 1968. The philosophy of science. London: Oxford University Press. Ortega y Gasset, Jose. 1950. The barbarism of specialization. The revolt of the masses. New York: New American Library. Odchimar III, Diego A. 1999. Reaction to Mayroon bang pilosopiyang Filipino? Email: [email protected], 19 April. [University of the Philippines-Los Baños] Ohmae, Kenichi. 1996. The end of the nation state. New York; Free Press Paperbacks. Ortiz, Ma. Aurora R., Teresita E. Erestain, Alice G. Guillermo, Myrna C. Montano, and Santiago A. Pilar. 1976. Art: perception and appreciation. Manila: University of the East. Ozmon, Howard and Sam Craver. 1995. Philosophical foundations of education. Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall, Inc. Panizo, Alfredo and Erlinda F. Rustia. 1969. Art appreciation and aesthetics. Manila: U. S. T. Cooperative. Pe, Josefina Lim. 1973. The University of Santo Tomas in the twentieth century. Acta Manilaña, ser. B, no. 3. Pefanis, Julian. 1991. Heterology and the postmodern: Bataille, Baudillard, and Lyotard. Durham: Duke University Press. Pitt, Joseph C. 1996. On the philosophy of technology, past and future. Society for Philosophy & Technology Quarterly Electronic Journal 1.

68

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Plamenatz, John. 1971. The use of political theory. In Political philosophy. Edited by Anthony Quinton. London: Oxford University Press. Quinton, Anthony, ed. 1971. Political philosophy. London: Oxford University Press. Rader, Meolvin. 1960. A modern book of esthetics. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. Recto, Claro M. 1979. The political philosophy of Manuel Luis Quezon. In Quezon: Thought and anecdotes about him and his fights. Edited by Juan F. Rivera. Quezon City: by the editor. Ramirez, Mina. 1983. The phenomenological method. In Research methods in Philippine context. Edited by Leonardo N. Mercado, SVD with assistance of Gregorio C. Luangco. N. p.: Divine Reyes, Ramon C. 1973. Sources of Filipino thought. Philippine Studies 21. Rhees, R. 1966. Can there be a private language? In Wittgenstein. Edited by George Pitcher. Garden City, New York: Anchor Books. Rivera, Guillermo Gomez. 1984. The affirmation of what is Filipino. Sophia [Adamson U] 4. Russell, Bertrand. 1972. A history of Western philosophy. New York: Simon and Schuster. Sahakian, William S.and Mabel Lewis Sahakian. 1970. Philosophy of religion, Realms of philosophy. Metro-Manila: National Book Store. Sayson, Ciriaco Jr. 1998. Reaction to Mayroon bang pilosopiyang Filipino? Email: [email protected], 18 and 19 March. [University of the Philippines-Diliman] Schneir, Miriam, ed. 1994. Feminism in our time: The essential writings, World War II to the present. New York: Vintage Books. Schrag, Calvin O. 1985. Subjectivity and praxis at the end of philosophy. In Hermeneutics and deconstruction. Edited by Hugh J. Silverman and Don Ihde. Albany: State University of New York Press. Schrift, Alan D. 1990. The becoming-postmodern of philosophy. In After the future, postmodern times and places. Edited by Gary Shapiro. Albany: State University of New York Press. Searle, John. 1969. Speech acts: an essay in the philosophy of language. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. __________, ed. 1972. The philosophy of language. London; Oxford University Press. __________. 1983, 1993. Intentionality. New York: Cambridge University Press. __________. 1995. Rediscovery of the mind. Cambridge, Mass.: The MIT Press. Shapiro, Gary, ed. 1990. After the future, postmodern times and places. Albany: State University of New York Press. Shusterman, Richard. 1990. “Ethics and aesthetics are one”: Postmodernism’s ethics of taste. In After the future: Postmodern times and places. Edited by Gary Shapiro. Albany: State University of New York. Skinner, Burrhus F. 1938. The behavior of organisms: An experimental analysis. New York: D. Appleton-Century-Crofts Company, Inc. _________. 1957. Verbal behavior. New York: Appleton-Century Crofts, Company, Inc. Sicat, Gerardo P. 1983. Economics. Metro Manila: National Book Store. Sosa, Ernest. 1991. Knowledge in perspective: Selected essays in epistemology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Sumaryono, Eugenio. 1993. An analysis of PANCASILA as the source of the Indonesian legal sources. Master’s thesis, De La Salle University. Sumner, William Graham. 1960. Folkways. New York. New American Library. Suwaryanto, Theodolus. 1998. The educational philosophy of K Hajar Dewantara: naturalistic and humanistic education in analytical comparison. Master’s thesis, De La Salle University

69

REFERENCES

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Tassi, Aldo. 1986. Modernity as the transformation of truth into meaning. Readings in Philosophy of Man, vol. 1. Edited by the Ateneo Philosophy Department. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. Titus, Harold. 1968. Living issues in philosophy. New York: American Book Company. Toffler, Alvin. 1980. The third wave. New York: Bantam Books. Ty, Reynaldo R. 1997. Megatrends in power shifts, paradigm shifts: Towards the construction of new cosmologies. Professorial Chair Paper, series no. 97-10. Quezon City: CSSP Publications, University of the Philippines. Velasco, Laureen. 1993-94. The social philosophy of Plato. Σοφια 23. Wittgenstein, Ludwig. 1968. Philosophical investigations. Translated by G. E.. M. Anscombe. New York: Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc. White, Morton. 1955. The age of analysis. New York: New American Library. Whitehead, Alfred North. 1967. The aims of education and other essays. New York: Free Press. Zaide, Gregorio F. and Sonia M. Zaide. 1984. Jose Rizal: Life, works, and writings of a genius, writer, scientist, and national hero. Metro Manila: National Book Store, Inc.

70

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

GLOSSARY abduction - a type of reasoning where the conclusion is only possible. Defended by Charles Peirce, it argues that there is reason to believe in A since the possibility of its truth will explain the occurrence of an observed surprising fact, C. Abduction is generally the first step of induction. academic freedom - the freedom to teach in academe whatever ideology or conviction one honestly and sincerely holds. aesthetics - the study of the nature of beauty and the creative process; it likewise deals with the form and function of artworks, and their appreciation and criticism. after postmodernism - a recent philosophical movement that is supposed to succeed postmodernism; it continues the trends minus the arbitrariness and thought stoppage of postmodernism. analytic tradition in philosophy - refers to a tradition of philosophical analysis in contemporary philosophy like the metaethical analysis of G. E. Moore, the logical analysis of Bertrand Russell and the logical positivists, the linguistic analysis of ordinary language philosophers, the conceptual analysis of Ludwig Wittgenstein, and the linguistic philosophy or method of John Searle and others. Generally, the analytic movement is usually labelled as “metaphilosophy.” anthropological approach to Filipino philosophy - refers to philosophical views derived from the analysis of Filipino linguistic modes of thought as expressed in natural languages, myths, sayings, folktales, and the like; it is some kind of a people’s (or the collective) way of looking at things. Asian philosophy - refers to all philosophical works written by Asians; specifically, it refers to Islamic, Indian, Chinese, Japanese, Jewish, Filipino, Iranian, and Indonesian philosophies of Asia. autobiography - deals with the story of the life of the author. behaviorism - the view that whatever is in one’s head can be manifested in behavior, which is observable and measurable. In education, it is theoretically demonstrated in what is called “behavioral objectives.” biography - the story of the life of a person as written by another. Buddhism - refers to the teachings of Siddharta Gautama, or the Buddha. He taught self-denial and the four noble truths: life is suffering, the cause of suffering is desire, the freedom from suffering consists in self-denial or the extinction of desire, and desire can be extinguished through the noble eightfold path. bureaucracy - the executive organization in government which is responsible for the administration of public policies and laws. Chinese philosophy - refers to the various philosophies of China. connectionism - the theory which believes in the active role of the organism in processing the stimulus before making a response. In education, it is manifested in what is called “mental objectives.” continental tradition of philosophy - the philosophical tradition that is rooted in continental Europe which includes existentialism, phenomenology, hermeneutics, structuralism, poststructuralism, modernism, and postmodernism.

71

GLOSSARY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

constitutional approach to Filipino philosophy - as used in this bibliography, this term refers to Filipino interpretative/expository writings on Western and Eastern philosophies with little or no significant innovative ideas. In the 1987 Constitution, the term “Filipinos” is amply defined. cosmology - the study of the cosmos or universe as an ordered whole; a branch of metaphysics. cosmogony - the study specifically of the creation or origin of the universe; associated with myths. creation myths - essentially metaphysical and epistemological, they refer to the origin of the universe or its composition, including man and woman; see cosmogony. deduction - a type of reasoning which starts from what is general to what is particular or less general; the conclusion is absolutely necessary for the deductive argument to be valid. In modern logic, the stress is on the absolute necessity of the conclusion. epistemology - the study of the nature, source, and validity of knowledge. etiquette - refers to a good-manner-and-right-conduct norm. ethic - refers to discipline in work. ethics - the study of what ought to be; it deals with what is morally good or bad; specifically it refers to the first-order moral discourse. exigesis - the method of applying hermeneutic principles in deciphering the true message of a passage. existentialism - means existence precedes essence; the person must first exist before s/he can have an essence or before defining himself/herself as a project through his/her choices. Filipino - refers to a citizen of the Philippines as stipulated in the 1987 Constitution. Filipino philosophy - broadly means the philosophical writings of a Filipino citizen as defined in the 1987 Constitution. Filipino philosophy consists of the traditional, anthropological, and constitutional approaches. It includes writings by foreigners on essentially Filipino or indigenous philosophical subject matter. Traditionally, it refers to innovative philosophical work of native Filipinos. general education - refers to a type of education where the first two years are devoted to liberal arts courses while the last two or three years are generally devoted to the student’s specialization. hermeneutics - the study of the principles of correctly interpreting a text. Hebrew philosophy - largely based on Judaism or the religion of the Jews. high road to philosophy - a systematic, holistic type of philosophical thinking usually associated with system-building. history of philosophy - a narrative of the evolution of thought of individual philosophers or of philosophical movements and their social milieu. Indian philosophy - refers to the various philosophies from the subcontinent of India. induction - also called the logic of science, it derives its generalization (hypothesis) from particular observed phenomena; the conclusion (hypothesis) is probable. Islamic philosophy - the philosophy largely based on Islam, the religion of the followers of Allah. This is a part of what is referred to as Arabic philosophy. Japanese philosophy - refers to the various philosophies of Japan. logical sense - a sense (different in many cases from common sense) of logical reasoning which each person innately possesses such that even without a study of logic one manages to reason out correctly. The study of logic sharpens one’s logical sense. legal philosophy - see philosophy of law.

72

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

liberal arts education - it refers to a broad type of education in the humanities and social sciences that aims at enlightening the student and at developing in one a critical mind and a sound value system. liberation theology - refers generally to the Church’s social concern for the masses by using similar socialist or Marxist categories without the practitioner (usually a priest) himself necessarily being a Marxist. linguistic analysis - see linguistic philosophy. linguistic philosophy - the philosophical method of analyzing words, phrases, and sentences in order to clarify their meanings and their logical relations; specifically, Searle uses it to include both linguistic and logical analyses. literary arts - refers to the genres, including novel, short story, poetry, essay, and drama. literary criticism - refers to the various theories involved in the evaluation of different literary genres. logic - the study of the methods and principles used in distinguishing valid from invalid arguments. logical analysis - the study of the logical relations in terms of syntax and semantics between language and the world; it is associated with the type of analysis engaged in by logical positivists in order to make clear the sense of each assertion of science and of everyday life and the connections between them. logical theory - see philosophy of logic. low road to philosophy - nonsystematic and fragmented type of philosophical thinking. metaethics - the study of moral discourse or of what people do when they talk about what they ought to do; specifically in contemporary times, it refers to moral philosophy as a secondorder moral discourse. metaphilosophy - a metalinguistic philosophical discourse which stresses the meanings of words or terms as used in philosophy or first-order philosophical discourse. metaphysics - the study of the ultimate reality(ies) or first principle(s). modal logic - a type of multivalued logic which considers four values: contingent, necessary, possible, impossible. modern logic - refers to symbolic or mathematical logic; resorted to by modern logicians to get rid of the emotive (and directive) functions of language and to concentrate on the informative function through the use of symbols; intended to avoid the imperfections of ordinary language. modernism - refers to various schools and movements which are analytically different from the styles and thoughts of the preceding period; specifically, it generally relies on metanarratives or grand narratives that explain or justify stability in society or its aspects, like morality and religion. moral philosophy - see metaethics. mysticism - refers to an inner state of the mind, a type of higher or transcendent experience. ontology - the study of being/Being; in Heidegger’s sense, the search for the categories of existence. ontic - the study of entities or substances; in Heidegger’s sense, the search for the categories of substance. oratory - refers to eloquence in public speaking. Oriental philosophy - the traditional term used to refer to the philosophies of mainly China and India (excluding Islam and Judaism). performing arts - refers to music, dance, theater, and cinema.

73

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

GLOSSARY

phenomenology - the study of the subjective processes of the mind; broadly, it refers to a lived-out experience. philosophical - used in this bibliography to describe (1) a type of thinking which is speculative, reflective, theoretical, definitional, and the like; (2) all philosophical activities of various quarreling philosophical movements or schools; and (3) a type of subject matter as contradistinguished from a purely descriptive/scientific subject matter [science] or a purely exegetic/hermeneutic analysis of revealed knowledge [theology]. philosophical analysis - refers to a type of analysis which involves either or both logical and linguistic analyses; see linguistic philosophy. philosophical anthropology - see philosophy of person. philosophical approach to Filipino philosophy - see traditional approach. philosophical logic - see philosophy of logic. philosophical psychology - see philosophy of mind. philosophy - means differently to different philosophers. Literally, it means love of wisdom. It can mean the pursuit of truth or knowledge, the handmaid of theology, the handmaid of science, the analysis of concepts or styles of reasoning, the freeing of one’s intelligence from the bewitchment of language, the invention or creation of meaning, and so on. philosophy of art - deals with the “body” of the work of art and its function; see aesthetics. philosophy of biology - the theoretical study of living things, their emergence, reproduction, and decay, among other aspects. philosophy of economics - the theoretical study of the sources, production, distribution, and consumption of raw materials, manufactured goods, and services; it likewise deals with the accumulation, circulation, and control of money. philosophy of education - deals with the various theories of education, including the aims, principles, curricular contents, and methods of teaching. philosophy of history - the study of classical and contemporary theories of history; whether history has a meaning or purpose, whether it has an end, whether it recurs, and so on. philosophy of language - the study of the general features of language such as meaning, truth, reference, synthetic-analytic distinction, speech act, and the like. philosophy of life - pertains to the philosophical principles that serve as a guide to one’s lifestyle. philosophy of law - the study of types of law, their nature and origin or construction, and their legitimacy; also referred to as legal philosophy.. philosophy of logic - the study of types of reasoning (induction, deduction, abduction), first-order logic, higher-order logic, and the like. philosophy of man - see philosophy of person. philosophy of mathematics - the theoretical study of the nature and foundations of mathematics. philosophy of mind - the study of the existence of the mind, brain processes, behaviorism, public language as against private language, and the like. philosophy of nature - the theoretical study of nature or the physical world: fundamental processes, laws or principles governing them, and classification of natural objects, among other aspects. philosophy of person - originally called philosophy of man, it is the study of the self or person in relation to oneself, others, the environment, and God.

74

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

philosophy of physics - the theoretical study of matter or physical substances, especially concerning the creation of matter and investigation of the causal principle, the laws of motion, and the like. philosophy of reconstructionism - an educational philosophy which assumes that society needs change and the school—i.e., the administration, faculty, staff, and students—should be the instrument in actively effecting social change. philosophy of religion - deals with man and his relation to the supernatural; discusses the existence of God, natural evils, the immortality of the soul, and the nature of religious experience, among other aspects. philosophy of science - deals with physical phenomena like sense-data, physical and chemical laws, inductive reasoning, scientific speculations, measurement, and the like. political anthropology - the study of political processes and structures of indigenous societies. political economy - refers to the national economy as affected or influenced by political decisions and policies. political literature - refers to literary political activism and protest; socialist or underground literature. political philosophy - the study of a set of integrated principles or a political principle that serves as a guide for political action. political psychology - refers essentially to political attitudes and behavior of leaders and personnel of government; it describes the development of a political personality: the method and principles of analysis used can be applied to any political organization.. political science - the study of the processes and structures of the state (government, people, territory, sovereignty), either descriptively or theoretically. political sociology - the study of the dynamics and structures of social institutions as they affect or influence political behavior and decision-making. political theology - the study of the political attitudes, concerns, and social policies of the Church with regard to its preferential option for the poor and the role of the Church vis-a-vis government policies. political theory - refers to political theoretical system or a political theoretical speculation; used synonymously with political philosophy. postmodernism - refers to a reaction to modernism or a description of a particular shift from modernism; generally it is a description of a social reality that is decadent and fragmented, a reaction to stasis and a reliance on movement and change; it is an alternative to modernism. poststructuralism - refers to a reaction to structuralism by dealing with the breakdown of scientific and stable structures; among other reactions, deconstructionism deals with the restructuring of binary oppositions while radical hermeneutics deals simply with the “shattering and foundering” of meaning. pragmatism - the study of the philosophical school which emphasizes the blending of logic and life; it deals with the ideas which serve as instruments to one’s actions, or with ideas which have workable consequences to one’s life. primary sector of the economy - deals with the sources of raw materials: agriculture, fisheries, forestry, and mining. problem of other minds - refers to the issue whether other minds exist and on how to demonstrate their existence.

75

GLOSSARY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

public administration - refers to the execution and administration of policies and laws by public officials and employees. public fiscal policies - refer to policies in government budgeting; they determine the types of goods and services the government is willing to produce or buy. public monetary policies - refer to goverment policies that will regulate and control the circulation of money to prevent undue inflation, deflation, and the like, or to pump-prime the economy. public economic planning - a strategic or tactical design or scheme by government for getting something done in the national economy. rhetoric - refers to the art of effectively using language; its aim is to persuade the audience to one’s point of view. secondary sector of the economy - deals with the processing of raw materials into semi-finished and finished goods; it is manufacturing or industrialization where booming factories are in operation. semiotics - the study of signs or forms independently of their signification. social philosophy - deals with the principles that constitute the good society; it also studies the causes and possible solutions to social disorder, social problems, and the like. special education - a type of education that involves giving patient attention to and taking care of nonnormal pupils or students. structuralism - the study of the form and function of different languages (langages) in terms of their internal relationships. theory - as philosophically used, it refers to a philosophical speculation or a philosophical systembuilding. teleology - the study of purpose(s) or goal(s). tertiary sector of the economy - deals with all types of services: governmental services, public utilities, private construction, banking and finance, educational institutions, recreational facilities, research and development, and the like. traditional approach to Filipino philosophy - refers to the philosophizing of individual Filipino thinkers; also called philosophical approach in the sense that it is the type of approach used by historians of philosophy. traditional logic - refers to Aristotelian logic; it has been largely abandoned by modern logicians because many of Aristotle’s logical concepts are considered obsolete. trend - as used in this bibliography, it is a general tendency or direction of philosophical research or activity. visual arts - refers to painting, mosaic, stained glass, tapestry, drawing, printmaking, relief printing, intaglio printing, planographic or surface printing, stencil printing, computer printing, photography, sculpture, architecture, interior design, and landscaping. vocational education - a type of education that prepares one essentially for livelihood. Volkgeist - refers to the nation’s folk spirit that developed over the centuries. Weltanschauung - refers to a worldview which is related to metaphysics. works of art - refer to visual, performing, and literary arts.

76

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

ABOUT THE AUTHOR Dr. Rolando M Gripaldo is a full-time professor of DLSU’s Department of Philosophy. He obtained his Ph.D. in Philippine Studies in 1984 at the University of the Philippines. His specialization is Filipino philosophy and his studies covered three major fields: history, political science, and philosophy. He also obtained his M.A. in Philosophy in 1975 at the University of the Philippines where he specialized on the Anglo-American philosophy of language—a later development of the analytic tradition in philosophy. He finished his A. B. in Philosophy in 1969 at the Mindanao State University, Marawi City. In addition, he obtained his Master in Public Administration (MPA) degree from the Mindanao State University in 1987. As the current holder of the Ariston Estrada Sr. Professorial Chair II in Liberal Arts, De La Salle University, Dr. Gripaldo is active in student and professional philosophy organizations where he reads various papers. He has more than fifty publications in philosophy, history, and political science. Filipino philosophy: A critical bibliography [1774-1997] (2000) is his fourth book. The other three are Circumstantialism (1977), the Quezon-Winslow correspondence and other essays (1994), and the first edition of Filipino philosophy: A critical bibliography, 1774-1992 (1996). He has just finished a fifth book, Filipino philosophy: Traditional approach, Part I, Section 1 (2000) and is currently preparing his sixth book, Political and ethical philosophy of Emilio Jacinto. Once the president of the regional philosophy organization—the Philosophical Association of the Visayas and Mindanao (PHAVISMINDA), Dr. Gripaldo is the former officer-in-charge (1985-87) and later dean (1987-90) of the College of Social Sciences and Humanities and the former chairperson (1975-80) of the Department of Philosophy of the Mindanao State University where he worked for more than two decades (since November 1970). He likewise worked as a special assistant on faculty development to the vice president for academic affairs (1975-80) and on faculty matters to the president (1984-85), both of the Mindanao State University. Before joining De La Salle University, he taught at Misamis University Graduate School, Ateneo de Manila University, Adamson University. He handled courses in the Technological University of the Philippines Graduate School under the existing Memorandum of Agreement between DLSU and TUP. Dr. Gripaldo served as the graduate coordinator of DLSU’s Philosophy Department (199699) and the managing editor (1995-to date) of Σοφια (now Φιλοσοφια) the first Philippine philosophy journal that is distributed internationally. He once was the chair (1996) of the Board of Governors and later the executive governor (1998 to date) of the Philippine National Philosophical Research Society, Inc. He once served as a director (1996-99) of the Philippine Association of Philosophy. He is listed as a biographee in the following international publications: Reference Asia (1989), Biography international (1990-91), Marquis who’s who in the world (1993-94), Dictionary of international biography (1994), and the International directory of distinguished leadership (1995). He is also included in the International directory of philosophy and philosophers of the Philosophy Documentation Center, Bowling Green University, Ohio. Last February 1998, Dr. Gripaldo received the 20th Century Award of Achievement from the International Biographical Center, Cambridge, England “in recognition of outstanding achievements in the field of Philosophy and History.” He was entered on the Roll of Charter Recipients of the Center in 1998.

77

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

PART TWO

THE BIBLIOGRAPHY 1774 - 1992

78

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER I. AESTHETICS, HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF ART, AND LITERARY CRITICISM A. Articles Abad, Gemino H. 1975. A formal analysis of Richard Eberhart’s “The groundhog”: toward a theory of lyric form. Diliman Review 23. Abueg, Efren R. 1991. Pagbasa sa teksto: Teorya at pamamaraan. Daloy 1. Abueva, Napoleon V. 1973. Contemporary sculpture in the Philippines. Unitas 46. Abulad, Romualdo E. 1982. A personal note on reviews [about book criticism]. Σοφια 12. Acosta, Josephine Nacorda. 1966. Oriental art: A vision of the cosmic form. Unitas 39. Albano, Alegria A. 1969. On love, beauty and the soul: A study of Plato’s ‘Phaedrus’. Philippine Educational Forum 18. Albarracin, Narciso. 1966. Philosophy of music education. Journal of Educational Research 3. Almario, Virgilio S. 1989. Laki sa luha: Isang edukasyong sentimental. Mithi 20. Angsico, Josephine C. 1973-74. Needed: Rhetorical criticism of Philippine public address. General Education Journal No. 25. Avellana, Lamberto V. 1963. The cinema in the Philippines. 1963 Summer cultural series [ninth term]. Manila: UST Press. Bacatan, Jose T., S.J. 1958. Purpose, judgment, and taste in art. Philippine Scholastic 2. Bascara, Linda R. 1988-89. Mga pananaw hinggil sa mga tugtuging tradisyonal ng mga tagaKapatagan. Malay 7. Bautista, Cirilo F. 1972. A theory of poetry. Σοφια 2. __________.1981. Philippine literature: from national liberation to aesthetic liberation. Diwa [Philippine Journal of Ideas] 1; reprint ed.1982. Literature and justice. Edited by Leopoldo Y. Yabes. Manila: Philippine Center of International P.E.N. Beltran, H. S. Jr. 1982. Ang social realism ay paglalarawan hindi lang ng nakikitang kahirapan ng masa kundi pati na rin ng aming mga pangarap para sa kanila—Adi Baens Santos, pintor. Diliman Review 30. [Interview1.] Benesa, Leonidas V. 1956. Poet and audience. Literary Apprentice 20. Blanco, Glenn P. 1988. A study of the development of painting in Angono, Rizal. Unitas 61. Blanco, Michael P. 1988. The genre period of Philippine art: a study of two genre writers and two genre painters. Unitas 61. Buenvenida, Ramon G. 1968-69. The objectivity of beauty. General Education Journal No. 15. Bulan, Celia Tobia. 1973-74. The triad: Aristotle, Cicero, and Quintilian. General Education Journal No. 25. Caluag II, Carmelo A., S.J. 1986. Sining at relihiyon: Ang kanilang impluwensiya at pamamaraan ng pagpapahayag. Meron 1. Canauay, Nancy C. 1987. Art as experience. Diliman Review 35. Carlos, Efrain E. 1966. Patriotic intellectualism in literature.Trends 2. Carpio, Rustica C. 1987. The performing arts: Purveyors of services and aesthetics. Trends No. 1.

79

AESTHETICS, HISTORY & PHILOSOPHY OF ART

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Casuga, Albert B. 1971. Practical aesthetics for teaching relevant literature in college: A discussion of basic concepts. DLSU Dialogue 7. ______________. 1971-72. ‘Appreciation’ as a relevant and measurable objective in the study of literature as a humanistic discipline. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1972. The concept of evaluation in an empirically-based appreciation of literature. Σοφια 2. Casal, Gabriel, OSB. 1976. Synthesis and sacrament—the social impact of art in the liturgy. Philippiniana Sacra 11. Centena, Maria Luisa. 1954. Implications in the Aristotelian concept of aesthetic truth. Silliman Journal 1. Co, Alfredo. 1972. The relevance of contemporary art to our contemporary society. NOW Magazine, June. ______________. 1972. A reflection on scholastic arts. Varsitarian, September. ______________. 1973. Cultural influences of Chinese porcelain art. Journal of Graduate Research 2. ______________. 1986. Chinese calligraphy and painting: Philosophical principles. Journal of Graduate Research 15. ______________. 1986. Chinese ceramics and porcelain. Journal of Graduate Research 16. ______________. 1987. Aesthetic analysis of Chinese art. Journal of Graduate Research 17. ______________. 1988. Chinese enamelware. Journal of Graduate Research 17. ______________. 1989. Chinese miniature carving. Journal of Graduate Research 18. Crisostomo, Isabelo T. 1968. The writer: His motivations and social responsibility. Trends 4. Cruz, Isagani R. 1983. Iba’t ibang uri ng panunuri at kritisismong pampanitikan. Malay 3. ______________. 1985. Sining nga ba ang pagsasalin? Likha 8. ______________. 1987. Classicism: A theory for all seasons. DLSU Graduate Journal 12 ______________. 1989. Ang bukod na bukod: Sa likuran ng estetikang Filipino. Mithi 20.. ______________. 1990-91. Hindi na uso ang hindi pa uso: Ang kritika sa panahon ng Iraq. Malay 9. Cubar, Nelly I. 1964-65. The nature of literary art: Essays in English IV. University College Journal Issue No. 8. Daroy, Ester Vallado. 1984. The writer and aesthetic distance. DLSU Dialogue 20. David, Fernando S., S.J. 1957. Aesthetic effulgence in St. Thomas. Philippine Scholastic 2. De la Cruz, Enrique B., Jr. 1968-69. The role of theory in aesthetics: A re-evaluation. General Education Journal No. 15. De los Reyes, Ester P. 1964. The literary criticism of Matthew Arnold. Diliman Review 12. Del Rio, F., O.P. 1963. Is modern dancing morally objectionable? Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 37. Demetillo, Ricaredo. 1953. The tentative nature of literary criticism. Diliman Review 1. ______________. 1953. Form and symbology in the fiction of Nick Joaquin. Diliman Review 1. ______________. 1955. The art of Lady Murasaki. Diliman Review 3. _______________. 1968. Toward the understanding of man. In Papers and proceedings, 1968 U.P. faculty conference. Edited by Paulina F. Bautista. Quezon City: n. p. ______________. 1970. Beauty and truth in the arts. Diliman Review 18. ______________. 1974. Dimensions and responsibilities of Philippine literary criticism. Literary Apprentice 47.

80

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Deveza, Eduardo T. 1977. The problematic quality of contemporary art. Likha 1. Diaz, Manuel P. 1986. Sight into insight: Art and anthropology. Kaya Tao 8. _______________. 1986. Insight into sight: A phenomenological approach to the understanding of visual forms. Kaya Tao 8. Diaz, Rony V. 1964-65. The matter of art criticism. University College Journal Issue No. 7. Edades, V. 1978-79. What is art? Philippine Journal of Education 57. Epistola, Silvino V. 1989. Palabas bukas, problema ngayon. Mithi 20. Exhibition of indecent and immoral pictures. 1955. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 29. Fainsan, Ricardo H. 1978. Kant’s preface, introduction and transcendental aesthetic explained. Σοφια 8. Fernandez, C. 1961. The scientist as creative artist. Philippine Studies 9. Fernandez, Honrado R. 1989. Towards a new design philosophy. Diliman Review 1989. Filipinas, Clarita C. 1990. Lineyte-Samarnon zarzuela (1899-1977), history and aesthetics [the relevant discussion on aesthetics is on chap. 4]. Leyte-Samar Studies 24. Flores, Penelope V. 1964-65. Child art and the Filipino child. Education Quarterly 12. Francisco, Juan. 1963. Kalidasa: His nature beauty. Diliman Review 11. Gamboa, Doreen B. 1962. Art: A way of discovery. Philippine Journal of Education 41. Garcellano, Edel E. 1985. Partisan poetry: a metacriticism. Diliman Review 33. Gloria, Loreto C. 1987. The aesthetic values of music education. Sangguni 9. Gonzalez, N.V.M. 1989. Saklaw, hanay at tugon ng katutubong sining. Mithi 20. Gordon, Ronald D. 1985. Empathy: The state of the art and science. University of Baguio Journal 16. Guillermo, Alice. 1983. The social roots of Philippine popular arts. Rediscovery, eds. C. N. Lumbrera and T. G. Maceda. Maynila: National Book Store. Hilario, Melanie. 1968. Phenomenal beauty and an aesthetic of experience. Philippine Studies 16. Hornedo, Florentino H. 1983. Religious art in Batanes. Philippiniana Sacra 18. ______________. 1990. The changing core themes of Filipino nationalism and their literary expression. Trends No. 1. Hosillos, Lucila. 1970. The state of Philippine literary criticism [a chapter in Philippine literature and contemporary events]. Diliman Review 18. Hufana, Alejandro G. 1964. ‘Imitation’ in Coleridge’s doctrine of art. Diliman Review 12. Javellana, Esteban S. 1969. The problem of art and literature through the ages. The U. I. Journal 1. Jose, F. Sionil. 1970. Art and revolution. Silliman Journal 17 ______________. 1974. Art, society, and freedom: A memo to the writer in our times. The Manila Review 2. Joya, Jose. 1976. The education of the artists. Graduate and Faculty Studies 27. ______________. 1976. Philippine contemporary arts. Danyag 1. Joven-Colayco, Clemencia. 1957. The novelist: a portrait painter. Unitas 30. ______________. 1957. The poetic vision. Unitas 30. Kasilag, Lucrecia R. 1972. Music education perspectives in Philippine society. Philippine Educational Forum 21. ______________. 1976. Education and the Filipino musician. Graduate and Faculty Studies 27.

81

AESTHETICS, HISTORY & PHILOSOPHY OF ART

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Katigbak, Aida. 1963. The state of music in the Philippines. 1963 summer cultural series [ninth term]. Manila: UST Press. Kintanar, Thelma B. 1968. The humanities and the teaching of literature. In Papers and proceedings, 1968 U.P. faculty conference. Edited by Paulina F. Bautista. Quezon City: n.p. Lahoz, Presentacion. 1969. Music appreciation—the goal in music education. Ilocos Review [DWC-Vigan] 1. Lampauog, Esmeraldo B., S.J. 1986. Mga katangian ng romantisismo sa ilang tula ni Jose Corazon de Jesus tungkol sa pag-ibig, kamatayan, at kalikasan. Meron 1. Legazpi, L. Z., O.P. 1973. Understanding through the arts. Unitas 46. Leoncini, Dante L. 1984. Politics, dramatics and foolishness. Sofia 14. Leus, Marcela J. 1985. The beautiful art of teaching. Sangguni 8. Llorca, Raymond L. 1969. The nature of aesthetic distance: Its inherence in art dramatized in four short stories. Silliman Journal 16. Lucero, Rosario C. 1988-89. Literature and literary criticism: From Marxism to structuralism. Likha 10. Mallari, I. V. 1963-64. Art in general education. University College Journal Issue No. 5. Malonso, Julian. 1967. Improving the learning and teaching of aesthetics and physical education. Letran Faculty Journal 1. Manapat, L. Lincoln A. 1968. The ideal Aristotelian tragic hero in Shakespeare. Letran Faculty Journal 3. Mercado, Leonardo N., SVD. 1992. Kagandahan: Filipino thought on beauty, truth, and good. Karunungan 9. Merino-Antolinez, Jesus Ma., O.P. 1973. Religion and art: The case of the Philippines. Unitas 46. Mistica, Fraternidad G. 1975. Britomart’s Ethopoeia: An exercise in rhetorical criticism. Diliman Review 23. Mojares, Resil B. 1969. The crisis of new criticism. Silliman Journal 16. Molina, Antonio. 1955. Music, art and life. Unitas 28. ______________. 1955. What is ‘modern’ in modern music? Unitas 28. ______________. 1957. Turning an ox into a nightingale. Unitas 30. ______________. 1961. The power of language in the development of an artistic personality. Unitas 34. Morales, Alfredo T. 1961. Children of the storm: Rizal’s artistic imagery. Diliman Review 9. Moredo, Mae Ellen C. 1991. The kundiman as a literary expression of the Filipino soul; echoes of a nation’s sentiments. Saint Louis University Research Journal 22. Morelos, Allan. 1992. A glimpse of the Philippine theatre’s aesthetic state of affairs. University Journal. Nietes, Carmen. 1975. A review of the development of the language arts from birth through elementary school. Unitas 48. Nofuente, Valerio. 1983. Jeepney: Vehicle as art. In Rediscovery. Edited by C. N. Lumbrera and T. G. Maceda. Maynila: National Book Store. Ocampo, Galo B. 1958. Three periods of Philippine art. Unitas 31. Reprinted in 1958. Summer cultural series [fifth term]. Manila: UST Press.

82

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1962. Fundamental direction in the philosophy and teaching of art in our educational system. Unitas 35. Ordoñez, Elmer A. 1964. The literary impressionist as critic: Conrad and Ford. Diliman Review 12. Ordoñez, Sedfrey A. 1989. Huli man daw at magaling. Mithi 20. Oroz, Policarpo, OAR. 1968-69. Sentiments, ideas and art of romanticism. UNO-R Journal 6 (ser. II). Panares, Alice Alafriz. 1981. The child’s art. Diliman Review 29. Panizo, Alfredo, O.P. 1955, 1977. The aesthetic order and the moral order. Unitas 20; also in 50. Paraz-Perez, Rod. 1962. Philippine modern art. University College Journal Issue No. 2. Perez, Bernado Ma., O.S.B. 1969. Grace and the creative artist. San Beda Review 2. Picazo,Rosario.1956. National spirit and temper in music.Unitas 29. Piñon, Manuel. 1955. What in ballet . . . ? Unitas 28. ______________. 1970. The philosophy of the beautiful and beauty. Philippiniana Sacra 5. Po, Mary Jane. 1980. Bahaghari ng tunog sa musika ng mga Kalinga. Diliman Review 28. Quilon, Nicolas C. 1965. Aesthetic education: Its important role in the school program. Philippine Educational Forum 14. Ramos, Leticia V. 1955. The art of Ajanta. Diliman Review 3. Reyes, Josefina Caconio. 1957. A critical study of the creative art of Leo Tolstoy. Unitas 30. Reyes, Soledad S. 1965 .Some presuppositions in the criticism of poetry. Mithi 1. ______________. 1989. Ang pagbasa bilang paglikha: Tungo sa teorya ng kahulugan. Mithi 20. Rivera, Cenon M. 1973. Art in Philippine perspective: Past and present. Unitas 46. Rocamora, Nancy. 1983. Philippine art in the ’70s. Diliman Review 31. ______________. 1986. Partisan art in the mid-70s: Redefining the relationship of artist to audience. Diliman Review 34. Roces, Alfredo R. 1973. Evolution and trends of modern painting in the Philippines. Unitas 46. Rodriguez, Manuel. 1963. The plastic arts. 1963 summer cultural series [ninth term]. Manila: UST Press. Ronda, Martin C. 1986. The art of choreography. Sangguni 8. Samonte-Madrid, Ester. 1958. A portrait of the Filipino composer as artist. Diliman Review 6. San Juan Jr., Epifanio. 1964. Ruskin and the integrity of art. Diliman Review 12. ______________. 1965. Keats’s ‘Ode to a nightingale’: Aesthetic and myth. Saint Louis Quarterly 3. _______________. 1969-70. The artist in a revolutionary milieu. Trends 5. _______________. 1988. The politics of aesthetics: Praxis in Marxist critical theory. Praxis 2. Santillan-Castrence, Pura. 1939. The aesthetics of Tagalog prose (a preliminary survey). Philippine Social Science Review 11. Sta. Maria, Felixberto C. 1961-62. Psychical distance in poetry. University College Journal Issue No. 3. ______________. 1964. The nature of literary art: Essays in English IV. University College Journal Issue No. 8. ______________. 1964-65. King Oedipus and the unity of the work of art in Aristotle’s theory of tragedy. University College Journal Issue No. 8. Sta. Rita Jr., Emilio. 1958. Maritain and the three epiphanies of poetry. Studium

83

AESTHETICS, HISTORY & PHILOSOPHY OF ART

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Sison, Boyet. 1980. Ang kabuluhan at di-kabuluhan ng Pinoy rock at rhythm. Ang Weltanchauung ng Pilipino, comp. Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Tabujara, Josefina A. 1964. Understanding poetry. University College Journal Issue No. 8. Tan, Anthony L. 1967. Walter Pater: His aesthetic and moral ideas. Silliman Journal 24. Tan, Vidal A. 1954. The universal and national in music. Diliman Review 2. Tantingco, Robert. 1986. An evaluation of Eliot’s Shakespearean criticism. Saint Louis University Research Journal 17. Tapales, Ramon. 1965. The nature and uses of the imagination in music. Diliman Review 13. Tinio, Rolando S. 1989. Dula sa dulaaan; estetika sa bukas. Mithi 20. Teodoro, Francisca E. 1956. The literary art of Conrado V. Pedroche in his prose fiction: a critical study. Graduate and Faculty Studies 7. Teoxon, Lucio F. Jr. 1992. The philosophical criticism of the novel. Far Eastern University Journal, new series 2. Tiongson, Nicanor. 1983. Four values in Filipino drama and film. Rediscovery, eds. C. N. Lumbrera and T. G. Maceda. Maynila: National Book Store. Tiempo, Edith L. 1953. Psychological revelation in a poem. Diliman Review 1. ______________. 1953. Form in Philippine fiction. Diliman Review 1. Tolentino, Delfin L. 1975. Landscape in the early poetry of Mao Tse-tung. Diliman Review 23. ______________. 1985. Latay ng tradisyon, hagkis ng modernismo. Mithi 1. Tufo, Joseph P. del. 1963. Can art be immoral? Philippine Studies 2. Varela, Jesus. 1955. ‘Modern dancing immoral’—slow-drag condemned. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 29. Velasco, Laureen. 1991. Philosophy of art. Σοφια 21. Veloso, Guillermo E. 1972. The moon and sixpence: Gauguin and post-impressionism. University of Baguio Journal 7. Vicente, Victoriano, O.P. 1965. The modern dance (baile agarrado). Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 39. Vidal, Reynaldo S. 1969. What we might have missed [about rhetoric]. Letran Faculty Journal 3. Vorlat, Emma. 1986. The playful art of persuasion. Saint Louis University Research Journal 17. Yabes, Leopoldo Y. 1954. The condition of literary criticism in the Philippines. Diliman Review 2. ______________. 1964. On classical theory. Diliman Review 12. Ylla, Juan, O.P. 1955. Seccion de derecho civil: criminal law; exhibition of indecent and/or immoral pictures. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 29. B. Books and Monographs Alarcon, Norma I. 1991. Philippine architecture during the pre-Spanish and Spanish periods. Manila: Santo Tomas University Press. Almario, Virgilio S., ed. 1989. Ang estetikang Filipino at hinaharap [Filipino aesthetics and beyond]. Lungsod ng Quezon: Unyon ng mga Manunulat sa Filipinas. Bañaz, Raymundo C. 1970. Pilipino music and theater. Quezon City: Manlapaz Publishing Co. Cruz, Isagani R. 1984. Classical literary criticism. Manila: DLSU Research Center.

84

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1984. Contemporary literary criticism. Manila: DLSU Research Center. Embuscado, R. Esquivel. 1975. The aesthetics of dissectionism: A general theory and practice. Pasay City: N.p. Erestain, Teresita E., Alice G. Guillermo, Myrna C. Montano, Ma. Aurora R. Ortiz, and Santiago A. Pilar. 1976. Art: Perception and appreciation. Manila: University of the East. Galang, Zoilo M., ed. 1950. Encyclopedia of the Philippines, 20 vols.: Art, vols. 7 & 8. Manila: Exequiel Floro. Guillermo, Alice G., Teresita E. Erestain, Myrna C. Montano, Ma.Aurora R. Ortiz, and Santiago A. Pilar. 1976. Art: Perception and appreciation. Manila: University of the East. Javellana, Rene B., S.J. 1991. Wood and stone: For God’s glory. Jesuit art and architecture in the Philippines. Manila: Ateneo de Manila University. Mercado, Leonardo N. 1977. Applied Filipino philosophy [includes a chapter on aesthetics]. Tacloban City: Divine Word University Publications. Montano, Myrna C., Teresita E. Erestain, Alice G. Guillermo, Ma. Aurora R. Ortiz, and Santiago A. Pilar. 1976. Art: Perception and appreciation. Manila: University of the East. Ortiz, Ma. Aurora R., Teresita E. Erestain, Alice G. Guillermo, Myrna C. Montano, and Santiago A. Pilar. 1976. Art: Perception and appreciation. Manila: University of the East. Panizo, Alfredo and Erlinda F. Rustia.1969, 1991. Introduction to art appreciation and aesthetics. Manila: UST Cooperative; reprint ed. Quezon City: Bede’s Publishing House, Inc. Pilar, Santiago A., Teresita E. Erestain, Alice G. Guillermo, Myrna C. Montano, and Ma. Aurora R. Ortiz. 1976. Art: Perception and appreciation. Manila: University of the East. Rivadelo, Rosita F. 1986. Fundamentals of music. Metro Manila: National Book Store. Rustia, Erlinda F. and Alfredo Panizo. 1969, 1991. Introduction to art appreciation and aesthetics. Manila: UST Cooperative; reprint ed.Quezon City: Bede’s Publishing House, Inc. Quito, Emerita S. 1989. A structural approach to Philippine epics. Maynila: Cultural Center of the Philippines. San Juan, E. 1967. The art of Oscar Wilde. Princeton: Princeton University Press. __________. 1969. Balagtas art and revolution: A critical study of Florante at Laura. Quezon City: Manlapaz Publication Co. __________. 1979. Poetics, the imitation of action: Essays in interpretation. Rutherford: Fairleigh Dickinson University Press. _________. 1984. Towards a people’s literature: Essays in dialectics of praxis and contradiction in Philippine writing. Lungsod ng Quezon: University of the Philippines Press. __________. 1990. Text and context: Society and criticial theory. Maynila: Asian Social Institute. Tan, Arsenia B. 1992. The arts, their evolution and development. Metro Manila: National Book Store, Inc. Tiongson, Nicanor G. 1975. Kasaysayan at estetika ng sinakulo at ibang dulang pangrelihiyon sa Malolos. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University Press. C. Review Articles and Book Reviews Abulad, Romualdo. 1982. Review of Feeling and form, by Susanne K. Langer and of Philippine short stories 1941—1955 [Part I (1941-1945)], by Leopoldo Y. Yabes. Σοφια 11.

85

AESTHETICS, HISTORY & PHILOSOPHY OF ART

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1982. Review of Christian and Oriental philosophy of art, by Ananda K. Coomoraswammy. Σοφια 12. ______________. 1982. Review of Feeling and form, by Susanne K. Langer. Σοφια 11. Cruz, Isagani R. 1982. Review of Art appreciation and aesthetics, by Josephine Acosta-Pasricha and Tomas C. Hernandez. DLSU Dialogue 17. Francisco, Jose Mario. 1976. Review of Kasaysayan at estetika ng sinakulo at ibang dulang pangrelihiyon sa Malolos, by Nicanor G. Tiongson. Philippine Studies 24. Galdon, Joseph A. 1977. Abad, Aristotle, and a Philippine poetic [rev. art.]. Philippine Studies 25. Kavanagh, Joseph J., S.J. 1954. Review of Art and morals, by Alfredo Panizo, Philippine Studies 2. Mendoza, Esther C. 1964. Review of Art and existentialism, by Arturo B. Fallico. Saint Louis Quarterly 2. Nietes, Carmen. 1975. A review of the development of the language arts: From birth through elementary school. Unitas 48. Quito, Emerita S. 1983. Review of Kasaysayan ng komedya sa Filipinas, 1766-1982, by Nicanor G. Tiongson. DLSU Dialogue 18. Reyes, Ramon C. 1977. Review of Applied Filipino philosophy, by Leonardo N. Mercado. Philippine Studies 25. Ruluked, Leonardo, S. J. 1962. Review of Movies, morals, and art, by Frank Getleinand Harold C. Gardiner. PhilippineScholastic 4. Tiangco, N. G. 1976. Review of Ang kasaysayan at estetika ng sinakulo at ibang dulang pangrelihiyon sa Malolos, by Nicanor G. Tiongson. Unitas 49. Villar, F. P. 1976. Review of The development of the language arts, by G. Greene. Unitas 49. D. Graduate Work Allas, Lilia. 1959. An evaluation of the aesthetic qualities of El filibusterismo. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Bautista, Cirilo F. 1990. Words and battlefields: A theoria on the poem. Doctoral dissertation [Doctor of Arts], De La Salle University. David, Fernando S. 1957. The notion of aesthetic effulgence in St. Thomas Aquinas. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Fuentes, Jose Ma. 1959. Integrity as an essential element of beauty in St. Thomas Aquinas. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Garcia, Leovino. 1970. Towards an understanding of Michael Dufrenne’s phenomenology of aesthetic experience. Master’s thesis, University of Louvain. Hofileña, Jorge P. 1957. An objective analysis of the tragedy of King Lear according to the principles of Thomistic aesthetics. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Jesus, Jose P. de. 1965. The relationship between self-acceptance and creativity. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila Unversity. Lagcao, Aida V. 1970. An experimental determination of the presence of harmonics in a Helmhotz resonator. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Llamzon, Benjamin. 1953. Concord and conflict in the Thomistic doctrine of beauty. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College.

86

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Monis, Patricio. 1970. The philosophy of W. Wordsworth as expressed in his poetry. Master’s thesis, Saint Louis University. Parpan, Alfredo G. 1955. The expression of the beautiful in poetry as a basis for poetic criticism. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Rodriguez, Alfredo B. 1954. A critical study of Thomistic modern aesthetics with a view to establishing the objectivity of beauty. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. San Juan, Vicente, S.J. 1947. A philosophy of artistic imitation. Master’s thesis, Sacred Heart Novitiate. Sta. Maria Jr., Emilio Dayrit. 1958. Maritain and the corruptibility of poetic intuition. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. Soriano, Ma. Virgilia, OSF. Gerard Manly Hopkins, poet of aesthetic and ascetic reconciliation. Master’s thesis. Ateneo de Manila University, 1955. Sunico, Ramon C. 1981. Plato and the fine arts. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Tagle, Ester Perez de. 1966. Crashaw and Bernini: A comparative study in Baroque art and other essays. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Tiongson, Nicanor E. 1979. Kasaysayan at estetika ng komedya sa Parañaque. Doctoral dissertation, University of the Philippines. Tranker, Brigitta. 1970. The theme of moderation in the writings of Albert Camus: An analysis against the background of aesthetic theory. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Vara, Ticiano. 1971. Music: A universal language. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. E. Poems Agcaoili, Teofilo D. 1941. We who know beauty know death. Philippines Herald Mid-Week Magazine (7 May). Alvero, Aurelio S. 1934, 1965. Futility: Of beauty. Moon shadows on the waters. Manila: University of Santo Tomas; reprint ed. Manila; Far Eastern Publications. Anonymous. All things of beauty. Varsitarian [UST] (11 August). Bocobo, Jorge C. 1951. Dazzling beauty. Furrows and arrows, poetry and verse. N.p.: M. Colcol and Co. Borja, Horacio C. 1931. Beauty. Wings [AdeMU] (31 October). Castro, Fred R. 1934, 1951. Sonnet: There is no work of art more delicate. Literary Apprentice 7; reprint ed : The sonnet in Philippine poetry: A survey, ed. D. L. Eugenio. N.p. Daguio, Amador T. 1973. Beautiful is the word. Bataan harvest: War poems. N.p.: Alberto S. Florentino. _______________. 1936. Beauty. Sunday Tribune Magazine (25 October). _______________. 1954. Thoughts on art and the blue monkey. In Six Filipino poets. Edited by L. Casper. N.p. Benipayo Press. Dato, Luis G. 1932. Art. Philippines Herald Mid-Week Magazine (24 February)and Philippines Free Press (31 December). Dipasupil, Francisco C. 1935. Leoning: A study in art. Sunday Tribune Magazine (10 March). Faigao, Cornelio F. 1933, 1938. Beauty. Philippines Free Press (8 July); reprint ed. Philippine Magazine (31 May). _______________. 1939. Diet of beauty. Inday and other Cebu poems. Cebu City: By the author.

87

AESTHETICS, HISTORY & PHILOSOPHY OF ART

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Fajardo, Gregorio F. 1929. Art. Graphic (26 January). Garlit, Artemio T. 1934. Sonnet to beauty. Philippines Free Press (18 August). Hernandez, Donato T. 1949. Ode to beauty. Varsitarian [UST] (31 January). Litiatco, Alfred E. 1938, 1973. Beauty shall not sleep. Sunday Tribune Magazine (27 March); reprint ed. Love sonnets by eleven pre-war poets: Conrado B. Rigor and others. N.p.: Alberto S. Florentino. Llamas, Alfonso J. 1935. Sonnet on beauty: How oft I ponder on thy beauty, love. Varsitarian [UST] (25 July). Lorenzana, Sesimo P. 1949. Fragments: Beauty. Varsitarian [UST] (31 January). Mallillin, Gerson M. U. 1938. Testamental poem: I live in a world of beauty. Philippine Magazine (30 September). Manalang-Gloria, Angela C. 1927. The aesthete. Philippines Herald Magazine (24 July). Moreno, Mariano S. 1938. Everything has beauty. Philippine Magazine (28 February). Ocampo, Hernando R. 1947. Painter. In Heart of the Island: An anthology of Philippine poetry in English. Edited by M. A. Viray. N. p.: University Publishing Co. Olaguer, Valdemer O. 1947. Ars poetica. Sunday Times Magazine (23 February). Pacis, Marciano. 1940. Music and beauty. Philippine Collegian (20 August). Paredes, Jesus A. Jr. 1931. Aesthetic pleasure. Wings [AdeMU] (31 October). Revadilla, Ophelia S. 1949. Speaking of beauty. Varsitarian [UST] (30 November). Rivas, Juanita. 1986. That we may appreciate. Diliman Review 34. Santiago-Cuino, Gui Y. 1940. What is beauty. Philippine Collegian (6 August). Sison, Guillermo V. 1934. Beauty behind bars. Literary Apprentice 7. _______________. 1935. Flower of beauty. Literary Apprentice 8. Subido, Abelardo. 1945. Love’s beauty. In Two voices: Selected poems, by Abelardo Subido and Tarrosa-Subido. Manila: Manila Past Publishing Co. Tagarao, Silvestre L. 1940. What is art? Philippines Herald Mid-Week Magazine (9 October). Tonogbanua, Francisco G. 1964, 1966. Beauty from ashes. Sonnets. N.p.: Pedro B. Ayuda and Co. reprint ed. N.p.: New Era. Trinidad, Adoracion C. 1949. Time once for beauty. Varsitarian [UST] (31 January). Villa, Jose G. 1958. Mallarme’s esthetic. Selected poems and new. New York: McDowell Abolensky. _______________. 1949. Much beauty is less than the face of. Literary Apprentice 22. _______________. 1963. The beauty of love. Beloved: An anthology of Filipino love poems, comp. Rolando A. Carbonell. N.p.: Horizon Publishing House. _______________. 1941. There is nothing so beautiful. Poems, by Doveglion. N.p.: Philippine Writers’ League.

NOTE 1Since entries on interviews in the entire bibliography are minimal (two or three), I have incorporated them in “Articles” rather than make a separate classification on “Interviews.”

88

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER II. ASIAN PHILOSOPHY ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A. Articles Acosta, Josephine Nacorda. 1966. Oriental art: A vision of the cosmic form. Unitas 39. Co, Alfredo. 1982. An inquiry into Oriental atheism. Journal of Graduate Research 12. ______________. 1986. Confucian tradition. Religious Studies Journal 10. ______________. 1987. Rationalism and Oriental value systems. In Higher education for national reconstruction. Edited by Raul J. Bonoan. Manila: National Book Store. Merino, P., O.P. 1964. Eastern culture in the Philippines. Boletin Eclesiatico de Filipinas 38. Quito, Emerita S. 1971. The Oriental mind. Manila Chronicle, 9 May. ______________. 1975. A short introduction to Oriental philosophy. Sofia 4. Singson, Jose Mo. 1974-75. The philosophy and methods of oriental mysticism. Sofia 4. ______________. 1975. The concept of good and evil: East and West. Sofia 4. Tuibeo, Amable G. 1977. East and West: Their cultural ecumenism. Sofia 7. Villaba-Cue, Magdalena Alonso. 1978. The spirit of Oriental wisdom. Unitas 51. ______________. 1981. East and west: an introduction. Philippiniana Sacra 16. ______________. 1982. Introduction [on East-West philosophy], Philippiniana Sacra 17. ______________. 1987. The spirituality of the East. Sangguni 9. B. Books Committee on the Humanities, ed. 1965. Readings in Oriental cultures. Quezon City: KEN. ______________. 1976. Readings in Oriental thought. Manila: Technology Supply. Quito, Emerita S. 1975. Oriental roots of Occidental philosophy. Kuala Lumpur: University of Malaya Press. Also published (1975) by DLSU as Occasional Paper No. 1. ______________. 1991. The merging philosophy of East and West. Manila: DLSU Press. C. Review Article and Book Review Abulad, Romualdo. 1982. Review of Christian and Oriental philosophy of art, by Ananda K. Coomaraswamy. Σοφια 12. Villaba-Cue, Magdalena A. 1975. The road to Oriental mysticism [rev. art of Oriental mysticism, by E. Stevens]. Unitas 48. D. Graduate Work Co, Alfredo P. 1976. Man’s search for fulfillment: an Oriental perspective. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas.

89

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

ASIAN PHILOSOPHY

BUDDHISM A. Articles Briones, Agnes T. 1987. Rissho Kosei-Kai and the Focolare movement: A way of BuddhistChristian encounter. Unitas 60. Carlos, Alfredo Jr. and Gil Vergel de Dios. 1974-75. The Buddhist suttas. Σοφια 4. Ceniza, Claro. 1984. Satyagraha. Σοφια 14. Co, Alfredo. 1978-79. The legacy of Chinese power ethics. Σοφια 8. ______________. 1982. The Buddhist virtue of metta expressed in the Bon Lian Charity Clinic. Memorial yearbook. Manila: Sioc Yan Temple. ______________. 1983. Buddhahood: Man’s existential journey to enlightenment. Journal of Graduate Research 13. Cruz, Raymundo G. de la. 1959. Buddhism: A religion of nothingness. Studium 3. de Dios, Gil Vergel and Alfredo Carlos Jr. 1974-75. The Buddhist suttas. Σοφια 4. Francisco, Juan R. 1963-64. The universal love of Mo Tzu. University College Journal Issue No. 5. Gabijan, Cresencia C. 1987. Suggested approaches to Buddhist-Christian dialogue. Unitas 60. Gabriel, Pedro. 1971-72. Dialogue on the comparative analysis of Christian and Zen mysticism. Σοφια 1. Gunce, Martin. 1961. The God of Buddhism. Studium 5. Locsin, Teodoro L. Jr. 1971. Zen. Philippines Free Press, 24 July. Quito, Emerita S. 1978. Yoga and Christian spirituality. Unitas 51. Singson, Jose Mo. 1972. Christian and Zen mysticism—a comparative study. Philippiniana Sacra 7. Villacorta, Wilfrido V. 1973. The philosophy and social gospel of Theravada Buddhism. Philippiniana Sacra 8. B. Review Article Garcia, Quintin M., O.P. 1976. The religion of Buddhism [rev. art. on La mistica del Budismo, by Jesus Lopez-Gay, S.J.]. Unitas 49. C. Graduate Work Co, Alfredo P. 1974. Buddhism, nihilism and the contemporary quest for a meaning in life. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Lazatin, Philip P. 1986. The philosophy of man in early Buddhist teachings: A focus on the concept of Anatta. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. D. Translation Sivaraksa, Sulak. 1986. Pagbabago sa Paningin ng Buddhista. Isinalin ni B. S. Medina Jr. Manila: Solidaridad Publishing House.

90

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHINESE PHILOSOPHY A. Articles Avance, Nestor. 1989. Pragmatism and Chinese philosophical legacy. Σοφια 19. Canilao, Narcisa P. 1985. The Taoist conception of freedom. Cogito 3. Carmone, Antonio Michael. 1978. The literary and philosophical values in the ‘Romance of the three kingdoms’ [includes a discussion of Confucianism, Legalism, and Taoism]. Unitas 51. Ceniza, Claro R. 1989. The relevance of Confucius to national reconstruction. Σοφια 19. Chao, Paul. 1982. The Chinese natural religion: Confucianism and Taoism. Asian Studies 20. Co, Alfredo. 1973. Cultural influences of Chinese porcelain art. Journal of Graduate Research 2. ______________. 1978-79. The legacy of Chinese power ethics. Sofia 8. ______________. 1979. The future of man: The classical Chinese vision. DLSU Dialogue 15. ______________. 1982. Ideogram as an approach to Confucianism. Σοφια 12. Also in Unitas 55. ______________. 1982. Philosophy in Chinese ideograms. Unitas 55. ______________. 1983. Confucian ethics: Junzi—a paradigm of a self-realized man. Journal of Graduate Research 13. ______________. 1984. The Chinese mind—a looking glass. Journal of Graduate Research 13. Reprinted in 1987, Tulay 1. ______________. 1985. Chinese values. Journal of Graduate Research 14. ______________. 1985. The classical roots of contemporary Chinese politics: a philosophical perspective. Unitas 58. ______________. 1986. Church-state relations in the Confucian tradition. Religious Studies Journal 10. ______________. 1986. The book of Tao: a work on mysticism, a political treatise, or a military treatise?” Karunungan 3. Also in Σοφια 15. ______________. 1986. Chinese calligraphy and painting: Philosophical principles. Journal of Graduate Research 15. ______________. 1986. Chinese ceramics and porcelain. Journal of Graduate Research 16. ______________. 1987. Aesthetic analysis of Chinese art. Journal of Graduate Research 17. ______________. 1987. The Chinese mind. Tulay 1. ______________. 1988. Chinese enamelware. Journal of Graduate Research 17. ______________. 1988. Sun Zi’s art of war and his message of peace. Unitas 61. ______________. 1988. Elements of Chinese thought in the Filipino mind. Karunungan 5. ______________. 1988. The problem of truth in classical Chinese philosophy. Journal of Graduate Research 18. Reprinted by DLSU Philosophy Department. 1990. Readings in Filipino philosophy. Manila: De La Salle University Press. ______________. 1989. Chinese miniature carving. Journal of Graduate Research 18. ______________. 1989. Ang hedonismo ni Yang Chu ng antigong Tsina. Karunungan 6. ______________. 1990. Confucian model for a Filipino philosophy of value. Karunungan 7. ______________. 1991. The work of Lao Zi as found in the Ma-Wang-Tui archaeological excavations. Karunungan 8. Dy, Manuel, Jr. 1975. A way of thinking and living called Chinese. Philippine Studies 23.

91

ASIAN PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1973. Jen as unity in the philosophy of Wang Yang-Ming. Philippine Studies 21. ______________. 1978. Classical Chinese theory of knowledge. Philippine Studies 26. ______________. 1981. On the sources of moral obligation: Kantian, Schelerian and Confucian. Philippiniana Sacra 16. ______________. 1983. Jen in Confucian and neo-Confucian thought and Christian love. Philippine Studies 31. ______________. 1989. Education in Confucius’ Analects. In Great Books. Edited by Joseph A. Galdon. Quezon City: Ateneo Office of Research and Publications. ______________. 1992. Zhuang Zi’s perfect joy: An answer to the contemporary predicament? Karunungan 9. Francisco, Juan R. 1963-64. The universal love of Mo Tzu. University College Journal Issue No. 5. Gabriel, Pedro B. 1976. The Tao Te Ching and Western philosophy. Philippiniana Sacra 11. ______________. 1982. Confucian ethics. Unitas 55. Han, Lih-Wu. 1968. Rizal and Sun Yat-Sen. Philippine Journal of Education 46. Hsu, Gideon C. T. 1963. The Confucian way of thinking. Diliman Review 11. ______________. 1964-65. The Taoistic way of thinking. University College Journal Issue No. 7. Joson, Celine. 1990. A comparative study of Lao Tzu’s and Hegel’s metaphysics. Σοφια 20. Lin, Robert K. 1976. Contemporary existentialism and the concept of naturalness in Taoism and Ch’an (Zen). Asian Studies 14. Magadia, Jose J., S.J. 1986. Ang simbuyo ni Chuang Tze at ang kaayusan ng daigdig. Meron 1. Mendiola, Marie-Ramona. 1963. Confucian humanism as a stepping-stone to Christian humanism [I-III]. Saint Louis Quarterly 1. Mercado, Leonardo N. 1972. Filipino thought [includes a discussion on Chinese thought]. Philippine Studies 20. ______________. 1989. The holy in the Analects of Confucius. Sofia 19. Monera, Arnold T. 1991-93. Chinese religiosity: An alternative basis of a social morality. Religious Studies Journal 15. Ofilada, Macario M. 1992. Zhuang Zi: An introduction to the man and his thought. Philippiniana Sacra 27. Sikat, Dolores J. 1980. Confucian Analects and the man of today. Unitas 53. Sy, Alvina Eileen. 1986. T’an-Luan and Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel: A comparison on their concept of the absolute. Σοφια 16. Sy, Willy W. 1987. Lao Tzu: On non-interference. Σοφια 17. Tan, James. 1974-75. The analects of Confucius. Σοφια 4. Timbreza, Florentino. 1988-89. Ang doktrinang Wu-Wei ni Lao Tzu. Malay 7. Ting, Simon. 1975. The mysticism of Chuang Tzu. Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 40. Uclusin, Constantino. 1980. Looking back at the Confucian tradition. Unitas 53. ______________. 1982. Chinese Religion: In Constrast to the West’s.Unitas 55.

92

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

B. Review Article and Book Review DelaGoza, Rolando, C.M. 1977. On H. G. Creel’s Chinese thought, from Confucius to Mao [rev. art.]. Sophia [Adamson U] 1. Esguerra, Gorgonio S., S.J. 1964. Review of The spirit of Chinese philosophy, by Fung Yu-lan. Philippine Scholastic 7. C. Graduate Work Bejo, Noel. 1983. Human nature in ancient Confucianism: Is human nature good or evil? Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Chin, Francis Y. 1960. An appraisal of the moral thoughts of Confucius. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. ______________. 1964. Confucius and Aristotlle: A comparative study of the political ideas of the early Confucius and Artistotle. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Cubias, Gilbert Yu. 1984. A comparative study on the theory of human nature in Meng Zi and Kun Zi. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Dy, Manuel B., Jr. 1979. The ethics of Wang-Yang-ming and Max Scheler: A comparative study. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Hung, John S. 1975. Chuang Tzu’s concept of freedom. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Larlar, Lauro V. 1979. Philosophy of freedom: Two views (Augustine and Chuang Tzu). Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Lee, Luke Y. 1976. The concept of man implied in Confucius’ concept of Jen. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Lee, Timothy. 1986. The cultivation of self in Confucian ethics. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Martinez, Luis. 1951. The essentials of Confucianism. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Monera, Arnold T. 1992. The place of Kong Zi in the development of early Chinese religion. Master’s thesis [Oriental Religion and Culture], University of Santo Tomas. Paredes, Narcisa P. 1979. The Taoist concept of freedom. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Timbreza, Florentino T. 1980. Ang landas ng buhay, ayon kay Lao Tzu. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. D. Poems Estonanto, Gregorio A. 1939. The “Tao” speaks. Philippines Free Press (11 November). Zulueta y da Costa, Rafael. 1937. Experience Taoistic. First leaves. N.p.: McCullough Printing Co.

93

ASIAN PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

HEBREW THOUGHT Articles Buencamino, Micaela. 1984. The development of Jacob’s philosophy in The slave [includes a discussion on Jewish thought]. Likha 6. Mercado, Leonardo N. 1972. Filipino thought [includes a discussion of Hebrew thought], Philippines Studies 20. INDIAN THOUGHT A. Articles Abulad, Romualdo. 1977. Comparative philosophies of Shankara and Kant. Σοφια 7. ______________. 1984. Shankara and Kant: A comparison. Σοφια 16. ______________. 1992. Krishnamurti. Σοφια 22. Albert, Maria Luisa. 1975-76. The Bhagavad Gita. Σοφια 5. Alcantara, Edgar P.L. 1975-76. Jaina sutras (Akaranga sutra). Σοφια 5. Buencamino, Macaela. 1984. The development of Jacob’s philosophy in The slave [includes a discussion on Indian thought]. Likha 6. Ceniza, Claro R. 1983. Satyagraha. Σοφια 13. Co, Alfredo. 1976. Hindu ethics: Man’s realization of self-divinity. Unitas 49. Cuerquiz, Florencio R., S.J. 1962. Matter in Aurobindo. Philippine Scholastic 4. de Guzman, Domingo Castro. 1992. Indian philosophy. Journal of Social History 1. de Pores, Marcelino. 1985. Concept of reality in Sankara. Master’s thesis [Oriental Religion and Culture], University of Santo Tomas. Doromal, Gaudelia V. 1986. Tagore’s religious humanism in ‘Sanyasi, or the ascetic’. Danyag 2. Francisco, Juan R. 1963. Kalidasa: His nature beauty. Diliman Review 11. Gabriel, Pedro B. 1971-72. Dialogue on Brahman’s intuition and the atman. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1979. Hindu ethics. Unitas 52. ______________. 1979. Reflections on reincarnation. Unitas 52. ______________. 1985. Maharishi technology and modern science. Philippiniana Sacra 20. Gonzalez, May. 1966. Ethical system as ecological forces—Hinduism in India. Philippiniana Sacra 1. Gonzales, Minerva. 1970. Gandhi as a social reformer. Unitas 43. Guerrero, Jose L. B., S.J. 1961. The concept of individuality and uniqueness in Sri Aurobindo. Philippine Scholastic 4. Guevara, Jaime. 1990. A general introduction to Krishnamurti. Σοφια 20. Gutierres, Ma. Corazon. 1974-75. Ramanuja’s commentary on the third adhyaya of Vedanta Sutras. Sofia 4. Jacinto Jr., Jose S. 1961. Tagore and the Indian scene. Silliman Journal 8. Majundar, Ramon. 1982. Hinduism and the aging. Unitas 55. Maningas, Ismael Ireneo. 1987. Hindu Virtue of ahimsa (nonviolence) in a Christian perspective. Religious Studies Journal 11.

94

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Mercado, Leonardo N. 1972. Filipino thought [includes a discussion on Indian thought]. Philippine Studies 20. Miguel, Jose Luis, O.P. 1985. Hindu ethics: A philosophical and empirical outline. Philippiniana Sacra 20. Orara, Emmanuel. 1960. The value of Indian thought to contemporary times. Diliman Review 8. Ordoñez, Victor, FSC. 1969. The rational psychology of Hindu yoga. Philippiniana Sacra 4. Peña, Braulio, O.P. 1973. The search for the absolute in yoga and in Christian spirituality. Philippiniana Sacra 8. Piñon, Antonio T. 1971-72. The rapport between Shankara and Aquinas. Σοφια 1. Ranashinghe, Alex. 1972. From the Vedas to the Vedanta. Σοφια 2. _____________. 1972. Contemporary relevance of the Hindu doctrine of karma. Unitas 45. Recto, Deanna. 1963. The humanism of Rabindranath Tagore. Diliman Review 11. Sardalla, Gaspar L. 1970. Gandhi’s political programme. Unitas 43. Shahani, Leticia Ramos. 1970. The message of Gandhi. Philippines Free Press, 12 December. Singh, Tej Pratap. 1965. Some impressions on Indian and Filipino value systems. Philippine Sociological Review 13. Singson, Jose Mo. 1979. The mystical philosophy of Gurdjieff. Σοφια 9. _____________. 1982. Sri Aurobindo’s philosophy of human evolution. Σοφια 11. ______________. 1982. Comparison between the philosophies of Sri Aurobindo and Gurdjieff. Σοφια 12. ______________. 1983. An educated look at reincarnation. DLSU Dialogue 18. Villaba-Cue, Magdalena A. 1970. Gandhi’s philosophy of non-violence. Unitas 43. ______________. 1973. The Atman-Brahman relationship in the Upanishads. Unitas 46. ______________. 1977. An interpretation of the doctrine of transmigration. Philippiniana Sacra 12. ______________. 1988. The concept of maya in Indian philosophy. Unitas 61. Villanueva, Alejo L., Jr. 1972. Gandhi, Satyagraha, and utopia. Philippines Free Press, 5 February. Yumul, Roberto C. 1970. The ontological implications of Shankara’s theory of ‘non-dualism’. UNO-R Journal 8 (ser. II). ______________. 1971-72. The Upanishads, the unity-doctrine and Shankara. Σοφια 1. B. Book Ferriols, Roque, S.J. 1966. The ‘psychic entity’ in Aurobindo’s The life divine. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. C. Book Reviews Abulad, Romualdo. 1977. Review of The sublime in the Mahabharata, by Joseph Nacorda Acosta. Sophia 7. ______________. 1982. Review of Jnana-yoga, by Swami Vivekananda. Σοφια 11. ______________. 1982. Review of The Indian heritage, by Humayun Kabir. Σοφια 11. Calderon, Aurelio B. 1965. Review of Binodini, by Rabindranath Tagore. DLSC Dialogue 2.

95

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

ASIAN PHILOSOPHY

Guerrero, Jose L. B., S.J. 1961. Review of Hinduism, by Solange Lemaitre. Philippine Scholastic 4. D. Graduate Work Abulad, Romualdo. 1978. Links between East and West in the philosophies of Shankara and Kant. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Calandria, Rene R. n.d. The philosophy of man’s inner bliss in Sri Aurobindo’s the synthesis of yoga. Master’s thesis [Psychology], University of Santo Tomas. Cuerquis, Florencio R. 1962. Matter in Sri Aurobindo’s The life divine. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Guerrero, Jose L. B. 1962. The notions of purusha and prakriti in Aurobindo. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Jelianggao, Vicente. 1978. The nature of the individual self in Samepalli Radhakrishnan’s philosophy. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. John, Lily P. 1984. The concept of Shakti Marga or the way of devotion as presented in BhagavadGita. Master’s thesis [Oriental Religion and Culture], University of Santo Tomas. Lao, Julio A. 1975. Mahatma Gandhi: Doctrine of ahimsa. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Ordoñez, Victor. 1968. An exposition of the concept of man’s nature in the yoga system of Hindu philosophy. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Perez, Arturo M. 1973. Krishnamurti’s concept of desire. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Rebancos, Noel T. 1978. Freedom in mystical humanism: Radhakrishnan’s concept of freedom. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Sales, Sonia M. 1963. A study of Rabindranath Tagore’s humanism and spirituality in Gitanjali. Master’s thesis, Far Eastern University. Vega, Maria Rocio Atienza de. 1961. The concept of absolute in Advaita Vedanta: A critical study. Master’s thesis, Lyceum of the Philippines. Villaba-Cue, Magdalena. 1968. The Atman-Brahman relationship in the Upanishads. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. ______________. 1976. An interpretation of the doctrine of transmigration. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. E. Poems Garcia, Elenita. 1987. The fury of a goddess. Σοφια 17. Also published in 1988. Ani 2. San Diego, Greg. S. 1956. To Mathatma Gandhi. Soliloquies in a Philippine garden. San Francisco: Pisani Publishing Co. Suaco, Delfin A. 1935. Reincarnation. Sunday Tribune Magazine (14 April).

96

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

ISLAMIC PHILOSOPHY A. Articles Alonto, Ahmad Domocao, Sr. 1989. Formulating Islamic educational objectives. Values education for Muslim Mindanao. Marawi City: Mindanao State University System. Co, Alfredo. 1978. Islam: Man’s surrender to Allah. Σοφια 8. Gabriel, Pedro B. 1980. Muslim ethics. Unitas 53. Imam, Lomala O. 1988. Deviant bureaucratic behavior in the Philippines: A review of the congruence between Islamic thoughts and legal norms. Mindanao Law Journal 3. Gowing, Peter G. 1976. The religious position of the Muslim cultural communities in the Philippines. Philippiniana Sacra 11. ______________. 1982. Islam, development, and the Muslim Filipinos. Silliman Journal 29. Majul, Cesar Adib. 1967-68. Ibn Khaldun and Arab thought. University College Journal Issue No. 10. Said, Ahmad Abdu. 1963. Ibn-Khaldun and economic analysis. University College Journal Issue No. 5. Sayoc, Josefina V. 1975-76. The Qur’an. Σοφια 5. B. Review Article Majul, Cesar Adib. 1963-64. Islamic influences on Dante’s ‘Divine comedy’ [rev. art. on La eschatologia musulmana en la Divina commedia and the Historia y critica de una polemica, by Miguel Asin Palacios]. University College Journal Issue No. 5. C. Graduate Work Alima, Flora. 1980. The conception of freedom in Spinoza and its relation to the Filipino Muslim culture. Master’s thesis, University of San Carlos. JAPANESE THOUGHT A. Articles Briones, Agnes T. 1988. The phenomenon of the new religion in modern Japan. Unitas 61. de la Rama, Cyril G. 1975-76. Shintoism and the Japanese’s nationalistic fanaticism. Σοφια 5. Gabriel, Pedro. 1971-72. Dialogue on the comparative analysis of Christian and Zen mysticism. Σοφια 1. Irorita, Annele Esperanza Q. 1987. The Japanese philosophy of life as expressed in Ikebana. Unitas 60. Mercado, Leonardo N. 1972. Filipino thought [includes a discussion on Japanese thought]. Philippine Studies 20. Sinco, Vicente. 1937. A view of Japanese thought and education. Philippine Social Science Review 9. Singson, Jose Mo. 1971-72. Christian and Zen mysticism—a comparative study. Σοφια 1.

97

ASIAN PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Timbreza, Florentino T. 1990. Shinto religion and the Japanese way of life. Σοφια 20. B. Graduate Work Acosta, Maria Virginia L. 1970. Satori, the Zen ideal and its expression in the Kekigan Roku. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University.

98

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER III. AUTOBIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, AND PHILOSOPHY OF LIFE A. Articles Abesamis, Carlos H. 1965. Some reflections on Karl Rahner. Philippine Studies 13. Abulad, Romualdo E. 1973-74. The humility of Kant. Σοφια 3. Agoncillo, Teodoro A. 1961. Apolinario Mabini: A portrait of the man as Filipino. University College Journal Issue No. 2. Alcantara-Dimalanta, Ophelia. 1965. Jean-Paul Sartre—the writer. Unitas 38. Alfonso, Amelia B. and Virgilio G. Enriquez. 1980. Ang pananaw sa buhay at weltanschauung na mahihiwatigan sa sikolohiya ng wikang Tagalog. Ang weltanschauung ng Pilipino, comp. Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Also in 1980. Asian Studies 18. Ampon, Corazon. 1959. On the life and thought of Gabriel Marcel. Unitas 32. Aquino, Ranhilo C. 1990. Chateaubriand’s romance with Christianity. Philippiniana Sacra 25. Bernacer, Jose Luis. 1974. Influence of St. Thomas Aquinas in the Salesian society. Philippiniana Sacra 9. Borja, Gerardo Pio Martin and Dennis Oliver. 1986. A profile of a philosopher seminarian. Thomasian Philosopher 7. Castillo, Norberto. 1989. Socrates unchained. Unitas 62. _____________. 1990. Socrates, prophet or king? Philippiniana Sacra 25. Cruz, Romeo V. 1961. Apolinario Mabini (1864-1903), a silhouette. University College Journal Issue No. 2. Dy, Manuel B., Jr. 1975. A way of thinking and living called Chinese. Philippine Studies 23. ______________. 1989. Ang pilosopiya ng buhay ni Gabriel Marcel, hango sa kanyang pag-uusap kay Paul Ricoeur. Karunungan 6 Enriquez, Virgilio G. and Amelia B. Alfonso. 1980. Ang pananaw sa buhay at weltanschauung na mahihiwatigan sa sikolohiya ng wikang Tagalog. Ang weltanschauung ng Pilipino, comp. Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Also in 1980. Asian Studies 18. Espinosa, Jose F. 1955. St. Thomas: An idle boast? Unitas 28. Evasco, Marjorie and Estellita Gruenberg, eds. 1990. A life of philosophy: Selected works of Emerita S. Quito. Manila: De La Salle University Press. Fabella, Maximo P. 1964. Mabini, as Filipino and man. University College Journal Issue No. 7. Ibana, Rainier R. A. 1991. Ang pagbabalik-loob ni Edith Stein. Pantas 4. Irorita, Annele Esperanza Q. 1987. The Japanese philosophy of life as expressed in Ikebana. Unitas 60. Garcia, Quintin M. 1974. As they on earth saw him [life of Thomas Aquinas]. Philippiniana Sacra 9. Gonzalez, Salvador R. 1971-72. Lord Bertrand Russell. Σοφια 1. Jean-Paul Sartre—writer and philosopher. 1965. Unitas 38. Lazaro, Guillermo R. 1957-58. A teacher’s philosophy of education and his philosophy of life. Education Quarterly 5.

99

AUTOBIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, AND PHILOSOPHY OF LIFE

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Merino, Jesus, O.P. 1955. The tiny spark [a play on the life of St. Thomas Aquinas]. Unitas 28. Nofuente, Valerio. 1980. Pananaw sa buhay na hatid ng drama sa radyo at telebisyon. Ang weltanschauung ng Pilipino, comp. Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Mendez, Paz P. 1979. Si Rizal ay makatao, makadiyos, at makabayan. Graduate and Faculty Studies 29. Oliver, Dennis and Gerardo Pio Martin Borja. 1986. A profile of a philosopher seminarian. Thomasian Philosopher 7. Quito, Emerita S. 1971. Robert Andrey: Scientist or philosopher? Unitas 44. ______________. 1971. Philosophy of life. Manila Chronicle, 2 May. Reyes, Soledad. 1980. Ang pananaw sa buhay sa mga komiks (1929-1978). Ang weltanschauung ng Pilipino, comp. Virgilio G. Enriquez.Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute of Southeast Asian Studies. Sinco, Vicente G. 1964. In memory of Recto. Diliman Review 12. Singson, Jose Mo. 1971-72. Some biographical tidbits about Bertrand Russell. Σοφια 1. Tanglao, Ma. Luisa R. 1975. Unamuno the man, the writer, the philosopher. Unitas 48. Terrenal, Quintin C., SVD. Why Socrates and Rizal died filibusters. Jose Rizal: lover of truth and justice. Metro Manila: National Book Store, Inc. Timbreza, Florentino T. 1990. Pilosopiya ng buhay ng mga Pilipino. DLSU Graduate Journal 15. ______________. 1990. Shinto religion and the Japanese way of life. Σοφια 20. ______________. 1990-91. Ano nga ba ang buhay? Malay 9. Time magazine. 1974. The case of Aquinas. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 48. Veloso, Gerardo. 1972. Church ordinances in Augustine’s Africa touching on monastic stability. Philippiniana Sacra 7. Villanueva, Honesto A. 1961. Apolinario Mabini: His exile to Guam. University College Journal Issue No. 2. Villaroel, Fidel, O.P. 1964. Apolinario Mabini—his birth date and student years. Unitas 37. _____________. 1974. Thomas Aquinas within his times. Philipppiana Sacra Yabes, Leopoldo Y. 1961. Rizal and the life of the mind. Diliman Review 9. ______________. 1963. Rizal and the liberal intellectual tradition. Diliman Review 11. B. Books Agpalo, Remigio E. 1992. Jose P. Laurel, national leader and political philosopher. [Manila]: Jose P. Laurel Memorial Corp. Bananal, Eduardo. 1974. Camilo Osias: Educator and statesman. Quezon City: Manlapaz Publishing Co. DelaGoza, Rolando S. 1984. The greatest Filipino. Manila: Adamson University. ______________. 1990. Ang pinakadakilang Filipino. Manila: Pamantasan ng Adamson. de los Santos, Epifanio. 1973. The Revolutionists: Aguinaldo, Bonifacio, Jacinto. Manila: National Historical Commission. Epistola, Ernesto. 1996. Nicanor Abelardo, the man and the artist: A biography. Manila: Rex Book Store. Fernandez, Jose Baron. 1980. Jose Rizal: Filipino doctor and patriot. Metro Manila: Manuel L. Morato.

100

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Gagelonia, Pedro A. 1964. Man of the century: Biography of Jose Rizal. Manila: Villanueva Publishing. Gruenberg, Estrellita and Marjorie Evasco, eds. 1990. A life of philosophy: Selected works of Emerita S. Quito. Manila: De La Salle University Press. Guerrero, Leon Ma. 1974. The first Filipino. Manila: National Historical Commission. Ocampo, Ambeth. 1990. Rizal without the overcoat. Pasig: Anvil Publishing, Inc. Palma, Rafael. 1966. Pride of the Malay race, trans. Roman Ozaeta.Quezon City: KEN Incorporated. Quirino, Carlos. 1958. The great Malayan. Manila: Philippine Education Company. Quito, Emerita. 1981. Homage to Jean-Paul Sartre. Manila: De La Salle University. ______________. 1990. A life of philosophy, festschrift in honor of Emerita S. Quito. Manila: De la Salle University Press. Rizal, Jose. 1982. Reminiscences. Manila: National Historical Institute. Terrenal, Quintin. 1984. Jose Rizal: Lover of truth and justice. Manila: National Book Store. Yabes, Leopoldo Y. 1977. Rafael Palma as liberal thinker and man of letters. Monograph No. 29. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press. Zaide, Gregorio F. 1992. Jose Rizal: Life, works and writings. Metro Manila: National Book Store, Inc. ______________ and Sonia M. Zaide. 1984. Jose Rizal: life, works and writings of a genius, writer, scientist and national hero. Metro Manila: National Book Store, Inc. C. Review Articles and Book Reviews Abulad, Romualdo. 1982. Review of The Filipino way of Life, by Camilo Osias. Σοφια 11. Fabella, Maximo P. 1961. Review of Apolinario Mabini, revolutionary, by Cesar A. Majul. University College Journal Issue No. 7. Gutierrez, Lucio, O.P. 1972. Review of La situation ecclesiologique des Donatistes d’apres Saint Augustine, by Emilien Lamirande. Philippiniana Sacra 7. Navato, Alfredo R., S.J. 1962. Review of My philosophical development, by Bertrand Russell. Philippine Scholastic 4. Pasricha, Josephine A. 1988. A hermeneutic approach to the life story of the Archbishop of Manila [rev. art. of Cardinal Sin and the Miracle of Asia, by Felix B. Bautista]. Unitas 61. Sevilla, Pedro C., S.J. 1956. Review of The young Augustine, by J. J. O’Meara. Philippine Scholastic 1. Timbreza, Florentino T. 1980. Ang landas ng buhay, ayon kay Lao Tzu (abstract). Journal of Graduate Research 9. ______________. 1985. Review of Gaddang literature, by Maria Luisa Lumicao-Lora. Σοφια 15. D. Graduate Work Ampon, Corazon. 1958. On the life and thought of Gabriel Marcel. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Castañeda, Azucena A. 1989. Predictors of students’ concept of life. Doctoral dissertation, De La Salle University.

101

AUTOBIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, AND PHILOSOPHY OF LIFE

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Egan, Michael E. 1965. Inwardness as an approach to reality: A study of the ‘Confessions’ of St. Augustine. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Falcasantos, Luz Arce. 1967. The philosophy of life of the Bagobos as reflected in the “Tuwaang” (a fragment epic of cycle). Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Figuracion, Melecio S. 1965. Rizal’s philosophy of life as reflected in his writings. Master’s thesis, University of San Carlos. Llamson, Teodoro A. 1950. The philosophical study and tenets of Dr. Jose Rizal. Master’s thesis, Sacred Heart Novitiate. Malvar, Maria Aurora. 1958. The philosophy of life of Hilaire Belloc. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Timbreza, Florentino T. 1980. Ang landas ng buhay, ayon kay Lao Tzu. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. E. Poems Alberca, Wilfredo L. 1988. Rediscovering Bonifacio. Trends No. 1. Anden, Luciano C. 1925. Life’s paradox. Ateneo Monthly (30 September). Bocobo, Jorge C. 1951. Andres Bonifacio. Furrows and arrows, poetry and verse. N.p.: M. Colcol and Co. _______________. 1951. Apolinario Mabini. Furrows and arrows, poetry and verse. N.p.: M. Colcol and Co. _______________. 1951. Manuel L. Quezon. Furrows and arrows, poetry and verse. N.p.: M. Colcol and Co. _______________. 1951. Marcelo H. del Pilar. Furrows and arrows, poetry and verse. N. p.: M. Colcol and Co. Bulosan, Carlos. 1985. About Socrates. Carlos Bulosan and his poetry: A biography and anthology, ed. Susan Evangelista. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. _______________. 1985. Jose Rizal. Carlos Bulosan and his poetry: A biography and anthology, ed. Susan Evangelista. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. Cayabyab, Alfredo. 1939. Life is a flower. Varsitarian [UST] (25 August). Cruz, Isagani A. 1947. Rizal. Philippine Collegian (30 November). Dato, Luis G. 1928. Ode to Rizal (a translation of Cecilio Apostol’s poem). Graphic (29 December). de la Cruz, Leopoldo A. Sr. 1951. Manuel L. Quezon. The sowers: A collection of verses, comp. H. F. Belen and B. M. Pascual. N.p.: E. F. David and Sons. Duque, Fidel Soriano. 1933. Andres Bonifacio. Graphic (30 November). E. E. S. [pseudonym]. 1928. To Rizal and his comrades. Sunday Tribune Magazine (30 December). Faigao, Cornelio F. 1939. Manuel Quezon. Philippines Free Press (19 August). Faustino, Salvador. 1947. To Jose Rizal. Evening News Saturday Magazine (14 June). Figueras, Bibiano.1928. The great plebeian. Youngster dreams. Sto. Domingo, Ilocos Sur: La Reproductora Press. _______________. 1928. The sublime paralytic. Youngster dreams. Sto. Domingo, Ilocos Sur: La Reproductora Press. Gabriel, Pedro. 1971-72. Philosopher. Σοφια 1. Garcia, Elenita. 1987. Sartre. Σοφια 17.

102

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Litonjua, Anatolio. 1929. Mabini, the immortal. Graphic (25 May). Malangaon, Jaime T. 1935. What is life? Sunday Tribune Magazine (10 March). Martinez, Encarnacion B. 1947. Immortality (lines to President Quezon). Varsitarian [UST] (25 August). Mendez, Mauro. 1925. To the great plebeian. Sunday Tribune Magazine (29 November); reprinted in S. M. Ventura. 1978. Mauro Mendez: From journalism to diplomacy. Quezon City: University of the Philippines. Monden, Gerardo C. 1926. Rizal the poet. Sunday Tribune Magazine (20 June). Montemayor, Felix. 1950. Life’s paradox. Philippines Free Press (9 December). Nacianceno, Ricardo M. 1927. To Dr. Jose Rizal. Philippine Herald Mid-Week Magazine (6 March). _______________. 1927. Rizaline sonnets: Thoughts from Rizal. Sunday Tribune Magazine (2 January). Quilamita, Prudencio. 1927. Rizal. Sunday Tribune Magazine (23 January). Raso, Juan L. 1933. To Rizal. Graphic (28 December). Reyes, Honorato S. 1934. Meditations of Mabini. Philippines Herald Mid-Week Magazine (23 May). Rigor, Conrado B. 1933. Life’s philosophy. Philippines Herald Mid-Week Magazine (11 October). Salvador, Maximo G. 1928. St. Thomas. Varsitarian [UST] (12 November). San Diego, Greg. S. 1956. To Mahatma Gandhi. Soliloquies in a Philippine garden. San Francisco: Pisani Publishing Co. Sebastian, Beatriz V. 1948. What is life? Varsitarian [UST] (10 July). Sison, Guillermo V. 1940. Remembering Rizal. Philippines Herald Mid-Week Magazine (19 June). Solidum, Procopio L. 1922. Andres Bonifacio. Never mind and other poems. N.p.: Imprenta La Pilarica (31 December). _______________. 1937. Poem addressed to Andres Bonifacio. A brief history of Philippine literature, ed. T. T. del Castillo. N.p. Progressive Schoolbooks. Tonogbanua, Francisco G. 1932, 1948. Jose Rizal. Philippines Free Press (31 December); reprinted in 1951. Fallen leaves; a book of verses. Quezon City: R.P. Garcia Publishing Co.; also in 1962. A stone, a leaf, a door . . . selected poems. N. p.: Filipiniana Publishers. Vinzons, Asis R. 1947. Andres Bonifacio. Evening News Saturday Magazine (29 November). Yazon, Francisco. 1947. A note to Rizal. Varsitarian [UST] (9 June).

103

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER IV. EPISTEMOLOGY A. Articles Abulad, Romualdo E. 1966. Kant and the task of contemporary Filipino philosophy,” Σοφια 16. ______________. 1982. Three problems in Kant’s philosophy. Σοφια 11. Acay, G. M. 1966. Claims to moral knowledge. University College Journal Issue No. 10. Acuña, Andresito E. 1975. Behaviorism and Wittgenstein. Diliman Review 23. ______________. 1975. The private language argument. Diliman Review 23. _______________. 1978. Essentialism in the social sciences. Social science for the people, ed. Emilita L. Cruz and Ma. Carmen Jimenez. Quezon City: U. P. Division of Social Sciences. Aguilar, George L. 1987. The tractatus-philosophical analysis, epistemology and dissolving the problem of the thing-in-itself. Σοφια 17. Aquino, Ranhilio C. 1984. Epistemological considerations on dogmatic statements. Philippiniana Sacra 19. Alvarez, Gabriel C. 1978. Reaction to ‘essentialism in the social sciences.’ Social science for the people, ed. Emilita L. Cruz and Ma. Carmen Jimenez. Quezon City: Division of Social Sciences, University of the Philippines. Amen, Constancio C. 1966. The status of the verification principle. University College Journal Issue No. 10. ______________. 1969. Other minds. Diliman Review 17. Arcilla, Ricardo A. 1966. In defense of human knowledge. PAGE Journal 4. Ballesteros, Albert A. 1980. The Socratic method: Toward the discovery of truth. Saint Louis University Research Journal 11. Bassig, Ricardo C. 1966. The nature of intelligence. Letran Faculty Journal 1. Bonifacio, Armando F. 1961. Philosophy and common sense. Diliman Review 9. Buenvenida, Ramon G. 1970. Hume on ‘is’ and ‘ought’. Diliman Review 18. Caoili, Olivia C. 1976. The critical rationalist alternative. Philippine Political Science Journal Issue No. 4. Castro, Felipe G. 1960. The factor of directional error on spatial sense. Unitas 33. Ceniza, Claro. 1978-79. The logic of the mind-body relation problem. Σοφια 8. ______________. 1979. Relativity and realism. Σοφια 9. ______________. 1981. Particulars: Problems of numerical identity and identification. Σοφια 11. ______________. 1982. Self-identity and the Filipino philosophy. Σοφια 12. ______________. 1988. The problem of truth in classical Chinese history. Journal of Graduate Research 18; reprint, 1990. Readings in Filipino philosophy. Manila: DLSU Press. Clemente, Vidal. 1955. Instinct and intelligence. Unitas 28. Demigillo, Eugenio. 1980. Sociology of knowledge: A survey of its organization. Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 44. Dy, Manuel, Jr. 1978. Classical Chinese theory of knowledge. Philippine Studies 26. Enerio, Joseph M., S.J. 1961. Judgment and perception. Philippine Scholastic 4. Enriquez, Recaredo V. 1969. Towards a better approach to the theory of knowledge. San Beda Review 2.

104

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Estioko, Leonardo. 1979. Is religious belief reasonable? Diwa 3. Fainsan, Ricardo H. 1978. Kant’s preface, introduction and transcendental aesthetic explained. Σοφια 8. Gabriel, Pedro. 1956. Freedom and inquiry and the Catholic mind. Unitas 29. ______________. 1974. St. Thomas and analytical philosophy. Σοφια 4. ______________. 1985. Can machines think? Unitas 58. Garcia, Elenita. 1988. Gabriel Marcel: Primary and secondary reflection. Σοφια 18. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1971. The soul and Bertrand Russell. Philippines Free Press (10 April). Gojoco, Victor. 1987. Of the application of the Kantian category of cause. Σοφια 17. Gonzales, Antonio, O.P. 1978. The spirit and method of Thomas Aquinas. Unitas 51. Guevarra, Jaime P. 1986. Marcel and Kant: Views on Faith. Σοφια 16. ______________. 1987. Cartesian philosophy: A foundation for Galileo’s scientific method. Σοφια 17. ______________. 1988. The Cartesian cogito and the concept of truth. Σοφια 18. Gunderson, Gil. 1975. Epistemology in public administration. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 19. Hornedo, Florentino H. 1971. Truth, man, and Martin Heidegger. Saint Louis University Research Journal 2. Marcos, Ferdinand. 1980. Knowledge is gold. Philippine Education Quarterly 12. Mariano, L. B., Jr. 1984. The roads and roars of relativism. Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 48. Mercado, Leonardo N., SVD. 1983. Philosophy of knowledge in the Philippines. Research methods in Philippine context, ed. L. N. Mercado. Tacloban City: Divine Word University Publications, 1983. ________________. 1992. Kagandahan: Filipino thought on beauty, truth, and good. Karunungan 9. Molina, Antonio M. 1955. Passport to knowledge. Unitas 28. Monis, Patricio V. 1980. How we think: Abstract thinking. Philippine Education Quarterly 12. Ordoñez, E. A. 1961. William Blake’s theory of the imagination. Diliman Review 9. Pascual, Ricardo R. 1940. Logical analysis of fictionalism with respect to theory of truth. Philippine Social Science Review 12. ______________. 1953. Existence and belief. Diliman Review 1. Pedrosa, Augusto A. 1961. Toward a more critical critique. Sower 3. Perez, Arturo. 1982. Diverging views of the relationship of mind and body. Arts and Sciences Journal 2. Pertiera, Raul. 1989. The practice of theory and the theory of practice: Its relevance for Philippine studies. Diliman Review 34. Quebral, Nora Cruz. 1968-69. Intuition in analytic research. Lipunan 3. Quito, Emerita S. 1956. The will and its relation to divine causality and knowledge. Unitas 29. Raedt, Jules de. 1982. Myth analysis: Truth in myth [native myths used]. Saint Louis University Research Journal 13. Romualdez, A. V. 1973. Knowledge as praxis and the signs of our times. Silliman Journal 20. Samson, Antonio S., S.J. 1963. Reality, knowing and objectivity in Bernard Lonergan’s Insight. Philippine Scholastic 5. Samson, Emmanuel Vit. 1977. On emotions. Unitas 50.

105

EPISTEMOLOGY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Samson, Jose A. 1965. Note on the psycho-physiology of the emotions. Unitas 38. Sanchez Jr., Ramon C. 1968-69. Chisholm on perceiving. General Education Journal No 15. Singson, Jose Mo. 1979-80. The constructs of mind and reality of J. C. Pearce. Σοφια 9. ______________. 1981. Pragmatism: A brief exposition and critique. Σοφια 11. Sta. Maria, Felixberto C. 1964. Mind and matter in the seventeenth century. Diliman Review 12. Villegas, Edberto M. 1978. The problem of certainty and Wittgenstein. Σοφια 8. ______________. 1979-80. Must there be a bifurcation of ‘is’ from ‘ought’ statements in the sciences? Σοφια 9. B. Books Acuña, Jamin E. 1987. The development of thinking among Filipinos. Manila: De la Salle University Press. Aquino, Ranhillo C. 1988. Knowing and the known: A guide to epistemology. Aparri: Lyceum of Aparri. Ardales, Venancio B. 1987. Introductory text to philosophy. Makati: Best Books. Enriquez, Virgilio G., comp. 1974, 1983. Mga babasahin sa pilosopiya: Epistemolohiya, lohika, wika at pilosopiyang Pilipino. Quezon City: Echanic Press, 1974. Another edition by the Surian ng Sikolohiyang Pilipino, 1983. Ferriols, Roque, S.J. 1966. The ‘psychic entity’ in Aurobindo’s The life divine. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. Reyes, Benito F. 1990. Moments without self, essays on self-understanding. Manila: Mira-col Publishing House. Terrenal, Quintin C. 1976. Causa sui and the object of intuition in Spinoza. Cebu City: University of San Carlos. C. Review Article, Book Reviews, and Abstract Acay, Gerardo M. 1964-65. The philosophical person [rev. art. on The Concept of a person, by A. J. Ayer]. University College Journal Issue No. 7. Bengzon, Alberto R., S. J. 1965. Abstract of Aristotle’s theory of knowledge and French phenomenology, by Suzanne Mansion. Philippine Scholastic 7. Cruz, Jose A. 1964. Review of Philosopy, science and sense perception, by Marice Mandelbaum. Philippine Studies 12. Dael, Armando C., S.J. 1964. Review of The problem of religious knowledge, by William T. Blackstone. Philippine Scholastic 6. Galang, E. V. 1986. Review of Models for the body-mind problem in Merleau-Ponty, by Florencio Lagura, SVD. Unitas 59. Nebres, Bienvenido F., S.J. 1961. Review of The nature of physical knowledge, by L. W. Friedrich. Philippine Scholastic 4. Que, John. 1986. Review of The problem of knowledge, by Alfred Jules Ayer. Thomasian Philosopher 7.

106

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

D. Graduate Work Albaran, Feliciano. 1965. The soul is not a body (a commentary on Summa contra gentes II, 65). Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Alpuerto, Cornelio. 1965. The human soul cannot be corrupted by the action of a contrary (SCG II, 79). Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Arong, Jose Roberto, OMI. 1964. The nature of the antropological knowledge of culture. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. Atienza Jr., Sinforoso A. 1968. Will and intellect in Aquinas. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Baltazar, Eulalio R. 1952. A critique of logical positivism. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Bongayan, Manuel B. 1976. Jean-Paul Sartre’s theory of consciousness. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Caguisano, Venerando F. 1988. A philosophical investigation of the anarchistic epistemology. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Cañas, Editha A. 1985. William James’ theories of knowing and willing and their relevance to the new society. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Carlos, Salvador. 1972. Critical rationalism: An analysis. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Contado, Mortecio C. 1984. In defense of the argument from analogy. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Cruz, Nicasio. 1954. A study of the nature of sound according to modern physics and philosophy. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Delacruz, El Mithra Mijares. 1984. Solipsism and Wittgenstein’s private language argument. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. de Leon, Corazon E. 1991. Man as a social being in Alfred Schutz’s theory of knowledge. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Demigilio, Eugenio A., Jr. 1978. The sociology of knowledge: Its philosophical value and epistemological implications. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. de Villa, Agerico Monticello. 1988. Kuhn and conventionalism. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Diez, Martin. 1955. Doctrina Aristotelica-escolastico sobre la sensacion del tacto. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Dy, Manuel B., Jr. 1972. Knowledge and action in the philosophy of Wang Yang-ming. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Fronda, Earl Stanley B. 1991. On the question of the truth-claiming capability of religious statements. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Garcia, Gerardo E. 1954. A study on a realist view of the attainment of reality, its revival and its basic tenets. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Gojoco, Victor. 1988. A comparative study on the epistemological causal analysis of David Hume and Immanuel Kant. Master’s thesis, De La Salle University. Gonzalez, Enrico D. 1979. The epistemological status of paradigm. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Gonzalez, Salvador Roxas. 1952. Materialism, an attitude. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas.

107

EPISTEMOLOGY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Manuel, Vicente C. 1965. Cognitio fit per similitudinem (S.T. L. Q. 84 A. I.C) (Knowledge is brought about through likeness.) Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Mariano Jr., Luciano B. 1987. The poverty of Popperianism. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Martinez, Edmundo M. 1963. The symbolic function in the philosophy of Ernest Cassirer. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Mascardo, Virgilio. 1966. Aquinas on the rational appetite: Its existence and nature. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Medina, Ma. Wonina A. 1979. Facts, truth and language games. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Mislang, Armando. 1968. Critique of Descartes’ doctrine of mind-body union. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Mislang, Wilfredo. 1973. Lenin: Matter and mind relationship. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Miravite, Quiterio F. 1953. A study of the existence, nature and implications of the fourth dimension. Master’s thesis, Manuel L. Quezon Educational Institution. Moñago, Basilio I. 1952. An investigation of the concept of color in selected epistemologists. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Mores, Ramon. 1954. Scepticism (an investigation of some of the works of two most outstanding sceptics: Sextus Empiricus of the ancient times and David Hume of the modern times). Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Ortinero, Aniceta M. 1975. The concept of fact. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Ponce, Ambrosio. 1965. The term incorruptibilis in St. Thomas. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Quito, Emerita S. 1956. The will and its relation to divine causality and knowledge. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Resurreccion, Benito. 1965. An inquiry into the Thomistic notions of the soul. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Revilla, Jorge L. 1950. A study of the different levels of language and their relations to knowledge. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Rodriguez, Martin G. 1991. Ang epistemolohiya ng krus pagkamulat sa gabing madilim. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Samson, Antonio S. 1963. The problem of objectivity in Bernard Lonergan’s ‘Insight’. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Sayson, Ciriaco M., Jr. 1985. The problem of the given. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Soberano, R. Rodrigo. 1990. A critique of the justification demand against induction: A defense of induction. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Tangco, Roberto D. 1987. Material objects, sense data and justification. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Tiosen, Cynthia Mante. 1992. The problem of personal identity: A critical evaluation of Strawson’s and Ayer’s concept of a person. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Valera, Leo T. 1964. The knowledge of the separated soul. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary.

108

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Villarica, Rodolfo M. 1958. The specific diversity of elements in neo-scholastic theorizing. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Villegas, Edberto M. 1970. Negative judgments. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. E. Poems Bocobo, Jorge C. 1951. Self-knowledge. Furrows and arrows, poetry and verse. N.p.: M. Colcol and Co. Castillo, Guillermo V. 1931. Cuts in carbon: Truth. Literary Apprentice 4. Daguio, Amador T. 1973. Knowledge. A microfilm collection of poems by Amadro T. Daguio. University of the Philippines Library Collection. Echevarria, Ramon. 1941. The mind of man. Philippines Herald Mid-Week Magazine (24 September). _______________. 1952. The skeptic. Effigies, thirty-three poems. N.p.: Cacho Hermanos. Gabriel, Pedro. 1971-72. Descartes’ parallelism. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1971-72. Leibnitz’ determinism. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1971-72. Locke’s qualities. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1971-72. Berkeley’s subjectivism. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1971-72. Hume’s phenomnenalism. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1971-72. Kant’s dualism. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1971-72. Hegel’s dialectic. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1971-72. Carnap’s positivism. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1971-72. Monod’s chance-ism. Σοφια 1. Iturralde, Deogracias C. 1934. Skepticism. Sunday Tribune Magazine (8 July). Lamanog, Anacleto. 1933. Doubt. Sunday Tribune Magazine (3 December). Reyes, Laura. 1947. Truth. Philippine Collegian (31 January). San Diego, Greg. S. 1956. Footnote to experience. Soliloquies in a Philippine garden. San Francisco: Pisani Publishing Co. Subido, Abelardo. 1935. Doubt. Philippine Collegian (5 August). Tonogbanua, Francisco G. 1964, 1966. Truth. Sonnets. N.p.: Pedro B. Ayuda and Co.; reprint ed. N.p.: Nueva Era. Villa, Jose G. 1941. Experience is to see. Poems, by Doveglion. N.p.: Philippine Writers’ League. ________________. 1941. My mind, I am more than the sum of all. Poems, by Doveglion. N.p.: Philippine Writers’ League. ________________. 1942, 1958. The way my ideas think me. Have come, am here. New York: Viking Press and Selected poems and new. New York: McDowell Abolensky; reprinted also in Span: an adventure in Asian and Australian writing, L. Wigmore. Melbourne: F. W. Cheshire Pty. Ltd.

109

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER V. ETHICS AND METAETHICS A. Articles Abortion and euthanasia are murder. 1971. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 45. Abulad, Romualdo. 1972. Projective morality: An ethics for the new society. Σοφια 2. ______________. 1987. The philosophical bases of values education. DLSU Graduate Journal 12. ______________. 1989. Revolution through values. Sinag 1, reprint by DLSU Philosophy Department. 1990. Readings in Filipino Philosophy. Manila: De la Salle University Press. Acay, G. M. 1966. Claims to moral knowledge. University College Journal Issue No. 10. Acuña, Andresito. 1983. Is there freedom of choice? Cogito 1. Agcaoili, Aurelio S. 1989. Generics as a Bioethical issue. Ethos Today 3. Albano, David M. 1969. Archibald MacLeish: On J. B.’s approach to the problem of evil. San Beda Review 2. Alberto, Teopisto V. 1974. Moral norms for Catholic hospitals and Catholics in health services. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 48. Alcairo, Victoria R. 1989. Folklore for values education. Trinity College Journal 10. Alcantara, Trinidad A. 1983. Some negative attitudes contributory to immorality. MLQU Graduate Journal 12. Alejo, Albert E., S.J. 1986. Ang etika nina Sto. Tomas at Immanuel Kant: Paghahambing at sariling pagmumuni. Meron 1. Alfonso, Felipe. 1957. Situation ethics. Studium 2. Alima, Flora C. 1982. The concept of freedom in Spinoza and its relation to some Filipino Muslim cultural facts. Arts and Sciences Journal 1. Alzona, Encarnacion. 1932. A Filipino code of etiquette. Philippine Social Science Review 4. Amen, Constancio. 1959. The problems of moral phenomena. Silliman Journal 6. Andres, Tomas Quintin D. 1974-75. A Christian philosophy of values. Σοφια 4. ______________. and Ilada-Andres, Pilar B. 1987. Ethical and normative behavior of Filipinos. Understanding the Filipino. Quezon City: New Day Publishers. Ang, Gertrudes R. 1963. School ethics reconsidered. Philippine Studies 2. Aquino, Conrado P. 1960. Ethics: The foundation of personal and social discipline. University of the East Business Review 2. Aquino, Ranhilio C. 1985. Karol Wojtyla’s philosophy of the acting person. Philippiniana Sacra 20. Aquino, Rosemary M. 1979. The teaching of social responsibility in business. Vision 4. Aragon, J. Gayo. 1952. Filosofia cristiana. Unitas 25. Araneta, F. 1956. The scope of economics in its relationship to morals. Philippine Studies 3. Arcellana, Emerenciana Y. 1962. The concept of responsibility. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 6. Arcilla, Angel Vicente G. 1981. The moral limits of human experimentation. Unitas 54. Aro, Ed. 1983. Towards a Filipino work ethic. Pananaw 6. Arreola, Vis. Jose A. 1976-77. Can moral education be taught only in the religious context? MLQU Graduate Journal 5. A very serious moral problem. 1965. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 39. Bacala, J. C. 1967. The ill-effects of the ‘pill’. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipininas 41.

110

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Belita, Jimmy A., CM. 1991-93. Resisting the code and the paradigm: A perspective on the shaping of the Filipino moral sense. Religious Studies Journal 15. Benjamin, Elena. 1959-60. Moral and spiritual values in education. Philippine Educator 14. Bernad, Miguel A., S.J. 1992. The three faces of evil in “El filibusterismo”. Kinaadman 14. Bernas, Joaquin G., S.J. 1984. The moral response of the university.Philippine Studies 32. Bicomong, Anthony Paul. 1986. An ethical consideration in the early Buddhism. Thomasian Philosopher 7. Bishops-Businessmen’s Conference for Human Development (Phil.). 1979. A code of ethics for business. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 53. Bonifacio, Manuel F. 1978. Ang konsepto ng pagkakataon at kapalaran: isang panimulang pagtalakay. Ulat ng ikatlong pambansang kumperensiya sa sikolohiyang Pilipino. Quezon City: Pambansang Samahan sa Sikolohiyang Pilipino. Bonoan, Raul J., S.J. 1959. The practical syllogism and the moral act in the Nicomachean ethics. Philippine Scholastic 2. _______________. 1984. Moral education revisited: Truth and justice as educational goals. Philippine Studies 32. Borrajo, Magin, O.P. 1967. The existentialist approach to morality. Philippiniana Sacra 2. ______________. 1968. Moral pespectives in the existentialism of Jean-Paul Sartre. Philippiniana Sacra 3. ______________. 1969. Current trends in the renewal of morality. Philippiniana Sacra 4. ______________. 1970. Methodological perspectives in moral theology. Philippiniana Sacra 5. ______________. 1970. Moral values and the conflict of conscience. Unitas 43. ______________. 1978. Conscience, guilt and regulation of conception. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 52. ______________. 1978. The right to life and ethical guidelines. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 52. ______________. 1978. The test tube babies: A moral point of view. Unitas 51. Bostrom, Lynn C. 1968. Filipino bahala na and American fatalism. Silliman Journal 15. Brias, Victor. 1983. The absurdity of altruism. Σοφια 13. ______________. 1983. Schopenhauer’s eudemonology. Σοφια 13. ______________. 1992. Ceniza’s metaphysics and ethics of necessity. Σοφια 22. Buenvenida, Ramon. 1970. Hume on ‘is’ and ‘ought’. Diliman Review 18. Calderon, Aurelio B. 1970. Moral and social values and their role in economic development. Unitas 43. Camarao, Fedeserio C. 1982. Developing values and work ethic: some approaches for vocational and technical education. Mindanao Journal of Industrial Education 2. ______________. 1982. Basic foundation in teaching moral values. Mindanao Journal of Industrial Education 2. Canilao, Narcisa P. 1985. The Taoist conception of freedom. Cogito 3. Capili Jr., Jose T. 1991. Professional ethics. University Journal [UM] 2. Cariño, Ledivina V. 1979. The definition of graft and corruption and the conflict of ethics and law. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 23. Cariño, Shirley. 1965. Ethics of investment banking. UST Commerce Journal 14. Carlos, Salvador. 1985. Law and morality: some philosophical considerations. Unitas 58. Carreon, Eliseo. 1960. Some moral issues in psychoanalysis. Studium 5.

111

ETHICS AND METAETHICS

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Castrence, Pura Santillan. 1990-91. Education and ethical values. Philippine Journal of Education 69. Castro, Rodolfo N. Jr. 1987. On the teaching of philosophy of man and ethics in Filipino, APCAS workshop-seminar. Trinity College Journal 10. Castro Jr., Vicente, SVD. 1988. Some moral themes in F. Sionil Jose’s Filipino novel Po-on. Diwa 13. Ceniza, Claro R. 1976-77. Man, morals, and society: reflections on John Dewey’s concept of the moral dimension of man.Σοφια 6. ______________. 1979-80. The self and morality. Σοφια 9. ______________. 1983. Satyagraha. Σοφια 13. ______________. 1985. Reaction to Dr. Quito’s article” [on “A morality of ambiguity...”] . Σοφια 15. ______________. 1988. Kant’s categorical imperative: reflections. Σοφια 18. ______________. 1990. Five faces of morality. Karunungan 7. Co, Alfredo. 1976. Hindu ethics: man’s realization of self-divinity. Unitas 49. ______________. 1979. The legacy of Chinese power ethics. Σοφια 8. ______________. 1982. The Buddhist virtue of metta expressed in the Bon Lian Charity Clinic. Memorial Yearbook. Manila: Sioc Yan Temple. ______________. 1983. Confucian ethics: Junzi—a paradigm of a self- realized man. Journal of Graduate Research 13. ______________. 1985. Chinese values. Journal of Graduate Research 14. ______________. 1989. Ang hedonismo ni Yang Chu ng antigong Tsina.Karunungan 6. ______________. 1990. Confucian model for a Filipino philosophy of value. Karunungan 7. Code of professional ethics for public school teachers and officials. 1960. Education Quarterly 8. Conscience and responsible parenthood. 1971. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 45. Coquia, Jorge R. 1978. Legal and moral aspects of marriage and divorce. Unitas 51. Corpuz, Brenda. 1984. A Christian version of the values clarification approach. Saint Louis University Research Journal 15. ______________. 1986. The Filipino sense of right and wrong. Saint Louis University Research Journal 17. Corpuz, Ruben A. 1974. The love principle in the moral philosophy of Joseph Fletcher. Saint Louis University Research Journal 5. Correa, Jose Bonet. 1963. The moral purpose of money. Unitas 36. Costa, Horacio de la, S.J. 1953. Freedom and responsibility. PhilippineReview 2. Reprinted in 1953.CatholicMind 51. Cruz, Carmelita. 1965. Morality and embezzlement. UST Commerce Graduate 14. Cruz, Myrna P. 1962-63. Legal and judicial ethics. UST Law Review 13. Dalupan, Francisco. 1959. Morality in the public service. UE Law Journal 1. Datu, Galicano J. 1982. Work ethic and national development. Mindanao Journal of Industrial Development 2. ______________. 1983. Professional ethics and values in practical arts. Mindanao Journal of Industrial Education 3. de Castro, Leonardo D. 1983. On can and may and freedom. Cogito 1. ______________. 1990. Philippine bioethics: A public awakening. Hastings Center Report (March-April).

112

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1992. Mga bagong paraan ng pag-gawa ng bata at ng pamilya: isang pagsusuri ng biomedical ethics sa United Kingdom. Ang lupon sa araling pang-erya: Isang panimula. Quezon City: Dalubhasaan ng Agham Panlipunan at Pilosopiya, U.P. Diliman. de Castro, Modesto. 1954. Good manners and right conduct. In Moral Training of the Filipino People. Edited by. by Jose Batungbacal. Manila: University Publishing Co. de Jesus, Victor C., S.J. 1986. Pagmumuni sa sarili kong karanasan ng kasamaan at sa pag-iral ng Diyos na lubos na kabutiham. Meron1. de la Rosa, Praxedes S. M. 1983. The code of ethics for teachers—an external direction for teacher conduct. Philippine Education Quarterly 15. del Rio, Francisco. O.P. 1963. Is modern dancing morally objectionable? Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 37. ______________. 1976. Where is moral theology going?—I-III. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 50. del Rosario-Rimban, Luz. 1991. Corruption; a two-way street between politicians and the press. Philippine Journalism Review 2. Demigillo, Eugenio A. Jr. 1970. Sociological ethics. Diliman Review 18. Demetillo, Ricaredo. 1973. The relevance of Christian values. Silliman Journal 20. Destura, Fe I. 1982. Values and value clarification in home economics. Mindanao Journal of Industrial Education 2. Diaz, Jesus, O.P. 1955. The principle of the lesser evil in medical practice with special emphasis on obstetrics and gynecology. Unitas 28. ______________. 1955. The morality of organic transplantation. Unitas 28. ______________. 1955. The use of narcotics for pain relief. Unitas 28. ______________. 1955.The morality of co-education.Unitas 28. ______________. 1955. The morality of organic transplantation. Unitas 28. ______________. 1970. Is Christian ethics out-moded? Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 44. ______________. 1971. Death: Medico-moral considerations. Unitas 44. Diokno, Jose W. 1966. Apolinario Mabini: The herald of hope. Sunday Times Magazine (24 July). Reprinted in 1972. The greatness of Apolinario Mabini. Metro Manila: National Historical Commission. ______________. 1983. The Filipino concept of justice. In Rediscovery. Edited by C. N. Lumbrera and T. G. Maceda. Maynila: National Book Store. Dy, Manuel B. 1981. On sources of moral obligation: Kantian, Schelerian, and Confucian. Philippiniana Sacra 16. ______________. 1983. Jen in Confucian and neo-Confucian thought and Christian love. Philippine Studies 31. ______________. 1973. Jen as unity in the philosophy of Wang Yang-ming. Philippine Studies 21. ______________. 1985. Liberation and values: The long road to freedom. Karunungan 2. ______________. 1987. Liberation and values. Asian Journal of Philosophy 1. ______________. 1988. Outline of a project of Filipino ethics. Karunungan 5. ______________. 1989. The philosophy of value: The value of philosophy. Pantas 2. ______________. 1992. Zhuang Zi’s perfect joy: An answer to the contemporary predicament? Karunungan 9.

113

ETHICS AND METAETHICS

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Elesterio, Fernando G. 1989-90. Moral issues against the U.S. military bases in the Philippines. DLSU Dialogue 24. Espinosa, Emilio. 1972. On drug use and abuse: Moral and educational perspectives. Unitas 45. Espinosa, Jose E. 1967. A new bill on moral education. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 41. Estepa, Francisco T., SVD. 1984. Two proposals for a Filipino ethics. Diwa 9. Estioko, Elpidio R. 1988. Moral constraints of a journalist. Trends No. 2. Estioko, Leonardo. 1979. Freedom as self-affirmation and quest for unity. Diwa 4. Fandialan, Monina M. 1990-91. The morality of genetic engineering. DLSU Dialogue 25. Felix, Jose. 1972. The problem of first principles in the Nicomachean ethics. Σοφια 2. Feria, Luis R. 1957. Restitution under law and morals. Unitas 30. Fermin, Frederick, O. P. 1987. The social responsibility of the scientist. Philippiniana Sacra 22. Fernandez, Emmanuel R. 1988. Sin viewed from the perspectives of the fundamental option theory and Fletcherian situation ethics: Points of convergence and divergence. Saint Louis University Research Journal 19. Fernandez, Pablo, O.P. 1974. Theology—apologetics, asceticism, moral writings. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 48. Flores, Ambrosio R. 1952. Ethics in the engineering profession. Unitas 25. Foronda, Marcelino A., Jr. 1961. Morality and censorship. Sower 3. Francisco, Juan R. 1963-64. The universal love of Mo Tzu. University College Journal Issue No. 5. Fuente, Victorino de la. 1953. The place of ethics in the medical curriculum. Philippine Studies 1. Fuestes, Jose Ma., S.J. 1957. Counterfeits of true morality. Philippine Scholastic 2. Gabriel, Pastrana, O.P. 1974. Abortion in Christian perspective. Unitas 47. Gabriel, Pedro B. 1959. The use of freedom. Unitas 32. Reprined in 1960. 1959 summer cultural series [sixth term]. Manila: UST Press. ______________. 1972. Reflections on Joseph Fletcher’s situation ethics. Philippiniana Sacra 7. ______________. 1976. Christian and non-Christian ethics. Unitas 49. ______________. 1976. St. Thomas Aquinas and the sexual revolution. Philippiniana Sacra 11. ______________. 1979. Hindu ethics. Unitas 52. ______________. 1980. Muslim ethics. Unitas 53. ______________. 1982. Moral values and the natural sciences. Unitas 55. ______________. 1982. Confucian ethics. Unitas 55. Garcia, Bonifacio, O.P. 1987. Morality and the dying. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 63. Garcia, Gumersindo Jr. 1964. National moral bankruptcy. Diliman Review 12. Garcia, Leovino Ma. 1972. Infinite responsibility: The ethical basis of a humane society according to Emmanuel Levinas. Philippines after 1972: A multidisciplinary perspective, ed. by Ramon C. Reyes. Budhi Paper VI. Quezon City: Ateneo School of Arts and Sciences; reprint ed., DLSU Philosophy Department. 1990. Readings in Filipino philosophy. Manila: De La Salle University Press. Also published in 1992. Unitas 65. Garcia, Patrocinio. 1932. Civic virtues in the teaching of history. Philippine Social Science Review 4. Garcia, Quintin Ma., O.P. 1970. 7 questions on artificial birth control. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 44. Gehring, R. B. 1957. Moral re-armament and Filipino Catholics. Philippine Studies 5. Gimenez, M. F. 1961. Golden rule in business. Philippine Studies 9.

114

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Gomez, Fausto, O. P. 1974. The new theology of hope and the liberation of man. Unitas 47. ______________. 1976. Karen Ann Quinlan: To let or not to let her die. Unitas 49. ______________. 1977. Introduction to Christian values.Unitas 50. ______________. 1980. La teoria de los valores de Max Scheler. Philippiniana Sacra 15. ______________. 1986. The death penalty in moral perspective. Unitas 59. Gonzalez IV, Francisco F. 1958. Ethics for business. University of the East Business Review 1. Gonzalez, Mary A. 1966. Ethical system as ecological forces—Hinduism in India. Philippiniana Sacra 1. Gonzalez, Pedro Luis, O.P. 1974. The morality of manipulation: A Christian view. Unitas 47. Gorospe, Vitaliano R., S.J. 1963. Laurel’s political and moral philosophy. Philippine Studies 11. ______________. 1964. Advertising in the Philippines: Some ethical considerations. Philippine Studies 12. ______________. 1967. Moral theology after Vatican II. Philippine Studies 15. ______________. 1971. Max Scheler: A study. Contemporary Ethics, ed. Corazon Cruz. Manila: Far Eastern University Press. ______________. 1972. Some basic values in the 1971 constitutional convention: A Christian perspective. Philippine Studies 20. ______________. 1976. Freedom and the ethics of Philippine population control. Philippine Studies 24. ______________. 1977. Sources of Filipino moral consciousness. Philippine Studies 25. ______________. 1982. The significance of McCormick’s bioethics in the Philippine context. Philippine Studies 30. ______________. 1982. Philosophy and morality. Unitas 55. ______________. 1988. Philippine church and government on population: ethical and theological aspects. Philippine Studies 36. ______________. 1988. Power and responsibility: A Filipino Christian perspective. Philippine Studies 36. ______________. 1988. Understanding the Filipino value system. Pantas 1. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1979. The L-T fatalistic paradox. Mindanao Journal 6. Guevarra, Jaime. 1982. Theory of freedom. Σοφια 11. ______________. 1982. Bad faith: A social cohesive force. Σοφια 12. ______________. 1985. Reaction to Dr. Quito’s article [on ‘A morality of ambiguity . . .’]. Σοφια 15. Healy, Gerald W., S.J. 1953. The modern voter and morality. Philippine Studies 1. ______________. 1955. Usury in the Philippines today. Philippine Studies 3. Hidalgo, Rex G. 20. Where do correct ideas come from? U. I. Journal 20. Hornedo, Florentino H. 1971. Strength and freedom: A perspective on the possibilities of freedom. Saint Louis University Research Journal 2. ______________. 1984. Joseph Fletcher’s Situation ethics. Unitas 17. Ibana, Rainier. 1992. Isang Sokratikong landas sa pagsusuri ng mga pagpapahalagang moral. Karunungan 9. Ideas of Apolinario Mabini. 1972. The greatness of Apolinario Mabini. Metro Manila: National Historical Commission. Izon, Noel Ma. 1972. The problem of evil. [in Eastern and Western literature (myths)]. Philippines Free Press (16 August).

115

ETHICS AND METAETHICS

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Jacinto, Jose S., Jr. 1957. Religious and ethical values in general education. Silliman Journal 4. Javellana, Josefino. 1986. Pornography and values. Religious Studies Journal 9. Juntado, Loreto G. 1970. On punishment. U. I. Journal 2. Kalaw, Maximo M. 1949. The moral and political ideology of Dr. Laurel. This Week (9 October). Laroza, Victorina. 1979. Needed: Moral training in the public schools. Philippine Journal of Education 58. Laurel, Jose P. 1970. Political and moral philosophy. Jose P. Laurel: Leader for all seasons, ed. Jose A. Lansang. Manila: Laurel Memorial Foundation. Lambrecht, Francisco H. 1961. The Ifugao law of custom in the light of the natural moral law and primitive revelation. Sower 3. ______________. 1962. Ifugao custom and the moral law. Philippine Studies 10. Reprinted in 1980-81. Journal of Northern Luzon 11. Lazaro, Roberto. 1987. The ethical issues in public service. DLSU Business and Economics Review 1. Ledesma, Consuelo P. 1985. Moral development and education. Sangguni 8. Legazpi, Leonardo Z., O.P. 1977. The meaning and relevance of moral education. Unitas 50. ______________. 1977. The vision of the Filipino: Moral dimension. Unitas 50. ______________. 1989. The effects of economic morality on rural development. CBCP Monitor 10. Leoncini, Dante Luis. 1983. The happy criminal. Σοφια 13. Licuanan, Patricia B. 1988. A moral recovery program; building a people--building a nation. Pantas 2. Locsin, Teodoro, Sr. 1952. Code of ethics for officials. Philippines Free Press (22 March). Locsin, Teodoro, Jr. 197l. Communist morality. Philippines Free Press (12 June). Lorenzo, Harry C. Jr. 1974. Nature and freedom. Trinity College Journal 1. Lumbreras, Pedro. 1968. The crisis of the virtue of obedience. Philippiniana Sacra 3. ______________. 1968. Why human laws? Philippiniana Sacra 3. Mabini, Apolinario. 1972. The true decalogue. The greatness of Apolinario Mabini. Metro Manila: National Historical Commission. Madriaga, Mariano A. 1966. The role of the church in character building. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 40. Maggay, Arturo Q. 1986. Ethical issues in science. Σοφια 16. ______________. 1987. Understanding human action. Σοφια 17. Magno, Concordia H. 1989. The ethical problems of academic freedom. Trends Issue No. 1. Mañalac, Araceli S. 1991. The ethics of communication in the school community. Unitas 64. Manantan, Nicasio A. 1987. Theory of moral development: A dimension of values education. Sangguni 9. Manapat, L. Lincoln A. 1964. Anatomy of immorality in public service. DLSC Dialogue 1. Mariano, Luciano B. 1982. Euthanasia. Frontline Magazine (July). Martinez, Luis D. 1972. On drug use and abuse: Moral and educational perspectives. Unitas 45. Matias, Apolinar. 1965-66. Ethics for the teaching profession. UST Journal of Education 10. Mercado, Leonardo N., SVD. 1992. Kagandahan: Filipino thought on beauty, truth, and good. Karunungan 9. Miguel, Jose Luis, O. P. 1985. Hindu ethics: A philosophical and empirical outline. Philippiniana Sacra 20.

116

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Miranda, Dionisio, SVD. Kailan ako may pananagutan? Diwa 13. ______________. 1990. Why be moral. Diwa 15. ______________. 1990. Hindi kusang-loob. Diwa 15. Molina, Antonio. 1956. On freedom of conscience. Unitas 29. Moner, Nagamora T. 1982. Values in extreme utilitarianism and circumstantialism. Arts and Sciences Journal 1. Monera, Arnold T. 1991-93. Chinese religiosity: An alternative basis of a social reality. Religious Studies Journal 15. Montalbo, Melchor, Jr. 1988. Karol Wojtyla’s philosophy of the acting person. Philippiniana Sacra 23. Montinola, Vicente Torre. 1959. Capital punishment and its limitations. Studium 4. Moral renewal according to Vatican guidelines. 1967. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 41. Mulder, Niels. 1991-93. Family ties: the Filipino moral world in everyday life. Religious Studies Journal 15. NCCP Program Unit on Human Rights. 1991. Capital punishment. Tugon 11. Ng, Bernadette. 1964. Ethics in banking. UST Commerce Journal 14. Nobla, Alfredo. 1956. ‘Yes, I do’: A timeless piece of advice to Christian brides and future spouses. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 30. Nobleja, Oscar L. 1962. Legal ethics. UST Law Review 13. Odchimar, Nereo P. 1961. Political graft and its morality. Sower 3. Opinaldo, Remedios O. 1984. Concepts of human dignity. Saint Louis University Research Journal 15. Orian, Anunciacion D. 1984. Moral responsibility and the mature professional. Saint Louis University Research Journal 15. Orpilla, Daniel R., CICM. 1992. The Christian ethics perspective as reference in public domain. Saint Louis College Research Journal 22. Otazu, Isidore L., O.S.B. 1969. Understanding human sexuality. San Beda Review 2. Pacana, Honesto Ch. 1958. Notes on a Filipino rule of conduct: non-interference. Philippine Sociological Review 6. Paguio, Wilfredo C. 1972. Priests and our bahala-na system. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 46. Palacio, Rogaciano. 1962. Legal ethics. UST Law Review 13. Panaligan, Lourdes P. 1983-84. Social and moral elements reflected in Boris Pasternak’s Dr. Zhivago. Western Philippine Colleges Journal 12. Panizo, Alfredo, O.P. 1977. The aesthetic order and the moral order. Unitas 50. Panlasigui, Isidoro. 1933. An investigation in the sense of wrongness. Philippine Social Science Review 5. Pascual, Carolina J. 1991. Values are caught, not taught. Philippine Daily Inquirer (21 June). Pedrosa, Ciriaco, O.P. 1955. On the impact of ethics on the scientific research. Unitas 28. ______________. 1956. On the ethical implications of scientific research. Unitas 29. Pelaez, Emmanuel. 1983. A new radicalism: Return to basics [return to fundamentals of life, to Christian faith]. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 49. Pelayo, Severino. 1958. Implications of the doctrine of the image of God in man in character education. Studium 2. Perilla, Mario V. 1987. Usury and its ethical implications. Unitas 60.

117

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Philippine Social Science Council. 1989 and 1990. Code of ethics for Filipino social scientists. Journal of History 34-35. Piñon, Manuel,O.P. 1955. What’s in ballet . . . ? Unitas 28. ______________. 1959. An ethical judgment on agrarian reformatory expropriations. Unitas 32. ______________. 1966. The issues in birth control. Philippiniana Sacra 1. ______________. 1969. Organ transplantation, ethical aspect. Philippiniana Sacra 4. ______________. 1970. The metaphysics of evil, defectability and peccability, and the problem of evil. Philippiniana Sacra 5. ______________. 1974. Thomas Aquinas on human and Christian liberty. Unitas 47. ______________. 1974-75. The nature and causes of the psychological freedom on psychical mastery of the will over its acts in the writings of St. Thomas. Philippiniana Sacra 9-10. ______________. 1975. The will as principal agent and primary cause in its particular psychological sphere, the Thomistic and Suarezian Views. Philippiniana Sacra 10. ______________. 1977. Is it possible to derive a moral ought from a statement of fact? Unitas 50. ______________. 1979. Hindu ethics. Unitas 52. ______________. 1985. Conditioning rural folks to the work ethic and industriousness. ‘Emeth 3. Pola, Manuel G. 1981. Responsabilidad y corresponsabilidad en el ateismo contemporaneo. Philippiniana Sacra 16. Problems of birth control. 1967. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 41. A question of morality. 1948. Philippines Free Press (4 December). Quezon code of ethics. 1965. UNESCO Philippines 4. Quilon, Nicolas. 1965. Moral education: The remedy for human shortcomings. Philippine Educational Forum 14. Quito, Emerita S. 1956. The will and its relation with divine causality and knowledge. Unitas 19. ______________. 1971. Chance or necessity. Manila Chronicle (19 May). ______________. 1973. The paradox of freedom in Louis Lavelle. Unitas 46. ______________. 1974. Regeneration of moral and social values. Beacon. ______________. 1975. Regeneration of moral and social values. Σοφια 4. ______________. 1983. A Filipino philosophy of value. Σοφια 13. ______________. 1984. Isang teorya ng pagpapahalaga. Malay 3. ______________. 1985. Philosophical conception of value. Sangguni 8. ______________. 1985. A morality of ambiguity or the ambiguity of morality. Σοφια 15. ______________. 1988. The ambivalence of Filipino traits and values. Karunungan 5. ______________. 1989. Ang konsepto ng kalayaan ni Louis Lavelle. Karunungan 6; also in 1988. Σοφια 18. Ramos, Vilma F. 1982. Ethical values: Their relevance to the present society. Philippine Education Quarterly 14. Reactions to Quito’s article. 1985. Σοφια 15. Rebollo, Maximiliano, O.P. 1977. Philosophical concept of values. Unitas 50. Reyes, Benedict V. 1968. Capital punishment. Thomasian Philosopher 7. Reyes, Herminia. 1985. Reactions to Dr. Quito’s article [on A morality of ambiguity . . .]. Σοφια 15. Reyes, Manuel A. 1976. Professional ethics from the point of view of an educator. UST Commerce Journal 26.

118

ETHICS AND METAETHICS

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Reyes, Ramon C. 1975. Of things moral and political: An adaptation of Eric Weil’s political philosophy. Philippine Studies 23. ______________. 1986. The moral dimension of government: Some educational consequences. Philippine Journal of Education 65. ______________. 1987. Morality and government: Some consequences for education. Higher education for national reconstruction, ed. Raul J. Bonoan. Metro Manila: National Book Store. ______________. 1987. Ethics and hermeneutics. Philippine Studies 35. ______________. 1987. Moral reflection as hermeneutical: From the teleological to the historical. Philippine Studies 35. Reyes, Roque C. 1987. The ethical role of a teacher in Thomistic philosophy. Saint Louis University Research Journal 18. Rio, Francisco del. 1963. Is modern dancing morally objectionable? Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 37. ______________. 1967. Follow your individual conscience. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 41. ______________. 1976. Where is moral theology going? [I-III]. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 50. ______________. 1976. The moral perspective [on the case of Quinlan]. Unitas 49. Rivera, Benito V., S.J. 1960. Intrinsically evil acts. Philippine Scholastic 3. Rodriguez, Lorenzo, O.P. 1957. Pharmacy and morals. Unitas 30. Rosal, Nicholas Ll. 1959. The morality of voting. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 33. Rosales, Vicente J. A. 1966. The morality of contraception. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 40. ______________. 1987. Bioethical problems in the developing world: a view from Southeast Asia. Unitas 60. Rosario, Tomas G., Jr. 1991. The uncommon good. Pantas 4. Rustia, Erlinda Francia. 1966. The Aeschylan and Sopholan concepts of fate: A contrastive study. UST Journal of Education 9. Sacred Congregation for the Doctrine of Faith. 1976. Declaration on certain questions concerning sexual ethics. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 50. Salazar, Ramon. 1959. The integrity of human freedom in the presence of God. Studium 4. Salinas, Ramon, O.P. 1964. Morality in auditing. UST Commerce Journal 14. Sals, F. J. 1955. Primitive education among the Ifugaos: Religious and moral. Philippine Studies 3. Santos, Reynosa C. 1982. Social and ethical considerations in the management of business. Philippine Education Quarterly 14. Scott, William Henry. 1962. Ifugao law and moral law. Philippine Studies 10. ______________. 1962. Comment on Ifugao custom and the moral law. Philippine Studies 10. Shahani, Leticia Ramos. 1988. A moral recovery program: Building a people—building a nation. Unitas 61. Also printed in 1988-89 as Building a people—building a nation: A moral recovery program. PLM Review 9. Sicad, Filomeno F. 1982. Work ethic: What is it? Mindanao Journal of Industrial Education 2. Sikat, Dolores J. 1980. Confucian analects and the man of today. Unitas 53. Sin, Jaime. 1977. Circular on cremation. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 51. Singson, Jose Mo. 1970. An ethical analysis of Filipino loyalty. DLSC Dialogue 6. ______________. 1971-72. Updating eudemonistic ethics. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1972. The role of prudence in Eudemonistic and situationist morality. Σοφια 2.

119

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

ETHICS AND METAETHICS

______________. 1973-74. Ethics of stoicism. Σοφια 3. ______________. 1975. The concept of good and evil: East and West. Σοφια 4. ______________. 1976-77. Humanism in Western normative ethics. Σοφια 6. ______________. 1981. Teaching ethics in the Philippine context. Σοφια 11. ______________. 1981. Pragmatism: A brief exposition and critique. Σοφια 11. Soliven, Maximo V. 1991. The value of hard work. Trinity Collelge Journal 11. Tan, Anthony L. 1977. Walter Pater: His aesthetic and moral ideas. Silliman Journal 24. Tayag, Amanda H. 1964. Filipino children’s moral judgments. Philippine Education Forum 13. Terrenal, Quintin. 1984. Kantian duty and ‘utang-na-Loob’. Karunungan 1. The problem of morality in business. 1964. DLSC Dialogue 1. Thompson, Laura. 1985-86. Whole-earth ecological ethics as a conflict deterrent. Journal of Northern Luzon 16. Tiempo, Edilberto K. 1963. The meaning of pain and suffering. Silliman Journal 10. Timbreza, Florentino. 1970. Freedom and responsibility. Trinity Observer (February). ______________. 1981. Diwang Pilipino: Konseptong pangkasamaan. Ang bagong guro sa bagong republika 1. ______________. 1984. The Filipino concept of survival. Malaya (16-18). ______________. 1984. Prudence, violence, and self-defense in Filipino thought. Karunungan 1. ______________. 1985. Filipino centripetal morality. Karunungan 2. ______________. 1985. Reactions to Dr. Quito’s article [on A morality of ambiguity . . .]. Σοφια 15. ______________. 1986. Sex, freedom, and responsibility. Σοφια 16. ______________. 1986. Pagkataong Pilipino: Kaalaman, gamit, at etika. Malay 5. ______________. 1988-89. Ang doktrinang wu-wei ni Lao Tzu. Malay 7. ______________. 1989. Konseptong pangkasamaan ni Santo Tomas de Aquino. Karunungan 6. ______________. 1990. Filipino philosophy in dialogue with three philosophers of non-violence. Karunungan 7. ______________. 1991. The moral issue of abortion. Σοφια 21. ______________. 1991. Sex selection: Any taker? Karunungan 8. Tufo, Joseph P. del. 1963. Can art be immoral? Philippine Studies 2. Unson, Raul A. 1969. Teaching moral theology in college. DLSC Dialogue 5. Vaño, Manolo O. 1971. Natural law in Protestant ethics. Silliman Journal 18. Varela, Jesus. 1955. ‘Modern dancing immoral’—slowdrag condemned. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 29. Varela, Lourdes Y. 1991. Professional ethics: A call of the times? University Journal 8. Verzosa, Mary Pilar, RGS. 1986. Contemporary moral issues. Religious Studies Journal 9. Vicente, Victoriano, O.P. 1961. On the ethics of the situation. Unitas 34. _______________. 1965. The modern dance (baile agarrado). Boletin de Eclesiastico de Filipinas 39. Villanueva, Alejo L., Jr. 1968. Nietzsche’s Weltanschauung: A critique of Christian theology and morality. San Beda Review 1. Villegas, Edberto M. 1979-80. Must there be a bifurcation of ‘is’ from ‘ought’ statements in the sciences? Σοφια 9. What is morality? 1949. Philippines Free Press (1 January). Wiley, Samuel R. 1979-80. Christian morality and the homosexual. Religious Studies Journal 3.

120

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Ylla, Juan, O.P. 1955. Seccion de derecho civil: criminal law, exhibition of indecent and/or immoral pictures. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 29. B. Books and Monographs Acasio, Cecilio A. and Oscar G. Unas. [1992?] Filipino Christian morality, vol. 1. Manila: De La Salle University Press. Adeva, Ildefonso. 1990. Medical and sexual ethics. Manila: Sinag-Tala Publishers, Inc. Agapay, Ramon B. 1991. Ethics and the Filipino. Metro Manila: National Book Store. Agpalo, Remigio E. 1992. Jose P. Laurel, national leader and political philosopher. Quezon City: Jose P. Laurel Memorial Corp. Alejo, Albert E. 1990. Tao po! Tuloy! Quezon City: Office of Research and Publications, Ateneo de Manila University. Batungbacal, Jose. 1951. Moral training of the Filipino people. Manila: University Publishing Co. Belen, Leonardo Q. 1989. Love (sex) without unwantjed pregnancy. Manila: n. p. Bernardo, Oscar B. 1992. Legal and judicial ethics. Mandaluyong: National Book Store, Inc. Borrajo, Magin, O.P. 1974. Moral perspectives in Sartre’s existentialism. Manila: UST Publications. Constantino, Renato. 1970. Dissent and counter-consciousness. Quezon City: Malaya Books. ______________. 1978. Neocolonial identity and counter-consciousness, ed. Istvan Meszaros. London: Merlin Press. Cruz, Corazon L. 1984. Contemporary ethics. Metro Manila: National Book Store. Dionisio, Benjamin P. 1949. Gems of thought of Dr. Jose P. Laurel. N.p. Dominguez, Arsenio and Edith Dominguez. 1989. Theological themes for the Philippine church. Quezon City: New Day Publishers. Garcia, Angeles. 1981. Business ethics. Quezon City: R. M. Garcia Publishing House. Gomez, Fausto, O.P. 1991. Social ethics: Doctrine and life. Manila: University of Santo Tomas Press. Gorospe, Vitaliano R., S.J., comp. and ed. 1964-65. Moral value and the morality of the human person, 3 vols. Quezon City: Ateneo Publications Office. ______________. 1968. Ethics and creative responsibility, 2 vols. Quezon City: Ateneo Publications Office. ______________. 1973. The new Christian morality and the Filipino. Manila: Jesuit Educational Association. ______________. 1974. The Filipino search for meaning. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. ______________. 1988. Filipino values revisited. Manila: National Book Store. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1977. Circumstantialism. Dumaguete City: Silliman University Press. Hornedo, Florentino. 1972. The philosophy of freedom. Baguio City: Saint Louis Univesity. Ibana, Rainier. 1989, 1992. A historical introduction to the foundations of moral values. Quezon City: Ateneo Office of Research and Publications. ______________. 1990, 1991. Mga pahiwatig ukol sa batayan ng mga pagpapahalagang moral. Quezon City: Ateneo Office of Research and Publications. Ignacio, Norlito A. 1985. Man and his actions. Manila: Rex Book Store. Kalaw, Teodoro M. 1950. Code of ethics for Filipinos. Manila.

121

ETHICS AND METAETHICS

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Laurel, Jose P. 1959. Moral and educational orientation. Manila: Lyceum Press. ______________. 1943, 1991. Forces that make a nation great. Manila: N.p. Leveriza, Jose P. 1991. Business Ethics. Metro Manila: National Book Store. Maningas, Ismael Irineo. 1984. Contemporary Christian morality in the Philippine ontext. Manila: DLSU Research Center. _______________. 1988. Facts of life in Filipino Christian morality. Manila: De La Salle University Press. Mercado, Leonardo M., SVD. 1979. Elements of Filipino ethics. Tacloban City: Divine Word University Publications. ______________. 1975. Elements of Filipino theology. Tacloban City: Divine Word University Publications. Miranda, Dionisio M., SVD. 1989. Loob: The Filipino within. Manila: Divine Word Publications. Miranda-Gow and Miranda, Gregorio S. 1990. Business ethics. Metro Manila: National Book Store. Montemayor, Felix. 1966. Introduction to moral philosophy. Manila: Catholic Trade School. ______________. 1981. Ethics, the science of right living. Metro Manila: National Book Store. ______________. 1985. Ethics, the science and art of life. Metro Manila: National Book Store. Osias, Camilo. 1968. Divine economy. Caloocan City: By the Author. Pascual, Ricardo R. 1962. The philosophy of Rizal [contains the ethical philosophy of Rizal]. Manila: Pedro B. Ayuda and Co. Piñon, Manuel. 1975. The nature and causes of the psychological freedom or psychical mastery of the will over its acts in the writings of St. Thomas. Manila: University of Santo Tomas, 1975. Also published in 1974-75. Philippiniana Sacra 9-10. Quito, Emerita S. 1989. Fundamentals of ethics. Manila: DLSU Press. Reyes, Ramon Castillo. 1989. Ground and norm of morality. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University Press. Reyno, Adriano C., Jr. 1964. The political, social and moral philosophy of Apolinario Mabini. Manila: Catholic Trade School. Rosario, Tomas G. [1984?] Readings in Ph. 104, foundations of moral value. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. Singson, Jose Mo. 1979. Philippine ethical values. Manila: DLSU Integrated Research Center. Unas, Oscar G. and Cecilio A. Acasio. [1992?] Filipino Christian morality, vol. 1. Manila: De La Salle University Press. _______________. 1984. Business ethics handbook. Manila: De La Salle University Press. C. Review Articles, Book Reviews, and Abstract Abaya, Angel F. Ma., S.J. 1962. Review of Ethics: A critical introduction, by A. Campbell Garnett. Philippine Scholastic 4. ______________. 1963. Review of The dynamics of morality, by C. G. de Menasce. Philippine Scholastic 5. Abulad, Romualdo E. 1986. Review of The history of sexuality, vol. 1, by Michel Foucault. Σοφια 16. Amen, Constancio. 1959. Review of Ethics, by Mothershead. Silliman Journal 6.

122

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Arcega, Victoria M. 1973. Review of Beyond freedom and dignity, by B. F. Skinner. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 17. Balajadia, Basilio P. 1979-80. Pagsusuri ng Elements of Filipino ethics, ni Leonardo N. Mercado. Daop-Diwa Nos. 4/5. Bernad, Miguel A., S.J. 1956. Review of The ethics of rhetoric, by Weaver. Philippine Studies 4. Caoili, Olivia C. 1983. Techniques and ethics in public administration [art. rev.]. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 27. Dy, Manuel, Jr. 1980. Review of Elements of Filipino ethics, by Leonardo N. Mercado. Philippine Studies 28. Gabriel, Pedro B. 1979. Elements of Filipino ethics [Rev. Art.], Unitas 52. Gaerlan, Ma. Carmen R. 1989. Review of Biblical ethics and social change, by Stephen Charles Mott. Religious Studies Journal 13. Galang, Emmanuel V. 1975. Review of Pyschological freedom or the mastery of the will over its acts, by Manuel Piñon. Unitas 48. Also published in 1976. Philippiniana Sacra 11. Gomez, Fausto. 1973. Review of New trends in moral theology, by George M. Regan. Unitas 46. Gorospe, Vitaliano R. 1963. Review of Ethical naturalism and the modern worldview, by E. M. Adams. Philippine Studies 2. ______________. 1964. Review of Morality and business, by Henry J. Wirtenberger, S.J. Philippine Studies 12. ______________. 1964. Review of Ethics, advertising and responsibility, ed. Francis X. Quinn, S.J. Philippine Studies 12. ______________. 1964. Review of Ethics in business, by Thomas M. Garrett, S.J. Philippine Studies 12. ______________. 1976. Review of Christian ethics, by C. Henry Peschke. Philippine Studies 24. ______________. 1973. Review of An introduction to some ethical problems of American advertising, by Thomas M. Garrett. Philippine Studies 2. ______________. 1982. The significance of McCormick’s bioethics [rev. art.]. Philippine Studies 30. Jabares, Mario, O.P. 1980. Review of Diccionario de moral cristiana, by Karl Hormann. Philippinianan Sacra 15. Jacinto Jr., J. S. 1956. Review of Christian ethics and moral philosophy, by Thomas. Silliman Journal 3. Kavanagh, Joseph J., S.J. 1954. Review of Art and morals, by Panizo. Philippine Studies 2. Marina, Maximo, O.P. 1978. Review of The roots of society: the metaphysical ground of social ethics, by Joseph M. de Torre. Unitas 51. Obusan, Rogelio A. 1986. Review of Basic concepts of logic and ethics. Unitas 59. Paguio, Wilfredo C. 1972. Review of Positive self-regard and authentic morality, by Paul E. Staes, CICM. Philippiniana Sacra 7. Pelingon, Filoteo C., MSC. Review of Civil disobedience: A moral critique, by Gerald D. Coleman, S.S. Ministry Today 1. Peña, B., O.P. 1972. Review of Essai d’ethique fondalmentale, by Georpes Bastide. Philippiniana Sacra 7. Perez, Arturo. 1982. Review of The moral prism, by Dorothy Emmet. Arts and Sciences Journal 2. Polo, Jaime B. 1986. Review of Moral order and the question of change: Essays on Southeast Asian thought, by David Wyatt and Alexander Woodside. Philippine Studies 34.

123

ETHICS AND METAETHICS

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Reyes, Reynaldo A. 1988. The norm of morality according to Levinas [rev. art. of Ethics and infinity, by Emmanuel Levinas]. Unitas 61 Roldan, Veronica A. 1977. Abstract of Moral concepts of five-year-old children and their relationship to sex and socio-economic status. Graduate Forum [Bicol U] 7. Rosales, V. 1962. Review of Morality and the homosexual, by Michael J. Buckley. Unitas 35. Sendaydiego, Henry B. 1965. Review of Morality and business, by Henry J. Wirtenberger. Saint Louis Quarterly 3. Unas, Oscar. 1983. Review of Management ethics, by William A. Evans. Religious Studies Journal 6. Vaño, Manolo O. 1985. Kant’s formulation of natural law: An exposition of his moral treatise [rev. art.]. Unitas 58. D. Graduate Work Alcober, Menardo S. 1982. A critical study of Sartre’s ethics of freedom. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Alima, Flora. 1980. The conception of freedom in Spinoza and its relation to the Filipino Muslim culture. Master’s thesis, University of San Carlos. Almoro, Lydia Reyes. 1956. The moral philosophy of Rizal. Master’s thesis, Far Eastern University. Amigable, Ledinila C. 1960. St. Augustine: The philosophy of charity. Master’s thesis, University of San Carlos. Anianuli, Christian E. 1980. Informed consent in medical ethics. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Barcelon, Emeterio J. 1955. The moral obligation of stockholders and directors in a corporation. Master’s thesis, Sacred Heart Novitiate. Bastian, Sue S. 1975. Beyond Skinner to freedom and dignity. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Bond, Leo M. 1941. A study of Aristotle’s definition of friendship. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Bonoan, Raul J. 1959. Aristotle’s theory of the psychological process leading to a moral act. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Borrajo, Magin. 1967. Perspectivas eticas en el existencialismo de Jean-Paul Sartre y la moral autentica. Doctoral dissertation (Theology), University of Santo Tomas. Borromeo, Rafael N. 1958. The psychological importance of conscious motivation in character formation. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Brias, Victor. 1984. Action in a hostile world: An analysis and critique of Arthur Schopenhauer’s moral philosophy. Master’s thesis, De La Salle University. Buenvenida, Ramon G. 1970. Hume on ‘is’ and ‘ought’. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines, 1971. Published in 1970. Diliman Review 18. Cabatingan, Gregorio Y. 1962. Aristotle and St. Thomas on epikeia or equity, a corrective of legal justice. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Cambronero, Juanita O. 1989. Immanuel Kant’s concept of freedom. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines.

124

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Casals, Miguel. 1961. The functions of distributive justice and of social charity in social welfare work in the Philippines. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Casiño, Efren A. 1978. Gabriel Marcel’s concept of freedom. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Castro, Epitacio V. 1966. The conquest of freedom in the philosophy of Jacques Maritain. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. Chin, Francis. 1960. An appraisal of the moral thoughts of Confucius. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Claver, Francisco. 1955. An inquiry into the ethics of the Encyclopedia of the social sciences. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Conlu, Josefina B. 1936. A study of pleasure and happiness. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Coonprom, Gerund. 1979. Determinism, choice and freedom. Masteral thesis, University of the Philippines. Corpuz, Ruben. 1974. The love principle in the moral philosophy of Joseph Fletcher. Masteral thesis, Saint Louis University. Cruz, Oswaldo S. de la. 1964. A textual study of Augustine’s doctrine of freedom. Masteral thesis, San Jose Seminary. de Castro, Leonardo D. 1976. The concept of freedom: A semantic analysis. Masteral thesis, University of the Philippines. de la Cruz, Rai Philomathes. 1975. The naturalistic fallacy. Masteral thesis, University of the Philippines. Dy, Manuel B., Jr. 1972. Knowledge and action in the philosophy of Wang Yang-ming. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. ______________. 1979. The ethics of Wang-Yang-ming and Max Scheler: A comparative study. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Enojado, Ramon C. 1958. The free act in man: Is it a simple act of the will, or a composite act of both, intellect and will? Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Enriquez, Carmen Tiongco. 1960. Visions of evil in Fyodor Dostoevsky’s Crime and punishment. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Estepa, Francisco. 1984. A comparative study of Gorospe’s and Mercado’s approach to Filipino ethics. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Estrada, Rita Domingo. 1954. An interpretative analysis of the different levels of morality. Master’s thesis, Far Eastern University. Feliciano, Jose Ma. S. 1965. A critical evaluation of two approaches to the deontological argument, the moral access to God’s existence. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Felix, Jose T. 1960. Obligation from the natural law to join a union and right-to-work laws. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Flores, Alfonso R. 1950. The solution of St. Thomas to the problem of moral evil. Masteral thesis, Sacred Heart Novitiate. Gaerlan, Alvin Benjamin A. 1976. The moral-spiritual and socio-cultural value orientation of a selected group of Igorot college sutdents. Master’s thesis (Psychology), University of Santo Tomas. Galindez, Ambrosio J. 1974. The morality of cockfighting in the Philippines. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas.

125

ETHICS AND METAETHICS

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Geniza, Edgar G. 1981. The moral philosophy of Jose Rizal. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Gomez, Antonio. 1948. A study and analysis of criminality among Filipino youth. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Gonzales, Emerito C. 1991. Homosexuality: An ethical appraisal. Doctoral licentiate thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Gorospe, Vitaliano. 1950. The metaphysics of St. Augustine on moral evil as trusted in the City of God. Master’s thesis, Sacred Heart Novitiate. Gosioco, Carmelo N. 1955. The philosophical basis of kindness towards animals (a vindication of vivisection). Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1975. On freedom of choice. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Published as Circumstantialism. 1977. Dumaguete City: Silliman University Press. Hernando, Wenceslao T. 1962. The ethical value of the meditations of Marcus Aurelius. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary. Hornedo, Florentino. 1972. The stuff of freedom: Autonomous energy for being. Master’s thesis, Saint Louis University. Hung, John S. 1975. Chuang Tzu’s concept of freedom. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Insular, Roberto A. 1988. the concept of loyalty in the philosophy of Josiah Royce. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Jesena, Arsenio Ma. 1966. Sören Kierkegaard and the meaning of human liberty. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Lagman, Efigenia Aurora D. 1955. The concept of evil, pain and suffering in the novels of Francois Mauriac. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Lagura, Ernesto M. 1965. St. Thomas on goodness in general. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Lagura, Florencio L. 1966. Value: Its nature, existence and hierarchy according to St. Albert the Great. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Lana, Tamerlane R. 1981. The moral implications and extent of the principle of totality. Master’s thesis {Higher Religious Education], University of Santo Tomas. Larlar, Lauro V. 1979. Philosophy of freedom: Two views (Augustine and Chuang Tzu). Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Ledinila, Amegable C. 1960. St. Augustine: the philosophy of charity. Master’s thesis, University of San Carlos. Lee, Timothy. 1986. The cultivation of self in Confucian ethics. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Leoncini, Dante Luis. 1992. Alaisdair MacIntyre’s ethics and the condition of postmodernity. Master’s thesis, De La Salle University. Lorredo, Reynaldo P. 1955. Herbert Spencer’s norm of morality. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Lumba, Ma. Gracia Navarro. 1952. A critical exposition on the supreme criterion of morality. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Madrid, Aida C. 1967. A critical study of George Edward Moore’s philosophy on the good. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Magat, Dan Reynald R. 1973. G. E. Moore’s distinction between natural and non-natural properties. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines.

126

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Magpayo, Teodoro P. 1991. Is contraception morally permissible in case of rape? A moral theological inquiry on Curran’s view on the prevention of conception after rape. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Malasmas, Rudolfo A. [n. d.]. Human rights: Norm of right and wrong. Master’s thesis, Sacred Heart Novitiate. Maniwang, Redempto, SVD. 1964. The soul cannot corrupt through the failure of its cause. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary. Mascardo, Virgilio, SVD. 1965. Aquinas on the rational appetite: Its existence and nature. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Mercado, Leonardo N., SVD. 1960. Acquired prudence for immaturity. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary. Millar, Oscar. 1951. Fate versus providence in the tragedies of Sophocles. Master’s thesis, Sacred Heart Novitiate. Millares, Antonio Martinez, Jr. 1961. The nature of distributive justice and the problem of restitution in the light of the Aristotelian Thomistic concept of distributive justice. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. Nepomuceno, Asuncion M. 1959. Edith Wharton’s moral values as revealed in her novels. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Ochangco, Armando C. 1979. Rawl’s theory of justice. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Orbos, Agerico. 1981. Broadening of horizons—towards an ethics of self-transcendence in Lonergan. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Ortinero, Aniceta M. 1987. Moral education in the university. Doctoral dissertation, University of the Philippines. Paguio, Wilfredo C. 1969. A critical analysis of Nietzche’s ‘Beyond good and evil’: A profile to a philosophy of the future. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Pagusara, Merlina Falsa. 1964. The norm of morality in the philosophy of John Dewey. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Paredes, Narcisa P. 1979. The Taoist concept of freedom. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Pascual, Jose Danilo. 1962. Automation and the ethical problem of employment. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. Pascual, Ricardo. 1936. The philosophical ideas of Dr. Jose Rizal. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Pasion, Oliver Ramon S. 1991. Marcellian fidelity in marital relationship. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Paz, Felipe T. de. 1969. The political, social, and moral views of Manuel Luis Quezon y Molina in the light of ‘Perennial philosophy’. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Peña, Braulio H. 1973. Basic morality in three modern philosophical systems. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Perez, Arturo M. 1973. Krishnamurti’s concept of desire. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Perez, Francisco M. 1956. Heredity and environment: Basis of freedom? Master’s thesis, Berchmans College.

127

ETHICS AND METAETHICS

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Ponce, Ambrosio L., SVD. 1964. The term ‘incorruptibilis’ in St. Thomas. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Quito, Emerita S. 1956. The will and its relation to divine causality and knowledge. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Rebancos, Noel T. 1978. Freedom in mystical humanism: Radhakrishnan’s concept of freedom. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Relucio, Tiburcio A. 1950. A proposed standard code of ethics for Filipino politicians. Master’s thesis, Far Eastern University. Reyes, Lilia R. 1956. A philosophical interpretation of Rizal’s ethical teachings. Master’s thesis, Far Eastern University. Reyno, Adriano C. 1963. The political, social, and moral philosophy of Apolinario Mabini. Master’s thesis, University of San Carlos, 1963. Rivera, Libertad T. 1956. A philosophical analysis of capital punishment in the Philippines. Master’s thesis, Far Eastern University. Samson, Jose A. 1958. The factor of responsibility in psychoneuroses. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Sollano Jr., Agustin L. 1962. Perfect human friendship as a moral virtue according to Aristotle and Aquinas. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Spinello, Edward J. 1956. Ethical factors of unemployment in the Philippines today. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Talorete, Exequiel A. 1963. An inquiry into the problem of physical evil according to St. Thomas Aquinas. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Tamesis, Florencio V. 1957. Some moral principles in the Philippine minimum wage law. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Tanseco, Ruben M. 1960. The moral virtues as part of the aim of university education: Newman’s position. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Tecson, Tomas C., Jr. 1977. Teilhard on the evil of exploitation. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Timbreza, Florentino T. 1980. Ang landas ng buhay, ayon kay Lao Tzu. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Toledo, Elena R. 1987. Work ethic and labor productivity: An exploratory study of workers in two garment-producing companies in the Philippines. Doctoral dissertation,University of the Philippines. Tria, Wilmer Joseph Sumayao. 1989. The genetic paradigm as a philosophical construct. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Trinidad, Felixberto S. 1957. An evaluation of the ethical, psychological, and economic aspects of social charity applied in business. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Tugado, Angelli F. 1990. A three-dimensional meditation on the face-to-face situation according to Levinas’ thought. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Uy, Antolin V., SVD. 1960. Temperance in the Summa theologiae. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary. Vaño, Manolo O. 1978. A study of the significance of natural law of morality today. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Villegas, Filomena L. 1949. The moral philosophies of Johann Wolfgang von Goethe and George Elliot: A comparison. Master’s thesis, Adamson University.

128

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Wage, Benjamin M., Jr. 1987. Joseph Fletcher’s situation ethics in the light of the philosophy of Saint Thomas Aquinas. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas.. Masteral thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Wu, Augustine N. 1969. An analytical study of the concept of freedom in the Christian ethics of Dietrich von Hildebrand. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Yatco, Nicomedes T. 1956. Music in modern Thomism. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Yee, Loreto Gochoco. 1955. A study of the problem of morality in Chaucer’s canterbury tales. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Zantua, Romeo Prado. 1967. Ethics of international migration in the light of papal techniques (1989-1965). Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. Zuloaga, Ismael. 1950. Happiness in Augustine and Aquinas. Master’s thesis, Sacred Heart Novitiate. E. Translations Kalaw, Teodoro M. 1983. Limang patakaran ng sinaunang moralidad. Isinapilipino nina Eduardo R. Lucero at Maria S. Reyes. Malay 3. Scheler, Max. 1985. Ang a priori na kaayusan ng mga halaga. Translated by Rainier Ibana. In Mga babasahin sa pilosopiyang moral. Edited by Manuel B. Dy, Jr. Quezon City: JMC Press. F. Poems Anonymous. 1933. A psalm of Freudian life. Philippines Free Press (11 February). Alvero, Aurelio S. 1935, 1939. The ethical negative. Philippine Magazine (30 September); reprint ed. Nuances. N.p.: J. N. Sevilla Press. Bautista, Antonia O. 1935. Epicure. Philippines Herald Mid-Week Magazine (3 July). Bautista, Cirilo F. 1988. Freedom. Likha 9. Bocobo, Jorge C. 1951. A fateful choice. Furrows and arrows, poetry and verse. N.p.: M. Colcol and Co. _______________. 1951. O morals in lassitude! Furrows and arrows, poetry and verse. N.p.: M. Colcol and Co. _______________. 1951. To an Epicurean. Furrows and arrows, poetry and verse. N.p.: M. Colcol and Co. Castillo, Guillermo V. 1934. On the unknown way: Virtue and sin. Literary Apprentice 7. Estonanto, Gregorio A. 1939. The ‘Tao’ speaks. Philippines Free Press (11 November). Joaquin, Nick. 1941, 1975. A morality. Philippines Herald Mid-Week Magazine (25 June); reprint ed. The new Doveglion book of Philippine poetry, comp. Jose Garcia Villa. N.p.: Caliraya Foundation on Consciousness and the Environment. Manalang-Gloria, Angela C. 1928. Droplets: Epicure. Philippines Herald Magazine (22 January). ________________. 1938. The moral is. Sunday Tribune Magazine (24 April). Martelino, Felizardo C. 1950. Responsibility. The rain of gold and other poems. N.p.: Philippine Education Foundation. Muna Vita (pseudonym). 1928. Good evil. Literary Apprentice 2. Rodriguez, C. Z. 1950. Tragic circumstance. This Week (23 April).

129

ETHICS AND METAETHICS

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

San Diego, Greg. S. 1956. The cynic’s serenade. Soliloquies in a Philippine garden. San Francisco: Pisani Publishing Co. _________________. 1956. The unholy group (to the Epicures of today). Soliloquies in a Philippine garden. San Francisco Pisani Publishing Co. Sunshine. 1990-91. Values are caught. Graduate Forum [Bikol U] 20. Visaya, Liliana. 1935. Epicures on love. Philippine Collegian (11 February). Zulueta y da Costa, Rafael. 1937. Experience Taoistic. First leaves. N.p.: McCullough Printing Co.

130

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER VI. EXISTENTIALISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY A. Articles Abulad, Romualdo. 1977. Heidegger and the pursuit of being. Σοφια 7. _______________. 1978. Mga puna tungo sa pag-asa. Daop Diwa 2. _______________. 1990. Martin Heidegger: Mula penomenolohiya hanggang eksistensiyalismo hanggang hermeneutika. Malay 8. Abustan, Rodolfo L. 1971. Edmund Husserl’s epoche and St. Thomas’ metaphysical abstraction. Unitas 44. Also published in 1969-71. UNO-R Journal 8-9 (ser. II). Aguilar, Mila D. 1969. The existentialist as Filipino: A critical analysis of “Fairy tale for the city” by Estrella D. Alfon. Diliman Review 17. Alejo, Albert E., S.J. 1986. Pagod at pahinga: Pananagutan at pag-asa. Meron 1. Ampon, Corazon, D.S.P. 1959. On the life and thought of Gabriel Marcel. Unitas 32. Andrada, Catalino Soriano. 1967. Sartrean atheism. Unitas 40. Aquino, Ranhilio C. 1979. St. Thomas Aquinas and existentialism: Links in epistemology. Philippiniana Sacra 14. ______________. 1983. Philosophical models of death. Philippiniana Sacra 18. ______________. 1986. Existential pessimism. Philippiniana Sacra 21. ______________. 1990. Man in existentialism: An introduction to existentialist thought. Journal of Graduate Research [Lyceum of Aparri] 5. Arcellana, Antonio, Ramon Salazar, and Rolando Timbre. 1958. Three existentialists. Studium 2. Bautista, Norberto Ma. L., S.J. 1986. Ang aking katawan bilang namamagitan sa aking sarili at sa daigdig. Meron 1. Bernabe, Aurea. 1991-92. A case study on reactive depression: “I die a little when I cry.” U. I. Journal 24. Blanco, Alfonso M. 1971-72. Existential psychoanalysis. Σοφια 1. Bonifacio, Bod. 1973-74. For a sacro-secular vision of human existence: A reflexion. Σοφια 3. Borrajo, Majin. 1968. Moral perspectives in the existentialism of Jean-Paul Sartre. Philippiniana Sacra 3. ______________. 1967. The existentialist approach to morality. Philippiniana Sacra 2. Brias, Victor. 1983. The absurdity of altruism. Σοφια 13. ______________. 1992. Ortega y Gasset’s critique of Husserlian phenomenology. Σοφια 22. Calasanz, Eduardo E. 1991. It begins with a handshake. Pantas 4. Cariño, Brenda M. 1988. Death: A multi-dimensional study. Saint Louis University Research Journal 19. Casiño, Eric S. 1965. Themes from Bernard Lonergan’s Insight. Diliman Review 13. Castrence, Pura Santillan. 1990-91. Concern for others and the common good. Philippine Journal of Education 69. Castro, Gary Emmerson. 1987. A theory on modal predication and existential unity. Σοφια 17. Chua, Laurene L. 1986. Death education. Kaya Tao 8.

131

EXISTENTIALISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Co, Alfredo. 1983. Buddhahood: Man’s existential journey to enlightenment. Journal of Graduate Research 13. Corpuz, Ruben A. 1988. Phenomenology of Philippine values: Delicadeza and dying wish. Saint Louis University Research Journal 19. ______________. 1989. The educational implication of the existential phenomenological view of man in the Philippine context. Saint Louis University Research Journal 20. Cosca, Roy Rolando L., S.J. 1986. Paghihintay. Meron 1. Cruz, Salvador. 1969. Transcendence and the philosophy of Jaspers. Contemporary Studies 6. Peña, Gary de la. 1989. The Outsider of Albert Camus. In The Great Books. Edited by Joseph A. Galdon, S.J. Quezon City: Ateneo Office of Research and Publications. de Guzman, Anita G. 1974. The why of unhappiness. U. I. Journal 6. de Manuel, Mita Luz. 1989-90. Elements of existentialism in modern Asian fiction. Likha 11. de Mesa, Maximiliano. 1969. Gabriel Marcel: “Mystery of the family.” San Beda Review 2. Domingo, Juan Santo, Jr. 1992. Praxiology and the problem of meaning: Some critical notes on Derridean nihilism. Journal of Social History 1. Dy, Manuel B., Jr. 1985. Liberation and values: The long road to freedom; 1985. Karunungan 2; 1984-85. Σοφια 14; 1987. Liberation and values. Asian Journal of Philosophy 1. ______________. 1989. Ang pilosopiya ng buhay ni Gabriel Marcel, hango sa kanyang pakikipagusap kay Paul Ricoeur. Karunungan 6. ______________. 1990. Pag-ibig at pagmamahal sa tulong ni Max Scheler (alay kay A at R). Karunungan 7. Dy, William R. 1969. Kafka’s ideational values. Letran Faculty Journal 3. Encarnacion, Hermenegildo E. 1967. Of being and Samuel Beckett’s Godot. DLSC Dialogue 3. Esguerra, Gorgonio. 1964. Radicalism and subjectivity in Husserl. Philippine Scholastic 7. Evangelista, Noemi. 1975. Kierkegaard’s Repitition: An essay in understanding. Philippine Studies 23. Ferrer, Michael. 1990. Thomist existentialism according to Jacques Maritain. Philippiniana Sacra 25. Gabriel, Pedro. 1973-74. Was St. Thomas an existentialist? Σοφια 3. ______________. 1975. Heidegger—a Thomist? Philippiniana Sacra 10. ______________. 1975. Reflections on Fr. Gorospe’s “The Filipino search for meaning.” Unitas 48. Garcia, Elenita. 1988. Gabriel Marcel: Primary and secondary reflection. Σοφια 18. ______________. 1989. The lonely belief. Ani 3. ______________. 1989. Negativity in the human subject (the impossibility of good faith). Σοφια 19. ______________. 1990. Reflections on ‘Stopping by the woods on a snowy evening.’ Σοφια 20. ______________. 1991. Hope for the flowers: An existential search for being. Σοφια 21. Gonzalez, Antonio, O.P. 1977. The concept of man in the philosophy of existentialism. Unitas 50. Guevara, Jaime. 1983. Marcel and Camus: Intersubjectivity. Σοφια 13. ______________. 1986. Marcel and Kant: Views on faith. Σοφια 16. Guison, Ma. Luisa. 1965. An anthology of the absurd. Unitas 38. Hermida, Ranilo B. 1980. The Aristotelico-Thomistic ‘esse’ and the Heideggerian ‘sein’. Unitas 53.

132

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Hornedo, Florentino H. 1971. Truth, man, and Martin Heidegger. Saint Louis University Research Journal 2. ______________. 1976. Camus’ literary perception of contemporary philosophic problems. Σοφια 5. Ibana, Rainier R. A. 1991. Ang pagbabalik loob ni Edith Stein. Pantas 4. Jayme, Virginia L. 1988. Totality, infinity, and the intersubjective relation in the philosophy of Levinas. Σοφια 18. ______________. 1980. Husserl’s phenomenology as ecology. Σοφια 20. ______________. 1990. Husserl’s response to a crisis: the ideal of a rigorous science. Σοφια 20. ______________. 1991. Emmanuel Levinas’ philosophy of responsible subjectivity. Philippiniana Sacra 26. Jean-Paul Sartre—writer and philosopher. 1965. Unitas 38. Labating, Lynette V. 1991. Death. U. I. Journal 24. Lanur, Alexander, OFM. 1992. Martin Buber and Emmanuel Levinas on interpersonal relation. Unitas 65. Lazaga, Jovenal F. 1972. The God-man paradox. Philippines Free Press, 1 April. Lin, Robert K. 1976. Contemporary existentialism and the concept of naturalness in Taoism and Ch’an (Zen). Asian Studies 14. Locsin Jr., Teodoro. 1971. A sense of justice. Philippines Free Press, 23 March. Lopez, Fernando. 1969. The pattern for the pursuit of truth and relevance. U. I. Journal 2. Lualhati, Victorino Raymundo T. 1990. Martin Heidegger’s existential analytic of Dasein as Being-in-the-world. Σοφια 20. Manapat, Lincoln A. 1967. Existential phenomenology in the Oedipus plays of Sophocles. Unitas 40. Manlapaz, Romeo L., S.J. 1964. Albert Camus: L’Homme Revolte. Philippine Scholastic 7. Mendoza, Esther C. 1966. Being-for-others in J. P. Sartre and G. Marcel. Saint Louis Quarterly 4. Muller, Maria Cecilia G. 1970. A critical analysis of the meaning of human existence in the philosophy of Gabriel Marcel. Saint Louis Research Journal 1. Nebres, Bienvenido F., S.J. 1992. Choose life. Kinaadman 14. Olgado, Nestor. 1971. A search for the meaning of man: in the incarnation. Philippiana Sacra 6. Pantoja, Maria Cristina. 1965. ‘Une passion inutile’. Unitas 38. Peralta, Jonathan O. 1988. Back to consciousness: The motive of the phenomenological reduction. Σοφια 18. Piñon, Antonio T. 1977. The shortcoming of structuralism and existentialism. Unitas 50. ______________. 1980. The deciphering of the meaning of human existence in Aquinas. Σοφια 10. Quito, Emerita S. 1962. On Jean-Paul Sartre and Louis Lavelle. Journal of Education 5. ______________. 1967. Principles of existentialism [retitled: Existential principles and Christian morality]. Philippiniana Sacra 2. ______________. 1967. The phenomenology of Edmund Husserl. Unitas 40. ______________. 1967. The meaning of existentialism. Unitas 40. ______________. 1968. The theme of absurdity in Albert Camus. DLSC Dialogue 4. ______________. 1969. Existentialism and phenomenology: An introduction. DLSC Dialogue 5. ______________. 1971-72. The historical concept of being and truth. Σοφια 1. [With an Open Forum].

133

EXISTENTIALISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1982. An existentialist approach to ecumenism. Σοφια 12. ______________. 1988. Louis Lavelle’s concept of freedom. Σοφια 18. ______________. 1989. Ang konsepto ng kalayaan ni Louis Lavelle. Karunungan 6. ______________. 1990. Homage to Jean-Paul Sartre. Readings in Filipino Philosophy, by the DLSU Philosophy Department. Manila: DLSU Press. Ramirez, Mina. 1968. A phenomenology of the Filipino family. Saint Louis Quarterly 6. ______________. 1983. The phenomenological method. Research methods in Philippine context, ed. Leonardo N. Mercado. Tacloban: Divine Word University. Rapadas, Ingeno E. 1964. An existential approach to sacred scripture applied. Contemporary Studies 1. Reyes-Castillo, Marinella. 1965. Existential imperatives in Malraux’s ‘La condition humaine’. Diliman Review 13. Reyes, Herminia V. 1986. The Hegelian geist and its entailments. Σοφια 16. Rodriguez, Nora B. 1974. Ang pagpapakamatay. Tao at lipunan, ed. Virgilio G. Enriquez, Pemari Banzuela, at Ma. Carmen Galang. Quezon City: U.P. Department of Psychology. Salazar, Ramon, Antonio Arcellana, and Rolando Timbre. 1958. Three existentialists. Studium 2. Santillan-Castrence, Pura. 1978. Existentialism and literature. Sangguni 1. Senden, Francis. 1968. Some remarks of a phenomenologist on the BRAC 1967 Filipino family survey. Saint Louis Quarterly 6. Sikat, Dolores J.M. 1977. Existential dimension of value. Unitas 50. Singson, Jose Mo. 1982-83. The phenomenology and psychology of the trancendental experience. Σοφια 12. Tagle, Ramon A., Jr. 1969. A phenomenology of nationalism. San Beda Review 2. Tan, Anthony. 1977. Existential themes of Albert Camus. Silliman Journal 24. Terrenal, Quintin C., SVD. 1979. An introduction to Heidegger’s conception of truth-as-disclosure. Σοφια 9. ______________. 1985. The centerpiece of the Philippine lowland poblacion. Karunungan 2; 1984-85. Σοφια 14. Teves, Rita R. 1971. The concept of man in the philosophy of Karl Jaspers. Unitas 44. Tiempo, Edilberto K. 1963. The meaning of pain and suffering. Silliman Journal 10. Timbre, Rolando. 1959. The Sartrean way to atheism. Studium 3. _______________, Ramon Salazar, and Antonio Arcellana. 1958. Three existentialists. Studium 2. Timbreza, Florentino. 1967. A phenomenological reflection on human existence. Trinity Observer, 30 September. [Five Series.] ______________. 1986. Filipino concept of life and death. Karunungan 3; 1986. Σοφια 15. Tobias, Antonio. 1963. Paulinism in Kierkegaard’s religious phenomenology. Sower 5. Trinidad, Jun. 1990. Gabriel Marcel: An existentialist’s phenomenology of being. Σοφια 20. Tuibeo, Amable G. 1976-77. Jean-Paul Sartre: the theologian without God. Sofia 6. ______________. 1988.God is dead: Revisiting Nietzsche.Trends No. 3. Tullao Jr., Tereso S. 1976. Kaisipan at existenz. Σοφια 6.

134

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Velasco, Laureen. 1989. Death and immortality. Σοφια 19. Villanueva, Alejo L., Jr. 1968. The ontological dimensions of the body. [Analysis of Sartre’s conception of the body]. San Beda Review 1. Villarosa, Tadeo G. 1971-72. Marcel’s ‘Being and having’: an interpretation and critique. Σοφια 1. Villegas, Guillermo. 1992. The meaning of suffering: the Philippine experience. Diwa 17. Zapanta, Lea S. 1986. Sartre’s humanistic existentialism. Danyag 2. B. Books Borrajo, Magin, O.P. 1981. Moral perspectives in Sartre’s existentialism. Manila: UST Publications. Ibana, Rainier R. A., ed. 1991. A Lauer reader: The Ateneo collection. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. Gorospe, Vitaliano R., S.J. 1974. The Filipino search for meaning. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. Quito, Emerita S. 1967. Address on a new concept of philosophy. Manila: UST Press, 1967. C. Book Reviews and Abstracts Abulad, Romualdo. 1976-77. Review of Hegel’s phenomenology, part I: Analysis and commentary. Σοφια 6. ______________. 1984. Review of Husserl: an analysis of his phenomenology, by Paul Ricouer. Σοφια 14. ______________. 1984. Review of Ideas: general introduction to pure phenomenology, by Edmund Husserl. Σοφια 14. Abamonga, Prosper. 1977-78. The problem of Nietzsche: Meaning, willing, trusting—freedom [thesis abstract]. Diwa 2. Abulad, Romualdo. 1976. Review of Hegel’s phenomenology, by Howard P. Kainz. Σοφια 6. Babor, Eddie, SVD. 1988. A mode of being: Wholeness in existence. Heidegger and the authentic man [thesis abstract]. Diwa 13. Bonoan, Raul J., S.J. 1957. Review of Contemporary philosophy, studies of logical positivism and existentialism, by F. Copleston, S.J. Philippine Scholastic 2. Corpuz, Ruben A. 1973. Review of Phenomenology and analytical philosophy, by Cornelis A. van Peursen. Saint Louis University Research Journal 4. Cruz, Jose A. 1964. Review of In praise of philosophy, by Maurice Merleau-Ponty. Translated by John Wild and James M. Edie. Philippine Studies 12. del Rio, Francisco, O.P. 1975. Review of El sacredocio Cristiano en la realizacion existential, by K. Rahner. Unitas 48. Esguerra, Gorgonio S., S.J. 1964. Review of Phenomenology and science in contemporarty European thought, by Anna-Teresa Tymeanrecka. Philippine Scholastic 7. Fallico, Arturo B. 1964. Art & existentialism [rev. art.]. Saint Louis Quarterly 2. Flores, Ferdinand B. 1987. Abstract: Feeling as participation in Gabriel Marcel. Trinity College Journal 1.

135

EXISTENTIALISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Lumanas, Noel J. 1992. Review of A Lauer reader: The Ateneo collection, by Rainier R. A. Ibana. Unitas 65. Manazan, Anacleto, SVD. 1977-78. Gabriel Marcel’s philosophical faith [thesis abstract]. Diwa 2. Manlapaz, Romeo L., S.J. 1964. Review of The philosophy of Gabriel Marcel, by Kenneth T. Gallagher. Philippine Scholastic 6. ______________. 1965. Review of Heidegger: Through phenomenology to thought, by William J. Richardson, S.J. Philippine Scholastic 7. Marcial, Pedro M. 1966. Review of In face of anguish, by Thomas R. Heath. Saint Louis Quarterly 4. Mendoza, Esther C. 1964. Review of Art and existentialism, by Arturo B. Fallico. Saint Louis Quarterly 2. Obusan, R. A. 1982. Review of Studies in the philosophy of Paul Ricoeur, by C. e. Reagan. Unitas 55. Pacheco, Esther M. 1968. Review of Phenomenology and history, by John H. Nota, S.J. Saint Louis Quarterly 6. Paderon, Eduardo S. 1963. Review of Existentialist thinkers and thought, ed. Frederick Patka. Saint Louis Quarterly 1. Pamintuan, Felix N. 1963. Review of Psychoanalysis and existential philosophy, ed. Hendrick M. Ruitenbeek. Saint Louis Quarterly 3. Quito, Emerita S. 1986. Review of Critique de la raison dialectique [vol. 2], by Jean-Paul Sartre. Karunungan 3. Sendaydiego, Henry B. 1963. Review of The meaning of Heidegger, by Thomas Langan. Saint Louis Quarterly 1. ______________. 1965. Review of Psychoanalysis and existential philosophy, by Hendrik M. Ruitenbeek, ed. Saint Louis Quarterly 3. Sombrio, Eufemio. 1991. Nicolas Berdyaev: The realization of the human personality—an existential viewpoint [thesis abstract]. Diwa 16. D. Graduate Work Abamonga, Prosper U. 1978. The problem of Nietzsche: Meaning, willing, trusting—Freedom. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Aguas, Jove Jim S. 1991. Interpersonal relationships in Buber’s I-Thou relation. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Aguja, Magno. 1980. Nature in Martin Buber’s dialogue. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Ampon, Corazon. 1958. On the life and thought of Gabriel Marcel. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Aquino, Ranhilo C. 1981. Existential pessimism and the affirmation of God: A philosophical reading of Qoheleth. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Arceño, William C. [1982?] Philosophical dissertation on the historical sources of existentialism. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Arellano, Edgardo M. 1983. Gabrield Marcel and the depersonalized world. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas.

136

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Arriaga, Manuel P. 1980. The problem of mutuality with the tree in Buber’s philosophy. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Besinga, Rudolfo. 1972. Truth is subjectivity in Kierkegaard’s philosophy: an exposition. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Bolaños, Paul T. 1972. Martin Heidegger’s existential-temporal analysis of Dasein in being and time. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Borrajo, Magin. 1967. Perspectivas eticas en el existencialismo de Jean-Paul Sartre y la moral autentica. Doctoral dissertation [Theology], University of Santo Tomas. Cadigal, Florentino I., Jr. 1966. The notion of hope in the Homo viator of Gabriel Marcel. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Cruz, Isagani R. 1969. Essays on the theater of the absurd. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Delapraz, Tamara. 1989. Existentialism and the absurd in the three novels of Albert Camus: A teacher’s handbook. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Eguilaz, Miguel Angel. 1982. Influencia de Nietzsche en Unamuno. Master’s thesis, Universtiy of Santo Tomas. Estioko, Leonardo. 1970. Martin Heidegger’s interpretation of death in Being and time. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Evangelista, Noemi R. 1974. Kierkegaard on repetitition. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Flores, Ferdinand B. 1986. Feeling as participation in Gabriel Marcel. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Garcia, Leovino. 1970. Towards an understanding of Michel Dufrenne’s phenomenology of aesthetic experience. Master’s thesis, Catholic University of Louvain. Guevarra, Jaime. 1985. Gabriel Marcel: Secondary reflection. Master’s thesis, De La Salle University. Hornedo, Florentino H. 1972. The stuff of freedom: Autonomous energy for being. Master’s thesis, Saint Louis University. Jaime, Virginia L. 1990. Two perspectives on the self: Husserl’s phenomenology as ecology and Levinas’ philosophy of responsible subjectivity. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Jesena, Arsenio Ma. 1966. Sören Kierkegaard and the meaning of human liberty. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Mananzan, Anacleto M. 1978. Gabriel Marcel’s philosophical faith. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Mendoza, Julius. 1975. The problem of death. Master’s thesis, Maryhurst Seminary. Mollaneda, Remigio P. 1969. Problem and mystery: An approach to the concrete philosophy of Gabriel Marcel. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Montes, Victor S. 1969. Existentialism in Edith L. Tiempo’s The tracks of Babylon and other poems. Master’s thesis, Silliman University. Pasion, Oliver Ramon S. 1991. Marcellian fidelity in marital relationship. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Pernia, Joseph. 1968. Gilson: Intelligibility of existence. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Puntal, Pedro C. 1982. An analytical study of Heidegger’s concept of authentic (Eigentlich) existence in the Zein und Zeit. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas.

137

EXISTENTIALISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Ricafranca, Romulo M. 1968. A study of existential becoming. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Salazar Jr., Roderick C. 1976. Creativity: Its nature and meaning in Nicolas Berdyaev: An exposition and appraisal. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Tugado, Angelli F. 1990. A three-dimensional meditation on the face-to-face situation according to Levinas’ thought. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Velasco, Mary Laureen L. 1992. The philosophical fragments in Hermann Hesse’s Literary Works. Master’s thesis, De La Salle University. Villanueva, Rebecca g. 1979. Gabriel Marcel on creative fidelity. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Villas, Wilfred B. 1976. Martin Buber’s anthropology: Towards the between. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. E. Translation Sartre, Jean-Paul. 1981. Ang eksistensiyalismo ay isang humanismo. Isinalin ni Herminia Reyes. Malay 1. [Galing sa English na salin ni Walter Kaufmann.] F. Poems Bautista, Cirilo F. 1971-72. If there is one thing I shall hate till I die. Σοφια 1. Gabriel, Pedro. 1971-72. Heidegger’s nihilism. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1971-72. Sartre’s humanism. Σοφια 1. Garcia, Leni. 1987. Sartre. Σοφια 17. Icasiano, Francisco B. 1933. Death is deathless. Graphic (29 June). Litiatco, Alfredo E. 1943, 1973. Deathlessness in death. With harp and sling. N.p.: Effandem; reprint ed. Love Sonners by eleven pre-war poets: Conrado B. Rigor and others. N.p.: Alberto S. Florentino. Martinez, Alvaro L. 1934. Song of a suicide. Sunday Tribune Magazine (11 February). Rodano, Dolores. 1934. Anguish. Philippines Herald Mid-Week Magazine (20 June). San Diego, Greg. S. 1956. Death’s everything. Soliloquies in a Philippine garden. San Francisco: Pisani Publishing Co. Tayag, Carlos M. N., O.S.B. 1969. Situations. San Beda Review 2. Tonogbanua, Francisco G. 1951. There is no death. Fallen leaves; a book of verses. Quezon City: R. P. Garcia Publishing Co.

138

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER VII. FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY (FP1) A. Articles Abulad, Romualdo E. 1976. Pilipino sa pilosopiya. DLSU Dialogue 11. ______________. 1978. Mga puna tungo sa pag-asa. Daop Diwa 2. ______________. 1981. Si Kant at ang pilosopiya sa Pilipinas. Malay 1. ______________. 1981. Kant and the Filipino quest for a philosophy. Σοφια 11. ______________. 1982. Rationale for a Filipino philosophy. Σοφια 12. ______________. 1983. Kabanalan. Bulitin ng parokya ni San Luis. Lucban, Quezon. ______________. 1983. Ulat bunga ng pakikipamuhay. Malay 2. ______________.1984.Options for a Filipino philosophy.Karunungan1. ______________. 1985. The Filipino as a philosopher in search of originality. Karunungan 2. Also in 1984-85. Σοφια 14. ______________, Emerita Quito, Herminia Reyes, and Florentino Timbreza. 1985-86. Ulat tungkol sa sanggunian at leksikon ng pilosopiya. Malay 5. ______________. 1986. Ang diwa at kaisipan ng Pilipino sa kasaysayan ng Himagsikan. Malay 5. ______________. 1986. Kant and the task of contemporary Filipino philosophy. Σοφια 16. ______________. 1986. Kant for Filipinos. Σοφια 16. Reprinted by DLSU Philosophy Department. 1990. Readings in Filipino philosophy. Manila: De La Salle University Press. ______________. 1986. Pulong-Isip: meeting of Filipino minds. Karunungan 3. ______________. 1988. Contemporary Filipino philosophy. Karunungan 5. Reprinted by DLSU Philosophy Department. 1990. Readings in Filipino philosophy. Manila: De La Salle University Press. ______________. 1990. Introduction: kaisipang kanluranin sa pilosopiyang Pilipino. Readings in Filipino Philosophy. By the DLSU Philosophy Department.Manila: De La Salle University Press. ______________. 1990. Introduction. Readings in Filipino Philosophy. By the DLSU Philosophy Department. Manila: De La Salle University Press. ______________. 1990. Contemporary philosophy. Readings in Filipino philosophy. By the DLSU Philosophy Department. Manila: De La Salle University Press. ______________. 1990. Filipino philosophy in dialogue with Plato. Karunungan 7. ______________. 1991. Ang pilosopiyang Pranses sa pananaw ng isang Pilipino. Karunungan 8. Agpalo, Remigio E. 1965. Pro Deo et patria: The political philosophy of Jose P. aurel. Asian Studies 3. ______________. 1969. Jose Rizal: Filipino national hero and his ideas of political modernization. Solidarity 4. ______________. 1972. The Philippine political system in the perspective of history. Silliman Journal 19. ______________. 1981. The Philippines: From communal to societal Pangulo regime. Philippine Law Journal 56. ______________. 1985. Pangulo regime and civilization: Towards a theory of Philippine government and politics. Solidarity 20.

139

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY (FP1)

______________. 1991. Jose P. Laurel, the political philosopher. Philippine Panorama (7 April). Alcala, Bayani S. 1967. Filipinist socialism. Trends 3. Alfonso, Amelia B. and Virgilio G. Enriquez. 1980. Ang pananaw sa buhay at weltanschauung na mahihiwatigan sa sikolohiya ng wikang Tagalog. Ang weltanschauung ng Pilipino, comp. Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Alzona, Encarnacion. 1932. A Filipino code of etiquette. Philippine Social Science Review 4. Antolinez, Jesus Ma., O.P. 1964. Catholic political party of the Philippines. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 38. Badillo, Victor L., S.J. 1980. Timekeeping: Philippine style. Philippine Studies 28. Bayot, David Jonathan. 1991-92. Dreamweavers: The Filipino poststructuralist feminist manifesto. Likha 13. Balbastro, Arturo E. 1962. The legal philosophy of Jose P. Laurel. Philippine Law Journal 37. Belita, Jimmy A., CM. 1991-93. Resisting the code and the paradigm: A perspective on the shaping of the Filipino moral sense. Religious Studies Journal 15. Bonifacio, Andres. 1956. Ang dapat mabatid ng mga Tagalog; or, What the Filipinos should know, trans. Teodoro A. Agoncillo. Philippine Social Science Review 21. Bonifacio, Armando. 1986. Towards a Filipino philosophy of education. Danyag 2. Bonoan, Raul J., S.J. 1977. Rizal on divine providence and nationhood. Philippine Studies 25. ______________. 1992. The enlightenment, deism, and Rizal. Philippine Studies 40. Bostrom, Lynn C. 1968. Filipino bahala na and American fatalism. Silliman Journal 15. Carroll, John J., S.J. 1972. The traditional Philippine social structure. Silliman Journal 19. Casiño, Eric. 1977. Toward a definition of ‘Filipino’. Republic 10-11. Ceniza, Claro. 1982. Self-identity and the Filipino philosophy. Σοφια 12. Ceniza, Edmundo L. 1987. On the concept of Ilokano futurity. Saint Louis University Research Journal 18. Co, Alfredo P. 1987. President’s annual report 1985-1986. Karunungan 4. ______________. 1988. Elements of Chinese thought in the Filipino mind. Karunungan 5. ______________. 1990. Confucian model for a Filipino philosophy of value. Karunungan 7. ______________. 1992. Filipino philosophers in a dialogue on Filipino culture. Karunungan 9. [These Filipino Philosophers are: 1) Romualdo E. Abulad, Philosophy and society; 2) Alfredo P. Co, Bakit, Pinoy, bakit? 3) Manuel B. Dy., Jr. A critical hermeneutic of fraternities in Philippine society; 4) Rainier R. A. Ibana, Ang tatlong konteksto ng pagsusuri sa pilosopiyang Pilipino; 5) Leonardo N. Mercado, SVD, Philippine culture and philosophy; 6) Florentino T. Timbreza, Nationalism and Filipino cultural traits and attitudes; and 7) Leovino Garcia, Ano ang maging Pilipinong pilosopo sa ngayon?] Constantino, Ernesto. 1980. Ang pananaw sa mundo ng mga Ilokano mula sa kanilang wika. Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino. Compiled by Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Corpuz, Onofre D. 1958. Filipino political parties and politics Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 23. Cortes, Josefina R. 1984. Images of the Filipino teacher-in-practice and expectations of the ideal teacher: Perspectives for teacher education reform. Education Quarterly 31.

140

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Demigilio, Eugenio A., Jr. 1979. Tungo sa Pilipinong pilosopiya (1973-74). Sikolohiyang Pilipino, batayan sa kasaysayan, perspektiba, mga konsepto at bibliograpiya, pinatnugutan ni Virgilio Enriquez. [Quezon City]: UP Department of Psychology. ______________. 1980. ‘Weltanschauung’. In Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino. Compiled by Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Demetrio, Francisco R., S.J. 1966. Death: Its origin and related beliefs among the early Filipinos. Philippine Studies 16. ______________. 1978. Filipino universe: The early Filipino myths speak of a time when the earth and the sky were close to each other. Filipino Heritage 1. ______________. 1968. Creation myths among the early Filipinos. Asian Folklore Studies 27. Despojo Jr., Teodulfo Tuban. 1971. My search for God. Philippines Free Press, 10 April. de Tavera, T. H. Pardo. 1951. Social self-sufficiency. Moral training of the Filipino people, ed. Jose Batungbacal. Manila: University Publishing Co. ______________. 1954. Real democracy. In Moral training of the Filipino people. Edited by Jose Batungbacal. Manila: University Publishing Co. Dy, Manuel B., Jr. 1980. Ang paghahanap sa Weltanschauung ng Pilipino. Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino. Compiled by Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. _______________. 1981. Towards a Filipino philosophy of development. Unitas 54. _______________. 1988. Outline of a project of Pilipino ethics.Karunungan 5. Elequin, Eleanor. 1980. Isang sulyap ng pananaliksik sa musikang Pilipino at ang kahalagahan nito sa kaisipang Pilipino. In Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino. Compiled by Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Enriquez, Virgilio G. 1979. Pagkataong Pilipino. Kahulugan at pananaliksik. Sangguni 2. _______________ and Amelia B. Alfonso. 1980. Ang pananaw sa buhay at weltanschauung na mahihiwatigan sa sikolohiya ng wikang Tagalog. Ang weltanschauung ng Pilipino, comp. Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Fernandez, Emmanuel R. 1983. A Pangasinan philosophy of man as made manifest by the Pangasinense’s usage of linawa. Saint Louis University Research Journal 14. Ferrer, Ricardo D. 1987. The political economy of the Aquino regime: From liberalism to bureaucratic authoritarianism. Diliman Review 35. Ferriols, Roque J., S.J. 1989. Karanasang mahal-banal. Readings in philosophy of Religion, ed. Manuel B. Dy, Jr. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. Garcia, Quintin M., O.P. 1977. Is there Filipino theology? Unitas 59. Gehring, R. B. 1957. Moral re-armament and Filipino Catholics. Philippine Studies 5. Gonzalez, Andrew, FSC. 1987. Rizal and the Filipino search for identity. DLSU Dialogue 22. Gorospe, Vitaliano R., S.J. 1963. Laurel’s political and moral philosophy. Philippine Studies 11. ______________. 1984. A philosophy of human values in a Filipino setting. Karunungan 1. ______________. 1985. The Vatican instruction and liberation theology in the Philippines. Philippine Studies 33. ______________. 1986. Theologies of liberation and the Philippine context. Philippine Studies 34.

141

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY (FP1)

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1988. Understanding the Filipino value system. Pantas 1. Gowing, Peter G. 1982. Islam, development and the Muslim Filipinos. Silliman Journal 29. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1982. Laurel: The political philosopher and the man. Philippine Studies 30. ______________. 1985. The north and south of a national language. Diliman Review 33. ______________. 1987. Bonifacio the translator: A critique. Kinaadman 9. ______________. 1989. Manuel Luis Quezon: His political and social thought. Graduate Forum 2. Retitled and revised as Quezon’s political and social thought: A dissertation resume. In Quezon-Winslow correspondence and other essays. Manila: De La Salle University Press. Guillermo, Alice G. 1980. Ang pananaw-sa-daigdig ng Pilipino batay sa sining na biswal. In Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino. Compiled by Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Hernandez, Regina F. 1971. Rizal and a Christian philosophy of education. Unitas 44. Ibana, Rainier. 1991. Ang tatlong antas ng pagsusuri sa pilosopiyang Pilipino. Karunungan 8. Jacinto, Emilio. 1954. Social security; Rules of the association of the sons of the people; Light and glitter; The people and the government; Love; and Work. Moral training of the Filipino people, edited by Jose Batungbacal. Manila: University Publishing Co. ______________. 1956. Liwanag at dilim; or light and darkness, trans. from Tagalog by Teodoro Agoncillo, Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 21. Jocano, Felipe Landa. 1964. Notes on the sulod concept of death, the soul, and the region of the dead. Philippine Studies 12. ______________. 1972. The traditional Philippine social structure. Silliman Journal 19. Jose, Vivencio R. 1980. Ang kaalamang-bayan at pananaw sa mundo. Ang weltanschauung ng Pilipino, comp. Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Kalaw, Maximo M. 1949. The moral and political ideology of Dr. Laurel. This Week (9 October). Kowalewski, David with Madrileña, de la Cerna.1988. Ang nasyonalismo unsa kini? Tug-ani 11. Lambino, Antonio B., S.J. 1962. The God of the Noli and Fili. Philippine Scholastic 5. Lambrecht, Godfrey, CICM. 1960. Anitu rites among the Gaddang. Philippine Studies 8. ______________. 1959. The Gaddang of Isabela and Nueva Vizcaya: survival of a primitive animistic religion. Philippine Studies 7. Lambrecht, Francisc, CICM. 1957. The missionary as anthropologist: Religious belief among the Ifugao. Philippine Studies 5. ______________. 1961. The Ifugao law of custom in the light of the natural moral law and primitive revelation. Sower 3. ______________. 1972. The Kalinga and Ifugao concepts of the universe. Silliman Journal 19. Lansang, Jose A. 1966. Nationalism and the Filipino intellectual. Trends 2. Lenert, Thomas, OMI. 1963. A critial appraisal of the Philippine philosophy of education. Unitas 36. Locsin, Teodoro, Sr. 1952. Code of ethics for officials. Philippines Free Press (22 March). ______________. 1952. The mind of Recto. Philippines Free Press (21 June). Lopez, Salvador P. 1933-34. The social philosophy of Dr. Trinidad H. Pardo de Tavera: An exposition and a criticism. Philippine Social Science Review 5-6.

142

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Lumbera, Bienvenido. 1980. Tipo ng mga tauhan sa pelikulang Pilipino: isang susi sa pagtarok sa Weltanschauung ng Pilipino. In Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino. Compiled Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Madale, Nagasura T. 1980. Ang pananaw sa daigdig ng Maranao na nasasalamin sa kanilang tradisyong oral: ang Radia Indarapatra bilang isang halimbawa. In Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino. Compiled by Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Majul, Cesar Adib. 1957. The political and constitutional ideas of the Philippine revolution. Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 22. This was later published as a book. Manuel, E. Arsenio. 1982. On the etymology of the Tagalog word Kaluluwa. Saint Louis Research Journal 13. Melendrez-Cruz, Patricia. 1980. Ang pananaw-mundo sa maikling kuwentong Tagalog/Pilipino. Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino, comp. Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Mercado, Leonardo N. 1972. Reflections on buot-loob-nakem. Philippine Studies 20. ______________. 1972. Filipino thought. Philippine Studies 20. ______________. 1974. The Filipino as thinker and as social being. Unitas 47. ______________. 1974. Notes on the Filipino philosophy of work and leisure. Philippine Studies 22. ______________. 1976. Notes on the Filipino philosophy of history. Unitas 49. ______________. 1980. Ang pananaw sa daigdig ng Cebuano. In Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino. Compiled by Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. ______________. 1984. The Filipino as thinker and as social being. Unitas 47. ______________. 1985. A synthesis of Filipino thought. Karunungan 2. ______________. 1990. The Filipino as individual. Readings in Filipino philosophy, comp. DLSU Philosophy Department. Manila: DLSU Press. ______________. 1991. Soul and spirit in Filipino thought. Philippine Studies 39. ______________. 1991. The Filipino image of God. Philippiniana Sacra 26. ______________. 1992. Kagandahan: Filipino thought on beauty, truth, and good. Karunungan 9. Molina, Antonio M. 1965. Religion of the early Filipinos. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 39. Montiel, Cristina J. 1988. Filipino culture, religious symbols, and liberation politics. Pantas 1. Montillo-Burton, Erlinda. 1985. The Manobo religion and its rituals. Kinaadman Morales, Alfredo. 1949. Contributions of American thought to Filipino ideas of independence (1898-1934). Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 14. Muego, Benjamin N. 1967. A political ideology for Filipinos. Trends 3. Nakpil-Zialcita, Fernando. 1983. Mga anyo ng pilosopiyang Pilipino. Mga babasahin sa pilosopiya: Epistemolohiya, lohika, wika, at pilosopiyang Pilipino, comp. Virgilio E. Enriquez. [Quezon City]: Surian ng Sikolohiyang Pilipino. Nimmo, H. Arlo. 1990. Religious beliefs of the Tawi-Tawi Bajau. Philippine Studies 38. Nofuente, Valerio. 1980. Pananaw sa buhay na hatid ng drama sa radyo at telebisyon. In Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino. Compiled by Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino at Institute for Southeast Asian Studies.

143

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY (FP1)

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Oracion, Timoteo S. 1978. Magahat religious beliefs and practices. Silliman Journal 25. Ortiz, P. A. 1969. The Filipino search for national identity. Action Now 1. Pacana, Honesto Ch. 1958. Notes on a Filipino rule of conduct: Non-interference. Philippine Sociological Review 6. Paguio, Wilfredo C. 1971. The priest and the Filipino family loyalty relationships. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 45. ______________. 1971. Priests and the Filipino ‘utang-na-loob’ norm. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 45. ______________. 1971. Priests and the Filipino ‘hiya’ norm. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 45. ______________. 1971. Priests and the growth of Filipino materialism. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 45. ______________. 1971. Priests and interior principles in Filipinos. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 45. ______________. 1971. Priests and Filipino Christian initiation. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 45. ______________. 1971. Priests and mass media. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 45. ______________. 1971. Priests and Filipinos of the ‘third world’. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 45. ______________. 1972. Priests and Filipino religious values. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 46. ______________. 1972. Priests and our bahala-na system. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 46. Palma, Rafael. 1932. The promotion of the intellectual life of the country. Philippine Social Science Review 4. Pascual, Ricardo R. 1933. Rizal the philosopher: Conversion or convincement? Philippine Social Science Review 5. ______________. 1951. Partyless democracy: A blueprint for political reconstruction of postwar Philippines. Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 16. Pajo, Benjie Y. 1972. Why I believe in God. Philippines Free Press (1 April). Pedrosa, Pio. 1962. President Quezon, the international nationalist. Sower 4. Pierre Teilhard de Chardin and his thought in the field of philosophy and religion. 1963. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 37. Quito, Emerita S. 1971. Structuralism, Pilipino and a universal language. Manila Chronicle (17 March). ______________. 1971. Philosophy in Pilipino, anyone? Manila Chronicle (4 April). ______________. 1971. The Filipino mind. Manila Chronicle (25 May). ______________. 1983. A Filipino philosophy of value. Σοφια 13. ______________. 1983. Structuralism and the Filipino volkgeist. DLSU Dialogue 18. ______________. 1984. Filipino Volgeist in vernacular literature. Karunungan 1. ______________. 1985. Pilosopiya ng edukasyon sa diwang Pilipino. Malay 4. ______________, Romualdo Abulad, Herminia Reyes, and Florentino Timbreza. 1985-86. Ulat tungkol sa sanggunian at leksikon ng pilosopiya. Malay 5. ______________. 1986. Pulong-Isip: Meeting of Filipino minds. Karunungan 3. ______________. 1988. The ambivalence of Filipino traits and values. Karunungan 5. Raterta, Pedro M. 1957. The religious ideas of Dr. Jose Rizal. Silliman Journal 4.

144

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Reyes, Dolores A. 1987. The Filipino and freedom: A politico-historical interpretation. Philosophy of man, by Corazon L. Cruz. Manila: National Book Store. Reyes, Herminia, Romualdo Abulad, Emerita Quito, and Florentino Timbreza. 1985-86. Ulat tungkol sa sanggunian at leksikon ng pilosopiya. Malay 5. Reyes, Ramon C. 1985. Religious experience in the Philippines: From mythos through logos to kairos. Philippine Studies 33. ______________. 1973. Sources of Filipino thought. Philippine Studies 21; reprint 1990. Readings in Filipino philosophy, comp. DLSU Philosophy Department. Manila: DLSU Press. Reyes, Soledad. 1980. Ang pananaw sa buhay sa mga komiks (1929-1978). In Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipinas. Compiled by Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Filipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Rivera, Efren. 1979. Towards a Filipino theology. Philippiniana Sacra 14. Rivera, Guillermo Gomez. 1985. The reaffirmation of what is Filipino. Σοφια 4. Rizal, Jose. 1954. Hymn to labor. In Moral training of the Filipino people. Edited by Jose Batungbacal. Manila: University Publishing Co. _______________. 1954. Love of country. In Moral training of the Filipino people. Edited by Jose Batungbacal. Manila: University Publishing Co. Romulo, Carlos P. 1963. Who is the Filipino. Far Eastern Freemason (December). Rosal, Nicolas. 1959. Aglipay’s ‘God and morality’. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 33. Rosario, Tomas G., Jr. [1980?] Ang kalikasan ng Diyos. Ilang babasahin sa pilosopiya ng religion. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. Scott, William H. 1990. Visayan religion at the time of Spanish advent. Philippiniana Sacra 25. Silvestre, Reynaldo. 1973. Imperialism and Filipino nationalism. Philippine Studies 21. Singson, Jose Mo. 1970. An ethical analysis of Filipino loyalty. DLSC Dialogue 6. ______________. 1977. Humanistic appraisal of Filipino. Σοφια 7. ______________. 1977. Sakup-orientation and amor propio. Σοφια 7. Sollano, Agustin L., Jr. 1985. Augustine on time and Filipino time. Σοφια 15. Suarez, V. G. 1962. The international outlook of Rizal. UNESCO Philippines 1. Terrenal, Quintin, SVD. 1984. Kantian duty and utang-na-loob. Karunungan 1. ______________. 1985. The centerpiece of the Philippine lowland poblacion. Karunungan 2; reprint 1984-85. Σοφια 14. ______________. 1990. The Edsa era: End of Filipino cowedness. Readings in Filipino philosophy, comp. DLSU Philosophy Department. Manila: DLSU Press. Timbreza, Florentino. 1980. Erich Fromm’s concept of freedom and the Filipino struggle for national integration. Σοφια 10. ______________. 1981. Diwang Pilipino: Konseptong pangkasamaan. Ang bagong guro sa bagong republika 1. ______________. 1981. Diwang Pilipino: Pilosopiya ng paggawa. Ang bagong guro sa bagong republika 1. ______________. 1982. Pag-ibig: konseptong Pilipino. Ang bagong guro sa bagong republika 2. ______________. 1982. Diwang Pilipino: Pagbabalanse ng kalikasan. Ang bagong guro sa bagong republika 2. ______________. 1982. Diwa ng pangako sa pananaw ng Pilipino. Ang bagong guro sa bagong republika 2.

145

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY (FP1)

______________. 1983.Filipino concept of causality.Σοφια 13. ______________. 1984. The Filipino concept of survival. Ang Pahayagang Malaya (16-18 March). ______________. 1984. Diwang Pilipino: Pangako at pagkatao. Malay 3. ______________. 1984. Prudence, violence and self-defense in Filipino thought. Karunungan 1. ______________. 1984. A second look at the Filipino concept of God. Σοφια 14. ______________. 1984. Technological developmentvis-a-vis Filipino freedom. Σοφια 14. ______________. 1985. Mga hugis pag-iisip ng Pilipino. Malay 4. ______________. 1985. Filipino centripetal morality. Karunungan 2. Also 1984-85. Σοφια 14. ______________. 1985-86. Pagsasakatubo at katutubong teolohiya. Malay 5. ______________. 1985-86. Pamimilosopiya sa Pilipino: Mga problema at solusyon. Malay 5. ______________, Romualdo Abulad, Emerita Quito, and Herminia Reyes. 1985-86. Ulat tungkol sa sanggunian at leksikon ng pilosopiya. Malay 5. ______________. 1986. Filipino concept of life and death. Karunungan 3. Also 1986. Σοφια 15. ______________. 1986. Reading the Filipino mind through the February revolution. Σοφια 16. ______________. 1986. Pagkataong Pilipino: Kaalaman, gamit, at etika. Malay 5. ______________. 1986-87. Mga suliranin at iba pang mga balakid sa paggamit ng Pilipino sa pagtuturo. Malay 5. ______________. 1987. Understanding Filipino philosophy. Karunungan 4. ______________. 1990. Filipino philosophy in dialogue with three philosophers of nonviolence. Karunungan 7. ______________. 1990. Maawa tayo sa ating sarili. Manila Times (2 January). ______________. 1990. Ang buhay ng tao. Readings in Filipino philosophy, comp. DLSU Philosophy Department. Manila: DLSU Press. ______________. 1990. Pilosopiya ng buhay ng mga Pilipino. DLSU Graduate Journal 15. ______________. 1991. Pakikipagkapwa-tao. Daloy 1. ______________. 1991-92. Mga ugaling Pilipino. Malay 10. Tupas, Filonila. 1980. Ang pananaw sa daigdig ng mga Ilokano na masasalamin sa kanilang kaalamang bayan. In Ang weltanschauung ng Pilipino. Compiled by Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Villegas, Guillermo. 1992. The meaning of suffering: The Philippine experience. Diwa 17. Zafra, Nicolas. 1938. Democracy in the Philippines viewed from the standpoint of American democratic tradition. Philippine Social Science Review 10. Zaide, Gregorio F. 1932. Filipinos before the Spanish conquest possessed a well-ordered and well-thought-out religion. Philippine Social Science Review 4. B. Books Agpalo, Remigio E. 1992. Jose P. Laurel, national leader and political philosopher. [Manila]: Jose P. Laurel Memorial Corp. ______________. 1976. Liwanag at dilim: The political philosophy of Emilio Jacinto. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press. Agapay, Ramon B. 1991. Ethics and the Filipino. Metro Manila: National Book Store.

146

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Andres, Tomas D. and Pilar B. Ilada-Andres. 1987. Understanding the Filipino. Quezon City: New Day Publishers. ______________. 1989. Positive Filipino values. Quezon City: New Day Publishers. Arcellana, Emerenciana Y. 1981. The social and political thought of Claro M. Recto. [Bicutan]: National Research Council of the Philippines. Batungbacal, Jose, ed. 1954. Moral training of the Filipino people. Manila: University Publishing Co. DLSU Philosophy Department. 1990. Readings in Filipino philosophy. Manila: DLSU Press. Enriquez, Virgilio G., comp. 1975. Pagkataong Pilipino I-II. Quezon City: UP Department of Psychology. ______________, comp. 1980. Ang weltanschauung ng Pilipino. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute of Southeast Asian Studies. ______________. 1974. Mga babasahin sa pilosopiya: epistemolohiya, lohika, wika at pilosopiyang Pilipino. Quezon City: Echanic Press, 1974. Also 1983. Surian ng Wikang Pilipino. Gagelonia, Pedro A., comp. and ed. 1975. The Marcos mind. Metro Manila: National Book Store. Gorospe, Vitaliano R., S.J. 1973. The new Christian morality and the Filipino. Manila: Jesuit Educational Association. ______________. 1974. The Filipino search for meaning. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. Hessel, Eugene A. 1961. The religious thought of Jose Rizal. Manila: Philippine Education Co. Ilada-Andres, Pilar B. and Tomas D. Andres. 1987. Understanding the Filipino. Quezon City: New Day Publishers. Kalaw, Teodoro M. 1950. Code of ethics for Filipinos. Manila: n.p. Kanoy, Julito M. 1977. Portrait of the Pinoy in his struggle for “selfness”. N. p.: By the Author. Laurel, Jose P. 1991. Assertive nationalism. Manila: National Teachers College, 1931; reprint l991. ______________. 1936. Politico-social problems. Manila: National Teachers College. ______________. 1941. Commentaries on the moral code. Manila: n.p. ______________. 1943. Forces that make a nation great. Manila: Bureau of Printing. ______________. 1949. Moral and political orientation. Manila: n.p. ______________. 1953. Bread and freedom. Manila: n.p. ______________. 1955. Moral and educational orientation for Filipinos. Manila: Lyceum Press. ______________. 1956. Our economy—what can be done. Manila: n.p. ______________. 1958. Thinking for ourselves. Manila: n.p. ______________. 1959. Opportunism and the Darwinian aspect of current political struggles. Manila: n.p. Lumbrera, C. H. and T. G. Maceda, eds. 1981. Rediscovery. Maynila: National Book Store. Maceda, T. G. and C. H. Lumbrera, eds. 1981. Rediscovery. Maynila: National Book Store. Majul, Cesar Adib. 1957. The political and constitutional ideas of the Philippine revolution. Quezon City: University of the Philippines. Marcos, Ferdinand E. 1971. Today’s revolution: Democracy. N.p.

147

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY (FP1)

______________. 1973. Notes on the new society of the Philippines. Manila: Marcos Foundation. ______________. 1980. An ideology for Filipinos. N.p. ______________. 1983. Toward a new partnership: The Filipino ideology. Manila: Marcos Foundation. Mercado, Leonardo N., SVD. 1975. Elements of Filipino philosophy. Tacloban City: Divine Word University Publications. ______________. 1977. Applied Filipino philosophy. Tacloban City: Divine Word University Publications. ______________. 1979. Elements of Filipino ethics. Tacloban City: Divine Word University Publications. ______________, ed. 1980. Filipino thought on man and society. Tacloban City: Divine Word University Publications. Osias, Camilo. 1940. The Filipino way of life: The pluralized philosophy. Boston: Ginn and Company. ______________. 1968. Divine economy. Caloocan City: By the Author. Pascual, Ricardo R. 1962. The philosophy of Rizal. Manila: Pedro B. Ayuda & Co.. Polenda, Francisco Col-om. 1989. A voice from the hills [essays on the culture and world view of the western Manobo; trans. and ed. Richard E. Elkins. Manila: Linguistic Society of the Philippines. Quezon, Manuel L. 1940. Addresses on the theory of a partyless democracy. Manila: Bureau of Printing. Quirino, Elpidio. 1949. The new Philippine ideology. Manila: Bureau of Printing. Quito, Emerita S. 1972. Ang pilosopiya sa diwang Pilipino. Manila: United Publishing Co. ______________. 1983. The state of philosophy in the Philippines. Manila: De la Salle University Research Center. Reyno, Adriano C., Jr. 1964. The political, social and moral philosophy of Apolinario Mabini. Manila: CatholicTrade School. Salgado, Pedro V., O.P. 1972. Social philosophy in the Philippine context. Quezon City: n.p.. San Juan Jr., Epifano. 1969. Balagtas art and revolution: A critical study of Florante at Laura. Quezon City: Manlapaz Publishing Co. ______________. 1971. The radical tradition in Philippine literature. Quezon City: Manlapaz Publishing Co. Sanvictores, Jose G. 1940. President Quezon’s social regeneration program. Philippine Social Science Review 12. Semilla, Rafael J. [1970]. Morionish philosophy. N.p. Sinco, V. G. 1935. Some social problems under the constitution. Philippine Social Science Review 7. Singson, Jose Mo. 1979. Philippine ethical values. Manila: DLSU Textbook Development Committee. Timbreza, Florentino T. 1982. Pilosopiyang Pilipino. Manila: Rex Book Store. ______________. 1989. Mga hugis ng kaisipang Pilipino. Quezon City: Rex Printing Co.

148

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

C. Review Articles, Book Reviews, and Abstracts Abulad, Romualdo. 1974-75. Review of Ang kasaysayan ng pilosopiya and Ang pilosopiya sa diwang Pilipino, by Emerita S. Quito. Σοφια 4. Reprinted in 1977. DLSU Dialogue 12. ______________. 1982. Review of Saan nga ba nanggaling ang tao? Malay 2. ______________. 1985. Review of The Filipino way of life, by Camilo Osias. Σοφια 11. ______________. 1990. Filipino philosophy has come to its own [rev. art. on A life of philosophy: a fetschrift in honor of Emerita S. Quito]. DLSU Newsletter (5 March). ______________. 1991. Review of The way of greater self [constructing a theology around a Filipino ethos], by Jaime A. Belita, C. M. DLSU Dialogue 25. Abueg, Nicanor S. 1974. Review of Elements of Filipino philosophy, by Leonardo N. Mercado. Philippine Studies 22. Briones, Raymundo. 1983. Review of The state of philosophy in the Philippines, by Emerita S. Quito. Sofia 13. Gabriel, Pedro B. 1972. Review of Ang pilosophiya sa diwang Pilipino, by Emerita Quito. Unitas 45. ______________. 1979. Elements of Filipino ethics [rev. art. on Elements of Filipino ethics, by Leonardo N. Mercado]. Unitas 52. Galang, Jose. SVD. 1977-78. Towards a Filipino social philosophy [thesis abstract]. Diwa 2. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1988. Review of The state of philosophy in the Philippines, by Emerita S. Quito. Philippine Studies 36. _______________. 1978. Language and its philosophical presuppositions [rev. art. on Elements of Filipino philosophy, by Leonardo N. Mercado]. Mindanao Journal 5. Maggay, Arturo. 1985. Review of Pilosopiyang Filipino, by Florentino Timbreza. Σοφια 15. Obusan, Rogelio A. 1983. Review of Pilosopiyang Pilipino, by Florentino T. Timbreza. Unitas 56. Pascual, Ricardo R. 1940. Review of The Filipino way of life, by Camilo Osias. Philippine Social Science Review 12. Pesigan, Guillermo. 1988. Review of Philippine worldview, ed. Virgilio G. Enriquez. Philippine Studies 36. Piñon, Manuel. 1975. Review of Elements of Filipino philosophy, by Leonardo N. Mercado. Unitas 48. ______________. 1977. Review of Applied Filipino philosophy, by Leonardo N. Mercado. Unitas 50. Reyes, Jose J. 1982. Ang pagtalakay ng kaisipang Pilipino [rev. art. of Rediscovery, eds. C. H. Lumbrera and T. G. Maceda]. Malay 5. Reyes, Ramon C. 1977. Review of Applied Filipino philosophy, by Leonardo N. Mercado. Philippine Studies 25. Timbreza, Florentino. 1985. Review of Gaddang literature, by Maria Luisa Lumicao-Lora. Σοφια 15. D. Graduate Work Abaya, Reynaldo. 1973. A philosopher developing: Montemayor’s attempt philosophy. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS].

149

at a social

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY (FP1)

Alejo, Albert E., S.J. 1986. Hermeneutika ng loob: Isang landas ng pag-unawa sa pakikisangkot. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Almoro, Lydia Reyes. 1956. The moral philosophy of Rizal. Master’s thesis, Far Eastern University. Cabural, Edgardo Jose. 1989. From dictatorship to democracy: A philosophical inquiry into Benigno S. Aquino Jr.’s thought. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Dia, Leon G. 1950. An evaluation of Rizal’s ideas about education. Dumaguete City: Master’s thesis, Silliman University. Doriendo, Carmelita. 1975. A critical analysis of the life and works of Dr. Trinidad Hermenigildo Pardo de Tavera. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Encomienda, Ciceron J. 1965. The philosophy behind the agricultural land reform code: A new look at the concept of social justice. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Fabia, Gregorio. 1970. Mabini on nationalism. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Figuracion, Melecio S. 1965. Rizal’s philosophy of life as reflected in his writings. Master’s thesis, University of San Carlos. Galang, Jose A. 1976. Towards a Filipino social philosophy. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Lua, Norma N. 1983. The Kankanay folk narratives as an expression of world view. Doctoral dissertation, Ateneo de Manila University. Luna, Concepcion H. 1964. Graciano Lopez Jaena: Su vida y sus escrito S. Licenciatura en Artes, University of Santo Tomas. Mercado, Leonardo N. 1973. Elements of Filipino philosophy. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Ogbac, Rosben. 1970. Claro Mayo Recto’s Filipinism crusade: A philosophical evaluation. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Pascual, Ricardo. 1936. The philosophical ideas of Dr. Jose Rizal. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Reyno, Adriano C. 1963. The political, social, and moral philosophy of Apolinario Mabini. Master’s thesis, University of San Carlos. Soriano, Romulo V. 1972. Jose P. Laurel’s concept of Filipino education (a philosophical analysis). Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Tiangco, Pablo G. 1964. Recto and Philippine nationalism. Master’s thesis, Far Eastern University. E. Translation Jacinto, Emilio. 1956. Liwanag at dilim; or light and darkness, trans. from Tagalog by Teodoro Agoncillo, Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 21. E. Poems Bocobo, Jorge C. 1951. Andres Bonifacio. Furrows and arrows, poetry and verse. N.p.: M. Colcol and Co. _______________. 1951. Apolinario Mabini. Furrows and arrows, poetry and verse. N.p.: M. Colcol and Co.

150

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

_______________. 1951. Manuel L. Quezon. Furrows and arrows, poetry and verse. N.p.: M. Colcol and Co. _______________. 1951. Marcelo H. del Pilar. Furrows and arrows, poetry and verse. N. p.: M. Colcol and Co. _______________. 1985. Jose Rizal. Carlos Bulosan and his poetry: a biography and anthology, ed. Susan Evangelista. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. Cruz, Isagani A. 1947. Rizal. Philippine Collegian (30 November). Dato, Luis G. 1928. Ode to Rizal (a translation of Cecilio Apostol’s poem). Graphic (29 December). de la Cruz, Leopoldo A. Sr. 1951. Manuel L. Quezon. The sowers: a collection of verses, comp. H. F. Belen and B. M. Pascual. N.p.: E. F. David and Sons. Duque, Fidel Soriano. 1933. Andres Bonifacio. Graphic (30 November). E. E. S. [pseudonym]. 1928. To Rizal and his comrades. Sunday Tribune Magazine (30 December). Faigao, Cornelio F. 1939. Manuel Quezon. Philippines FreePress (19 August). Faustino, Salvador. 1947. To Jose Rizal. Evening News Saturday Magazine (14 June). Figueras, Bibiano.1928. The great plebeian. Youngster dreams. Sto. Domingo, Ilocos Sur: La Reproductora Press. _______________. 1928. The sublime paralytic. Youngster dreams. Sto. Domingo, Ilocos Sur: La Reproductora Press. Litonjua, Anatolio. 1929. Mabini, the immortal. Graphic (25 May). Martinez, Encarnacion B. 1947. Immortality (lines to President Quezon). Varsitarian [UST] (25 August). Mendez, Mauro. 1925. To the great plebeian. Sunday Tribune Magazine (29 November); reprinted in S. M. Ventura. 1978. Mauro Mendez: from journalism to diplomacy. Quezon City: University of the Philippines. Monden, Gerardo C. 1926. Rizal the poet. Sunday Tribune Magazine (20 June). Nacianceno, Ricardo M. 1927. To Dr. Jose Rizal. Philippine Herald Mid-Week Magazine (6 March). _______________. 1927. Rizaline sonnets: Thoughts from Rizal. Sunday Tribune Magazine (2 January). Quilamita, Prudencio. 1927. Rizal. Sunday Tribune Magazine (23 January). Raso, Juan L. 1933. To Rizal. Graphic (28 December). Reyes, Honorato S. 1934. Meditations on Mabini. Philippines Herald Mid-Week Magazine (23 May). Sison, Guillermo V. 1940. Remembering Rizal. Philippines Herald Mid-Week Magazine (19 June). Solidum, Procopio L. 1922. Andres Bonifacio. Never mind and other poems. N.p.: Imprenta La Pilarica (31 December). _______________. 1937. Poem addressed to Andres Bonifacio. A brief history of Philippine literature, ed. T. T. del Castillo. N.p. Progressive Schoolbooks. Tonogbanua, Francisco G. 1932, 1948. Jose Rizal. Philippines Free Press (31 December); reprinted in 1951. Fallen leaves; a book of verses. Quezon City: R.P. Garcia Publishing Co.; also in 1962. A stone, a leaf, a door . . . selected poems. N. p.: Filipiniana Publishers. Vinzons, Asis R. 1947. Andres Bonifacio. Evening News Saturday Magazine (29 November). Yazon, Francisco. 1947. A note to Rizal. Varsitarian [UST] (9 June).

151

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER VIII. HERMENEUTICS A. Articles Abad, Gemino H. 1972. Stopping by woods: The hermeneutics of a lyric poem. Diliman Review 20. Abulad, Romualdo E. 1989-90. Martin Heidegger:; mula penomenolohiya hanggang eksistensiyalismo hanggang hermeneutika. Malay 8. Agcaoili, Aurelio S. 1992. Towards a hermeneutics of health and healing: Focus in the Philippine setting. Ethos Today 6. Angeles, Antonette P. 1987. Hermeneutics and social justice. Ethos Today 1. Bragado, Erlinda. 1990. Hermeneutics of pagpapatawad. DLSU Graduate Journal 15. ______________. 1991-93. Benevolent justice: A Recoeurian analysis of forgiveness in a Filipino novel. Religious Studies Journal 15. Briones, Raymundo. 1988-89. Hermeneutika: Isang historikong pag-aaral. Malay 7. ______________. 1989. Understanding Gadamer’s play as model for understanding. Σοφια 19. de la Rosa, Rolando V. 1992. Suspicion or development? The operative hermeneutics in two Church documents on the media of communication. Philippiniana Sacra 27. Dy, Manuel B. Jr. 1987. Values in the Noli me tangere: A critical hermeneutics. The Noli me tangere a century after: an interdisciplinary perspective. Budhi Paper No. 7, ed. Soledad S. Reyes. Quezon City: Phoenix Publishing House and Ateneo de Manila University. Fernandez, Eleazar S. 1992. Hermeneutics and the Bible in liberation theology; a critique from other companions in the struggle. Tugon 12. Garcellano, Edel E. 1988. Hermeneutics for our time. Diliman Review 36. Reprinted in the same year as Hermeneutics for our time: From where do we speak? Kasarinlan 4. Hornedo, Florentino H. 1985. Towards an hermeneutic of pagmamahal and pagmumura. Saint Louis University Research Journal 16. Lagura, Florencio. 1992. From Socrates to Hermes: Teaching as interpreting. Diwa 17. Lantin, Emmanuel M. 1985. Paul van Buren’s linguistic analysis: A Biblical hermeneutics. DLSU Dialogue 20. Nava, Rebecca. 1977. The principles of oral interpretation. The MST English Quarterly 27. Peregrino, Policarpio E. 1976-77. Wika: Salamin ng damdamin, diwa, isipan, at kaluluwa ng bayan. MLQU Graduate Journal 5. Quito, Emerita S. 1988. Jacques Derrida: A demystification. DLSU Graduate Journal 14. ______________. 1990. The hermeneutics of Jurgen Habermas. Σοφια 20. Torres, Maria Luisa F. 1985. Frederic Jameson: Marxist hermeneutics. Diliman Review 33. B Book Quito, Emerita. 1990. Philosophers of hermeneutics. Manila: De La Salle University Press.

152

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

C. Graduate Work Agcaoili, Aurelio S. 1991. Word becoming worlds: Meaning and language in the literary hermeneutics of H. G. Gadamer and J. Habermas. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Alejo, Albert E., S.J. 1986. Hermeneutika of loob: Isang landas ng pag-unawa sa pakikisangkot. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Angeles, Antonette P. 1985. Play and the philosophical hermeneutics of Hans-Georg Gadamer. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Briones, Raymundo. 1989. Ang hemeneutikang pilosopiko ni Hans-Georg Gadamer: Isang paglalahad at pagsusuri. Master’s thesis, De La Salle University. D. Translation Gadamer, Hans Georg. 1986. Agwat-panahon. [Isinalin sa Filipino ni Roque B. Breboneria, S. J.] Meron 1.

153

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER IX. LOGIC AND LOGICAL THEORY/PHILOSOPHICAL LOGIC A. Articles Abustan, Rodolfo. 1979. The logic of mathematics. Sophia [Adamson U] 2. Alzate, Cyril Jesus and Arnold Caga. 1986. Venn diagrams and the basic doctrines of St. Augustine. Thomasian Philosopher 7. Aquino, Ranhilio C. 1985. Logic, Boolean algebra, and doing things simply. Journal of Research [Lyceum of Aparri] 1. Bonifacio, Armando F. 1965. On capacity limiting statements. Mind 74. ______________. 1983. Ang pagtuturo ng lohika sa Pilipino. Mga babasahin sa pilosopiya: epistemolohiya, lohika, wika at pilosopiyang Pilipino, comp. Virgilio R. Enriquez. [Quezon City]: Surian ng Sikolohiyang Pilipino. Bonoan, Raul J., S.J. 1959. The practical syllogism and the moral act in the Nicomachean ethics. Philippine Scholastic 2. Caga, Arnold and Cyril Jesus Alzate. 1986. Venn diagrams and the basic doctrines of St. Augustine. Thomasian Philosopher 7. Calasanz, Eduardo J. E. 1989. Lohika at ang paniniwala sa pag-iral ng Diyos. In Readings in philosophy of religion. Edited by Manuel B. Dy, Jr. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. Castro, Gary Emmerson. 1987. A theory of modal predication and existential unity. Σοφια 17. ______________. 1992-93. Logical systems and ordinary language conditionals. Σοφια 22. Catambay, Alejandro M., S.J. 1962. A comparison between Aristotelian logic and symbolic logic. Philippine Scholastic 4. Ceniza, Claro. 1980. Are there paradoxes of material implication? Agham 7. ______________. Mathematical logic: How the conditional proof is generalized. Agham 7. ______________. 1981. Particulars: Problems of numerical identity and identification. Σοφια 11. ______________. 1982. Existence. Σοφια 12. ______________. 1982. Unsolvable philosophical puzzles. Σοφια 12. ______________. 1984. Causality. Σοφια 14. ______________. 1985. The real meaning of modal terms. Σοφια 15. ______________. 1985. Material implication and entailment. Σοφια 15; 1988. Notre Dame Journal of Formal Logic 29. ______________. 1985. Existence. Σοφια 15. ______________. 1986. Two essays in modality. Σοφια 16. ______________. 1987. A paradox of traditional logic. Σοφια 17. ______________, Andrew Gonzalez, FSC, and Florentino Timbreza. 1989. Filipino logic: A preliminary analysis. Karunungan 6. Reprinted in Florentino Timbreza. 1992. Logic made simple. Quezon City: Phoenix Publishing House, Inc. _____________. 1991. Dissolving Professor Hempel’s paradoxes of confirmation. Σοφια 21. ______________. 1992. The logic of ordinary language conditionals. Karunungan 9. ______________. 1992-93. Logic is boring: Truth is ugly. Σοφια 22.

154

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Corpuz, Aurora G., Florinda Lesaca, and Emily Miao. 1971-72. Intervention experiment on emergence of logical thinking: A pilot study. Education Quarterly 19. Deauna, M. 1974. Logical thinking in children (an analysis of Piagetian theory). Agham 2. de Blas A., O. P. 1950. Nature of logic. Unitas 23. Estalilla, Aliento V. 1982. On the inadmissibility of some set-theoretic statements in Ramsey’s theory of types. Σοφια 12. ______________. 1983. A note on the adequacy theorem for propositional calculus. Σοφια 12. ______________. 1983. Is Berry’s paradox language-invariant? Σοφια 13. ______________. 1983. An equivalence metatheorem for quantificational calculus. Σοφια 13. ______________. 1984. Strengthened modus ponens and modus tollens in propositional calculus. Σοφια 14. ______________. 1989. A non-disjunctive material implication. Σοφια 19. Gonzalez, Andrew, FSC, Claro Ceniza, and Florentino Timbreza. 1989. Filipino logic: a preliminary analysis. Karunungan 6. Reprinted in Florentino Timbreza. 1992. Logic made simple. Quezon City: Phoenix Publishing House, Inc. Gonzalez, Salvador R. 1965. The logic of statements. Saint Louis Quarterly 3. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1979. The L-T fatalistic paradox. Mindanao Journal 6. Lagmay, Alfredo V. 1952. A logical analysis of the concept of existence involved in existence propositions. Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 17. Lesaca, Florinda, Emily Miao, and Aurora G. Corpuz. 1971-72. Intervention experiment on emergence of logical thinking: A pilot study. Education Quarterly 19. Maggay, Arturo Q., Jr. 1988. Kant and Plato on the logic of existence. Σοφια 18. Miao, Emily, Aurora G. Corpuz, and Florinda Lesaca. 1971-72. Intervention experiment on emergence of logical thinking: A pilot study. Education Quarterly 19. Ongsansoy, Juanito M. Jr. 1973. The nature of a postulational system. Σοφια 2. Pedrosa, Ciriaco, O.P. 1952. The philosophical function of experimental science—the mathematical approach. Unitas 25. Quilon, Nicolas C. 1964. The Aristotelian theory of categories. Philippine Educational Forum 13. Tanseco, Ruben M., S.J. 1958. Assent, certitude, and inference in Newman. Philippine Scholastic 2. Timbreza, Florentino T.; Ceniza, Claro R.; and Gonzalez, Andrew, FSC. 1989. Filipino logic: A preliminary analysis. Karunungan 6. Reprinted in Florentino Timbreza. 1992. Logic made simple. Quezon City: Phoenix Publishing House, Inc. Vaño, Manolo O. 1973. The algebra of sets and traditional logic. Silliman Journal 20. B. Books Abueg, Nicanor S., Zosimo G. Idul, and Rolando C. Cipriano. 1972. Functional logic for Filipino students. Manila: n. p. Acuña, Andresito E. 1987, 1992. Philosophical analysis. Quezon City: UP Department of Philosophy. Africa, Francisco M. 1952. The art of argumetation and debate. Manila: R. P. Garcia Publishing Co. Alviar, Julieta and Magdaleno T. Camacho Jr. [1991]. Introduction to logic. [Manila]: n.p. Andres, Tomas Quintin D. 1981. Lohika sa kaisipang Pilipino. Manila: Rex Book Store. Armada, Romeo Q., Donato Y. Baldemeca and Amable G. Tuibeo. 1984. Basic concepts of logic and ethics. N. p: Katha Publishing Co.

155

PHILOSOPHICAL LOGIC

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Baldemeca, Donato Y., Romeo Q. Armada, and Amable G. Tuibeo. 1984. Basic concepts of logic and ethics. N. p.: Katha Publishing Co. Briones, Raymund A. 1985. Basic logic. Quezon City: Publishers’ Press. Camacho Jr., Magdaleno T. 1992. Introduction to logic. Manila: St. Anthony Book Service. _______________ and Julieta Alviar. [1991]. Introduction to logic. [Manila]: n.p. Ceniza, Claro R. 1987. Elementary logic. Manila: De la Salle University Press. Cipriano, Rolando C., Zosimo G. Idul, and Nicanor S. Abueg.1972. Functional logic for Filipino students. Manila: n. p. Cruz, Corazon L. 1983. Introduction to logic. Metro Manila: National Book Store. Department of English. 1990. Logical and critical thinking. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. Enriquez, Virgilio G., ed. 1974. Mga babasahin sa pilosopiya: Epistemolohiya, lohika, wika, at pilosopiyang Pilipino. Quezon City: Echanic Press. Espina, Jose R. 1955. Logic made easy. Quezon City: Tito Publications. Gonzalez, Salvador Roxas. 1973. Logic. Manila: De la Salle College. Idul, Zosimo G.; Rolando C. Cipriano, and Nicanor S. Abueg.1972. Functional logic for Filipino students. Manila: n. p. Magat, Dan Reynald R. 1992. A first book in logic. Manila: Felta. Martinez, Salvador T. 1980, 1883, 1986. Logic. Quezon City: Phoenix Publishing House. Montemayor, Felix. 1980, 1983. Harmony of logic. Metro Manila: National Book Store. Pascual, Ricardo R. 1952. Fundamentals of logic. Manila: G. Miranda and Sons. Perez, Arturo. 1982. Introduction to logic. N.p. Piñon, Manuel T., O.P. 1973. Fundamental logic. Manila: University of Santo Tomas. ______________. 1979, 1988. Logic primer. Quezon City: Rosario Tiana-Pin~on Foundation; reprint ed. Rex Book Store. Reyes, Benito F. 1947. An introduction to logic and scientific method. Manila: Far Eastern University. Reyes, Edgardo A. 1988. Logic, simplified and integrated. Metro Manila: National Book Store. Socrates, Jude Thaddeus U. 1988. Algorithmic logic formulation. [Manila:] Impact Center, DLSU. Timbreza, Florentino T. 1992. Logic made simple. Quezon City: Phoenix Publishing House, Inc. Tuibeo, Amable G., Donato Y. Balmedeca, and Romeo Q. Armada. 1984. Basic concepts of logic and ethics. N. p.: Katha Publishing Co. C. Book Reviews Casiño, Eric S. 1964. Review of Logic and existence, by Martin Foss. Philippine Scholastic 12. Ceniza, Claro R. 1990. Review of Logic: Simplified and integrated, by Edgardo Reyes. Sophia 20. Martinez, Salvador T. 1982. Review of Lohika sa kaisipang Pilipino, by Tomas Quintin D. Andres. Silliman Journal 29. Obusan, Rogelio A. 1986. Review of Basic concepts of logic and ethics, by Donato Y. Baldemeca, Romeo Q. Armada, and Amable G. Tuibeo. Unitas 59. Ongsansoy, Juanito Jr. 1965. Review of Three philosophers, by G. E. M. Anscombe and P. T. Geach. Saint Louis Quarterly 3.

156

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Sendaydiego, Henry B. 1963. Review of Fundamentals of logic, by Daniel J. Sullivan. Saint Louis Quarterly 1. D. Graduate Work Cruz, Samuel P. Vera. 1985. The deductive concept of explanation in the social sciences: A critique. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. de la Cruz, Rai Philomathes M. 1975. The naturalistic fallacy. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Encarnacion Jr., Jose. 1954. An examination of the theory of types as a solution to the paradoxes. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Favila, Grace Flores. 1974. Thomas S. Kuhn and the logic of discovery. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Fernando, Emmanuel Q. 1980. Mathematical and philosophical implications of the Godel incompleteness theorems. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Jimenez, Renato V. 1956. The analogy of intrinsic attribution. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Lagmay, Alfredo V. 1951. A logical analysis of the concept of existence involved in existence propositions. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Lantin, Emmanuel. 1958. Judgment in St. Thomas Aquinas. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Maalat, Chula M. 1987. The inclusion of the rudiments of logic into the introductory college. Master’s thesis, De La Salle University. Majul, Cesar Adib. 1952. A formalization of the logic of Aristotle. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Medina, Ma. Wonina A. 1979. Facts, truth and language games. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Ortinero, Aniceta M. 1975. The concept of fact. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Soberano, Rubicon Rodrigo. 1990. A critique of the justification demand against induction: A defense of induction. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Tizon, Orlando E. 1962. Analogy in certain texts of Saint Thomas. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. Villegas, Edberto M. 1970. Negative judgments. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. E. Translation Juan Jose Sanguinete. 1992. Logic, trans. from Spanish by Caesar Santos and ed. by M. Guzman. Manila: Sinag-tala Publishers, Inc. F. Poems Ancheta, Herminia M. 1940. Inference. Philippine Collegian (23 July). Caces, Ambrosio B. 1940. Inference. Sunday Tribune Magazine (28 July). Castillo, Guillermo V. 1934, 1964, 1973. Argument in a circle. English-German anthology of Filipino poets, comp. P. Laslo. Manila: Libreria Manila Filatelica; another edition with the same title compiled by P. Laslo and S. P. Lopez. N.p.: Alberto S. Florentino; and Early poets, comp. R. Dato, P. Laslo, and C. Bulosan. N.p.: Alberto S. Florentino.

157

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

PHILOSOPHICAL LOGIC

_______________. 1933. Ooze, blood, ooze: Argument in a circle. Literary Apprentice 6. Domingo, Rita M. 1949. Logic. This Week (6 March). Gabriel, Pedro. 1971-72. Hegel’s dialectic. Σοφια 1. Jenifer (pseudonym). 1933. Incoherent. Sunday Tribune Magazine (11 February). Manalo, Gloria. 1939. Inference. U.S.T. Journalist (13 September). Vinzons, Asis R. 1946. See not the color but the logic of grass. Evening News Saturday Magazine (21 December).

158

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER X. METAPHYSICS AND WELTANSCHAUUNG A. Articles Abulad, Romualdo. 1972. Kant’s critique of pure reason. Σοφια 2. ______________. 1974. Kant’s metaphysics. Σοφια 4. ______________. 1975. The materialist prospect. Σοφια 5. ______________. 1977. Heidegger and the pursuit of being. Σοφια 7. Also in 1981. Σοφια [The Best of the Decade]. ______________. 1978-79. The factor of indeterminacy in philosophy. Σοφια 8. ______________. 1981. Kant and the Filipino quest for a philosophy. Σοφια 11. ______________. 1982. Three problems in Kant’s philosophy. Σοφια 12. ______________. 1984. Shankara and Kant: A comparison. Σοφια 14. ______________. 1989-90. Martin Heidegger: Mula penomenolohiya hanggang eksistensiyalismo hanggang hermeneutika. Malay 8. Abustan, Rodolfo L. 1971. Edmund Husserl’s epoche and St. Thomas’ metaphysical abstraction. Unitas 44. Also published in 1969-71. UNO-R Journal 8-9 (ser. II). Aguilar, George L. 1987. The tractatus—philosophical analysis, epistemology and dissolving the problem of the thing-in-itself. Σοφια 17. Albano, David M. 1969. Archibald Macleish: On J. B.’s approach to the problem of evil. San Beda Review 2. Alfonso, Amelia B. and Virgilio G. Enriquez. 1980. Ang pananaw sa buhay at Weltanschauung na mahihiwatigan sa sikolohiya ng wikang Tagalog. Asian Studies 18. Amen, Constancio C. 1958. The universe of Heracleitus. Silliman Journal 5. ______________. 1968-69. The persistence of the problem of material substance. General Education Journal Issue No. 15. Aniceto, Paciano B. 1959. Efficient causality and David Hume. Studium 4. Aquino, Ranhilio. 1989. A comment on alternate metaphysical systems, closing remarks to Prof. Lobkowicz’s lecture at the University of Santo Tomas. Journal of Graduate Research [Lyceum of Aparri] 4. Arvisu, Ma. Lourdes. 1964-65. The metaphysical lyrics of John Donne. University College Journal Issue No. 8. Badillo, Victor L., S.J. 1980. Time keeping: Philippine style. Philippine Studies 28. Balinog, Alfredo J., S.J. 1957. Aristotle without prime matter? Philippine Scholastic 2. Banaynal, John A. 1980. The worldview of the native Talaandigs of Songco and their changing socio-political institutions. CMU Journal of Sciences, Education and Humanities 1. Bernido, Christopher, Roger Posadas, Jose Magpantay, and Remigio Tee. 1985. Unified field or unified fraud? Diliman Review 33. Borromeo, Rafael N., S.J. 1957. Jules Payot and meditative reflection. Philippine Scholastic 2. Brias, Victor. 1992. Ceniza’s metaphysics and ethics of necessity. Σοφια 22.

159

METAPHYSICS AND WELTANSCHAUUNG

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Bulatao, Jaime. 1980. Ang transpersonal na pananaw as mundo ng mga Pilipino. Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino, compiled by Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Casiño, Erico S., S.J. 1958. Is the name a natural revelation of the essence of a thing? Philippine Scholastic 2. ______________. 1959. Mr. Abraham Edel on universals. Philippine Scholastic 3. Cawagas, Raoul E. 1984. The unified field: What is it? CEAP Perspective 4. Ceniza, Claro. 1968. Metaphysics. Silliman Journal 15. ______________. 1977. The cosmological argument. Σοφια 7. ______________. 1978. Universals. Σοφια 8. ______________. 1979. Relativity and Realism. Σοφια 9. ______________. 1978-79. The logic of the mind-body relation problem. Σοφια 8. ______________. 1980. Does classical metaphysics have a logical basis? DLSU Dialogue 10. ______________. 1981. Particulars: Problems of numerical identity and identification. Σοφια 11. ______________. 1984. Causality. Σοφια 14. ______________. 1986. Spaces, dimensions, and possible worlds. Karunungan 3; Σοφια 15. ______________. 1987.Are there concrete universals?Σοφια 17. ______________. 1989. Ang tractatus ni Ludwig Wittgenstein. Karunungan 6. Ceniza, Edmundo L. 1987. On the concept of Ilokano futurity. Saint Louis University Research Journal 18. Co, Alfredo. 1982. Ideogram as an approach to Confucianism. Σοφια 12. Constantino, Ernesto. 1980. Ang pananaw sa mundo ng mga Ilokano mula sa kanilang wika. Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino, comp. Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Constantino, Josefina D. 1962. The Christian metaphysics of freedom. Comment Issue No. 15. Corpuz, Ruben A. 1977. Process philosophy and education. Saint Louis University Research Journal 8. Cruz-Lucero, Rosario. 1983. Literature and philosophy on the concept of time: an exploration into the possibilities of the interdisciplinary study. Likha 5. Cuerquiz, Florencio R., S.J. 1962. Matter in Aurobindo. Philippine Scholastic 4. Custodio, Lourdes. 1967. Thomistic treatment of the problem of change. Philippiniana Sacra 2. Dano, Melchor. 1961. Philippine ‘unisophy’. Studium 5. de Guzman, Domingo Castro. 1992. Dear Jameson. Journal of Social History 1. de Jesus, Victor C., S. J. 1986. San Anselmo vs. Sto. Tomas. Meron1. Demegillo, Eugenio, Jr. 1980. ‘Weltanschauung’. Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino, compiled by Virgilo G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Demetrio, Francisco R.,S.J. 1968. Creation myths among the early Filipinos. Asian Folklore Studies 27. ______________. 1978. Filipino universe: The early Filipino myths speak of a time when the earth and the sky were close to each other. Filipino Heritage 1. ______________. 1992. Cosmogonic myths and the mythologically instructed community. Philippiniana Sacra 27. Also published in 1990. Ani 4. Dimen, Salvador E. 1960. Realism in America: A historical approach. Studium 4.

160

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Dy, Manuel B., Jr. 1980. Ang paghahanap sa Weltanschauung ng Pilipino. In Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino. Compiled by Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Elequin, Eleanor. 1980. Isang sulyap ng pananaliksik sa musikang Pilipino at ang kahalagahan nito sa kaisipang Pilipino. Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino, comp. by Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute of Southeast Asian Studies. Encarnacion, Noel A. 1974. On temporal reversal of events. Σοφια 4. Enriquez, Virgilio G. at Amelia B. Alfonso.1980. Ang pananaw sa buhay at Weltanschauung na mahihiwatigan sa sikolohiya ng wikang Tagalog. In Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino. Compiled by Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute of Southeast Asian Studies. Also published in 1980. Asian Studies 18. Eronico, Adelberto. 1959. Empirical and cosmological approaches to energy transformation. Studium 3. Estrada, Guadalupe B. 1981. The survival of the soul after the death of the physical body. Trinity College Journal 5. Fainsan, Ricardo H. 1978. Kant’s preface, introduction, and transcendental aesthetic explained. Σοφια 8. Felix, Jose T., S.J. 1959. Modern materialism vs. scholastic vitalism. Philippine Scholastic 3. ______________. 1973. The problem of first principles in the Nichomachean ethics. Σοφια 2. Fernandez, Doreen G. 1980. Ang pagkaing Pilipino. Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino, comp. Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Fernando, Jovita. 1964-65. Of existence and essence. Far Eastern University Faculty Journal 9. Gabriel, Pedro B. 1971-72. Open Forum on “The philosophy of Pierre Teilhard de Chardin”. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1974. St. Thomas and analytical philosophy. Σοφια 4. ______________. 1979. Reflections on reincarnation. Unitas 52. ______________. 1979. Dialogue between St. Thomas and the panentheist. Philippiniana Sacra 14. ______________. 1982. Transcending transcendental meditation. Unitas 55. Gojocco, Victor. 1987. On the application of the Kantian category of cause. Σοφια 17. Guevarra, Jaime P. 1983. Marcel and Camus: Intersubjectivity. Σοφια 13. ______________. Philosophical thoughts of Claro Rafols Ceniza. Σοφια 22. Guillermo, Alice G. 1980. Ang pananaw-sa-daigdig ng Pilipino batay sa sining na biswal. In Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino. Compiled by Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Guison, Ma. Luisa. 1965. An ontology of the absurd. Unitas 38. Hermida, Ranilo B. 1980. The Aristotelian-Thomistic esse and the Heideggerian sein. Unitas 53. Himes, Ronald S. 1979-80. Concepts of property and time: Change in the Tagalog area. Journal of Northern Luzon 10. Hornedo, Florentino H. 1980. The world and the ways of the Ivatan Añitu. Philippine Studies 28. Ibana, Rainier. 1985. A Neo-Thomist presentation of Gabriel Marcel’s metaphysics of participation. Unitas 58.

161

METAPHYSICS AND WELTANSCHAUUNG

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Javellana, Rene B., S.J. 1990. Gaspar Aquino de Belen’s poetic universe: A key to his metaphorical theology. Philippine Studies 38. Jose, Vivencio R. 1980. Ang kaalamang -bayan at pananaw sa mundo. Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino, comp. Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute of Southeast Asian Studies. Joson, Celine. 1990. A comparative study of Lao Tzu’s and Hegel’s metaphysics. Σοφια 20. Lambrecht, Francisco, CICM. 1972. The Kalinga and Ifugao concepts of the universe. Silliman Journal 19. ______________. 1980-81. The Kalinga and Ifugaw universe. Journal of Northern Luzon 11. Lantin, Emmanuel. 1981. On Henri Bergson’s ‘An introduction to metaphysics’. Σοφια 11. Lopega, Michael J. 1991. The concept of time of the farmers of Barangay Balilit, Carigara, Leyte. Leyte-Samar Studies 25. Lucero, Rosario C. 1983. Literature and philosophy on the concept of time. Likha 5. Lumbera, Bienvenido. 1980. Tipo ng mga tauhan sa pelikulang Pilipino: Isang susi sa pagtarok sa weltanschauung ng Pilipino. Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino, comp. Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute of Southeast Asian Studies. Madale, Nagasura T. 1980. Ang pananaw-sa-daigdig ng Maranao na nasasalamin sa kanilang tradisyong oral: ang ‘Radia Indarapatra’ bilang isang halimbawa. Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino, comp. Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute of Southeast Asian Studies. Magadia, Jose J., S.J. 1986. Ang simbuyo ni Chuang Tze at ang kaayusan ng daigdig. Meron 1. Maggay, Arturo. 1986. Talakayan ng Pulong-isip 5 tungkol sa “Cogito, ergo sum” ni Descartes. Malay 5. Magpantay,Jose, Christopher Bernido, Roger Posadas, and Remigio Tee. 1985. Unified field or unified fraud? Diliman Review 33. Manlapaz, Romeo, S. J. 1963. Unity in tension and meaning in opposition: The philosophy of Heraclitus. Philippine Scholastic 6. ______________. 1964. The transcendental metaphysics: A synthesis of subject and being. Philippine Scholastic 6. Marasigan, Vicente, S. J. 1971-72. The philosophy of Pierre Teilhard de Chardin. Σοφια 1. Martinez, Edmundo. 1962. The logos of Heraclitus. Philippine Scholastic 4. Melendrez-Cruz, Patricia. 1980. Ang pananaw mundo sa maikling kuwentong Tagalog/Pilipino. Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino, comp. Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Mercado, Leonardo N. 1980. Ang pananaw-sa-daigdig ng Cebuano. In Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino. Compiled by Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Molina, Antonio Ma., S.J. 1957. Shall we retire metaphysics? Philippine Scholastic 2. ______________. 1959. The optimism of modern materialism. Philippine Scholastic 3. Monis, Patricio V. 1975. Language and man’s quest of reality. Unitas 48. ______________. 1983. The philosophy of change. Philippine Education Quarterly 15. Muller, Maria Cecilia G. 1970. The role of intuition and intelligence in the thought of Henri Bergson. Saint Louis University Research Journal 1. Nakpil-Zialcita, Mauro. 1969. Non-being in the Tao Te Ching. San Beda Review 2.

162

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Nofuente, Valerio. 1980. Pananaw-sa-buhay na hatid ng drama sa radyo at television. Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino, comp. Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Orara, Salvador O., S.J. 1985. Pagmumuni-muni sa mga labi ni Parmenides. Meron 1. Pedrosa, Ciriaco, O.P. 1952. The philosophical function of experimental science—the metaphysical approach. Unitas 25. ______________. 1956, 1977. The approach to cosmology. Unitas 29, 50. Piñon, Manuel T. 1966. Metaphysics of personality. Philippiniana Sacra 1. ______________. 1969. Individuality and unity of existential beings and the principle of individuation. Philippiniana Sacra 4. ______________. 1970. The metaphysics of evil, defectability and peccability, and the problem of evil. Philippiniana Sacra 5. ______________. 1971. The Thomistic distinction between essence and existence as viewed from ontological contingency. Philippiniana Sacra 6. ______________. 1971. The metaphysical conciliation of the universal causality of God with the particular secondary causality of creatures, in particular with the free action of the will. Philippiniana Sacra 6. ______________. 1971. The rapport between Shankara and Aquinas. Philippiniana Sacra 6. Posadas, Roger, Christopher Bernido, Jose Magpantay, and Remigio Tee. 1985. Unified field or unified fraud? Diliman Review 33. Prado, Wilma del. 1970. The philosophy of ‘Prometheus unbound’ [Shelley’s world view], Saint Louis University Research Journal 1. Quevedo, Orlando, OMI. 1958. Analogy of participation and the metaphysical problem. Studium 2. Quito, Emerita S. 1966. The philosophy of Henri Bergson. Unitas 38. _____________. 1971-72. The historical concept of being and truth. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1971-72. Open forum on ‘The historical concept of being and truth’. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1980. Process philosophy: An introduction. Σοφια 9. ______________. 1981. The philosophy of Avicenna in the twentieth century. Σοφια 11. Raedt, Jules de. 1982. Myth analysis: Truth in myth [used the Buntuk origin myth]. Saint Louis University Research Journal 13. Realubit, Ma. Lilia F. 1980. Ang pananaw-sa-buhay ng mga Bikolano. Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino, comp. Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Rebollo, Maximiliano, O.P. 1978. Metaphysics: The science of sciences. Unitas 51. Reyes, Herminia V. 1986. The Hegelian geist and its entailments. Σοφια 16. Reyes, Soledad. 1980. Ang pananaw sa buhay sa mga komiks (1929-1978). Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino, comp. Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Rivera, Benito R., S.J. 1961. Plotinus and creation. Philippine Scholastic 4. Salazar-Clemeña, Rose Marie. 1990. Filipino worldviews and counseling practice. DLSU Graduate Journal 15. Samahang Pisika ng Pilipinas. 1985. Position statement on the unified field. Diliman Review 33. Samson, Jose A. 1980. The hylomorphic theory within the context of modern science. Unitas 53. Santos, Cesar. 1972. The problem of the one and the many in Greek philosophy. Σοφια 12.

163

METAPHYSICS AND WELTANSCHAUUNG

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Sarmiento, Nilo A., S.J. 1958. Aristotle’s metaphysics: Ontology or theology? Philippine Scholastic 2. Sevilla, Pedro C., S.J. 1957. A. N. Whitehead’s ‘uniformity and contingency’. Philippine Scholastic 2. Silos, Leonardo R. 1965. A note on the notion of ‘Selbstvollzug’ in Karl Rahner. Philippine Studies 13. Singson, Jose Mo. 1972. Christian and Zen mysticism—a comparative study. Philippiniana Sacra 7. ______________. 1979. The mystical philosophy of Gurdjieff. Σοφια 9. ______________. 1981. Pragmatism: A brief exposition and critique. Σοφια 11. ______________. 1983. The phenomenology and psychology of the transcendental experience. Σοφια 12. ______________. 1979-80. The constructs of mind and reality of J. C. Pearce. Σοφια 9. Sollano, Agustin L., Jr. 1985. Augustine on time and Filipino time. Σοφια 15. ______________. 1990. Augustine and Husserl on time: An analytico-comparative study. University Journal 7. Sy, Alvina Eileen. 1986. T’An-Luan and Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel:a comparison on their concept of the absolute. Σοφια 16. Sy, Willy. 1986. The three principles of Marxist materialism. Σοφια 16. Tee, Remigio, Christopher Bernido, Roger Posadas, and Jose Magpantay. 1985. Unified field or unified fraud? Diliman Review 33. Timbreza, Florentino. 1975. Death and change. Trinity College Journal 11. ______________. 1983. Filipino concept of causality.Σοφια 13. Tria, Wilmer. 1986. Philosophy of technology, mind and machine metaphysic. Thomasian Philosopher 7. Tuban, Rita C. 1980. Panitikang pambayan ng Tausug. In Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino. Compiled by Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Tupas, Filonila. 1980. Ang pananaw-sa-daigdig ng mga Ilokano na masasalamin sa kanilang kaalamang-bayan. In Ang weltanschauung ng Pilipino. Compiled by Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Velasco, Abraham B. 1980. Konseptong Pilipino sa tao at ang kanyang kapaligiran. Ang weltanschauung ng Pilipino, comp. by Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Villaba-Cue, Magdalena. 1977. An interpretation of the doctrine of transmigration. Philippiniana Sacra 12. ______________. 1977. The atman-brahman relationship in the Upanishads. Unitas 50. Villanueva Jr., Alejo L. 1968. The ontological dimensions of the body. San Beda Review 1. ______________. 1968. Nietzsche’s Weltanschauung: a critique of Christian theology and morality. San Beda Review 1. Virtusio, Romeo P. 1968. Entre Nous. Philippine Educational Forum 17. Yap, Roberto Ma. C. 1986. Daimon ni Parmenides. Meron 1. Yparraguirre, Victor Carlos, SVD. 1983-84. Bergson’s understanding of intuition. Diwa 8. Yumul, Roberto. 1970-71. The ontological implications of Shankara’s theory of ‘non-dualism’. UNO-R Journal 8-9 (ser. II).

164

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1971. The Upanishads, the unity-doctrine and Shankara. Philippiniana Sacra 6. B. Books and Monograph Ceniza, Claro R. 1960. The relation of man’s concept of space to the problems of philosophy. Monograph. N.p. ______________. 1983, 1984. Metaphysics, a study of the structure of metaphysical inquiry. Manila: DLSU Research Center, 1984. ______________. 1989. New essays in metaphysics. Manila: De la Salle University Press. Demetrio, Francisco R., S.J. 1978. Myths and symbols Philippines [includes Filipino creation myths and worldviews]. Manila: National Book Store. Enriquez, Virgilio G., comp. 1980. Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute of Southeast Asian Studies. Ferriols, Roque., S.J. 1966. The ‘psychic entity’ in Aurobindo’s The life divine. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. ______________. 1991. Pambungad sa metapisika. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. Lumicao-Lora, Maria Luisa. 1984. Gaddang literature. Quezon City: New Day Publishers. Mercado, Leonardo N. 1977. Applied Filipino philosophy. Tacloban City: Divine Word Publications. Piñon, Manuel T., O.P. 1972. Being and reality. Manila: University of Santo Tomas. Polenda, Francisco Col-om. 1989. A voice from the hills [essays on the culture and worldview of the western Manobo], trans. and ed. Richard E. Elkins. Manila: Linguistic Society of the Philippines. Ramirez, Mina M. 1983. The Filipino worldview and values. Manila: Asian Social Institute. C. Review Articles, Book Reviews, and Abstracts Abulad, Romualdo. 1975. Review of Process and reality, by Alfred North Whitehead. Σοφια 5. ______________. 1976-77. Review of Causa siu and the object of intuition in Spinoza, by Quintin Terrenal. Σοφια 6. ______________. 1976-77. Review of Hegel’s phenomenology, part I: Analysis and commentary, by Howard P. Kaintz. Σοφια 6. ______________. 1976-77. Review of Empedocles, a philosophical investigation, by Helle Lambridis. Σοφια 6. ______________. 1982. Review of Writing and difference, by Jacques Derrida. Σοφια 11. ______________. 1984. Review of Gott und theoria bei Aristoteles, by John Dudley. Karunungan 1.. Arnaldo, Carlos A., S.J. 1963. Review of Prospects for metaphysics, edited by Ian Ramsey. Philippine Scholastic 6. Bengzon, Alberto R., S.J. 1964. Review of Gateway to reality, by Engelbert J. van Cronenburg. Philippine Scholastic 7. Bernad, Miguel A. 1992. Review of A voice from the hills [essays on the culture and world view of the western Manobo], by Francisco Col-om Polenda. Kinaadman 14. Cruz, Jaime T., S.J. 1963. Review of An introduction to general metaphysics, by Gottfried Martin. Philippine Scholastic 6.

165

METAPHYSICS AND WELTANSCHAUUNG

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1964. Abstract of Rahner: The transcendental method, by Kenneth Baker, S. J. Philippine Scholastic 7. _____________. 1964. Abstract of Scheuer: An interior and rigorous metaphysics, by G. Isaye, S. J. Philippine Scholastic 7. Fuentes, Jose Ma., S.J. 1959. Review of St. Thomas and the future of metaphysics, by Joseph Owens. Philippine Scholastic 2. Gorospe, Vitaliano R. 1963. Review of Ethical naturalism and the modern world-view, by E. M. Adams. Philippine Studies 2. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1978. Language and its philosophical presuppositions [rev. art. on Elements of Filipino philosophy, by Leonaro N. Mercado]. Mindanao Journal 5. Guerrero, Jose L. B., S.J. 1960. Review of An approach to the metaphysics of Plato through the Parmenides, by William F. Lynch. Philippine Scholastic 3. Marcial, Pedro M. 1961. Review of The Principle of sufficient reason in some scholastic systems, 1750-1900. Studium 5. Marina, Maximo, O.P. 1978. Review of The roots of society: The metaphysical ground of social ethics, by Joseph M. de Torre. Unitas 51. Ocampo, Renato C., S.J. 1957. Review of An introduction to the science of metaphysics, by H. J. Koren, CSSp. Philippine Scholastic 2. Ongsangcoy Jr., Juanito. Review of Three philosophers, by G. E. M. Anscombe and P. T. Geach. Saint Louis Quarterly 3. Pesigan, Guillermo. 1988. Review of Philippine worldview, edited by Virgilio G. Enriquez. Philippine Studies 36. Polo, Jaime B. 1986. Review of Moral order and the question of change: Essays on Southeast Asian thought, by David Wyatt and Alexander Woodside. Philippine Studies 34. Rebollo, Maximiliano, O.P. 1972. Review of Being and reality, by Manuel Pin~on. Reyes, Antonio R., S.J. 1956. Review of Being and becoming, by D. J. Hawkins. Philippine Scholastic 1. Reyes, Ramon C. 1977. Review of Applied Filipino philosophy, by Leonardo N. Mercado. Philippine Studies 25. ______________. 1987. Review of Metaphysics: A study of the structure of metaphysical inquiry. Unitas 60. Sendaydiego, Henry B. 1965. Review of Classical and contemporary metaphysics, by Richard T. de George. Saint Louis Quarterly 3 . Timbreza, Florentino. 1986. Review of Gaddang literature, by Maria Luisa Lumicao-Lora. Sophia 15. Vengco, Sabino A., Jr. 1961. Review of Saint Thomas and Platonism, by Robert J. Henle, S. J. Studium 5. D. Graduate Work Abulad, Romualdo E. 1975. The status of metaphysics in Kant’s ‘Critique of pure reason’. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. ______________. 1978. Links between East and West in the philosophies of Shankara and Kant. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas.

166

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Abustan, Rodolfo Laracas. 1970. Edmund Husserl’s epoche and St. Thomas’ metaphysical abstraction. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Aguirre, Alfonso J. 1963. A creative interpretation of ‘The phenomenon of man:’ A confrontation of the Teilhardian dialectic. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Almoro, Lydia Reyes. 1986. Meditation: A mystical path to wisdom. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Aureada, Jose Antonio, O.P. 1990. An analysis of analogy in Thomas Aquinas as proposed by recent theologians: An introduction. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Ballacillo, Nestor J. 1975. God is Being itself: Paul Tillich’s correlaton of ontology and religion. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Balinong, Alfredo J. 1958. An inquiry into Hugh R. King’s strictures against the traditional interpretation of Aristotle’s theory of matter and form. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Bolinas, Andres A. 1959. A comparative study of some concepts of causality: Scientific and philosophic. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Bonafe, Juan. 1954. The fundamental difference between immanent and transcient action. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Borja, Amancio. 1947. Being in act and potency. Master’s thesis, Sacred Heart Novitiate. Borromeo, Noel C. 1985. The phenomenon of energy in the Teilhardian synthesis. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Canilao, Quirino S. 1929. The falsity of materialistic evolution. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Carlos, Salvador. 1983. Critical rationalism: An analysis. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Ceniza, Claro R. 1971. The argument of Parmenides. Master’s thesis, Syracuse University. _______________. 1974. Some basic presuppositions of classical philosophy. Doctoral dissertation, Syracuse University. Cimafranca, Eliseo B. 1959. The metaphysical background of situation ethics. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Cuerquis, Florencio R. 1962. Matter in Sri Aurobindo’s The life divine. Master’s thesis, Berchman’s College. Custodio, Lourdes J. 1966. Thomistic treatment of the problem of change. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. de la Torre, Edicio. 1964. Esse per se convenit formae—the act of existing belongs primarily to form S. Th. 1, Q. 75, Art. 6C). Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. de Pores, Marcelino. 1985. Concept of reality in Sankara. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Diaz, Erno B. 1966. Saint Thomas Aquinas on evolution. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Dy, Robert D. 1959. St. Thomas’ evaluation of the Platonic notion of participation in contrast to his own. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Esguerra, Gorgonio S. 1965. The quantum theory and the ultimate material unit. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Falcansantos, Luz Arce. 1967. The philosophy of life of the Bagobos as reflected in the “Tuwaang” (a fragment epic of cycle). Master’s thesis [English], University of Santo Tomas.

167

METAPHYSICS AND WELTANSCHAUUNG

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Ferriol, Florentino F. 1964. Potency, matter and soul. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Garcia, Gerardo F. 1954. A study of a realist view of the attainment of reality, its renewal and its basic tenets. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Geraldino, Lydia M. 1973. Matter in dialectical materialism viewed in the light of neoscholasticism. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Gonzalez, Salvador R. 1952. Materialism, an attitude. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Gorospe, Vitaliano. 1950. The metaphysics of St. Augustine on moral evil as trusted in the City of God. Master’s thesis, Sacred Heart Novitiate. Guerrero, Jose L. B. 1962. The notions of purusha and prakriti in Aurobindo. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Guerzon, Pascual S. 1963. An inquiry into Engel’s concept of nature. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Jimenez, Renato V. 1956. The analogy of intrinsic attribution. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Lagura, Ernesto M., SVD. 1965. St. Thomas on goodness in general. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Lanuncia, Domingo M. 1981. ‘Vital reason’ in the philosophy of Jose Ortega y Gasset. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Lorenzo, Oscar G. 1965. The end of creation in certain texts of the Summa contra gentiles. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. Lua, Norma N. 1984. The Kankanay folk narratives as an expression of world view. Doctoral dissertation, Ateneo de Manila University. Mabasa, Jose Albar. 1957. Metaphysical being. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Magno, Rafael S. 1969. A Thomistic interpretation of ‘elan vital’ of Bergson. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Marave, Lydia. 1981. The thoughts of Teilhard de Chardin and Robert Faricy in the church in the modern world. Master’s thesis, Gregorian University [Rome]. Maribao, Joel. 1969. Van Steenberghen’s metaphysical quest for the hidden God: A critical study. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Nudas, Alfeo G. 1959. Personality and authority: Toward a metaphysical synthesis. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Olaguer, Antonio B. 1954. Absolute essence. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Pamplona, Roberto G. 1973. The intrinsic possibility of the eternity of the universe according to St. Thomas Aquinas. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Pastor, Julian H. 1953. Adaptation and teleology. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Pernia, Joseph M., SVD. 1967. Gilson: Intelligibility of existence. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Quito, Emerita S. 1956. The will and its relation to divine causality and knowledge. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Ricafranca, Romula M. 1968. A study of existential becoming. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Rivera, Benito V. 1961. Plotinus on the procession of the sensible world from the one: An exposition and interpretation. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College.

168

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Sta. Romana, Elpidio O. 1952. The communistic theory of revolution and a critique based on scholastic metaphysics. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Santos, Rogelio de los. 1964. What metaphysics is for St. Thomas and how it begins to be. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. Sevilla, Pedro C. 1958. A comparative study of the substantial union of body and soul in St. Thomas and in some scholastic authors. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Silos, Leonardo R. 1956. Time in the philosophy of Henri Bergson. Master’s thesis, Berchman’s College. Sunpayco, Simplicio. 1955. The great chain of living being. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Talorete, Exequiel A., SVD. 1963. An inquiry into the problem of physical evil according to St. Thomas Aquinas. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Seminary. Torres, Remegio. 1980. Reality becoming—a metaphysical description of reality in Whitehead’s philosophy. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Triviño, Grimualdo O. 1966. Efficient causality in creation according to the summa theologica. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. Vicente, Cipriano. 1950. La unidad en las doctrinas de San Agustin. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Villegas, Edberto M. 1970. Negative judgments. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Yao, Maxwell C. 1985. The ontological act. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Yparraguirre, Victor Carlos. 1983. Bergson’s understanding of intuition. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. E. Translations Alvira, Tomas, Lusis Clavell, and Tomas Melendo. 1991. Metaphysics. Translated by Luis Supan and edited by M. Guzman. Manila: Sinag-tala Publishers, Inc. Wittgenstein, Ludwig. 1989. Ang tractatus . . . Translated by Romualdo E. Abulad. Karunungan 6. Reprinted by the DLSU Philosophy Department. 1990. Readings in Filipino philosophy. Manila: DLSU Press. F. Poems Agcaoili, Teofilo D. 1934. Heraclitus disappointed with love. Graphic (4 October). Ansaldo, A. Victor D. 1947. Eternity. [UST] The Varsitarian (25 October). Balasbas, Cresencio T. 1934. Alpha-Omega. Sunday Tribune Magazine (31 March). Bautista, Antonia O. 1935. Essence. Philippines Herald Mid-Week Magazine (7 August). Bocobo, Jorge C. 1951. Time is on the wing. Furrows and arrows, poetry and verse. N.p.: M. Colcol and Co. Calasanz, Eduardo Jose E.d 1988. [Tatlong tula hango sa Philosophical investigations ni Ludwig Wittgenstein]: #308, #526, #426. Pantas 1. Concepcion, Marcelo de Gracia. 1938. Change. Sunday Tribune Magazin (3 October). Daguio, Amador T. 1929. Essence. Graphic (13 April). Dato, Luis G. 1932, 1938. Cosmos. Philippines Herald Mid-Week Magazine (8 June); reprint ed. Philippine Magazine (31 August). Lim, Helena. 1938. To an incurable optimist. Philippine Magazine (31 March).

169

METAPHYSICS AND WELTANSCHAUUNG

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Litonjua, Anatolio. 1935. Schopenhauer lives again. Graphic (13 June). Gabriel, Pedro. 1971-72. Descartes’ parallelism. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1971-72. Spinoza’s pantheism. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1971-72. Leibnitz’ determinism. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1971-72. Locke’s qualities. Σοφια ______________. 1971-72. Berkeley’s subjectivism.. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1971-72. Hume’s phenomenalism. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1971-72. Kant’s dualism. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1971-72. Hegel’s dialectic. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1971-72. Monod’s chance-ism. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1971-72. Russell’s universalism. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1971-72. Carnap’s positivism. Σοφια 1. Ganson, Jose T. 1929. Time. Graphic (16 February). Garcia, Leni R. 1992. A metaphysician wrote poetry. Σοφια 22. Lapuz, Gerardo. 1925. To time. Sunday Tribune Magazine (25 October). Litonjua, Anatolio. 1935. Schopenhauer lives again. Graphic (13 June). Mallillin, Gerson M. U. 1948. Poem: The body survives the soul. This Week (7 November). Paglinauan, Jose R. 1935. On the origin of things. Sunday Tribune Magazine (24 February). Pascual, Benjamin. 1935. Alpha-Omega. Sunday Tribune Magazine (14 July). Raymundo, J. C. 1950. Essentiality. This Week (3 September). Samonte, Arturo. 1929. Cosmos. Graphic (4 May). Suarez, Hector. 1937. Materialist. Graphic (30 December). Villa, Jose Garcia. 1941. My mind, I am more than the sum of all. Poems, by Doveglion. N.p.: Philippine Writers’ League. Viray, Manuel A. 1965, 1976. Essentiality. After this exile. Manila: Alemar-Phoenix Publishing House; reprint ed. An anthology of Carlos Palanca memorial award winners, ed. Kerima Polotan. Metro Manila: Bustamante Press.

170

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER XI. MODERNISM AND POSTMODERNISM A. Articles Aquino, Belinda A. 1990. What feminism is not. Pantas 3. Breboneria, Roque B., S.J. 1986. Modernismo kay Abadilla. Meron 1. Briones, Raymundo. 1989. Understanding Gadamer’s play as model for understanding. Σοφια 19. Calasanz, Jose Eduardo E. 1992. Pagpapakilala kay Charles Peguy: ‘Politique’ at mystique. Karunungan 9. Cruz, Isagani. 1990-91. Hindi pa uso ang hindi pa uso. Ang kritika sa panahon ng Iraq. Malay 9. Domingo Jr., Juan Santo. 1992. Praxiology and the problem of meaning: Some critical notes on Derridean nihilism. Journal of Social History 1. Leoncini, Dante L. 1984. Politics, dramatics, and foolishness. Σοφια 14. Quito, Emerita S. 1988. Jacques Derrida: A demystification. DLSU Graduate Journal 14. San Juan Jr., Epifanio. 1988. The politics of aesthetics: Praxis in Marxist critical theory. Praxis 2. _______________. 1991-93. Third world suspicions of postmodernism: Provocatory notes. Praxis 5. Torres, Maria Luisa F. 1985. Frederic Jameson: Marxist Hermeneutics. Diliman Review 33. B. Book Review Abulad, Romualdo E. 1986. Review of The history of sexuality, v. 1, by Michel Foucault. Σοφια 16. Aguilar, Delia D. 1988. The feminist challenge: Initial working principles toward reconceptualizing the feminist movement in the Philippines. Malate: Asian Social Institute. Eviota, Elizabeth Uy. 1992. The political economy of gender: Women and the sexual division of labour in the Philippines. London and New Jersey: Zed Books Limited. C. Graduate Work Leoncini, Dante L. 1992. Alaisdair MacIntyre’s ethics and the condition of postmodernity. Master’s thesis, De La Salle University.

171

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER XII. PHILOSOPHY OF ECONOMICS A. Articles Abayan, Perfecto. 1992-93. Transforming the Philippine economy: The whys and wherefores from economic history. DLSU Business and Economics Review 5. Abueg, Elmer A. 1979. Scholasticism, welfare economics, and the problem of distribution: A synthesis. Agimatan 4. ______________. 1982. The foreign trade multiplier reconsidered. DLSU Dialogue 17. ______________. 1983. Monetarism and monetary policy. Journal of Business and Economics 1. Abulad, Romualdo E. 1989. Ang pilosopiya ng salapi ni Georg Simmel. Karunungan 6. Aguilar Jr., Martin. 1957. A forward look—education for economic progress. Eduation Quarterly 5. Ahrensdorf, Joachim. 1955. Money supply and national income in the Philippines. Economic Research Journal 1. Alfonso, Caridad S. 1971. Toward a more participative economic system for the Philippines. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 15. Andaya, Joseph Porfirio L. 1989. The foreign debt problem: Trends and prospects. Saint Louis University Research Journal 20. Angeles, Leonora C. 1991-92. Why the Philippines did not become a newly industrializing country. Kasarinlan 7. Apodaca, Ernesto M. and D. Tagarino. 1989. Conceptual validation of a consumer behavior study. DLSU Business and Economics Review 3. ______________. 1990. Strategies and tactics during periods of shortages. DLSU Business and Economics Review 4. Araneta Jr., Antonio Sebastian. 1959. The relations of social structure to economic development. Economic Research Journal 6. Araneta, F. 1956. The scope of economics in its relationship to morals. Philippine Studies 3. Araneta, Salvador. 1959. Will a multiple rate of exchange improve the Philippine economy? Economic Research Journal 5. ______________. 1962. Social reformation for economic development. Economic Research Journal 9. ______________. 1964. Kelsonism — capitalism for all. UST Commerce Journal 14. ______________. 1965. American interest must respect economic democracy in the Philippines. The role of nationalism in Economic development and social justice. Manila: Araneta Universtiy. Arceo Jr., Ramon. 1983-84. Filipinism in the national economy. Western Philippine Colleges Journal 12. Arquiza, Lino Q. 1984. Education and rural development. Graduate School Research Journal 20. Avila, Jovencio C. 1979. Some aspects of Philippine industrialization. Sophia [Adamson U] 2.

172

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Aytona, Dominador R. 1956. Fiscal policy as an instrument of economic development. Economic Research Journal 2. ______________. 1959. Fiscal polity for economic and social development plan: The 1960 fiscal plan. Economic Research Journal 6. ______________. 1960. Capital formation in the Philippines. Economic Research Journal 6. Azarcon, Manuel. 1964. Parity rights. UST Commerce Journal 14. Baterina, Virginia F. 1955. A study of money in Philippine elections. Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 20. Bautista, Ho. Lilia R. 1980. The new international economic order. Unitas 53. Beltran, Gil S. 1984. Philippine industrialization: Snatomy of a failure. Diliman Review 32. Benitez, Conrado. 1964. The shift from political to economic freedom. Philippine Educational Forum 13. Bishops-Businessmen’s Conference for Human Development (Phil.). 1979. A code of ethics for Business. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 53. Borromeo, Adolfo. 1969. Manpower requirements of the Philippine economy. Economic Research Journal 15. Brilliantes, Alex B., Jr. 1986. Capitalism: The World Bank’s ideological straightjacket. Praxis 1. Calalang, Alfonso. 1960. A sound monetary policy for the attainment of economic stability. Economic Research Journal 7. Calderon, Aurelio B. 1970. Moral and social values and their role in economic development. Unitas 43. Calderon, Cicero. 1969. Should the bill of rights include economic and social rights? Silliman Journal 16. Calupitan, Eleanore A. 1963. How thought leaders in the Philippines regard advertising. UE Business Review 5. Caparanga, Nestor A. 1971. Inflation and deflation. U. I. Journal 3. Caoili, Manuel A. 1987. Quezon and his business friends: notes on the origins of Philippine national capitalism. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 31. ______________. 1976. The Ilchman-Uphoff model of political economy: An operational research design on social status. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 20. Castillo, Andres V. 1954. Our monetary system. Economic Research Journal 1. ______________. 1961. Encouraging foreign investments. Economic Research Journal 8. Castro, Amado. 1955-56. Training for business in rural areas. Education Quarterly 3. ______________. 1959. Economics in the public service. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 3. Colcol, Lorenzo M. 1956. The economics of devaluation and what it means to the Philippines. Economic Research Journal 3. Coloso, Vicente. 1955. The role of government corporations in the economic development. Economic Research Journal 2. Consing, Arturo Y. 1961. Obstacle to foreign investments in a developing economy. Economic Research Journal 8. Cordova, Nazario M. 1965-66. Trade unions: Their duties and responsibilities. Trends 1. Correa, Jose Bonet. 1963. The moral purpose of money. Unitas 36. Cosico, Joan Frelei R. 1987. Cottage and small-scale industries: Their role in economic development. Saint Louis University Research Journal 18.

173

PHILOSOPHY OF ECONOMICS

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Cruz, Santiago F. de la. 1960. Some non-economic factors of economic development. Economic Research Journal 7. Crucillo, Cornelio V. 1964. Foreign aid in planned economic development. Economic Research Journal 11. Cuaderno Sr., Miguel. 1955. Essential conditions for resorting to deficit financing for economic development; a symposium on credit financing for industrial development in the Philippines. Economic Research Journal 1. ______________. 1960. Is politics a necessary factor to economic development; the viewpoint of a central banker. Economic Research Journal 7. Dalisay, Amando M. 1958. Economic controls and the central bank. Diliman Review 6. ______________. 1959. The extremes of monetary proposals. Economic Research Journal 6. ______________. 1960. Physical planning in Philippine economic and social development. Economic Research Journal 7. ______________. 1965. Introductory remarks [Symposium: Government borrowing and its impact on inflation]. Economic Research Journal 11. ______________. 1965-66. Economics and politics. Economic Research Journal 12. ______________. 1965-66. The teaching of economics oriented to the Philippine environment. Trends 1. ______________. 1966. Agricultural development in the light of development goals and performance, 1949-1965. UE Business Review 8. ______________. 1970. The role of agriculture in economic development: The Philippines. Economic Research Journal 17. ______________. 1971. The green revolutiona and economic development. Economic Research Journal 18. Dalupan, Francisco T. 1956. Warning signal: Inflation ahead. Economic Research Journal 3. ______________. 1959. Why the growing contempt for the peso? Economic Research Journal 6. ______________. 1960. In what way is freedom from hunger related to man’s basic freedoms in a democracy? Economic Research Journal 7. David, Randolf S. 1991-92. Persistent issues in ‘The New World Order’. Kasarinlan 7. David, Vicente C. 1962. Money, multiplier and decontrol—their banking implications for the Philippines. Economic Research Journal 9. de Dios, Emmanuel S. 1991. Some questions regarding an alternative economic programme. Studies on nationalist industrialization. Quezon City: Philippine Center for Policy Studies. de Jesus, Angel G. 1958. Public financing of economic development. Economic Research Journal 5. de la Cruz, Antonio and Angel Q. Yoingco. 1957. Government spending for economic development. Economic Research Journal 3. de la Cruz, Santiago F. 1957. Government in business (notes). Economic Research Journal 4. del Callar, Achilles. 1979. The role of nuclear energy in development. Sophia [Adamson U] 2. del Castillo, Juan. 1960. Present Philippine concept of money. UE Business Review 2. de los Santos, Rosa B. 1964. The need for regional economic cooperation in Asia. Economic Research Journal 11. Dizon, Priscilla S. 1964. The need for foreign investment in the Philippines. Economic Research Journal 11.

174

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Dy, Manuel B., Jr. 1987. The economic structure of society, Habermas’ reconstruction of historical materialism. Karunungan 4. Ellevera, Exaltacion D., Stella P. Go, and Aprodicio A. Laquian. 1982. Leveriza: towards formulating a “cooperative management model” of basic-services delivery. DLSU Dialogue 17. Espiritu, Augusto Caesar A. 1967. Economic nationalism should effectuate just relationships in society. Silliman Journal 14. Espiritu, Jesus C. 1955. Public borrowing for economic development in the Philippines. Economic Research Journal 2. ______________. 1958. The economic thoughts of Rizal (notes). Economic Research Journal 5. Estrada, Salvador. 1965. The challenge of modern organization. UE Business Review 7. Fabella, Armand A. 1988. Business in government and government in business. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 32. Ferrer, Ricardo D. 1987. The political economy of the Aquino regime: From liberalism to bureaucratic authoritarianism. Diliman Review 35. Filio, Candido P. 1982. A futuristic framework for natural resources development in the Philippines. DLSU Management Journal 3. Formilleza, Edna F. 1965-66. Fallacies of the Marxian predictions. Trends 1. Gacutan, Hezel P. 1981. Economic theories and national development. Diwa [Philippine Journal of Ideas] 1. Galano, Rolando I. 1976. The Philippine economy in the 1970’s: Some notes on forecasting. Σοφια 5. ______________. 1981. The futurist as a planner. DLSU Management Journal 2. Gallana, Arthur. 1973. The National Economic Development Authority: The new super economic body. UST Commercial Journal 23. Garcia, Fanny Cortez. 1959-60. Economic change and education. Education Quarterly 7. Garcia, Raymundo G. 1965-66. Towards a more flexible international monetary system. Trends 1. Gimenez, Pedro M. 1959. Economic salvation through intensive production. Economic Research Journal 5. Go, Stella P., Exaltacion D. Ellevera, and Aprodicio A. Laquian. 1982. Leveriza: Towards formulating a “cooperative management model” of basic-services delivery. DLSU Dialogue 17. Gonzalez, Giancarlo. 1981. What is the currency basket policy? Diliman Review 28. Gonzalez, Salvador R. 1966. Science, technology and economics. DLSC Dialogue 5. Gopez, Eduardo C. 1956. An empirical determination of the optimum money supply (notes). Economic Research Journal 3. Gopinath, Aruna. 1986. President Manuel Quezon and economic protectionism, 1935-41. Philippine Studies 34. Also published in 1987-88. Journal of History 32-33. Gregorio, Ruben J., S.J. 1962. Some medieval thoughts on capitalism. Philippine Scholastic 4. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1985. Is Philippine industrialization an elusive goal? Diliman Review 33. ______________. 1985. Hitting the central issue. Diliman Review 33. ______________. 1986. Clarifying the issues. Diliman Review 34. Guevara, Milwida M. and Angel Q. Yoingco. 1985. The foreign investors in the Philippines: Their tax burden and the incentives in investments. Lyceum Research Journal 9.

175

PHILOSOPHY OF ECONOMICS

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Gutierrez, Hugo E., Jr. 1965-66. Social security and economic development. Trends 1. Henares, Hilarion M., Jr. 1955-56. Role of cottage industries in community life. Education Quarterly 3. ______________. 1968. Colonial strategy against full scale industrialization. The role of nationalism in economic development and social justice. Manila: Araneta University. ______________. 1981. Industrialization, nationalism, and the ‘last’ Filipino. Disciplines and the man: development of a Filipino ideology. Manila: Philosophy of Education Society of the Philippines. Himes, Ronald S. 1979-80. Concepts of property and time: Change in the Tagalog area. Journal of Northern Luzon 10. Ilag, Leodegario M. 1970. Adam Smith on the progress of opulence in different nations and the Philippine experience. Economic Research Journal 17. Jalbuena, Aniceto L. 1956. Postwar money supply and the credit requirement or economic development in the Philippines: 1945-1955 (notes). Economic Research Journal 2. Jarmin, Martin V. 1957. Agricultural education in the Philippines [for economic progress]. Education Quarterly 5. Jurado, Elsa P. 1980. Contemporary industrialization: The roots of discontent. Philippine Social Sciences & Humanities Review 44. Lacanilao, Flor. 1989. Countryside development through small-scale fisheries. Diliman Review 37. Laquian, Aprodicio A., Exaltacion D. Ellevera, and Stella P. Go. 1982. Leveriza: Towards formulating a “cooperative management model” of basic-services delivery. DLSU Dialogue 17. Laurel, Jose P. 1957-58. Education for economic progress. Education Quarterly 5. Lava, Horacio. 1940. Price control in theory and practice. Philippine Social Science Review 12. Lechoco, Napoleon. 1965. The validity of tariff protection. UE Business Review 7. Legarda Jr., Benito. 1962. Economic objectives of export taxation in the Philippines. Economic Research Journal 9. Licauco, Jaime T. 1968. Business education looks ahead. San Beda Review 1. Lichauco, Alejandro. 1968. Nationalism, economic development and social justice. The role of Nationalism in economic development and social justice. Manila: Araneta University. Lim, Joseph Y. 1991. Myths about an alternative development strategy. Studies on nationalist industrialization. Quezon City: Philippine Center for Policy Studies. Lopez, Fernando H. 1971. Technology and progress. The U.I. Journal 4. Llanto, Gilberto M. 1985. Basic relations in the balance of payments, the monetary accounts and the fiscal deficit. Lyceum Research Journal 9. Lorenzo, Pablo. 1965. The financing of government investments: Problems and prospects. Economic Research Journal 11. Lorimer, Frank. 1965. Cultural and demographic aspect of economic development. Philippine Sociological Review 13. Lucas, Angelina B. 1991. Developing the underground economy. Saint Louis University Research Journal 22.

176

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Mabbun, Pablo N. 1964. The role of farmer’s cooperatives in raising production and income in the Philippines. Economic Research Journal 11. Macapagal, Diosdado. 1991. Economic and social justice—Philippine experience. Unitas 64. Macaspac, Isidro S. 1962. Planning economic and social progress. Economic Research Journal 9. ______________. 1963. Our attempt at an economic revolution. Economic Research Journal 10. Maceda, Marcelino N. 1991. The Filipino family and development. University Journal 11. Maglaque, Armando. 1958. Some aspects of the role of monetary and fiscal policy in economic development. Economic Research Journal 9. Malayo, Thelmo M. 1969. Strategy for development: emphasis on industrialization. Economic Research Journal 15. Manglapus, Raul S. 1959. Local autonomy: key to economic progress. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 3. Maramag, Felipe. 1977. The revolutionary and conservative interpretations of Bentham’s principle of utility. Agimatan 2. Marcos, Ferdinand. 1960. Politics and economic growth. UE Business Review 2. ______________. Is politics a necessary factor to economic development; the viewpoint of a politician. Economic Research Journal 7. Marquez, Manuel J. 1965. Government borrowing as an instrument of monetary policy. Economic Research Journal 11. Martin, Dalmacio. 1957. Aspects of the curriculum for economic progress. Education Quarterly 5. Maulit, D. A. 1965. The contribution of agricultural industries to economic development. Economic Research Journal 11. Mayo, Manuel E. 1983. The myth of protectionism. Diliman Review 31. ______________. 1985. Missing the central issue. Diliman Review 33. ______________. 1985. Deeper into the issue. Diliman Review 33. Marasigan, Vicente. 1988. Lonergan’s probabiliorism for an economic civilization. Landas 11. Matthews, Paul W. 1986. The social and economic value of children in Philippine society. Philippine Sociological Review 34. Medina, Antonio F. 1960. Investment goals of economic planning. Economic Research Journal 7. Mendoza, Honesto. 1962. Impact of fiscal policy on the economic development of the Philippines. Economic Research Journal 9. ______________. 1974. The new constitution: A basis of economic development. Trinity College Journal 1. Mercado, Julian D. 1954. Philippine monetary policy since 1949. Economic Research Journal 1. Mercado, Nestor J. 1965. The export sector: Its significance and problems. Economic Research Journal 11. ______________. 1966. Industrial development of the Philippines. UE Business Review 8. Mindoro, Meliton M. 1959. The socio-cultural aspects of economic development. Economic Research Journal 4. ______________. 1963. For an economic conscience. UE Business Review 5.

177

PHILOSOPHY OF ECONOMICS

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1963. Human resources and economic growth. Economic Research Journal 10. Miranda, Casimiro V., Jr. 1964-65. The effect of profit repatriation by foreign investors on national income. University College Journal Issue No. 7. Montes, Manuel F. 1991. 11 questions regarding nationalist industrialization. Studies on nationalist industrialization. Quezon City: Philippine Center for Policy Studies. Montilla, Daniel A. 1963. The case for foreign investment in the Philippines. Economic Research Journal 10. Morales, Catalino V. 1963. Attaining economic democracy in our developing elconomy. Economic Research Journal 10. Moreno, Florencio. 1956. Public works expenditures and the national budget. Economic Research Journal 2. Oracion, Timoteo. 1954. Economic and social organization of the Magahats. Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 19. Padilla, Ambrosio. 1989. General appropriations bill should not include foreign debt service. Lyceum Research Journal 13. Padilla, Benedicto. 1958. The rationale of prickle and exchange control. Diliman Review 6. Palafox, Liria A. 1958. Movements of money supply and consumer prices in the Philippines from 1949-1957. Economic Research Journal 5. Pascual, Ricardo R. 1940. A critique of Karl Marx’s theory of commodity in capital. Philippine Social Science Review 12. ______________. 1941. Critique of Karl Marx’s two-fold nature of labor. Philippine Social Science Review 13. Peralta, Vicente L. 1959. The role of government in economic development. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 3. ______________. 1960. The need for a liberal policy in all development. Economic Research Journal 7. _______________. 1962. The need for revitalizing the legislative procedure in budget-making. Economic Research Journal 9. Pertierra, Raul. 1989. The practice of theory and the theory of practice, its relevance for Philippine studies. Diliman Review 37. Philippine economist speaks on the two poverties. 1964. Saint Louis Quarterly 2. Piñon, Manuel, O.P. 1977. St. Thomas and the right to wealth. Unitas 30. Polo, Jaime Biron. 1991. Utang na loob: The popular disposition of reciprocity in a gift economy. Diliman Review 39. Prudente, Nemesio E. 1965-66. Nationalism and the economics of survival. Trends 1. Quiaoit, Andres T. 1973. Philosophy and principles of cooperatives. UST Commerce Journal 23. Ramos, Carlos P. 1957. The role of public administration in economic progress. Education Quarterly 5. Ramos, Julieta M. 1966. Patterns of developmental planning in the Philippines. UE Business Review 8. Reyes, Danilo R. 1990. The crisis of underdevelopment: A reexamination of economic models in the third world. Praxis 4. Reyes, Teofilo D., Sr. 1955-56. Training for business. Education Quarterly 3.

178

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Riggs, Fred W. 1958. The bazaar, canteen model: economic aspects of the prismatic society. Philippine Sociological Review 6. ______________. 1959. Economic development and local administration: a study in circular causation. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 3. Rivera, Juan T. 1962. Are taxes contributions or investments? Economic Research Journal 9. Rodriguez, Felimon C. 1958. Government participation in business. Economic Research Journal 5. Roldan, Jose S. 1957. The responsibility of trade and industrial education for economic progress. Education Quarterly 5. Romero, Rodolfo V. 1965. The role of investment banking in Philippine economic development. UE Business Review 7. Rotor, Nilda S. 1979. Isang simplistikong empirikal na beripikasyon ng punsiyon ng pagkonsumong Keynesian sa Pilipinas. Agimatan 4. Roxas, Sixto K. 1965. The problems of public administration for economic development. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 9. ______________. 1966. Discovering economic imperatives for national growth. UE Business Review 8. ______________. 1969. The economics of politics. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 13. Ruiz, Bienvenido. 1957. Hyper-inflation: How it works and its relation to slow inflation (notes). Economic Research Journal 3. Said, Ahmad Abdu. 1963. Ibn Khaldun and economic analysis. University College Journal Issue No. 5. Salvador, Araneta. 1959. Will a multiple rate of exchange improve the Philippine economy? Economic Research Journal 5. Santos, Jose S. 1971. Taxes mean progress. UST Commerce Journal 21. Santos, Ricky. 1986. Marx on land monopoly and land rent. Diliman Review 34. Santos, Rolando A. 1984. Law and economic development: A focus on legal protection of foreign investment and transfer of technology. Journal of Business and Economics 2. Sanvictores, Lourdes L. 1965. Is there an economic need for family limitation in the Philippines? Unitas 38. Science and economic development. 1968. Economic Research Journal 15. Sicat, Loretta M. and Angel Q. Yoingco. 1958. Congressional control of the public purse. Economic Research Journal 5. Sison, Fernando E. V. 1959. Industrialization as a goal in Philippine economic development. Economic Research Journal 6. Soberano, Jose D. 1959. A methodology for the study of national economic and social development planning in the Philippines. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 3. ______________. 1971. Economic aspects of the Philippine Constitution: perspectives in charter revision. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 15. Staufer, Robery B. 1972. The political economy of development: A Philippine note. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 16. Suarez Jr., Pablo R. 1958. The problem of attracting foreign capital for economic development. Economic Research Journal 5.

179

PHILOSOPHY OF ECONOMICS

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Tabbada, Jose P. 1983. Political economy or sociology of elites? Philippine Journal of Public Administration 27. Tagrino, D. and Ernesto M. Apodaca. 1989. Conceptual validation of a consumer behavior study. DLSU Business and Economics Review 3. Tambunting, Jose P. 1966. Patriotic intellectualism in business. Trends 2. Tanco, Arturo R. Jr. 1958. Society and economic development. Philippine Sociological Review 6. Tandinco, Aldoña V. 1980. Romualdez’s ideas on independence and the Philippine economy. Leyte-Samar Studies 14. Tejam, Montano A. 1955. The tariff as a factor in industrialization. Economic Research Journal 2. ______________. 1956. The tariff as an instrument of national policy. Economic Research Journal 3. ______________. 1957. The role of tariff in the socio-economic development program. Economic Research Journal 9. Terrenal, Quintin. 1984. The Hegelian dialectic of multinational corporations and less developed nations. Diwa 1. The role of profits in a nation’s economy. 1967. UE Business Review 9. Tietenberg, Thomas H. 1965-66. Philippine foreign exchange policy and the sources of investment capital. Economic Research Journal 12. _______________. 1965-66. Problems of public capital formation in the Philippines. Economic Research Journal 12. Tirona, Mary Grace A. 1987-88. Financial entrepreneurship and monopoly capitalism. Journal of History 32-33. Tolosa Jr., Benjamin T. 1987. Constraints on democratic consolidation and the economic ideology of the Aquino government. In The Aquino government and the question of ideology. Edited by Raul J. Bonoan, S. J., Agnes Colette Condon, and Soledad S. Reyes. Budhi Papers No. 8. Quezon City: Phoenix Publishing House, Inc. and Ateneo de Manila University. Tulio, Corazon B. 1964. The two-fold effects of economic control. Philippine Educational Forum 13. Tullao, Corazon. 1964. The evolution of markets. UST Commerce Journal 14. Tullao Jr., Tereso S. 1978. Pangdaigdigang pangangalakal: Katulong o sagabal sa kaunlaran. Daop Diwa Issue 2. ______________. 1987. Ekonomiks sa diwang Pilipino: Halo-halo, tingi-tingi at sari-sari. Malay 6. ______________. 1989-90. The role of higher education in Philippine development. DLSU Dialogue 24. Umaña, Salvador C. 1966. Growth of Philippine manufacturing: 1902-1960. Economic Research Journal 13. Urbayan, Elizabeth. 1964. Problems of an underdeveloped economy. UST Commerce Journal 14. Vega, Elias E. 1963. Does taxation arrest economic growth? Economic Research Journal 10. Velilla, Pacifico L. 1957. Commercial education for Philippine progress. Education Quarterly 5.

180

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Venida, Victor M. S. 1989. Adam Smith’s The wealth of nations. In The great books. Edited by Joseph A. Galdon, S.J. Quezon City: Ateneo Office of Research and Publications. Villa, Zosimo O. L. 1988. Philippine economic development problems: Some personal observations and proposals. Trends No. 1. Villanueva, Hector R. R. 1965-66. A programme of political economy for the Philippines. Trends 1. Villegas, Bernardo M. 1969. Econometrics: The tool of economics. DLSC Dialogue 5. Vinzon, Roberto S. 1968. The legal and moral aspect of lending money. San Beda Review 1. Yoingco, Angel Q. 1954. Justification for deficit spending in an underdeveloped economy like the Philippines. Economic Research Journal 1. ______________. 1956. Some theories on public spending. Economic Research Journal 3. ______________. 1958. Financing the government budget through taxation. Economic Research Journal 4. ______________ and Antonio C. de la Cruz. 1957. Government spending for economic development. Economic Research Journal 3. ______________ and Loretta M. Sicat. 1958. Congressional control of the public purse. Economic Research Journal 5. Verzosa, Elsa D. 1977. Social science for economic development. Western Philippine Colleges Journal 6. B. Books, Pamphlets, and Monographs Andres, Tomas. 1985. Management by Filipino Values. Quezon City: New Day Publishers. Brazil, Harold E. 1962. The politics of Philippine economic development. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press. Constantino, Renato, ed. 1989. The essential Tañada. Quezon City: Karrel. Eviota, Elizabeth Uy. 1992. The political economy of gender: Women and the sexual division of labor in the Philippines. London and New Jersey: Zed Books Limited. Fast, Jonathan and Jim Richardson. 1979. Roots of dependency: Political and economic revolution in 19th century Philippines. Quezon City: Foundation for Nationalist Studies. Garrovillas, Exequiel C. and Gregorio S. Miranda. 1964. Principles of money, credit and banking. Manila: R. M. Garcia Publishing House. Laurel, Jose P. 1965. Our economy—what can be done. Manila: n.p. Lichauco, Alejandro. 1986. Towards a new economic order and the conquest of mass poverty. Quezon City: n.p. ______________. 1988. Nationalist economics. Quezon City: Institute for Rural Industrialization, Inc. Majul, Cesar A. 1980. Islam and development: A collection of essays, ed. by Michael Mastura. Metro Manila: Office of the Commissioner of Islamic Affairs. Miranda, Gregorio S. and Exequiel C. Garrovillas. 1964. Principles of money, credit, and banking. Manila: R. M. Garcia Publishing House. Richardson, Jim and Jonathan Fast. 1979. Roots of dependency: Political and economic revolution in 19th centrury Philippines. Quezon City: Foundation for Nationalist Studies.

181

PHILOSOPHY OF ECONOMICS

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

C. Review Articles, Book Reviews, and Abstracts Bantequi, Sylvia B. 1961. Review of Six lectures on economic growth, by Simon Kuznets. Economic Research Journal 8. Camus, Quirico. 1955. Review of Approaches to economic development, by Norman S. Buchanan. Economic Research Journal 2. ______________. Review of Inflation and capital, by Frederick Victor Meyer. Economic Research Journal 2. Casem Jr., Antonio. 1960. Review of Economic backwardness and economic growth: Studies in the theory of economic development, by Harvey Leibenstein. Economic Research Journal 6. Cid, Lourdes A. 1965-66. Review of The population dilemma, by Philip M. Hauser. Economic Research Journal. ______________. 1968. Market control and planning in Communist China [rev. art.]. Economic Research Journal 15. Colcol, Lorenzo M. 1956. Review of Definitions in political economy, by Thomas Robert Malthus. Economic Research Journal 5. ______________. 1958. Review of Money and banking, by Charles L. Prather. Economic Research Journal 5. Consing, Arturo Y. 1959. Review of Public principles of public debt: A defense and restatement, by James M. Buchanan. Cruz, Julieta Naval. 1968. Gold and the American balance of payments [rev. art.]. Economic Research Journal 15. Cura, Amelito B. 1960. Review of The strategy of economic development, by Albert C. Hirschman. Economic Research Journal 7. Debuque Jr., Ignacio. 1960. Review of Public enterprise and economic development, by Murray D. Bryce. Economic Research Journal 7. de Jesus, Angel G. 1958. Review of Studies in economic development, by Alfred Bonne. Economic Research Journal 5. ______________. 1959. Review of The affluent society, by John Kenneth Galbraith. Economic Research Journal 5. Doctora, Roberto D. 1971. Communist international economics [rev. art.]. Economic Research Journal 17. Domingo, Eduardo M. 1986. Review of Towards a new economic order and the conquest of mass poverty, by Alejandro Lichauco. Philippiniana Sacra 21. Reprinted in 1987. Religious Studies Journal 10. Dumpit, Florentino D. 1958. Review of International monetary policy, by W. M. Scammell. Economic Research Journal 5. Gallardo, Joselito S. 1964. Review of Keynesian theory of economic development, by Kenneth Kurihara K. Economic Research Journal 10. Legarda, Benito Fernandez. 1960. Review of The stages of economic growth, by W. W. Rostow. Philippine Studies 8. Mabalot, Alfredo D. 1961. Review of Foreign capital and economic development: Japan, India and Canada, by Murul Islam. Economic Research Journal 8. Macalincag, Victor C. 1961. Review of Economic research and training foundations. Inflation in a developing economy, by Indian Merchant’s Chamber. Economic Research Journal 8.

182

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Macuja, Julio V. 1956. Review of Man, motives and money, by Albert Lauterbach. Economic Research Journal 4. Mata, Edgardo C. 1963. Review of Industrial development, by Murray D. Bryce. Economic Research Journal 10. Medina, Antonio F. 1959. Review of The economics of full employment in agricultural countries, by V. A. Sukiyakermaran. Economic Research Journal 6. Miguel, Veraña G. 1963. Review of Economic development: The underdeveloped world and the American interest, by Wlater Krause. Economic Research Journal 10. Rombawa, Gil V. 1961. Review of What you should know about inflation, by Henry Hazlitt. Economic Research Journal 8. Rosete, Nievelena V. 1977. A vision for world economic integration [art. rev.]. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 21. Sanvictores, Lourdes L. Review of The stages of economic growth: A non-communist manifesto, by Walt W. Rostow. Economic Research Journal 6. Tabbada, Jose P. 1983. Political economy or sociology of elites [rev. art.]? Philippine Journal of Public Administration 27. Viray-Vicente, Ma. Violeta. Review of Persectives on the social responsibility of business, by Rosemary Aquion, ed. DLSU Dialogue 17. Yandoc, Luz D. 1965. Review of Pinciples of money, credit and banking. Manila: R. M. Garcia Publishing House. Zarate, Ma. Carmelita. 1978. Review of Inflation: A guide to the crisis in economics, by J. A. Trevithick. Agimatan 2. D. Graduate Work Oringo, Rolando E. 1978. The concept of corporate social responsibility and its manifestations in the banana export firms. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Davao. Osuji, Ndubuisi Celestine. 1981. The role of philosophy in the progress of developing countires. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Salazar, Ramon Joseph Tan. 1962. The relation of individual obligation to pay a family wage to the total of national economy. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. Tamesis, Florencio V. 1957. Some moral principles in the Philippine minimum wage law. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Toledo, Elena R. 1987. Work ethics and labor productivity: An exploratory study of workers in two garment-producing companies in the Philippines.Doctoral dissertation, University of the Philippines. Valenzuela, Bayani G. 1974. Karl Marx’s concept of labour (a critical analysis). Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. E. Poems Alvero, Aurelio S. 1934, 1965. Futility: Of wealth. Moon shadows on the waters. Manila: University of Sto Tomas; reprint ed. Manila: Far Eastern Publications. Daguio, Amador T. 1937. Economics. Sunday Tribune Magazine (10 October). Icasiano, German. 1931. Money. Wings [AdeMU] (31 October).

183

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER XIII. PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION A. Articles Abada, Esteban R. 1954-55. The logic of educational leadership. Education Quarterly 2. Abarcar, Gudelia M. 1953. The nature and functions of a university. Education Quarterly 1. Ablaza, Cristina R. 1990-91. DLSU academic lectures: Cohesion and function. DLSU Dialogue 25 (1990-91). Abueva, Jose V. 1992. Mobilizing tertiary education for social transformation in the Philippines. Ugnayan 1. Abulad, Romualdo. 1979. Prepare yourself for a life of work and study. Banahaw March. ______________. 1987. The philosophical bases of values education. DLSU Graduate Journal 12. Acay, Gerardo M. 1963. Reflections on the teaching of Western Thought I. University College Journal Issue No. 5. Acuña, Jasmin. 1981. How we learn from others: The process of cognitive development. Education Quarterly 28. Adorio, Mercedes P. 1978. Special education and regular education: A concept of unity. Education Quarterly 25. Agcaoili, Jesus C. 1969-70. The Philippine academe in a changing milieu: Challenge and response. Trends 5. Agleam, Rosario. 1969. Trends in elementary education. Ilocos Review [DWC-Vigan] 1. Agoncillo, Teodoro A. 1961. Philippine history and institutions I in the general education program. University College Journal Issue No. 1. Agpalo, Remigio E. 1985. Academic freedom and the University of the Philippines faculty, in Alejandro G. Hufana and Cesar A. Hidalgo, eds. Festscriften: Leopoldo Y. Yabes. Quezon City: College of Arts and Letters, U. P. Aguilar, Jose V. 1958-59. Seeing education whole: A philosophy. Education Quarterly 6. ______________. 1955. The community-school idea. Education Quarterly 3. Aguilar Jr., Martin. 1957. A forward look—education for economic progress. Education Quarterly 5. Albarracin, Narciso. 1966. Philosophy of music education. Journal of Educational Research 3. ______________. 1969. The role of a non-sectarian university in the development of the region. U. I. Journal 2. ______________. 1976. Planning for graduate education in the 21st century. Graduate and Faculty Studies 1976. ______________. 1985. Formal and non-formal education: Their philosophical basis, coordinated planning and complementarity. UNESCO Philippines 2. Alfonso, Oscar M. 1968. Teaching undergraduate history, in Papers and proceedings, 1968 U.P. faculty conference. Edited by Paulina F. Bautista. Quezon City: n.p. Albar, Ibrahim R. 1969. A program of liberal education—an imperative need in our teacher education curricula. Philippine Journal of Education 48.

184

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Alberca, Wilfredo L. 1989. Philosophy of education: a few personal notes and proposals. Trends No. 1. Alejandro, Pedro L., S.J. 1961. Points of emphasis in philosophy teaching. Philippine Scholastic 4. Alonto, Ahmad Domocao, Sr. 1989. Formulating Islamic educational objectives, in Values education for Muslim Mindanao. Marawi City: Mindanao State University System. ______________. 1989. Concept of education in Islam. Mindanao Law Journal 4. Alonto, Ahmad E., Jr. 1989. The need to infuse moral and spiritual values in Philippine education, in Values education for Muslim Mindanao. Marawi City: Mindanao State University System. Alvaran-Albito, Arsenia. 1978. Communism—its educational philosophy. Silliman Journal 25. Andallo, Julita. 1977-78. Let’s try solving problems using the analytical method. Philippine Journal of Education 56. Andolong, Florita P. 1969-70. The teachers and the problem of “values.” Education Quarterly 17. Andres, Tomas O. D. 1984. The many faces of the Filipino ‘loob’: Its implications to organization life. CEAP Perspective 4. Ang, Ida B. 1970. The student activist. Guidance Journal 2. Angara, Edgardo J. 1988. The future of Philippine education. CEAP Perspective 8. _______________. 1989. Education in the future tense: the university of the 21st century. Perspective, the National Magazine 9. _______________. 1989. The elusive goal of excellence. Trinity College Journal 10. _______________. 1990. An analysis of the Philippine educational system. Assumption Journal 8. Angeles, F. Delor M. and Bonifacio Reyes Angeles. 1956. The birth of the Philippine educational system. Silliman Journal 3. Angeles, Bonifacio Reyes and F. Delor M. Angeles. 1956. The birth of the Philippine educational system. Silliman Journal 3. Ante, Jose, OMI. 1988. Catholic education: A service to the country. CEAP Perspective 8. Antonio, Antolina T. and Lilia H. Laurel. 1961. Spanish in the general education program. University College Journal Issue No. 1. Aquino, Conrado P. 1966. The liberal arts and the needs of youth. UNO-Recoletos Journal 5 (ser. II). ______________. 1970. Implications in education of student activism. Guidance Journal 2. Aquino, Gaudencio V. 1976-77. Needed: A theory of learning. MLQU Graduate Journal 5. Aquino, Ranhilo C. 1989. The being of man and education. Philippiniana Sacra 24. Aquino-Reyes, Feliciana. 1962. A critical study of the provisions for liberal education in teachertraining curricula in the Philippines. Graduate and Faculty Studies 13. Araneta, Francisco, S.J. 1965. What are schools for? PAGE Journal 3. Araneta, Salvador. 1971. Educational constitutional objectives. University of Baguio Journal 6. Arcilla, Jose, S.J. Myths of Democracy and Education. CEAP Perspective 11. Arevalo, Ibo Al. 1974. The educational philosophy of Camilo Osias. Graduate Forum [Bikol U] 4. Aricheta, Saturnino R. 1969-70. The academe in a changing society. Trends 5. Arquiza, Lino Q. 1957. General education in the social sciences. Silliman Journal 4.

185

PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

_____________. 1969. Who should teach in the secondary schools? PAFTE Review 2. ______________. 1983. The future of Christian universities in Asia. Graduate School Research Journal 19. ______________. 1984. Education and rural development. Graduate School Research Journal 20. Arreola, Vis. Jose A. 1976-77. Can moral education be taught only in the religious context? MLQU Graduate Journal 5. Asis, Consuelo V. 1961. Natural science in the general education program. University College Journal Issue No. 1. Asuzano, Leticia M. 1976. Learning and the educative process. DLSC Dialogue 12. ______________. 1985. Assessment in values education. CEAP Perspective 5. Azanza, R. V. 1976-77. Education for a better quality of life. Philippine Journal of Education 55. Ato, Marcos A. 1991. Technological education and training of out-of-school youth for community development: A systems approach. PBMIT Graduate Journal 1. Avila, Madelene and Jaime Guevarra. 1985. A new perspective of the Socratic method in Philippine context. Kaya Tao 7. Back to the basics in elementary education. 1982. CEAP Perspective 2. Baes, Virginia M. 1991. Bridging the gap between subject matter and the students’ lives. PBMIT Graduate Journal 1. Balagtas, Francisco. 1954. Some education philosophy, in Moral training of the Filipino people. Edited by Jose Batungbacal. Manila: University Publishing Co. Balayon, Theresa B. 1986. Values and non-sexist education. CEAP Perspective 6. Balberona, Dixie C. A. 1986-87. The role of teachers in value formation. LCC Journal 3. Banias, Romeo. 1987. The role of the school administrator in the values education program. U. I. Journal 20. Batungbakal, Jose. 1958. Dr. Jose Rizal’s teachings and influence. Journal of History 6. Battung, Rosario. 1962. The “ideal education.” Journal of Education [UST] 4. Belen, Hermogenes F. 1965. Concepts and practices of vocational education. PAGE Journal 3. Belita, Jaime A., C.M. 1984. Education for justice in search of a complementary model: An essay. RSD Journal 7. Benabarre, Benigno. 1956. Public funds for private schools in a democracy: Theory and practice. Graduate and Faculty Studies 7. Benitez, Lourdes Abad Santos. 1961. Speech I in the general education program. University College Journal Issue No. 1. Benjamin, Elena L. 1960. Moral and spiritual values in education. Philippine Educator 14. Bernas, Joaquin G., S.J. 1984. The moral response of the university. Philippine Studies 32. Bonifacio, Armando F. 1958. On the field of humanities. Diliman Review 6. ______________. 1961. Critical thinking and general education. University College Journal Issue No. 1. ______________. 1968. Can history be taught?, in Papers and proceedings, 1968 U.P. faculty conference. Edited by Paulina F. Bautista. Quezon City: n.p. ______________. 1968. Philosophical orientation in the Philippines today. PAFTE Review 1.

186

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1979. Discussion [of Esperanto’s ‘Socio-Cultural factor’], in Social science research for development. Edited by Alex R. Magno. Quezon City: Division of Social Sciences, University of the Philippines. ______________. 1985. Should U.P. be conventional? Diliman Review 30. ______________. 1986. Towards a Filipino philosophy of education. Danyag 1. Bonoan, Raul J., S.J. 1986. Paideia, humanitas, magpakatao: Values for national reconstruction [re peace education]. CEAP Perspective 6. ______________. 1988. Values education at a tertiary level. Pantas 1. Botor, Celeste O. 1978. The nature and function of philosophy of education. Education Quarterly 25. _______________. 1979. Teaching-learning strategies for philosophy of education courses. Education Quarterly 26. Bulatao, Jaime, S.J. 1970. Some psychological dynamics of Philippine student activism. Guidance Journal 2. Brillantes, Maria Lourdes Javier. 1986. Vestiges of colonial miseducation: A case study. Kaya Tao 8. Cabaluna, Celia A. 1987-88. The role of the elementary school teachers in values education. U. I. Journal 20. Caguioa, Heriberta M. 1969. Who should teach in the elementary schools? PAFTE Review 2. Calauag, Aida. 1985. Qualitative assessment in values education. CEAP Perspective 5. Camacho, Remedios Brotonel. 1963. A curriculum guide for kindergarten in the Philippines. Graduate and Faculty Studies 14. Canave, Juan C. 1960. A field trip: Its educational and institutional value. Education Quarterly 7. ______________. 1966-67. The qualities of a good teacher in the graduate school. Education Quarterly 14. Cantos, Felicidad G. 1978. More emphasis on the basics. Western Philippine Colleges Journal 7. Cardasto, Francisca. 1978-79. Non-formal education in the Philippines. Western Philippine Colleges Journal 7. Cardenas, Benito C. 1990. Curricular programs and philosophies in public administration: a regional perspective. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 34. Carillo, Angeles Galino. 1978. Cultural antecedents for an education of values in the twentieth century. Unitas 51. Cariño, Isidro D. 1990-91. Bayan muna bago ang sarili, edukasyong Pilipino sa diwa, sa isip, sa salita, at sa gawa. Philippine Journal of Education 69. ______________. 1991. Bayan muna bago ang sarili: isang matapat at makabuluhang paglilingkod pang-edukasyon. CEAP Perspective 11. Also in 1991-92. Philippine Journal of Education 70. Cariño, Ledivina V. 1980. Research under martial law. Philippine Sociological Review 28. Carretero, Ernesto, S.J. 1989. Non-formal education: The problematic imperative of the Philippine educational system. CEAP Perspective 9. Casambre, Alejandro J. 1978. Wisdom, faith, and lovingness: Commitments to teaching. Education Quarterly 25. Castillo, Constantino, Jr. 1969-70. The academe’s role in social change. Trends 5.

187

PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Castillo, Norberto M., O.P. 1986. Introducing philosophy of science in seminary curriculum. Thomasian Philosopher 7. ______________. 1987. Education and national reconstruction. Unitas 60. ______________. 1988. The Thomasian philosophy of education. Unitas 6. ______________. 1988. Philosophy and science education: Towards Cross-Fertilization, in Nature, science and values [Readings I]. Edited by Norberto Castillo. Manila: University of Santo Tomas Press. Castro, Amado. 1955-56. Training for business in rural areas. Education Quarterly 3. Castro, Loreta N. 1990. Toward an education for peace. Faculty Research Journal 9. Castro, Rodolfo N. Jr. 1989. On the teaching of philosophy of man and ethics in Filipino, APCAS workshop-seminar. Trinity College Journal 10. Casuga, Albert B. 1971. Practical aesthetics for teaching relevant literature in college: a discussion of basic concepts. DLSC Dialogue 7. Catholic Bishops of the Philippines. 1978. Education for justice. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 52. Cawagas, Virginia F. 1984. Philippine perspective on peace education. CEAP Perspective 4. ______________. 1986. A new program in Philippine secondary schools [re values education]. CEAP Perspective 6. Cayco, Florentino. 1959-60. Liberal education: Its meaning to teachers and students. Education Quarterly 7. Ceniza, Claro. 1986. Philippine education: Prospects for the year 2000. Abut Tanaw. Ceralde, Nemesio R. 1959. Should there be special education for the gifted? Education Quarterly 7. Chan, Ruby Reyna A. 1985. The implications of reconstructionism on academic freedom. Saint Louis University Research Journal 16. Chua, Laurene L. 1986. Death education. Kaya Tao 8. Cilindro, Remedios L. 1979. Education and the preservation and transmission of cultural heritage. Western Philippine Colleges Journal 8. Clemente, Tito. 1959-60. What are the fundamentals of education? Philippine Educator 14. Code of professional ethics for public school teachers and officials. 1960-61. Education Quarterly 8. Constantino, Renato. 1966, 1971. The miseducation of the Filipino. The Filipinos in the Philippines and other essays. Quezon City: Malaya Books Inc. _______________. 1978. Nationalism and partisan scholarship. In Neocolonial identity and counter consciousness: essays on cultural decolonisation. Edited with an introduction by Istvan Meszaros. London: Merlin Press. Coronel, Iluminada C. 1987. Values and mathematics education. CEAP Perspective 7. Corporal-Sena, Lydia. 1987. Education and science in today’s crisis of Values. Unitas 60. Corpuz, Ruben A. 1977. Process philosophy and education. Saint Louis University Research Journal 8. Corpuz, Onofre D. 1961. Social science II in the general education program. University College Journal Issue No. 1. ______________. 1977. Toward a philosophy for Philippine education. Education Quarterly 23. ______________. 1979. A redefinition of education. University of Baguio Journal 13. ______________. 1981. A new concept of the university. Philippine Education Quarterly 13.

188

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Corpuz, Severino F. and Hunt, Chester L. 1953-54. Social aspects of modern education in the Philippines. Education Quarterly1. Cortes, Josefina R. 1979. The concept of development education in the reconstruction of a new society. University of Baguio Journal 13. ______________. 1979. The meaning, purpose, and values of schooling to Filipinos: implications for educational policy and planning. Education Quarterly 26. ______________. 1984. Images of the Filipino teacher-in-practice and expectations of the ideal teacher: perspectives for teacher education reform. Education Quarterly 31. ______________. 1989-90. Role of education in social transformation: issues and prospects. Philippine Journal of Education 68. Crisostomo, Isabelo T. 1969. Kaisipang alipin ng mga Pilipino. Trends 5. Cuenca, Araceli P. 1976. The role of humanities in the liberal education program. Western Philippine Colleges Journal 5. Custodio, Lourdes J. 1983. Formulating a framework for an education in and for values: A concern of philosophers of education. Education in and for values in Philippine setting, ed. Lourdes J. Custodio. Manila: University of Santo Tomas Press. Dadufalza, Concepcion D. 1961. English in the general education program. University College Journal Issue No. 1. Dagot, Edilberto P. 1989. On quality teacher education. CEAP Perspective 9. Dalisay, Amando M. 1965. The challenge of research in the university. UE Business Review 7. Datu, Galicano J. 1984. Strengthening technical-vocational education through work ethic. Mindanao Journal of Industrial Education 4. de Castro, Tomas. 1978. The Philippine association of retired school superintendents on the issue of back-to-the-basics. Western Philippine Colleges Journal 7. de la Rosa, Praxedes S. M. 1983. The code of ethics for teachers—an external direction for teacher conduct. Philippine Education Quarterly 15. Deguito, Teodulfo A. 1978-79. The concept of non-formal education. Western Philippine Colleges Journal 7. de Guzman, Anita G. 1971. Academic freedom. The U. I. Journal 4. de Guzman, Felipe L. 1973. The continuous progression scheme: Its relevance to the new society and to basic principles that underlie education. University of Baguio Journal 8. ______________. 1975. The analysis of teaching. University of Baguio Journal 10. de Jesus-Viardo, Alma. 1970. Dynamics of student activism—a challenge for administration. Philippine Educational Forum 19. ______________. 1970. Education’s answer to student activism: a blueprint for reform. Philippine Educational Forum 19. DelaGoza, Rolando, C.M. 1977. Vincentian Education. Sophia [Adamson U] 1. del Rosario, Carlos B. 1969-70. Ang akademya: Tagapagbago ng lipunan. Trends 5. Demetillo, Ricaredo. 1968. Toward the understanding of man, in Papers and proceedings, 1968 U.P. faculty conference. Edited by Paulina F. Bautista. Quezon City: n.p. de Onda, Angela. 1988. The benefits of drama as an educational, literary, and therapeutic medicine. Unitas 61. de Ramos, Norberto. 1965. The philosophy of private education. PAGE Journal 3. de Vara III, Prospero E. 1988. Trends and problems in the Philippine educational system. Praxis 2.

189

PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Diaz, Jesus, O.P. 1969. Freedom and responsibility in the University. Silliman Journal 16. Dimaya, Pedro D. 1984. Intellectual excellence. Foundation University Graduate Research Journal 1. Dizon, Isabel P. 1968. The teacher and philosophy of education. PAFTE Review 1. Dizon, Rolando R. 1982. Prospects for Philippine education. Philippine perspectives: Implications for De La Salle University, ed. C. E. Luzares. Manila: De La Salle University. Dorado, Anastacia O. 1978. Strengthening the program of return to the basics. Western Philippine Colleges Journal 7. Doromas, Edgardo. 1990. A scriptural study concerning education as the attainment of the good life. U. I. Journal 23. Duque, Concepcion R. 1956. An analysis of the development of the public elementary school curriculum. Graduate and Faculty Studies. Dy, Manuel B., Jr. 1989. Education in Confucius’ Analects. In The great books. Edited by Joseph A. Galdon. Quezon City: Ateneo Office of Research and Publications. Education today: coping with demands for quality manpower. 1982. CEAP Perspective 2. Educational Research. 1969. The lecture and the small group technique of teaching. PAFTE Review 2. Elizalde, M. Caritas. 1964. Montessori’s basic principles for kindergarten education. Saint Louis Quarterly 2. Enano, Eden. 1987. Non-formal education, marching towards new dimensions. CEAP Perspective 7. Encarnacion, Anacleta M. 1988. Perspectives in values education vis-a-vis the general education curriculum of Philippine colleges and universities. Trends No. 2. Endrinal, Mary Ofelia, RGS. 1970. Student activism—a challenge to all. Guidance Journal 2. Enginco Jr., Santiago G. 1991. The role of educators in development. University Journal [UM] 2. Epistola, S. V. 1961. Asian studies in general education. University College Journal Issue No. 1. Esguerra, Josefina S. 1976. The ladder type curriculum of the revised educational system of the Philippines. University of Baguio Journal 11. Eslao, Rufino O. 1967-68. Philosophy of education for the Filipinos. Philippine Journal of Education 46. Espanto, Pacifico. 1968. Bertrand Russell’s philosophy of education. Diliman Review 16. Espino, Demetrio N. 1975-76. Some Gaddang beliefs: Their educational implications. Journal of Northern Luzon 6. Espinosa, Emilio. 1972. On drug use and abuse: Moral and educational perspectives. Unitas 45. Espinosa, Jose F. 1975. The vision of Poveda. Unitas 48. Estolloso, Delfin D. 1957. The teacher and philosophy. Silliman Journal 4. ______________. 1962. Moral leadership in education. Silliman Journal 9. Estrada, Ariston. 1955. St. Thomas: On the teacher. Unitas 28. ______________. 1959. Liberal education. Unitas 32. Also published in 1977. Trinity College Journal 3. Reprinted in 1960. 1959 summer cultural series (ninth term). Manila: UST Press. Estrada, Guadalupe B. 1969-70. Ang nagbabagong linangan sa nagbabagong lipunan. Trends 5. _______________. 1969-70. The historic role of the academe. Trends 5. Estrada, Josefa P. 1963. Educational philosophies of John Dewey and William Heard Kilpatrick. PAGE Journal 1.

190

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1965. Imperatives of educational reconstruction. PAGE Journal 3. ______________. 1981. Fundamental tenets of philosophy and of education. Philippine Education Quarterly 13. Eufrasio, Emilio San, OAR. 1965. Fundamental principles of counseling—the schools of thought—which is the best? UNO-Recoletos Journal 4 (ser. II). ______________. 1966. Qualifications of the guidance counselor. UNO-Recoletos Journal 5 (ser. II). Evangelista, Rafael E. 1986. Education in the new government—what it should be: A view of a parent. CEAP Perspective 6. Evangelista, Teodoro. 1965. Education: The perfection of human powers. PAGE Journal 3. Feliciano, Benildo, FSC. 1992. Teacher education and St. John Baptist de La Salle. St. John Baptist de La Salle and education today, ed. Emerita S. Quito. Manila: De La Salle University Press. Fernandez, Pacita G. 1982. Is our philosophy of education like flotsam? Diliman Review 30. Fernandez, Perfecto V. 1968. Academic freedom and administrative discretion. Heritage 2. Ferrer, Ricardo N. 1969-70. The academe: Revolution within the revolution. Trends 5. Flores, Bienvenido V. 1977. Educationists and the systems approach. Saint Louis University Research Journal 8. Fores-Ganzon, Guadalupe. 1960. Education as an aspect of training for womanhood (education for womanhood). Education Quarterly 7. Gabila, A. S. 1958. What is a university for? Silliman Journal 2. Gabriel, H. 1955. Catholic education in Catholic schools for all Catholic youth. Unitas 28. Gaffud, Miguel B. 1960-61. The philosophy and goals of public education. Education Quarterly 8. Galang, Ricardo C. 1959. Gear higher education to the needs of the country. UE Business Review 2. Galino, Angeles. 1975. Poveda’s action program. Unitas 48. Gallardo, Teofilo G. 1970. Trends in education, an overview and a definition. University of Baguio Journal 5. Gallinero, Susana G. 1986-87, 1990-91. The role of the educator in values education. U. I. Journal 19, 23. ______________. 1991-92. Some common misconceptions about guidance and counselling. U. I. Journal 24. Galino, Maria Angeles. 1975. Poveda’s action program. Unitas 48. Garcia, David, OAR. 1969-70. Saint Augustine’s theory of education as gleaned from the dialogues of cassiciacum. UNO-R Journal 8 (ser. II). ______________. 1971. Saint Augustine’s theory of education as gleaned from the dialogues of cassiciacum. UNO-R Journal 9 (ser. II). Garcia, Fanny Cortez. 1959-60. Economic change and education. Education Quarterly 7. Gonzales, Enrico, O.P. 1986. Is Thomistic philosophy relevant in seminary formation? Thomasian Philosopher 7. Gonzales, N. V. M. 1989. The pursuit of excellence. Trinity College Journal 10. Gonzalez, Alfredo Q. 1969. The dimensions of education. The U. I. Journal 1. ______________. 1970. The role of the graduate school in the socio-economic development of the Philippines. U. I. Journal 2.

191

PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1970. Education as adjustment. U. I. Journal 2. Gonzalez, Andrew B. FSC. 1981. Liberal education and research. Kaya Tao 4. ______________. 1982. University reorients its mission. Secoli Mission News (5 May). _______________. 1982. Curriculum development at De La Salle. DLSU Dialogue 7 Special Issue. _______________. 1982. Optimizing resources for quality curriculum and instruction. Graduate and Faculty Studies 30. _______________. 1983. Education in the Philippines for the twenty-first century: Introduction. Educational alternatives for the future, ed. Rolando R. Dizon, FSC. Quezon City: Phoenix Publishing House. _______________. 1983. Government assistance to private education: Breaking the legal barriers. CEAP Perspective 3. _______________. 1984. Education in the 21st century. CEAP Perspective 4. _______________. 1988. The uses of theory in management education. DLSU Business and Economics Review 1. _______________. 1988. Values redivivi. Philippine Journal of Education 67. _______________. 1989. On making management education indigenous. DLSU Business and Economics Review 2. _______________. 1990. Uncommon opinion: Bayan muna, bago sarili: Educational commitment. CEAP Perspective 10. _______________. 1990. Uncommon opinion: Values education at last: A Pyrrhic victory. CEAP Perspective 10. _______________. 1991. A Philippine-type liberal education in the context of the 1990’s. CEAP Perspective 11. _______________. 1991. Uncommon opinion: Some indicators of quality in higher education. CEAP Perspective 11. _______________. 1992. Approaches to a philosophy of education in the Philippine setting. Tanglaw 1. Gonzalez, Antonio, O.P. 1967. Notes on the ‘declaration on Christian education’. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 41. Gonzalez, Esperanza A. 1985. The objectives and content of values education at the secondary level. CEAP Perspective 5. Gonzalez, Eva. 1961. Effective teaching: What is it? Education Quarterly 9. Gonzalez, Fraternidad J. 1962. Education for personality development and civic leadership. Philippine Educational Forum 11. Gonzalez, Salvador R. 1965. Liberal education and the new dimensions in service. DLSC Dialogue 3. ______________. 1970. Research, teaching, and academic freedom. DLSC Dialogue 6. Grageda, Remedios G. 1982. The role of guidance in values development. Mindanao Journal of Industrial Education 2. Gregaio, Ruben J. 1962. The role of experience in the philosophy of education of John Dewey. Philippine Scholastic 5. Gregorio, Herman C. and Gregorio, Cornelia M. 1976. The philosophy and aims of Philippine education. Introduction to education in Philippine setting. Quezon City: R. P. Garcia Publishing Co.

192

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1976. Concepts of education in Philippine Setting. Introduction to education in Philippine setting. Quezon City: R. P. Garcia Publishing Co. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1975. A philosophy of study. MSU Observer (5 and 12 December). ______________.1990. Quezon’s philosophy of Philippine education. Technician 8. Also in 1994. Quezon-Winslow correspondence and other essays. Manila: De la Salle university Press. Guerrero, Juanita S. 1988-89. Values education program of the DECS. PLM Review 9. Guevarra-Fernandez, Pacita. 1961. Humanities I in the general education program. University College Journal Issue No. 1. Guevara, Jaime. 1985. A philosophy of education based on the Socratic method. Σοφια 15. ______________ and Madelene Avila. 1985. A new perspective of the Socratic method in Philippine context. Kaya Tao 7. Guiang, Pedro G. 1966. The quest for excellence. Philippine Educational Forum 15. Guillermo, Virginia D. Quantity and quality in higher education. Graduate Forum [Bikol U] 8. Halili, Adoracio M. 1976. The educational philosophies of Camilo Osias and Pedro T. Orata—a comparative analysis. Education Quarterly 23. Hechanova, Ricardo G. 1990. The role of the academe in the ecological challenge of the 90’s. U. I. Journal 23. Henares, Hilarion. 1955. Without fear of tomorrow. Education Quarterly 3. Herradura, Elma. 1969. The role of research in graduate education. The U. I. Journal 1969. Hermosa, Nemah N. 1981. The objectives of teaching: Their statement and formulation. Education Quarterly 27. Hernandez, G., Jr. 1955-56. Our philosophy of life and the curriculum. Education Quarterly 3. Hernandez, Jose M. 1955. Education for the good life. Unitas 28. Hernandez, Regina F. 1971. Rizal and a Christian philosophy of education. Unitas 44. Hibo, Julita O. 1976-77. The pros and cons of continuous progression scheme. Graduate Forum [Bikol U] 6. Hidalgo, Fe Agudo. 1989. Strategies for values formation in the curriculum: The Philippine experience. Values Education for Muslim Mindanao. Marawi City: Mindanao State University System. Hila, Antonio C. 1969. Laurelian education and the task of nation building. Diliman Review 17. Hizon, Isabel. 1983. Moral and spiritual values in teacher education. Education in and for values in Philippine setting, ed. Lourdes J. Custodio. Manila: University of Santo Tomas Press. Hocson, Teresita R., Juanity A. Manalo, and Victoria M. Segovia. 1992-93. Environmental education—a strategy for the treatment and prevention of environmental pollution. Philippine Education Forum 31. Hornedo, Florentino H. 1971. Towards a philosophy of higher education. ASAIHL Newsletter 3. ______________. 1988. Catholic education: Growing to become persons-for-others. Unitas 61. ______________. 1989. Ang mga agham panlipunan sa makapilipinong edukasyong Tomasino sa antas tersyarya. Unitas 62. Infante, A. R. 1956. Academic Freedom. Unitas 29. Isidro, Antonio. 1953-54. Civic and moral education in a democracy. Education Quarterly 1. ______________. 1956-57. Youth training for useful citizenship. Education Quarterly 4. ______________.1965. Philosophy of Philippine education: An interpretation.PAGE Journal 3. ______________. 1969. The student revolt. Philippine Journal of Education 48

193

PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

_______________. 1969. The barrio high school—as theory and as fact. Philippine Journal of Education 48. ______________. 1982. Objectives of education in the Philippine setting. Philippine Education Quarterly 14. Jacinto, Jose S., Jr. 1957. Religious and ethical values in general education. Silliman Journal 4. Jaramillo, Norma. 1991-92. Philosophy is also for children: Teaching kids to think. Philippine Journal of Education 70. Jarmin, Martin V. 1957. Agricultural education in the Philippines [for economic progress]. Educational Quarterly 5. Javier, Antonio. 1976. Concepts and objectives of general education and implications for Philippine education. Western Philippine Colleges Journal 5. ______________. 1978. Why the continuous progression scheme failed. Western Philippine Colleges Journal 7. Jesena, Felicidad H. 1976. Continuing education in life-long context. Danyag 1. Jimenez, Servillano B. 1977-78. Democratization of access to education. Philippine Journal of Education 56. Joint pastoral letter on religious instruction. 1965. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 39. Joya, Jose. 1976. The education of the artists. Graduate and Faculty Studies 27. Juanich, Cresencio B. 1971-72. The role of a philosophy of education in the formulation of educational objectives, in curriculum development and in teacher education. MLQU Graduate Journal 1. Kalaw, Teodoro M. 1954. Child education and the home. In Moral training of the Filipino people. Edited Jose Batungbacal. Manila: University Publishing Co. Kalaw-Katigbak, Maria. 1964. Academic excellence and education for dynamic citizenry in a democracy. Philippine Educational Forum 13. Kasilag, Lucrecia R. 1972. Music education perspectives in Philippine society. Philippine Educational Forum 21. ______________. 1976. Education and the Filipino musician. Graduate and Faculty Studies 27. ______________. 1989. The quest for a well-rounded education. Trinity College Journal 10. Kintanar, Thelma B. 1968. The humanities and the teaching of literature. Papers and proceedings, 1968 U.P. faculty conference, ed. Paulina F. Bautista. Quezon City: N.p., 1968. Lagmay, Alfredo V. 1955-56. Equalitarian vs. authoritarian relations in teaching. Education Quarterly 3. Lagura, Florencio. 1992. From Socrates to Hermes: Teaching as interpreting. Diwa 17. Lahoz, Presentacion. 1969. Music appreciation—the goal in music education. Ilocos Review [DWC-Vigan] 1. Langcauon, Prudencio. 1961. Educational ideals of Rizal. Journal of History 9. Lantin, Emmanuel. 1984. Some reflections on effective teaching. RSD Journal 7. Laqui, J. Mario. 1969-70. Nakaamba ang pagbabago. Trends 5. Largoza, Conchita H. 1973-74. Professionalism in an academic institution. Σοφια 3. Larlar, Lauro V. 1980. Augustine and education. Saint Louis University Research Journal 11. Laurel, Jose P. 1954-55. A proposal. Education Quarterly 2. ______________. 1957-58. Education for economic progress. Education Quarterly 5.

194

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Laurel, Lilia H. and Antolina T. Antonio. 1961. Spanish in the general education program. University College Journal Issue No. 1. Laurel, Sotero H. 1985. Management training for enlightenment and leadership. Lyceum Research Journal 9. Laya, Jaime C.1984.Educational quality objectives and resource constraints.CEAP Perspective 4. Lazaro, Guillermo R. 1957-58. A teacher’s philosophy of education and his philosophy of life. Education Quarterly 5. Legaspi, Leonardo Z., O.P. 1975. The meaning and relevance of moral education. Unitas 48. ______________. 1982. Why we need education in values. Mindanao Journal of Industrial Education 2. ______________. 1983. Education in values: The education we need. ‘Emeth 1. Reprinted in 1983. Education in and for values in Philippine setting, ed. Lourdes J. Custodio. Manila: University of Santo Tomas Press. Lenert, Thomas, OMI. 1963. A critical appraisal of the Philippine philosophy of education. Unitas 36. Licauco, Jaime T. 1968. Business education looks ahead. San Beda Review 1. Licuanan, Patricia B. 1991. Values education in Philippine schools. Perspective, the National Education Magazine 11. Lim-Yuson, Nina. 1986. Value clarification approach in the preschool level.CEAP Perspective 6. Limcaco, Esperanza R. 1958-59. Three philosophies on the theory of knowledge: How they determine method. Education Quarterly 6. ______________. 1963. The concept of counseling. Education Quarterly 10. Litorja, Priscilla F. 1992. Peace advocacy: Peace concepts in the academe. University Journal 8. Locsin, Teodoro L., Jr. 1970. Police power vs. academic freedom. Philippines Free Press (28 March). ______________. 1970. True education vs. real education. Philippines Free Press (28 March). Lontoc, Rolando L. 1991. Ang bayan muna bago and sarili: Edukasyong Pilipino. PBMIT Graduate Journal 1. Lopez, Eduardo. 1956. Where are we going without God in the school? Unitas 29. Lopez, Porfirio A. 1980. The shame and scandal of illiteracy. Philippine Journal of Education 58. Lopez, Salvador P. 1977. Education for a pluralist society. Unitas 50. ______________. 1959-60. Human values and the cold war. Education Quarterly 7. ______________. 1969. The university as social critic and agent of change. Diliman eview 17. ______________. 1977. Academic freedom in a developing society. Philippine Collegian (17 February). Lorenzo, Patria G. 1974. The philosophy of teacher-education in the Philippines. Graduate Forum [Bikol U] 4. Lota, Pacifico A. 1959. The role of teachers in character building. Philippine Educator 14. Macarandang, Mercedes A. 1979. The role of higher education in the preservation and transmission of Filipino cultural heritage. Western Philippine Colleges Journal 8. Madale, Nagasura T. 1985. Exemplar project in values education in the tertiary level. CEAP Perspective 5.

195

PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1986. Social transformation through education: The cultural communities Perspective. CEAP Perspective 6. ______________. 1988. The school principal as a change agent: A methodological discourse. Graduate Forum [MSU-Marwi] 1. Madriaga, Mariano A. 1966. The role of the church in character building. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 40. Magno, Concordia H. 1989. The ethical problems of academic freedom. Trends No. 1. Magno, Melecio S. 1961. Natural science I in the general education program. University College Journal Issue No. 1. Magsaysay, Ramon. 1954-55. The key role of teachers in a democratic education. Education Quarterly 2. Majul, Cesar Adib. 1961. The assault on the academic freedom of the University of the Philippines. Diliman Review 9. ______________. 1963-64. Dynamics of fast scheduled reading for a liberal educational foundation for a busy professional. University College Journal 5. ______________. 1965. The role of a general education program in an engineering curriculum. University College Journal Issue No. 9. ______________. 1967. Education during the reform movement and the Philippine revolution [includes the educational philosophies of Rizal and Mabini]. Diliman Review 15. Makasiar, Felix V. 1980. Freedom of expression and academic freedom. Philippine Education Quarterly 12. Mallari, I. V. 1963. Art in general education. University College Journal Issue No. 5. Malonso, Julian. 1967. Improving the learning and teaching of aesthetics and physical education. Letran Faculty Journal 1. Manahan, Antonio. 1970. The relevance of guidance and counseling to education. U. I. Journal 2. Manalang, Priscila S. 1959. Francisco Benitez: Frontier thinker in education. Education Quarterly 7. ______________. 1960-61. The education of teachers. Education Quarterly 8. ______________. 1964. Nationalism and internationalism: An educational problem. Education Quarterly 11. ______________. 1965-66. Philosophy of education: Its nature and functions. Education Quarterly 13. ______________. 1966-67. Philippine education: Aims and practices. Education Quarterly 14. ______________. 1966-67. Education and the integration of cultural minorities. Lipunan 2. ______________. 1973. The nature and functions of philosophy of education. Education Quarterly 20. ______________. 1977. Unlearning the old to learn the new: Issues in education. Philippine Sociological Review 25. Manalo, Oscar S. 1969-70. Ang akademya: Kasangkapan sa pagbabago ng lipunan. Trends 5. Manalo, Juanita S. 1980-81. Environmental education—a humanistic approach. Philippine Education Forum 20. ______________, Victoria M. Segovia, and Teresita R. Hocson. 1992-93. Environmental education—a strategy for the treatment and prevention of environmental pollution. Philippine Education Forum 31.

196

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Manhit, Basilisa J. 1980. “To teach is to love.” Education Quarterly 27. Manoos, Pedro N. 1956. The need for a more positive philosophy among teachers in the profession. Philippine Educator 11. Manuel, Juan L. 1962. Philippine educational problems. Silliman Journal 9. ______________. 1965. Out-of-school youth and adult education. PAGE Journal 3. Mapa, Felina G. 1961. Mathematics I in the general education program. University College Journal Issue No. 1. Mapupuno, Oga M. 1989. Academic freedom in the constitution. Mindanao Law Journal 4. Marcos, Ferdinand E. 1981. Education and the realities of national life. Philippine Education Quarterly 13. Martin, Dalmacio. 1957. Aspects of the curriculum for economic progress. Education Quarterly 5. ______________. 1967-68. Our heritage: Rizal and education—I. Philippine Journal of ducation 46. Martinez, Baldomero R. Jr. On teaching values. Foundation University Graduate Research Journal 7 [erroneously written as 4]. Martinez, Edmundo M., S.J. 1962. An approach to the problem of academic freedom. Philippine Scholastic 4. Martinez, Jesus I. 1964. Teacher education in the promotion of international understanding. Education Quarterly 11. Martinez, Luis D. 1972. On drug use and abuse: Moral and educational perspectives. Unitas 45. Martinez, Norma D. 1969-70. The academe as agent of change. Trends 5. Martires, Concepcion R. 1980. A meta-goal of the University of the Philippines: a recommendation. Education Quarterly 26. Mateo, Pablo. 1970. The graduate school: Its relevance today. U. I. Journal 3. Matias, Apolinar. 1965. Ethics for the teaching profession. Journal of Education [UST] 10. Matriano, Estela. 1986. Renaissance of humanity: Forces on a global perspective. CEAP Perspective 6. Mazo, Leatriz N. 1989. The role of tertiary schools in regional development. Leyte-Samar Studies 23. Medina, Florencio A. 1976. Graduate education: A vital force in nation building. Graduate and Faculty Studies 27. Mendez-Ventura, Sylvia. 1964-65. Fountains in the mind: An approach to the unity of great thinkers in English IV. University College Journal Issue No. 8. Mendez, Paz Policarpio. 1976. A Filipinistic approach to education. Graduate and Faculty Studies 27. ______________ and F. Landa Jocano. 1991. Culture and nationhood: A philosophy of education for Filipinos. Quezon City: Kayumanggi Press. Merino, Jesus Ma., O.P. 1965. The point in religious instruction. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 39. Miao, Emily. 1969. Piaget’s equilibration principle: Its theoretical, empirical, and educational implications for cognitive development of the child. Education Quarterly 17. Milan-Baduel, Concesa. 1982. Trends and new developments in higher education. Graduate and Faculty Studies 30.

197

PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1983. The role of the educator in an environment of change. MLQU Graduate Journal 12. Milanes, Francisco. 1959-60. Principles of good teaching. Philippine Educator 14. Miñoza, Aurora. 1964-65. The concept of freedom in education. Education Quarterly 12. ______________. 1992. Towards academic excellence. Graduate Research Journal 6. Molina, Antonio M. 1948. On compulsory religious education in the Philippines. Unitas 21. Monis, Patricio V. 1979. Notes on democracy and a relativistic philosophy of education. Philippine Education Quarterly 11. ______________. 1980. My philosophy of teaching. Philippine Education Quarterly 12. ______________. 1982. Philosophies of education and the school. Philippine Education Quarterly 14. Montemayor, Jeremias U. 1987. Developing a peaceful society through education. PWU Forum 2. Morales, Alfredo T. 1960-61. The philosophy of educational exchange. Education Quarterly 8. ______________. 1964-65. The philosophy and function of the University of the Philippines’ external studies program. Education Quarterly 12. Moran, Gabriel. 1967. God still speaks: The basis of Christian education. Contemporary Studies 4. Muego, Benjamin N. 1966. Patriotic intellectualism in education. Trends 2. Munn, M. D. 1957. Why general education at Silliman? Silliman Journal 4. Naceno, Juanita. 1987. Excellence in teacher education: A drive towards economic recovery. Journal of Graduate Research [Lyceum of Aparri] 2. Natividad, Susan Rose. 1987. Personality development integration and discipline. Journal of Graduate Research [Lyceum of Aparri] 2. Navato, Alfredo R., S.J. 1961. The philosophy of education of James Bryant Conant. Philippine Scholastic 3. Nebres, Bienvenido F., S.J. 1961. On Newman’s Idea of a university. Philippine Scholastic 3. Nunez, Domingo B. 1985. Research efforts in values education. CEAP Perspective 5. ________________. 1986. Moral development approach to values education. CEAP Perspective 6. Nuque, Eduardo. 1970. The student activist. Guidance Journal 2. Obach, Mifrando. 1986. Towards reformation or transformation? New insights for education. CEAP Perspective 6. _______________. 1986. Values infusion. CEAP Perspective 6. Obra, Jovencio M. 1971-72. Liberal education—does it still have any value? Sophia 1. Ocampo, Felicisimo. 1961. Academic freedom and freedom from subversion. Diliman Review 9. Ocampo, Romeo B. 1990. Toward a philosophy of public management education for the 1990s. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 34. Ong, Bee Ching U. Faypon. 1992. The importance of Piagetian learning theories in science teaching. Tanglaw 1. Ordoñez, Elmer A. 1988. The state university and social transformation. Diliman Review 36. Orendain, Antonio. 1987. Democratizing education. CEAP Perspective 7. Orille, Pedro L. 1977-78. Fitting methods to specific objectives in teaching. Philippine Journal of Education 56.

198

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Orota, Pedro T. 1966-67. The philosophy and motivations of barrio high schools. Education Quarterly 14. _______________. 1970-71. The community college: Its philosophy, functions and unique features. Education Quarterly 18. Ortega, Evalina M. 1967. Problems of theory making in education. Education Quarterly 14. Osorio, Corazon C. 1981. Education as an instrument for social progress. Philippine Education Quarterly 15. ______________. 1987-88. The university, an agent for humanizing education. PLM Review 8. Pacquing, Alfonso G. 1984. Is teaching a profession? Education Quarterly 31. Padilla, Carlos M. 1988-89. The evaluation of values education program. PLM Review 9. Pahati-Alvendia, Esperanza. 1962. Education for home and family. Philippine Educational Forum 11. Panganiban, Roberto. 1976. Education for freedom. Western Philippine Colleges Journal 5. Pangilinan, Elcid C. 1990-91. Dalawang teoriya ng edukasyon: Functionalist at conflict theory ng edukasyon. Pintig Diwa 11-12. Palma, Rafael. 1933. Academic freedom. Philippine Social Science Review 5. Panizo, Alfredo, O.P. 1963. The role of philosophy in graduate education. Unitas 36. ______________. 1965. The Catholic philosophy of education. Unitas 38. Also published in 1965. PAGE Journal 3. Panlasigui, Isidoro. 1953-54. Spiritual values in education. Education Quarterly 1. ______________. 1953-54. Religious and moral education. Education Quarterly 1. ______________. 1955-56. The modern university. Education Quarterly 3. Papa, Nenita P. 1985. Mga pagpapahalagang dapat angkinin ng isang guro. Malay 4. Parale, Apolinar. 1980. Rizal as an educator. Philippine Education Quarterly 12. Paredes, J., Jr. 1957. The proper balance between academic and vocational subjects. Philippine Studies 5. Pascua, Arthur M. 1992. The role of education as a catalyst for national development. Rizal Memorial Colleges JS Journal 7. Pascual, Conrado R. 1968-69. The university as a builder of man. Education Quarterly 16. Pascual, Ricardo R. 1955. Values as keys to curriculum improvement. Education Quarterly 3. ______________. 1961. Humanities II in the general education program. University College Journal Issue No. 1. ______________. 1963. Emancipation of the educational system. Diliman Review 11. Pascual-Lambert, Nelen. 1988. The need for an authentic philosophy of education in the Philippine school system. Graduate Forum [MSU-Marawi] 1. Pecson, Geronima T. 1963. Education for self-sufficiency. UNESCO Philippines 2. Pedrosa, Ciriaco. 1976. St. Albert, the forerunner of the Catholic university. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 50. Pelayo, Severino. 1958. Implications of the doctrine of the image of God in man in character education. Studium 2. Peña, Gorgonia D. The secondary schools: Their educational goals. The U. I. Journal 4. Peralta, Cresencio. 1960-61. What should comprise the education of good teachers? Education Quarterly 8. PGPA position paper on student activism. 1970. Guidance Journal 2.

199

PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Philosophical association of the Philippines (PAP) seminar on current trends and methods of teaching. 1991. Saint Louis University Research Journal 22. Philip, Augustine, F.S.C. 1965. Catholic education: Goals galore. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 39. Pilar, Marcelo H. del. 1954. The care of children. In Moral Training of the Filipino people. Edited by Jose Batungbacal. Manila: University Publishing Co. Piñon, Manuel T. 1967. The mission of the Catholic university in today’s world. Proceedings of the first Asian regional conference of Catholic universities. ______________. 1971-72. Academic freedom in the Catholic school. Sophia 1. Ponteras, Moises S. 1979. A second look at behavioral objectives. Education Quarterly 26. Porter, Luz S. 1969. Professionalism in nursing: The role of liberal education. Silliman Journal 16. Prudente, Nemesio E. 1968. Some problems of Philippine education and suggested solutions. Trends 1968 4. _______________. 1969. Education for nationalism. Diliman Review 17. _______________. 1988. Education for liberation and transformation Trends No. 1. _______________. 1990. University education in our time. Trends No. 2. _______________. 1991. Language education for cultural freedom. CEAP Perspective 11. Pulan, Maximino U. Jr. 1979. Forum on academic freedom. Diliman Review 27. Putong, Cecilio. 1953-54. Dean Benitez on education. Education Quarterly 1. ______________. 1961. Rizal and general education. Philippine educator 16. Quebengco, Carmelita I. 1992. The relevance of St. John Baptist de La Salle to Philippine education in the 1990’s. In St. John Baptist de La Salle and education today. Edited by Emerita S. Quito. Manila: De La Salle University Press. Quilon, Nicolas C. 1965. Moral education: The remedy for human shortcomings. Philippine Educational Forum 14. _______________. 1965. Aesthetic education: Its important role in the school program. Philippine Educational Forum 14. _______________. 1966. The intellectual education. Philippine Educational Forum 15. Quiocho, Faustino P. 1978. Conceptual bases of non-formal education. University of Baguio Journal 12. ______________. 1979. Crucial areas of non-formal education application. Graduate and Faculty Studies 29. Quisumbing, Lourdes R. 1986. Social transformation through education. CEAP Perspective 6. Also in 1986. Philippine Journal of Education 65. ______________. 1987. Equity and quality education for national unity and progress. CEAP Perspective 7. ______________. 1988. Education for national unity, peace and progress. CEAP Perspective 8. ______________. 1989. New orientation in graduate education. U. I. Journal 22. Quisumbing, Purificacion V. 1989. Values education and the law: Putting premium on human dignity. Values education for Muslim Mindanao. Marawi City: Mindanao State University System. Quito, Emerita S. 1970. Should communism be taught in the universities? Horizons (April). ______________. 1972. The evolving concept of the university. Faculty Forum.

200

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1978. The role of the university in changing women’s consciousness. DLSU Dialogue 14. ______________. 1979. University’s role in changing women’s consciousness. In Role of the university in women’s movement. Edited by. Iva I. Shipstone and Nora Shipstone. Lucknow, India: The Asian Women’s Institutte. ______________. 1984. A philosophy of education for Filipinos. Alab 1. Also in 1984. PESP Yearbook No. 5. ______________. 1985. Pilosopiya ng edukasyon sa diwang Pilipino. Malay 4. ______________. 1987. Ang kaugnayan ng wikang pambansa at edukasyon. Malay 6. ______________. 1989. The relevance of the national language to education. DLSU Graduate Journal 14. ______________. 1990. Teaching and research of philosophy in the Philippines. A life of philosophy. Manila: De la Salle University Press. ______________. 1992. St. John Baptist de La Salle’s philosophy of education in the Philipine context. St. John Baptist de La Salle and education today. Manila: De La Salle University Press. Rameses, Julianda. 1985. Perceptions on education and its role on regional development. Graduate Faculty Journal [Bicol U] 2. Ramos, Mario G. 1986. Academic freedom. Sangguni 8. Ramos, Paz G. 1968-69. Philosophical and psychological foundations of health education. Education Quarterly 16. Rasul, Santanina R. 1987. Education for peace. Sangguni 9. Ravina, Maria Clara V. 1975. Some philosophical reflections: The case of EST (English for science and technology). Education Quarterly 22. Reyes, Aurora Felisa Jonson. 1987. A philosophy of engineering education in the Philippine setting: Bringing John Amos Comenius to the twentieth century. Saint Louis University Research Journal 18. Reyes, Flordeliza. 1988-89. Promoting students’ involvement in class activities: Lessons from Jacob Kounin. Santinig 1. Reyes, Ramon C. 1971. Report on the workshop on education. Philippine Studies 19. ______________. 1985. Morality and government: Some consequences for education. CEAP Perspective. Reprinted in 1987. Higher education for national reconstruction, ed. Raul J. Bonoan. Metro Manila: National Book Store. ______________. 1986. The moral dimension of government: some educational consequences. CEAP Perspective 6. Reyes, Roque C. 1987. The ethical role of a teacher in Thomistic philosophy. Saint Louis University Research Journal 18. ______________. 1988. The educational implications of scholasticism and experimentalism: A comparative study. Saint Louis University Research Journal 19. Recto, Claro M. 1961. The evil of religious test in our democracy. Diliman Review 9. Research: The new dimension of a university. 1965. UE Business Review 7. Reyes, Teofilo D., Sr. 1955. Training for business. Education Quarterly 3. Rizal, Jose. 1954. Thoughts on education. In Moral training of the Filipino people. Edited by Jose Batungbacal. Manila: University Publishing Co.

201

PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Roces, Alejandro R. 1961. Mabini’s thoughts on education. University College Journal Issue No. 2. Rodriguez, Melga R. 1974. Pedro T. Orata, educational philosopher. Graduate Forum [Bikol U] 4. Roldan, Jose S. 1957. The responsibility of trade and industrial education for economic progress. Education Quarterly 5. Romero, Jose E. 1961. Rizal and education. Journal of History 9. Romulo, Alberto. 1991. Education for all. U. I. Journal 24. Romulo, Carlos P. 1954, 1957. The extension of academic freedom. Diliman Review 2. Reprinted in Academic freedom, eds. Jose H. Y. Makayan et al. A special issue of the Philippine Collegian. Quezon City: University of the Philippines. Rosqueta-Rosales, Lily. 1979. The client-centered approach in counseling and therapy in the Philippines. Education Quarterly 26. Rules and standards for graduate education. 1974. Angeles University Journal 8. Rustia, Emma S. 1966. A study of the Montessori approach to pre-school education. DLSC Dialogue 2. Salazar, Rose Marie C. 1986. Values clarification. CEAP Perspective 6. ______________. 1988. Value formation and education for national reconstruction. DLSU Graduate Journal 14. ______________. 1990. Filipino worldviews and counseling practice. DLSU Graduate Journal 15. Salcedo, Juan Jr. 1969. The university and academic excellence. U. I. Journal 2. ______________. 1970. Youth militancy and university education. Araneta Journal of Agriculture 17. Salcedo, Priscilla V. 1980. Punishment: Its place in education. Philippine Journal of Education 59. Sals, F. J. 1954. Primitive education among the Ifugaos: Physical, mental, and vocational. Philippine Studies 2. ______________. 1955. Primitive education among the Ifugaos: Religious and moral. Philippine Studies 3. Samson, Jose A. 1964. Errors and misconceptions in guidance and counseling. 1964 summer cultural series. Manila: UST Press. Sanchez, Ramon C. 1969-70. The academe and the masses. Trends 5. Sanders, A. J. 1963. What is the mission of a Christian university in the Philippines today? Silliman Journal 10. St. Thomas Aquinas relevant today. 1974. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 48. Sta. Maria, Felixberto C. 1969. Student activism and the university. Philippine Journal of Education 48. Sto. Tomas, Patricia. 1990-91. Nationalism and the Filipino educator. Philippine Journal of Education 69. Santos, Juan F. 1965. Basic philosophy of Christian higher education with respect to the educational functions of our Christian Colleges and Universities. PAGE Journal 3. Santos, Mario A. 1969-70. The anachronism of the Philippine academe. Trends 5.

202

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Segovia, Victoria M., Juanita A. Manalo, and Teresita R. Hocson. 1992-93. Environmental education—a strategy for the treatment and prevention of environmental pollution. Philippine Education Forum 31. Sibal, Ernesto Y. 1960. Rizal’s practical intellectualism. UE Business Review 2. Sikat, Dolores J. 1971. Religious education: Values and attitudes of university students. Unitas 44. Silliman, Rachel Gadiane. 1978. Assessing the bilingual policy in education: The Visayan viewpoint. Philippine Sociological Review 26. Silva, Mina C. 1959. The role of physical education in the education of the Filipino youth. Unitas 32. Reprinted in 1960. 1959 summer cultural series. Manila: USt Press. Silvestre, Reynaldo. 1975. The university and the nation. Diliman Review 23. Sinco, Vicente. 1937. A view of Japanese thought and education. Philippine Social Science Review 9. ______________. 1954-55. Freedom of education under our constitution. Education Quarterly 2. ______________. 1958. The university and its function. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 2. ______________. 1960. Education and national self-realization. Diliman Review 8. ______________. 1961. Two statements on academic freedom. Diliman Review 9. ______________. 1961. Rizal and education. Diliman Review 9. ______________. 1961. A plan for concentrated guided study. University College Journal Issue No. 1. ______________. 1966. Patriotic intellectualism in education. Trends 2. ______________. 1968. The academic freedom of universities. Heritage 2. Singson, Jose Mo. 1973-74. Philosophy of liberal education. Σοφια 3. ______________. 1981. Pragmatism: a brief exposition and critique. Σοφια 11. ______________. 1981. Teaching ethics in the Philippine context. Σοφια 11. ______________. 1983. Philosophy of education in the Philippine context. Unitas 56. Sitoy, T. Valentino, Jr. 1966. Ratio studiorum and Jesuit education. Silliman Journal 13. Schmitz, Robert. 1970. Historical background of the secondary school curriculum in the Philippines. Ilocos Review [DWC-Vigan] 2. Socrates, Nenita U. 1955-57. Artistic interpretation of literature. Education Quarterly 4. Somera, Telly. 1986. Understanding the cognitive development approach to moral education. CEAP Perspective 6. Soriano, Domingo. 1960-61. What should comprise the education of good teachers. Education Quarterly 8. Sornito, Juan E. 1969. The common philosophy behind mathematics and science teaching. U. I. Journal 2. Stapleton Jr., Archie C. 1967. Modern educational concepts and traditional Philippine culture. Saint Louis Quarterly 5. Sutaria, Minda C. 1978. Return to the basics. Sangguni 1. ______________. 1983. Thrusts in values education in the Philippines. Education in and for values in Philippine setting, ed. Lourdes J. Custodio. Manila: University of Santo Tomas Press.

203

PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

_______________. 1986. Values development framework of the Ministry of Education, Culture and Sports. CEAP Perspective 6. _______________. 1987. Values education revised framework of the Department of Education, Culture & Sports. CEAP Perspective 7. _______________. 1989. Assessments of values education in the Philippine educational system: Focus on Muslim Mindanao. Values education for Muslim Mindanao. Marawi City: Mindanao State University System. Tabuñar, Gabino. 1969. The role of the non-sectarian university in the socio-economic development of the region. U. I. Journal 2. Tadena, Tomas P. 1965. Philosophy of teacher education in the Philippines. School Year 1. Also published in 1965. PAGE Journal 3. ______________. 1969. Improving instruction through research: Teacher education. PAFTE Review 2. Tagaro, R. M. 1976-77. After five years continuous progression, what? Philippine Journal of Education 55. Tagle, Ramon A., Jr. 1969. The concept of democracy in the classroom. San Beda Review 2. Tamaca, Evangeline. 1986. A theoretical base and strategies for values clarification. CEAP Perspective 6. _______________. 1986. Values clarification approach in the grade school. CEAP Perspective 6. Tamano, Salipada S. 1989. Values education in Muslim Mindanao: Prospects and problems. Values education for Muslim Mindanao. Marawi City: Mindanao State University System. Tan, Edita A. 1977. New directions in education. Philippine Sociological Review 25. Tan, Vidal A. 1953-54. Christianity on the campus. Education Quarterly 1. ______________. 1954. Our philosophy of education. Printed speech delivered at the special convocation of the College of Liberal Arts, University of the Philippines (17 December). Tandinco, Aldoña V. 1980. Romualdez’s ideas on formal education. Leyte-Samar Studies 14. Tanga, Maura G. 1976. The problem method: An analysis. UE Educational Perspectives 6. Tanseco, Ruben M., S.J. 1960. The immediate aim of the universtiy: A defense of Newman’s position. Philippine Scholastic 3. Tatad, Francisco S. 1974. An education in humanism. Unitas 47. Teehankee, Benito. 1985. Education for democracy: Myth or reality. Kaya Tao 7. ______________. 1988-89. A treasury of teaching myths, or why it’s so difficult to professionalize undergraduate teaching, Santinig 1. Tellez, Tim S. 1971. Academic freedom and the faculty. University of Baguio Journal 6. ______________. 1973. Academic freedom and the university student. University of Baguio Journal 8. ______________. 1973. Academic freedom and tenure. University of Baguio Journal 8. Tenmatay, Augusto L. 1961. General education in the University of the Philippines. University College Journal Issue No. 1. The DECS values education program framework. PLM Review 9. The academic freedom issue of 1961 or the ordeal of a man of academe. Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 29. Timbreza, Florentino. 1968. A crisis of pedagogic relevance. Trinity Observer (March). ______________. 1970. The student and Goddess Mary Jane. Trinity Observer (15 September).

204

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1977. Technological education in the Philippines. Trinity College Journal 3. ______________. 1981. Konseptong de parentibus ng Pilipino. Ang Bagong Guro sa Bagong Republika 1. ______________. 1982. Ginintuang tuntunin ng Pilipinas. Ang Bagong Guro sa Bagong Republika 2. ______________. 1984. Technological education vis-a-vis Filipino freedom. Σοφια 14. ______________. 1986-87. Mga suliranin at iba pang mga balakid sa paggamit ng Pilipino sa pagtuturo. Malay 6. ______________. 1989. The struggle for wholeness in Asia: Challenge to Education. Σοφια 19. Torralba, Constantino M. 1979. The curriculum and values development. Education Quarterly 26. Tullao, Tereso S., Jr. 1988. Edukasyon bilang pangkunsumo at pangangapital. CEAP Perspective 8. ______________. 1989-90. The role of higher education in Philippine development. DLSU Dialogue 24. Tumapon, Teresita T. 1981. The role of the teacher. Kinaadman 3. Tupas, Isabelo. 1959. The dilemma of Philippine education and the need for educational Filipinism. Philippine Educator 14. Tuzon, Lydia. 1987. The whole child-center of teaching and learning. Journal of Gradate Research [Lyceum of Aparri] 2. Unday, Sonia. 1987. Education: A way of life. Journal of Graduate Research [Lyceum of Aparri] 2. Valbuena, Aurelio, O.P. 1964. St. Thomas on human perfection. Journal of Education 7. ______________. 1965. St. Thomas on the integral humanism. Journal of Education 7. ______________. 1965. St. Thomas on the agents of education. Journal of Education 7. ______________. 1965. Saint Thomas on the dynamics of self perfection. Journal of Education 7. Valeros, Juan Edralin. 1966. Education for cooperatives. Philippine Education Forum 15. Valisno, Mona D. 1977. Unlearning the old to learn the new: Issues in education. Philippine Sociological Review 25. Velasco, Laureen L. 1992. Philosophy, religion, and academic freedom. Σοφια 22. Velasco, Teresa S. 1974. The relevance of the mind-substance theory to education and development. U. I. Journal 6. Velilla, Pacifico L. 1957. Commercial education for Philippine progress. Education Quarterly 5. Veloso, Gerardo Ty, OSB. 1972. Education for civility and refinement. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 46. Vibar, Eliseo. 1969. The role of character education in minimizing juvenile delinquency in the Philippines. Philippiniana Sacra 4. Villa, Socorro P. 1956-57. Some observations on the inductive and deductive approaches in the teaching of general science. Education Quarterly 4. ______________. 1959-60. My experiences and observations on the inductive and deductive approaches in science teaching. Education Quarterly 7. Villacorta, Wilfredo V. 1976. Education in the ideology of China. DLSU Dialogue 12. Villamor, Carmen O. 1992. The role of the university today. University Journal 9.

205

PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Villanueva, Eva S. 1987. The cognitive-developmental approach to values education. Trinity College Journal 9. Villanueva, Ines S. 1954-55. The development of nationalism and its implication on education. Education Quarterly 2. Veniegas, Romy D. 1990. What is the open university concept? Trends No. 2. Virata, C. G. 1954. Does religious instruction need a constitutional amendment? Philippine Studies 2. Vizcarra, Virginia A. 1979. Piaget’s theory of cognitive development and its relationship to severely and profoundly retarded children. Philippine Education Quarterly 11. Wage, Benjamin M., Jr. 1987. What is religious education? Sophia [Adamson U] 6. What do we mean by good teaching? 1953. Education Quarterly 1. Yabes, Leopoldo Y. 1960. In larger freedom [includes the idea of general education]. Diliman Review 8. ______________. 1980. The problem is how to rehabilitate eroded academic freedom. Diliman Review 30. Zamora, Mario D. 1973. Issues in higher education: The Philippine case. University of Baguio Journal 8. B. Books and Monographs Agoncillo, Teodoro A. 1977. Scholarship and the university. Monograph No. 33. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press. Aquino, Ranhillo C. 1990. A philosophy of education. N.p.: Topico Press. Arcilla, Jose S., S.J., ed. Year IV. The social dimensions of a philosophy of education. [Metro Manila]: Philosophy of Education Society of the Philippines. Bananal, Eduardo. 1974. Camilo Osias: Educator and statesman. Quezon City: Manlapaz Publishing Co. Bauzon, Prisciliano T. 1990. Fundamentals of philosophy of education. Midsayap: St. Peter’s Printing. Batungbacal, Jose, ed. 1954. Moral training of the Filipino people. Manila: University Publishing Co. Custodio, Lourdes J., ed. 1983. Education in and for values in Philippine setting. Manila: University of Santo Tomas Press. Dionisio, Benjamin P. 1949. Gems of thought of Dr. Jose P. Laurel. N.p. Dizon, Rolando R., ed. 1983. Educational alternatives for the future. Quezon City: Phoenix Publishing House. _______________. 1983. Values education for an emerging global society: A Philippine perspective. Councils for Global Education Resource Center, Monograph No. 1. Quezon City: Maryknoll College. Estioko, Leonardo R., SVD. 1989. Essays on Philippine education. Manila: Divine Word Publications. Gonzalez, Andrew and Rosa Guevara, eds. 1978. Inspiring the Christian academic community [selected writings of Bro. H. Gabriel Connon, FSC]. Manila: United Publishing Co. Gregorio, Herman C. and Gregorio, Cornelia M. 1979. Philosophy of education in Philippine setting. Quezon City: R. P. Garcia Publishing Co.

206

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Guevara, Rosa and Andrew Gonzalez, eds. 1978. Inspiring the Christian academic community [selected writings of Bro. H. Gabriel Connon, FSC]. Manila: United Publishing Co. Jocano, F. Landa and Paz Policarpio Mendez. 1991. Culture and nationhood: A philosophy of education for Filipinos. Quezon City: Kayumanggi Press. Laurel, Jose P. 1959. Moral and educational orientation. Manila: Lyceum Press. Luzares, C. E., ed. 1983. Philippine perspectives: Implications for De La Salle University. Manila: De La Salle University. Lakayan, Jose H. Y. et al., eds. 1957. Academic freedom. A special issue of the Philippine Collegian. Quezon City: University of the Philippines. Mendez, Paz Policarpio and F. Landa Jocano. 1991. Culture and nationhood: A philosophy of education for Filipinos. Quezon City: Kayumanggi Press. Mercado, Leonardo N. 1977. Applied Filipino philosophy [includes a chapter on the philosophy of education]. Tacloban City: Divine Word University Publications. Ordas-Botor, Celeste. 1983. Essays in the philosophy of education. Manila: Rex Book Store. Pascual, Ricardo R. 1962. The philosophy of Rizal. Manila: Pedro B. Ayuda & Co. Quito, Emerita S., ed. 1992. St. John Baptist de La Salle and education today. Manila: De La Salle University Press. Salvosa, Benjamin. 1974. Education for freedom. Baguio City: Baguio Colleges Foundation. Sinco, Vicente G. 1959. Education in Philippine Society. Quezon City: UP Publications. Soriano, L. Brillantes. 1973. Continuous progression in Philippine schools. Quezon City: JMC Press, Inc. Tan, Vidal A. 1954. Our philosophy of education. Quezon City: University of the Philippines. C. Review Article, Book Reviews, and Abstracts Camara, Erlinda F. 1980. Review of An introduction to the analysis of educational concepts, by Jonas F. Soltis. Educational Quarterly 27. Cruz, Isagani R. 1983. Sooner than we think, it will be the 21st century [rev. art. of Educational alternatives for the future, ed. Rolando R. Dizon]. Panorama (11 September). Cuenca, Eduardo P., S.J. 1962. Review of Principles of education, by Pierre H. Conway. Philippine Scholastic 4. Flores, Penelope V. 1971-72. Review of Realms of meaning, a philosophy of the curriculum for general education, by Philip H. Phenix. Education Quarterly 19. Gorospe, Vitaliano R., S.J. 1980. Review of Proceedings of the conference/dialogue on the role of Christianity in Philippine education, ed. Armando F. de Jesus. Philippine Studies 28. Hernandez, Regina F. 1975. Review of The teacher and his philosophy, by John P. Marshall. Unitas 48. Hornedo, Florentino H. 1965. Review of Philosophy of education, by Leo R. Ward. Saint Louis Quarterly 3. Javellana, D’Arlington. 1991-93. Review of Culture and nationhood: A philosophy of education for Filipinos, by F. Landa Jocano and Paz Policarpio Mendez. Obusan, Rogelio A. 1975. Review of The Concept of a university, by Kenneth R. Minogue. Unitas 48. Piñon, Antoion T. 1971-72. Digest of The challenges to higher education, by Sidney Hook. Σοφια 1.

207

PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Quirante, Aleli A. 1981. Review of Teaching as a subversive activity, by Neil Postman and Charles Weingartner. Trinity College Journal 5. Tabuno, Eleuterio. 1965. Review of Educational research: New perspectives, by Jack A. Culbertson and Stephen P. Hencley, eds. Saint Louis Quarterly 3. Tanseco, Ruben M., S.J. 1959. Review of The personal conquest of truth according to J. H. Newman, by A. J. Boekraad. Philippine Scholastic 2. Vivar, Teofista L. 1971-72. Abstract of “The moral-spiritual value preferences of teachers of public secondary schools in Manila, special problem." Education Quarterly 19. Yabes, Robert. 1990. Paulo Freire’s pedagogy towards liberation [thesis abstract]. Diwa 15. D. Graduate Work Alagar, Juan E. 1952. The philosophy behind the encyclical of the Christian education of youth by Pope Pius XI. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Alagar, Leon G. 1950. An evaluation of Rizal’s ideas about education. Master’s thesis, Silliman University. Andres, Tomas. 1974. The Filipino thought on religious instruction: An analysis. Doctoral dissertation, Far Eastern University. Baltazar, Armando S. 1956. The educational philosophy of Francis P. Donnelly. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Bertin, Raymundo. 1941. A critical study of John Dewey’s philosophy of education. Master’s thesis, Universtiy of Santo Tomas. Borja, Eladio. 1953. The particular unity in Jesuit secondary education and its advantages. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Camacho, Florante S., SVD. 1967. The ideas of education as found in the lectures of William James to teachers. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Carlos, Benjamin B. 1958. An analysis of the techniques and theories of non-directive counselling in the light of Thomistic notion of personality. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Cuenca, Mary. 1936. The ideal Christian education as expressed by Pope Pius XI, and realized by the leading religions. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. de Jesus, Remedios C. 1971. A Filipino teacher’s philosophy of education based on a contemporary philosophy of man, and its practical implementation at the collegiate department of Saint Theresa’s College. Master’s thesis (CED), University of Santo Tomas. Dolores, Patricio J. 1963. The effect of secularism on the Philippine educational system. Master’s thesis, Colegio de San Jose-Recoletos. Elizalde, Ma. Caritas. 1954. The philosophical basis of education. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Espanto, Pacifico D. 1971. An examination of Bertrand Russell’s philosophy of education. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Fernandez, Amelia M. 1974. A philosophical analysis of two theories of learning. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Fernandez, Jesus. 1961. An investigation of the philosophical trends in Philippine education from three educational magazines, 1591-1957. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College.

208

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Figuracion, Melecio S. 1965. Rizal’s philosophy of life as reflected in his writings. Master’s thesis, University of San Carlos. Gabriel, H., FSC. 1951. St. John Baptist de la Salle and his contribution to modern education. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Gallego, Montserrat S. del. 1962. A study of the philosophy of Catholic education. Master’s thesis, Adamson University. Gil, Concepcion M. 1935. Training for accuracy. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Katigbak, Asterio J. 1952. True humanism and Jesuit education. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Ledesma, Antonio L. 1954. An evaluation of intelligence tests in the light of scholastic philosophy. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Lingad, Oscar M. 1964. The essence of Jesuit education. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Marave, Lydia. 1981. La filosofia in Giacomo Alberione come educatore. Doctoral dissertation, Antoniana University (Rome). Martinez, Luis. 1941. Evolution and character of education in China. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Mateo, Demosthenes. 1980. Aristotle’s conception of the education of the ideal citizen and its relevance to contemporary Philippine politics. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Mateo, Fe A. 1951. Educational philosophy of Rafael Palma. Master’s thesis, Far Eastern University. Mateo, Wilfred R. 1975. John Dewey: Education towards democracy (a philosophical analysis). Master’s thesis, Christ the King Seminary [DWS]. Mejia, Jose C. 1929. Educational thoughts and ideas of Filipino thinkers. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Montilla, Virginia. 1950. The educational ideas of Manuel L. Quezon. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Obra, Jovencio. 1954. Eloquence: The apex of educational achievement. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Ortinero, Aniceta M. 1987. Moral education in the universty. Doctoral dissertation, University of the Philippines. Pascual, Ricardo. 1936. The philosophical ideas of Dr. Jose Rizal. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Sarmiento, Antero Aure. 1957. Thomistic philosophical foundation of parental rights to the education of their children as postulated by Pius XI in his encyclical, ‘Divine illius magistri’. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. Soriano, Romulo V. 1972. Jose P. Laurel’s concept of Filipino education (a philosophical analysis). Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Tumbagahan, Tiburcio J. 1941. The objectives of character education, citizenship training, and vocational education of the Philippine public elementary and secondary schools viewed from the standpoint of the philosophy of personalism. Master’s thesis, Silliman University. Unson, Felix D. 1962. Plato’s later philosophy of education in the Laws, book seven. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College.

209

PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Vivar, Teofista L. 1971-72. The moral-spiritual value preferences of teachers of public secondary schools in Manila, special problem. Master’s thesis [in education]. University of the Philippines, 1971.] Education Quarterly 19. Yabes, Robert. 1988. Paulo Freire’s pedagogy towards liberation (an exposition). Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. E. Poems Alvero, Aurelio S. 1939. Modern education. Nuances. N.p.: J. N. Sevilla Press. Faigao, Cornelio F. 1934. Teacher. Philippines Herald Mid-Week Magazine (3 January). Santiago, Tarciana. 1927. The teacher. Sunday Tribune Magazine (23 October).

210

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER XIV. PHILOSOPHY OF HISTORY A. Articles Agoncillo, Teodoro A. 1965. Imagination in History. Diliman Review 13. Aguilar, Pablo Villanueva. 1959. Hegel’s philosophy of history. Studium 4. Alampay, Ma. Belen. 1984. Jose Ortega Y Gasset’s concept of historical generation: A meaningful timeframe for historical analysis. DLSU Dialogue 20. Albano, Alegria A. 1968. Cycle and history of man in T.S. Eliot’s “Four quartets.” Philippine Educational Forum 17. Alfonso, Oscar M. 1968. Teaching undergraduate history. Papers and proceedings, 1968 U.P. faculty conference, ed. Paulina F. Bautista. Quezon City: n.p. Antonio, Danilo. 1973-74. On Hegel’s “The philosophy of history.” Σοφια 3. Arcilla, Jose J., S.J. 1982. History and human values. Education in and for values in Philippine setting, ed. Lourdes J. Custodio. Manila: University of Santo Tomas Press. Bautista, Cirilo F. 1988. Literature as history. Philippine Studies 36. Bauzon, Leslie E. 1989 and 1990. Historians as conscience of the nation. Journal of History 3435. Bonifacio, Armando F. 1968. Can history be taught? Papers and proceedings, 1968 U.P. faculty conference, ed. Paulina F. Bautista. Quezon City: n.p. Capulong, Noriel C. 1990. Towards a prophetic theology of history for Filipinos. Tugon 10. Ceniza, Claro R. 1990. What is science? Σοφια 20. Dy, Manuel B., Jr. 1987. The economic structure of society, Habermas’ reconstruction of historical materialism. Karunungan 4. Encarnacion, Noel. 1974. On temporal reversal of events. Σοφια 4. Evangelista, Susan. 1988. Filipinos in America: Literature as history. Philippine Studies 36. Ferrer, Joaquin, Jr. 1985. Dynamics of culture and religion: An appreciation of Dawson’s interpretation of history. Diwa 9. Ferrer, Ricardo D. 1983. A short note on some aspects of Marx’s theory of history. Diliman Review 31. Gabriel, Pedro B. 1981. An outline of a Toynbean approach to Philippine history during the Spanish regime (I). Philippiniana Sacra 16. ______________. 1982. An outline of a Toynbean approach to Philippine history during the Spanish regime (II). Philippiniana Sacra 16. ______________. 1982. An outline of a Toynbean approach to Philippine history during the American regime. Philippiniana Sacra 16. Garcia, Elenita R. 1988. Dilthey: The task of history. Σοφια 18. Garcia, Patrocinio M. 1932. Civic virtues in the teaching of history. Philippine Social Science Review 4. Hornedo, Florentino. 1988. Theories of history and the philosophy of science. In Nature, science and values. Edited by Norberto Castillo. Manila: University of Santo Tomas Press. Ileto, Reynaldo C. 1984. Bonifacio, the text and the social scientist. Philippine Sociological Review 32.

211

PHILOSOPHY OF HISTORY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Magno, Alexander R. 1983. Historical fact and historical meaning. Diliman Review 31. Malay, Armando Jr. 1990. Hinggil sa ilang mga problema ng istoriyograpiyang komunista: Ang kaso ng Byetnam. Diliman Review 38. Majul, Cesar Adib. 1967-68. Ibn Khaldun and Arab thought. University College Journal 10. Mercado, Leonardo N. 1976. Notes on the Filipino philosophy of history. Unitas 49. Morales, Alfredo T. 1990. Dichotomy or convergence in history: The 1989 Jose Rizal lecture. Solidarity Issue 125. Ongsansoy, Juanito. 1972. Prolegomena to the history of philosophy and elements of the philosophy of history. Σοφια 2. Quito, Emerita S. 1971-72. The philosophy of renaissance: An introduction. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1971-72. The philosophy of renaissance: Nicolas of Cusa. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1977. Philosophy of history: An introduction. DLSU Dialogue 13. ______________. 1978-79. How original is Hegel’s ‘philosophy of history’? Unitas 51. Also in 1978-79. Σοφια 8. Resurreccion, Celedonio O. 1970. What are historical gaps? Historical Bulletin 14. Reyes, Ramon. 1986. Man and historical action. In Philosophy of man. Edited by Manuel B.Dy,Jr. Manila: Goodwill Book Store. Saguinsin, Edgar S. 1960. A philosophy of history. Studium 5. Sy, Alvina Eileen. 1986. T’an-Luan and Georg Wilhelm Frierich Hegel: A comparison on their concept of the absolute.Σοφια 16. Villegas, Edberto M. 1981-82. The individual in history: An assessment of Jose Rizal’s role in Philippine history. Anuaryo/Annales 1. _______________. 1982-83. A critique of Johann Galtung’s structural theory of imperialism (or a commentary on the center-periphery concept of the endonsitas). Anuaryo/Annales 1. B. Books Mai, Tran Van, Roberto C. Yamul, and Jose Mo. Singson. 1974-75. Man’s link with the past, the beginnings of philosophy. Manila: De la Salle College Textbook Development Committee. Mercado, Leonardo N. 1977. Applied Filipino philosophy [includes a chapter on the philosophy of history]. Tacloban City: Divine Word University Publications. Navata, Hector Angelo, O.P. 1985. Marx-Engels’ main ideas on history, philosophy and society. ‘Emeth 3. Pernia, Antonio M., SVD. 1989. The young Marx: A humanist conception of history. Manila: Divine Word Publications. Quito, Emerita S. 1974. Oriental roots of occidental philosophy. Kuala Lumpur: ASAIHL. ______________. 1979. Four essays in the philosophy of history. Manila: DLSU Office of Research. ______________. 1983. The state of philosophy in the Philippines. Manila: De la Salle University Research Center. _______________. 1990. A life of philosophy, selected works (1965-1988). Manila: DLSU Press. Singson, Jose Mo., Tran Van Mai, and Roberto C. Yamul. 1974-75. Man’s link with the past, the beginnings of philosophy. Manila: De la Salle College Textbook Development Committee.

212

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Yamul, Roberto C., Jose Mo. Singson, and Tran Van Mai. 1974-75. Man’s link with the past, the beginnings of philosophy. Manila: De la Salle College Textbook Development Committee. C. Book Reviews Ceniza, Claro R. 1968. Review of A history of philosophy, by Frederick Copleston, S.J. Silliman Journal 15. Mallari, Francisco A., S.J. 1959. Review of On the philosophy of history, by Jacques Maritain. Philippine Scholastic 2. Pacheco, Esther M. 1968. Review of Phenomenology and history, by John H. Nota, S.J. Saint Louis Quarterly 6. Reyes, Ramon C. 1977. Review of Applied Filipino philosophy, by Leonardo N. Mercado. Philippine Studies 25. D Graduate Work Pernia, Antonio M. 1972. The young Marx’s concept of history. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Saguinsin, Edgar S. 1962. A comparative study of Karl Marx’s and Saint Augustine’s views of history. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. E. Poems Manalang-Gloria, Angela C. 1935. Addenda to history. Sunday Tribune Magazine (18 August). Puruganan, Gregorio. 1948. Historical. Philippine Collegian (9 July). Villa, Jose Garcia. 1942, 1958. A wall is history. Have come, am here. New York: Viking Press (31 December); reprint ed. Selected poems and new. New York: McDowell Abolensky; also reprinted in 1962-65. The essential Villa: Jose Garcia’s poems 55 and selected stories. N.p.: Alberto S. Florentino. F. Translation Saranjona, Joseph. 1985. History of Medieval philosophy. Translated by Luis Supan and Raul Asuncion. Edited by M. Guzman. Manila: Sinagtala Publishers, Inc.

213

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER XV. PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE AND LINGUISTIC PHILOSOPHY A. Articles Abad, Gemino H. 1989. Language: Corral and ivory tower or the community and the individual speaker. Mithi 20. Abulad, Romualdo E., Emerita Quito, Herminia Reyes, and Florentino Timbreza. 1985-86. Ulat tungkol sa sanggunian at leksikon ng pilosopiya. Malay 5. Acay, Gerardo M. 1964-65. Philosophy and language. University College Journal Issue No. 7. Acuña, Andresito F. 1969. Notes on Chomsky’s review of B. F. Skinner’s Verbal behavior. Diliman Review 17. ______________. 1975. Behaviorism and Wittgenstein. Diliman Review 23. ______________. 1975. The private language argument. Diliman Review 23. Agcaoili, Aurelio S. 1991. Semiotics of sanity. Ethos Today 5. Aguilar, George L. 1987. The Tractatus—philosophical analysis, epistemology and dissolving the problem of the thing-in-itself. Σοφια 17. Alegre, Edilberto N. 1984. Language and power. Philippine Studies 32. ______________. 1987. Taste as language. Diliman Review 35. ______________. 1987. Eating as language. Diliman Review 35. Alejo, Albert E., S.J. 1987. Mga katagang pilosopiko [I & II]. Pantas 1. Alfonso, Amelia B. and Virgilio G. Enriquez. 1980. Ang pananaw-sa-buhay at Weltanschauung n mahihiwatigan sa sikolohiya ng wikang Tagalog. Asian Studies 18. Arsenio, Manuel E. 1982. On the etymology of the Tagalog word kaluluwa. Saint Louis University Research Journal 13. Bassig,Ricardo C. The beginnings of human language. Letran Faculty Journal 3. Buenaventura, Amparo S. 1965. Socio-cultural aspect of language. Philippine Sociological Review 13. Calderon, Aurelio S. An analysis of Steinberg’s use of walang hiya to explain Filipino elite collaboration in World War II. Philippine Sociological Review 15. Cariño, Ledivina. 1975. Theory of language and language acquisition: Its sociolinguistic aspect. Philippine Journal for Language Teaching 8. Casiño, Erico S., S.J. 1958. Is the name a natural revelation of the essence of a thing? Philippine Scholastic 2. Ceniza, Claro. 1982-83. Institutional meaning. Σοφια 12. ______________. 1991. Language games, meaning and Wittgenstein. Karunungan 8. ______________. 1989. Ang Tractatus ni Ludwig Wittgenstein. Karunungan 6. Claver, Francisco F. 1965. Language in culture. Philippine Sociological Review 13. Co, Alfredo. 1982. Ideogram as an approach to Confucianism. Σοφια 12. ______________. 1982. Philosophy in Chinese ideograms. Unitas 55. Constantino, Renato. 1990. Intelektuwalismo at wika. Praxis 4.

214

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Corpuz, Ruben. 1973. Phenomenology and analytical philosophy. Saint Louis University Research Journal 4. Covar, Prospero. 1979. Language: A key to Filipino personality. Philippine Educational Forum 27. Cruz, Isagani R. 1971-72. Note on a linguistic difficulty. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1985. Sining nga ba ang pagsasalin? Likha 8. ______________. 1989. Teorya at wika. Pantas 3. ______________. 1990. Ang wika ng teorya bilang teorya ng wika. DLSU Graduate Journal 15. ______________. 1990. A nation searching for a language finds a language searching for a name. David, Randy. 1988. Ang wika bilang instrumento ng pambansang pagpapalaya. Diliman Review 36. Demetillo, Ricaredo. 1954. T. S. Eliot and the wrestle with words. Silliman Journal 1. Enriquez, Virgilio G. and Amelia B. Alfonso. 1980. Ang pananaw sa buhay at weltanschauung na mahihiwatigan sa sikolohiya ng wikang Tagalog. Asian Studies 18. ______________, and Marcelino, Elizabeth Protacio. 1984, 1989. Language as ideology and power. Neo-colonial politics and language struggle in the Philippines. Quezon City: Akademya ng Sikolohiyang Pilipino; reprint. Metro Manila: New Horizons Research and Publications. Fernandez, Pacita G. 1980. The job of translation: Its necessity, its values and uses, its hazards too . . . . Education Quarterly 27. Francisco, Higinia. 1989. The seven last words: A study of language use. Saint Louis University Research Journal 20. Gonzalez, Andrew B., FSC. 1974. The problem of the semantic component in the theory of transformational generative grammar; a historical view. DLSC Dialogue 10. ______________. 1976. Language learning theory, cognitive theories, the conceptual approach in social studies and the new bilingual education policy. DLSC Dialogue 12. ______________. 1988. Elaboration and intellectualization of Filipino: theoretical perspectives. Philippine Journal for Language 16. ______________. 1990. Language and policy: the lessons of history. PSSC Social Science Information 18. _______________ and Teresita C. Rafael. 1980. The linguistics marketplace: A buyer’s market. DLSU Dialogue 16. _______________. 1984. Ang kahalagahan ng wikang pambansa sa pagbubuo ng kakanyahang Pilipino. Malay 3. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1981. The theory of speech acts. Arts and Sciences Journal 1. ______________. 1981. Searle and Cohen on Austin’s locutionary and illocutionary acts. Arts and Sciences Journal 1. ______________. 1985. The north and south of a national language. Diliman Review 33. Habito, R. L. 1969. The philosophical analysis of religious language. Philippine Studies 17. Hemphill, Roderick J. 1962. The Philippine language scene. Philippine Sociological Review 10. Hidalgo, Araceli C. 1969. Two mental processes: Focusing and emphasizing and their linguistic manifestations. Diliman Review 17. ______________. 1970. Problems in the Katz and Fodor semantic theory. Diliman Review 18.

215

PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE AND LINGUISTIC PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Jose, Vivencio. 1988-89. Ang wika ng pagpapalaya at ang papel ng akademya. Malay 7. Llamson, Teodoro A., S.J. 1973. The integrative function of language: Do we need a language to unite us? Philippine Studies 21. Magno, Alex. 1988. In the arena of meanings. Diliman Review 36. Manansan, O.S.B., Mary-John. 1973-74. Wittgensteinian approach to religious language. Σοφια 3. Manuel, Arsenio E. 1982. On the etymology of the Tagalog word kaluluwa. Saint Louis University Research Journal 13. Mansukhani, Raj. 1991. Introduction to semiotics. Σοφια 21. Mariano, Josefina T. 1991. Translation as an art. The Quill 3. Mercado, Leonardo N. 1972. Reflections on buot-loob-nakem. Philippine Studies 20. ______________. 1972. Filipino thought. Philippine Studies 20. ______________. Kagandahan: Filipino thought on beauty, truth, and good. Karunungan 9. Molina, Antonio J. 1961. The power of language in the development of an artistic personality. Unitas 34. Monis, Patricio V. 1975. Language and man’s quest for reality. Unitas 48. Montano, Purificacion B. 1975. The non-verbal behavior of selected student teachers at the Philippine Normal College Laboratory Elementary School classrooms. Graduate and Faculty Studies 26. Nava, Rebecca. 1977. The principles of oral interpretation. The MST English Quarterly 27. Open forum on “An overview of British language philosophy” (a summary). 1971-72. Σοφια 1. Pascasio, Emy M. 1967. Language in relation to social change. Philippine Sociological Review 15. ______________. 1991. Back to the round table on language and national identity. Pantas 4. Peregrino, Policarpio E. 1976-77. Wika: salamin ng damdamin, diwa, isipan, at kaluluwa ng bayan. MLQU Graduate Journal 5. Poblete, Pacita. 1990-91. Metaglossotherapy: language as a diagnostic instrument. Pintig Diwa 11-12. Portnoy, Enid J. 1985. The voice as a nonverbal message. University of Baguio Journal 16. Quito, Emerita S. 1962. The integration of religion in the teaching of languages. Journal of Education 4. ______________. 1971. Structuralism, Pilipino and a universal language. Manila Chronicle, 17 March. ______________. 1971. Philosophy in Pilipino, anyone? Manila Chronicle, 4 April. ______________. 1979. Ang kayamanan ng ating wika [retitled: Ang kayamanan ng wikang Filipino]. Daop Diwa 3. ______________. 1983. Ang sariling wika, ang pilosopiya, at ang mga tao. In Mga babasahin sa pilosophiya: Epistemolohiya, lohika, wika at pilosopiyang Pilipino. Compiled by Virgilio G. Enriquez. [Quezon City]: Surian ng Sikolohiyang Pilipino. ______________, Romualdo Abulad, Herminia Reyes, and Florentino Timbreza. 1985-86. Ulat tungkol sa sanggunian at leksikon ng pilosopiya. Malay 5. ______________. 1989. The relevance of the national language to education. DLSU Graduate Journal 14. Rafael, Teresita C. and Andrew Gonzalez. 1980. The linguistics marketplace: A buyer’s market. DLSU Dialogue 16.

216

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Ramirez, Mina M. 1988. Learning from life: In the tent school, common people view the world in the richness of their own language. Makatao 7. Reyes, Heminia, Romualdo Abulad, Emerita Quito, and Florentino Timbreza. 1985-86. Ulat tungkol sa sanggunian at leksikon ng Pilosopiya. Malay 5. Robles, Rosemarie D. 1983-84. Meanings change as meanings change. Western Philippine Colleges Journal 12. Sarmento, Nilo A., S.J. 1960. The necessity of the Verbum for intellection according to Saint Thomas Aquinas. Philippine Scholastic 3. Silos, Leonardo R. 1981. Tagalog and the question of Being. Philippine Studies 29. ______________. 1982. Some notes on Tagalog and linguistic analysis. Kinaadman 4. ______________. 1985. Reflections on ‘tiwala’: An essay in the philosophy and theology behind a Tagalog word. Kinaadman 7. Timbreza, Florentino T. 1981. Pagpapaunlad ng Pilipino sa larangan ng pilosopiya: Mga problema at solusyon. Ang Bagong Guro sa Bagong Republika 1. ______________. 1985-86, 1989. Pamimilosopiya sa sariling wika: Mga problema at solusyon. Malay 5; reprint. Readings in the philosophy of man, comp. DLSU Philosophy Department. Manila: DLSU Press. ______________. Emerita S. Quito, Romualdo Abulad, and Herminia Reyes. 1985-86. Ulat tungkol sa sanggunian at leksikon ng pilosopiya. Malay 5. ______________. 1986-87. Mga suliranin at iba pang mga balakid sa paggamit ng Pilipino sa pagtuturo. Malay 6. Tuason, Noe de los Reyes. 1969. Verbal behavior and grammatical rules. Diliman Review 17. _____________. 1975. Statements about ordinary language. Diliman Review 23. Tucker, G. Richard. 1968. Judging personality from language usage: A Filipino example. Philippine Sociological Review 16. Varela, Lourdes. 1971. Some philosophical aspects of Pike’s theory of language in relation to a unified theory of the structure of human behavior. DLSC Dialogue 7. Velazco, Gundelina. 1994. Ang hermeneutika ng damdamin sa pantayong pananaw ng pag-iisip na bukal. Malay 12. Villacorta, Wilfredo V. 1990. Walang duda ang kakayahan ng wika. Diyaryo Filipino, 10 Mayo. Villanueva, Alejo L., Jr. 1969. On referring. San Beda Review 2. B. Books Enriquez, Virgilio G., comp. 1983. Mga babasahin sa pilosopiya: Epistemolohiya, lohika, wika at pilosopiyang Pilipino. [Quezon City]: Surian ng Sikolohiyang Pilipino. Mercado, Leonardo N., SVD. 1974. Elements of Filipino philosophy. Tacloban City: Divine Word University Publications. Ordas-Botor, Celeste. 1983. Essays in the philosophy of education [includes a discussion on language]. Manila: Rex Book Store. C. Review Articles and Book Reviews Antolinez, Jesus Ma. Merino, O.P. 1972. Review of Cuestiones fundamentales de hermeneutica, by Emmeric Coreth. Philippiniana Sacra 7.

217

PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE AND LINGUISTIC PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Carpio, Mariano F. 1990. A question of language [rev. art. of A matter of language, by Rolando S. Tinio]. Unitas 63. Dimen, S. E. 1959. Review of Philosophy and linguistic analysis, by Maxwell John Charlesworth. Studium 4. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1978. Language and its philosophical presuppositions [rev. art. on Elements of Filipino philosophy, by Leonardo N. Mercado]. Mindanao Journal 5. Hernandez, Regina F. 1975. Review of Wittgenstein, language and philosophy, by Warren Shibles. Unitas 48. D. Graduate Work Acuña, Andresito E. 1972. The private language argument. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Banzuelo, Edilberto V. 1977. Theology and analysis. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Bond, Leo M. 1941. A study of Aristotle’s definition of friendship. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Bonifacio, Armando F. 1968. The concept of rules: Towards an analysis. Doctoral dissertation, University of California at Berkeley. Casiño, Erico S. 1960. Some modern views on language compared with scholastic teachings. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Castro, Leonardo D. de. 1976. The concept of freedom: A semantic analysis. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Insular, Roberto A. 1988. The concept of loyalty in the philosophy of Josiah Royce. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Mansukhani, Raj. 1990. Philosophical analyses of the sign. Master’s thesis, De La Salle University. Medina, Ma. Wonina A. 1979. Facts, truth and language games. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Ortinero, Aniceta M. 1975. The concept of fact. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Peralta, Antonio. 1986. Language as symbol: A key to understanding Cassierer’s theory of symbolic forms. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Ramos, Jesus F. 1978. Ang politika sa pagpaplanong pangwika sa Pilipinas (1898-1941). Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Reyes, Eligio R. 1978. Philosophy and language. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Revilla, Jorge L. 1950. A study of the different levels of language and their relations to knowledge. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Tuason, Noe R. 1972. Statements about ordinary language. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Villegas, Edberto M. 1970. Negative judgments. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. E. Poems Ayala, Conchita. 1940. Words. Varsitarian [UST] (17 December).

218

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Bocobo, Jorge C. 1951. What’s in a name? Furrows and arrows, Poetry and verse. N.p.: M. Colcol and Co. Bulosan, Carlos. 1938. Exercises in meaning. Graphic (30 June). ________________. 1947. The consolation of ambiguity. Sunday Times Magazine (26 July). Canding, Doroteo H. 1934. Words. Sunday Tribune Magazine (11 November). Ramos, Maximo D. 1933. Language of mother earth. Graphic (21 September). Tonogbanua, Francisco G. 1964, 1966. Sincerity in speech. Sonnets. N.p.: Pedro B. Ayuda and Co. reprint ed. N.p.: Nueva Era. _______________. 1951. What does it mean? Fallen leaves; a book of verses. Quezon City: R. P. Garcia Publishing Co.

219

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER XVI. PHILOSOPHY OF LAW/ LEGAL PHILOSOPHY A. Articles Alauya Sr., Saadudin S. 1987. Islamic Law: Its fundamental source. Mindanao Law Journal 2. Balbastro, Arturo E. 1962. The legal philosophy of Jose P. Laurel. Philippine Law Journal 37. Ceniza, Claro. 1968. Some thoughts on the relation of the citizen and the law. Silliman Law Journal 12. Estrada, Antonio. 1948. The philosophy of law. Unitas 21. Feria, Luis R. 1957. Restitution under law and morals. Unitas 30. Fernan, Marcelo B. 1987. Legal education and the rule of law. Mindanao Law Journal 2. Fernando, Enrique M. 1969. The right to dissent: The rule of law. PAFTE Review 2. Flores, Eduardo S. 1962. Citizenship and the nation’s laws. Silliman Journal 9. Francisco, Valentin A. 1952-53. Man, human rights and law. Unitas 25-26. Gonzalez, Salvador R. 1978. Human rights and the natural law. Unitas 51. Gorospe, Vitaliano R., S.J. 1989. St. Thomas’ treatise on the natural law. The great books, ed. Joseph A. Galdon, S.J. Quezon City: Ateneo Office of Research and Publications. Gubat, Mangontawar MD. 1988. Marriage laws: A comparative analysis. Mindanao Law Journal 3. Hornedo, Florentino. 1985. Crisis of law: the people versus their will. Unitas 58. Lantaca, Glicerio C. 1986. The role of habeas corpus. Mindanao Law Journal 1. Legazpi, Leonardo Z., O.P. 1966. The constitution on the church. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 40. Lumbreras, Pedro. 1968. Why human laws? Philippiniana Sacra 3. Molina, Antonio M. 1955. The Aquinian concept of law (an interpretation). Unitas 28. Moson, Corocoy D. 1987. Shariah courts: Their relation to the development of Islamic law in the Philippines. Mindanao Law Journal 1. Oben, Ramon T. 1956. Separation of church and state: Its legal aspect. Unitas 29. Public Administration Workshop in Policy Analysis (Second Semester, 1980-81). Towards expeditious justice: a policy analysis of the law’s delay. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 25. Rosales, Rodulfo S. 1971. Karl Marx in juristic thought: Some views on the Philippine legal order. Saint Louis University Research Journal 2. Schumacher, John N., S.J. 1977. Due process and the rule of law: Three unpublished letters of Rizal. Philippine Studies 25. Scott, William Henry. 1962. Ifugao law and the moral law. Philippine Studies 10. Tolentino, Arturo M. 1959. The rule of law. UE Law Journal 1. B. Books Coquia, Jorge R. 1974. Church and state law and relations in the Philippines. Manila: Rex Book Store. ______________. 1987. Principles of Roman Law. Manila: Central Book Supply, Inc.

220

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Ferdinand Marcos on law, development and human rights. 1977. Quezon City: University of the Philippine Law Center. Fernandez, Alejandro M. 1971. International law in Philippine relations. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press. Mercado, Leonardo N. 1984. Legal philosophy. Tacloban City: Divine Word University Publications. C. Review Article Vaño, Manolo O. 1985. Kant’s formulation of natural law: An exposition of his moral treatise [rev. art.]. Unitas 58. D. Graduate Work Castro, Vicente. 1962. Eternal law: Augustine’s influence on Aquinas. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Dizon, Samuel C. 1957. The natural law in five philosophical works of Cicero. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Mesiona, Constancio. 1963. Amor Riubal’s theory of the immortality of the natural law. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. Varela, Mariano. 1953. Natural law: Groundwork of civil law. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College.

221

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER XVII. PHILOSOPHY OF MATHEMATICS A. Articles Abustan, Rodolfo. 1979. The logic of mathematics. Sophia [Adamson U] 2. Artiga, Santiago. 1948. The foundation of mathematics. Unitas 21. Bacani, Alberto C. 1963. Mathematics—friend or foe? UE Business Review 5. Ceniza, Claro. 1980. Mathematical logic: How the conditional proof is generalized. Agham 7. Enriquez, Jose T. 1981. Mathematics: A science in its own right. Philippine Education Quarterly 13. Estalilla, Aliento V. 1982. On the inadmissibility of some set-theoretic statements in Ramsey’s theory of types. Σοφια 12. ______________. 1984. On the equivalence of the Cauchy-Schwarz and the Triangle inequalities for real inner product spaces. Agham 11. Gervacio, Severino V. 1976. A generalization of a theorem of Lovasz. Research Report No. 30. ______________. 1977. On Pythagorean triples. Matimyas Matematika 1. ______________. 1977. A note on Pythagorean angles. Matimyas Matematika 1. ______________. 1977. On the existence of weak direct product of algebras. Southeast Asian Bulletin of Mathematics 2. ______________. 1979. On magic graphs. Matimyas Matematika 3. ______________. 1984. On cycle graphs. Transactions of the National Academy of Science and Technology 6. ______________. 1985. On topological graphs. Transactions of the National Academy of Science and Technology 7. ______________. 1986. Generalization of chromatic number. Transactions of the National Academy of Science and Technology 8. ______________. 1988. Extension of congruence to the field of rational numbers. Transactions of the National Academy of Science and Technology 10. ______________ and R. C. Guerrero. 1982. Some notes on power graphs. Matimyas Matematika 6. ______________ and R. B. Eggleton. 1985. Some properties of difference graphs. Ars Combinatoria 19-A. ______________, J. Akiyama, H. Era, and M. Watanabe. 1989. Path chromatic numbers of graphs. Journal of Graph Theory 13. ______________, K. Ando and M. Kano. 1990. Disjoint subsets of integers having constant sum. Discrete Mathematics 82. ______________ and El L. Tan. 1990. Necessary conditions for cycle graphs. Matimyas Matematika 14. Gonzalez, Salvador R. 1981. The development of mathematics. Agham 7. Guerrero, Jose L. B., S.J. 1961. On the Pythagorean theory of number. Philippine Scholastic 3. Leonor, Concepcion. 1967. The nature of mathematics. UST Journal of Education 2-3.

222

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Nebres, Bienvenido F., S.J. 1963. The problem of mathematical certitude. Philippine Scholastic 5. ______________. 1973. Mathematics and mathematicians in the Philippines. Philippine Scholastic 21. Vaño, Manolo O. 1973. The algebra of sets and traditional logic. Silliman Journal 20. B. Book Gervacio, Severino V. 1984 and 1985. Graph theory. A book issued in two volumes by the NRCP Research Bulletin 39-40. C. Graduate Work Cariño, Alfonso E. 1964. Jacques Maritain’s theory of the nature and scope of physicomathematical science. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. Fernando, Emmanuel Q. 1980. Mathematical and philosophical implications of the Godel incompleteness theorems. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Gonzalez, Luciano Ma. S. 1953. A philosophical study of the objectivity of number among modern mathematicians. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Nebres, Bienvenido F., S.J. 1963. Mathematical certitude: A critique in the light of modern mathematics. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Soto, Reynaldo Antonio C. 1978. On triple generating formulas. Master’s thesis [MST Math], Ateneo de Manila University.

223

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER XVIII. PHILOSOPHY OF MIND/PHILOSOPHICAL PSYCHOLOGY A. Articles Abesamis, Carlos H., S.J. 1957. Psychological aspects of Maritain’s creative intuition. Philippine Scholastic 2. Abulad, Romualdo. 1976-77. The unconscious in the light of philosophic tradition. Σοφια 6. Acuña, Andresito E. 1975. The private language argument. Diliman Review 23. Alfonso, Felipe. 1957. An inquiry into the existence of an intellectual memory in man. Studium 2. Alovera, Primitiva. 1990-91. A comparative study of Freud’s psychoanalytic and Jung’s analytic theories. U. I. Journal 23. Bassig, Ricardo C. 1966. The nature of intelligence. Letran Faculty Journal 1. Balcruz, Emmanuel Ma. R. 1962. The nature of human motivation from the Thomistic point of view. Unitas 35. Blas, Angel de, O.P. 1941. The modern and Thomistic views regarding the constitution of psychological personality. Unitas 20. ______________. 1963. The psychology of mysticism. Unitas 36. Bulatao, Jaime, S.J. 1980. Altered state of consciousness and the spiritual exercises of St. Ignatius. Philippine Studies 28. Castro, Gary Emmerson. 1990. Artificial intelligence. Σοφια 20. Ceniza, Claro R. 1978-79. The logic of the mind-body relation problem. Σοφια 8. Clemente, Vidal, O.P. 1955. Instinct and intelligence. Unitas 28. Cruz, Jaime T., S.J. 1965. Lonergan: The dynamism of the human intellect. Philippine Scholastic 7. Enriquez, Virgilio G. 1978. Kapwa: A core concept in Filipino social psychology. Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 42. Evangelista, Noemi. 1975. Kierkegaard’s Repetition: An essay in understanding. Philippine Studies 23. Fermin, Frederik, O.P. 1964. Psychology of suffering [according to St. Thomas]. Unitas 37. Gonzales, A. 1955. Philosophical and scientific psychology. Unitas 28. Ibana, Rainier. 1991. The stratification of the emotional life and the problem of other minds. International Philosophical Quarterly 31. Kapunan, Salvador C., OMI. 1959. The more acceptable tenets of the Freudian theory of the unconscious. Studium 4. Marcial, Pedro. 1960. The James-Lange theory of emotion. Studium 5. Muller, Maria Cecilia G. 1970. The role of intuition and intelligence in the thought of Henri Bergson. Saint Louis University Research Journal 1. Ongsansoy, Juanito. 1973. A note on a criticism on one argument for the immateriality of the intellect. Σοφια 2. Ordoñez, Victor, FSC. 1969. The rational psychology of Hindu yoga. Philippiniana Sacra 4.

224

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Padilla, Sinforoso G. 1936. A proposed theory of instinct. Philippine Social Science Review 8. Pedrosa, Augusto A. 1962. In defense of the intellect. Sower 4. Perez, Arturo. 1982. Diverging views of the relationship of mind and body. Arts and Sciences Journal 2. Quito, Emerita S. 1956. The will and its relation to divine causality and knowledge. Unitas 29. Ramos, Paz G. 1965-66. Problems of personality in their philosophical setting. Education Quarterly 13. Salgado, Pedro. 1966. An evaluation of the Freudian unconscious. Philippiniana Sacra 1. Salter, Leila F. 1965-66. The Platonic concept of soul as compared with the Homeric notion of psyche. Education Quarterly 13. Samson, Emmanuel Vit. 1977. On emotions. Unitas 50. Samson, Jose A. 1956. St. Thomas on mental disorders. Unitas 29. ______________. 1958. The psychology of ‘spiritistic phenomena’. Unitas 31. ______________. 1960. Occultism among early Filipinos. Unitas 33. ______________. 1965. A note on the psycho-physiology of the emotions. Unitas 38. Singson, Jose Mo. 1979-80. The constructs of mind and reality of J. C. Pearce. Σοφια 9. ______________. 1983. The phenomenology and psychology of the transcendental experience. Σοφια 12. Tucker, G. Richard. 1968. Judging personality from language usage: A Filipino example. Philippine Sociological Review 16. Velasco, Teresa S. 1974. The relevance of the mind-as-substance theory to education and development. U. I. Journal 6. Villacorta, Francisco, O.P. 1948. Beyond the senses. Unitas 21. B. Books Bonifacio, Bob. 1973-74. Man in search of meaning: Philosophy, religion, psychology. Manila: Textbook Development Committee, De La Salle College. Ferriols, Roque, S.J. 1966. The ‘psychic entity’ in Aurobindo’s The life divine. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. C. Book Reviews Abulad, Romualdo. 1976-77. Review of Causa sui and the object of intuition in Spinoza, by Quintin C. Terrenal. Σοφια 6. Hornedo, Florentino H. 1968. Review of Teilhard and the creation of the soul, by Robert North. Saint Louis Quarterly 6. Montebon, V. D. 1961. Review of Your mind can make you sick or well, by Wachtel. Silliman Journal 1961. Panizo, A., O.P. 1962. Review of An introduction to philosophical psychology, by Herman Reith. Unitas 35. Samson, Jose A. 1962. Review of The concept of mind, by Gilbert Ryle. Unitas 35. Singson, Jose Mo. 1981. Review of The riddle of the self, by Felix T. Michailov. Σοφια 11.

225

PHILOSOPHICAL PSYCHOLOGY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

D. Graduate Work Abenoja, Zoilo F. 1964. Immortality and the fulfillment of natural desire according to St. Thomas. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary. Albaran, Feliciano, SVD. 1964. The soul is not a body. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary. Bonoan, Raul J. 1959. Aristotle’s theory of the psychological process leading to a moral act. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Borromeo, Rafael N. 1958. The psychological importance of conscious motivation in character formation. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Cañas, Editha A. 1968. William James’ theories of knowing and willing and their relevance to the new society. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Carlos, Benjamin B. 1958. An analysis of the techniques and theories of non-directive counseling in the light of Thomistic notion of personality. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Contado, Mortecio C. 1984. In defense of the argument from analogy. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Delacruz, Ed Mithra Mijares. 1984. Solipsism and Wittgenstein’s private language argument. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Espino, Belen D. 1938. The human behavior. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Ferriols, Roque. 1948. Sense and spirit: A thesis aiming to prove that the sensitive powers of men are by nature subordinate to his spiritual powers. Master’s thesis, Sacred Heart Novitiate. Figueras, Alberto E., SVD. 1964. The immateriality of understanding: A Thomistic proof for the immortality of the human soul. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Forbes, Rita Marie. 1961. A new approach to the concept of emotion and its effect on personality. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Galdon, Joseph A. 1956. The definition and function of the imagination in the critical theories of Thomas Hobbes and John Dryden. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Gonzalez, Salvador R. 1952. Materialism, an attitude. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Kapunan, Salvador C. 1959. The theory and nature of the unconscious. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. ______________. 1965. Psycho-analytiuc concept of the mind (a philosophical evaluation). Doctoral dissertation [Psychology], University of Santo Tomas. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Limgenco, Paul W. 1960. A comparative study: “Integration of personality” in modern psychologists and “prudence” in St. Thomas. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Lumanlan, Restituto A. 1963. Intrinsic finality and intelligence according to St. Thomas Aquinas. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Mascardo, Virgilio, SVD. 1965. Aquinas on the rational appetite: Its existence and nature. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Mission Seminary. Mislang, Armando Guarin. 1967. Critique of Descartes’ doctrine of mind-body union. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Mission Seminary.

226

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Perez, Arturo M. 1981. The mind-body problem in transcendental meditation (TM). Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Prieto, Sergio B. 1967. Psychotherapeutic pioneering in the works of Mons. Vincent. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Salgado, Pedro V. n.d. The philosophy of the unconscious. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Samson, Jose A. 1964. Freudianism: An expository and critical study on the Freudian theory. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Tiosen, Cynthia Mante. 1992. The problem of personal identity: A critical evaluation of Strawson’s and Ayer’s concept of a person. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. E. Poems Anonymous. 1933. A psalm of Freudian life. Philippines Free Press (11 February). Echevarria, Ramon. 1941. The mind of man. Philippines Herald Mid-Week Magazine (24 September). Villa, Jose Garcia. 1941. My mind, I am more than the sum of all. Poems, by Doveglion. N.p.: Philippine Writers’ League. _______________. 1942, 1958. Now if you will look in my brain. Have come, am here. New York: Viking Press; reprint ed. Selected poems and new. New York: McDowell Abolensky. _______________. 1942, 1958. The way my ideas think me. Have come, am here. New York: Viking Press; reprint ed. Selected poems and new. New York: McDowell Abolensky; also in Span: an admventure in Asian and Australian writing, by L. Wigmore. Melbourne: F. W. Cheshire Pty, Ltd.

227

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER XIX. PHILOSOPHY OF PERSON/PHILOSOPHICAL ANTHROPOLOGY A. Articles Abueg, Efren R. 1989-90. Mga karapatang pantao sa larangan ng pamamahayag at panitikan. Malay 8. Abulad, Romualdo E. 1982. Saan nga ba nanggaling ang tao? Malay 2. _______________. 1986-87. Kalooban mo, kagustuhan ko. Malay 6. _______________. 1990. Kant’s philosophy of man. Σοφια 20. _______________. 1991. The anthroposophy of Rudolf Steiner. Σοφια 21. _______________ and Emerita Quito. 1989. Ang pilosopiya ng tao. Readings in the philosophy of man, by DLSU Philosophy Department. Manila: De La Salle University Press. Alentaje, Erlinda M. 1973. Erich Fromm’s theory of personality. U. I. Journal 6. Aguilar, Delia D. 1987. The social construction of the Filipino woman. Diliman Review 35. Albano, Alegria A. 1970. A philosophy of love—evolved from Gabriel Marcel’s ‘Creative fidelity’. Philippine Educational Forum 19. Aquino, Ranhilio C. 1985. Karol Wojtila’s philosophy of the acting person. Philippiniana Sacra 20. ______________. 1989. The being of man and education. Philippiniana Sacra 24. ______________. 1991. Neighbor and word in the technopolis. Philippiniana Sacra 26. Arellano, Rodel G., SVD. 1980. A philosophical reflection on play. Diwa 5. Avilar, Ma. Theresa Mercedes. 1973-74. Teilhard de Chardin’s “The future of man”. Σοφια 3. Balcruz, Emmanuel Ma. R., OSB. 1969. A dialogue on man as person. San Beda Review 2. Bautista, Norberto Ma., S.J. 1986. Ang aking katawan bilang namamagitan sa aking sarili at sa daigdig. Meron 1. Bejo, Noel, SVD. 1983-84. Is human nature good or evil? Diwa 8. Blas, Angel de, O.P. 1952. The need of Catholic philosophy as a foundation for human life. Unitas 25. ______________. 1977. The modern and Thomistic view regarding the constitution of psychological personality. Unitas 50. Bernabe, Bartolome Saguinsin. 1959. The concept of man in materialistic communism. Studium 4. Berran, Eduardo J. C. 1961. A report on Bultmann’s theology. Studium 5. Bolatete, Ramon, SVD. 1986. The medicine of the whole person: A philosophical insight into Paul Tournier’s psychology. Diwa 11. Bulatao, Jaime. 1965. Split-level Christianity. Philippine Sociological Review 13. Cabezon, Antonio. 1980. Martyrdom: The supreme mark of greatness. Philippiniana Sacra 15. Calasanz, Eduardo Jose. 1979. Ang aking katawan. In Magpakatao. Edited by Roque J. Ferriols, S.J. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila Universty Press, 1979; reprint 1988. Pilosopiya ng Tao. Lunsod Quezon: Pamantasang Ateneo de Manila.

228

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1991. It begins with a handshake. Pantas 4. ______________. 1992. Pagpapakilala kay Charles Peguz: ‘Politique’ at mystique. Karunungan 9. Caoili, Manuel A. 1984. The concept of alienation in Marx. Philippine Social Science Review 48. Careaga, Cristina S. 1979. Improving the quality of life through pleasant relations with others. Philippine Education Quarterly 11. Casiño, Eric S. 1965. Teilhard’s Phenomenon and the Filipino. Diliman Review 13. Castro, Rodolfo N. Jr. 1989. On the teaching of philosophy of man and ethics in Filipino, APCAS workshop-seminar. Trinity College Journal 10. Casuga, Albert B. 1973-74. Literary tradition: extending man’s reach beyond his grasp. Σοφια 3. Ceniza, Claro. 1982. Self-identity and the Filipino philosophy. Σοφια 12. ______________. 1976-77. Man, morals and society. Σοφια 6. ______________. 1979-80. The self and morality. Σοφια 9. Chua, Laurene L. 1986. Death education. Kaya Tao 8. Co, Alfredo. 1979. The future of man: The classical Chinese vision. DLSU Dialogue 14. ______________. 1983. Buddhahood: Man’s existential journey to enlightenment. Journal of Graduate Research 13. Corpuz, Ruben A. 1989. The educational implication of the existential phenomenological view of man in the Philippine context. Saint Louis University Research Journal 20. de Jesus, Rolando. 1988-89. Higit sa lahat, tao ang problema. Malay 7. Demetillo, Ricaredo. 1968. Toward the understanding of man. Papers and proceedings, 1968 U.P. faculty conference, ed. Paulina F. Bautista. Quezon City: n. p. Demetrio, Francisco R., S.J. 1968. Death: Its origin and related beliefs among the early Filipinos. Philippine Studies 16. Dy Jr., Manuel B. 1973. Jen as unity in the philosophy of Wang Yang-ming. Philippine Studies 21. ______________. 1983. Jen in Confucian and neo-Confucian thought and Christian love: Li Ma-Dou’s contribution. Philippine Studies 31. ______________. 1987. Liberation and values. Asian Journal of Philosophy 1. ______________. 1987. On nature, values, and ideology. In The Aquino government and the question of ideology. Edited by Raul J. Bonoan, S.J., Agnes Colette Condon, and Soledad S. Reyes. Budhi Papers No. 8. Quezon City: Phoenix Publishing House, Inc. and Ateneo de Manil University. Elesterio, Fernando G. 1991-93. Man, earthly goods and ownership. Religious Studies Journal 15. Enriquez, Virgilio G. 1979. Pagkataong Filipino: Kahulugan at pananaliksik. Sangguni 2. Esguerra, Gorgonio S., S.J. 1964. Radicalism and subjectivity in Husserl. Philippine Scholastic 7. Evangelista, Noemi. 1975. Kierkegaard’s repetition: An essay in understanding. Philippine Studies 23. Fernandez, Emmanuel R. 1983. A Pangasinan philosophy of man as made manifest by the Pangasinense’s usage of linawa. Saint Louis University Research Journal 14. Funtecha, Myrna D. 1979. Understanding man. U. I. Journal 12. ______________. 1981. Interpersonal relations. U. I. Journal 14. Gabriel, Pedro. 1974. Man is dead—Foucault. Philippiniana Sacra 9.

229

PHILOSOPHICAL ANTHROPOLOGY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1987. Christianity, humanism and democracy. Unitas 60. Gallinero, Susana G. 1975. Adjustment and the nature of man. U. I. Journal 8. Garcia, Leni. 1989. Negativity in the human subject, the impossibility of good faith. Σοφια 19. Garcia, Leovino Ma. 1985. Infinite responsibility for the other; the ethical basis of a human society according to Emmanuel Levinas. In Philippines after 1972: A multidisciplinary perspective. Edited by Ramon C. Reyes. Budhi Paper VI. Quezon City: Ateneo School of Arts and Sciences. Reprinted in 1990. Readings in Filipino philosophy, by the DLSU Philosophy Department. Manila: De La Salle University Press. Gencianeo, Gloria L. 1976-77. Sullivan’s interpersonal theory of personality. U. I. Journal 9. _____________. 1978. The structures of personality. U. I. Journal 11. Gomez, Fausto, O.P. 1974. The new theology of hope and the liberation of man. Unitas 47. Gonzalez, Alfredo. 1934. The philosophy of personalism. Philippine Social Science Review 6. Gonzalez, Antonio, O.P. 1977. The concept of man in the philosophy of existentialism. Unitas 50. Gonzalez, Salvador. 1987. Man and science. Unitas 60. Gorospe, Vitaliano. 1973. Human development as human. Philippine Studies 23. Guevara, Jaime P. 1983. Marcel and Camus: Intersubjectivity. Σοφια 13. Guina, Carolina de los Santos. 1979. The concept of man in Kilkhart’s consociated model: A phenomenological-existential approach. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 23. Hornedo, Florentino H. 1971. Truth, man, and Martin Heidegger. Saint Louis University Research Journal 2. ______________. 1991. Humanization in an era of business and technology. HTC Graduate School Journal 1. Ibana, Rainier. 1986. Man’s quest for freedom. Readings in philosophy of man, ed. Manuel B. Dy, Jr. Quezon City: CFM Press. ______________. 1989. The essential elements for the possiblity and necessity of the principle of solidarity according to Max Scheler. Philosophy Today 33. ______________. 1990. Kalayaan at rason bilang batayan ng mga karapatang pantao. Pantas 3. Infante, Teresita. 1966. The social dimensions of contemporary man. Journal of Education [UST] 10. Jayme, Virginia L. 1988. Totality, infinity, and the intersubjective relation in the philosophy of Levinas. Σοφια 18. Kintanar, Thelma B. 1968. The humanities and the teaching of literature. In Papers and proceedings, 1968 U.P. faculty conference. Edited by. Paulina F. Bautista. Quezon City: n.p. Lantin, Emmanuel. 1977. Man as a person: some implications. Religious Studies Journal 1. ______________. 1979. The two dimensions of man. DLSU Dialogue 14. ______________. 1979-80. Loving and knowing. Religious Studies Journal 3. ______________. 1982. Person as freedom. Religious Studies Journal 5. _______________. 1987. Human encounter. Religious Studies Journal 10. ______________. 1988.The human person:A theological synthesis Religious Studies Journal 12. Licauco, Jaime T. 1989. Science and the nature of man. Makatao 8. Lualhati, Victorino Raymundo T. 1990. Martin Heidegger’s existential analysis of Dasein as being-in-the-world. Σοφια 20. Macatangay, Ariel. 1986. I am my own project. Thomasian Philosopher 7.

230

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Majundar, Ramon. 1982. Hinduism and the aging. Unitas 55. Mandin, Martin I. 1984. Man in the world and yet beyond; the Christian anthropology of gaudium et spes. Diwa 9. Maningas, Ismael Ireneo Jr. 1989. Reflections on Christian faith and man’s search for happiness. Religious Studies Journal 12. Manuad, Visitacion M. 1982. Reflections on the nature of man. Ilocandia 1. Marasigan, Vicente. 1971. Teilhard on alienation. Philippine Scholastic 19. Mendiola, Marie-Ramona, 1963. Confucian humanism as a stepping stone to Christian humanism [I-III]. Saint Louis Quarterly 1. Mendoza, Esther C. 1966. ‘Being-for-others’ in J. P. Sartre and G. Marcel. Saint Louis Quarterly 4. Mendoza, Roberto M. 1986. The answer is in the question. Kaya Tao 8. Mercado, Leonardo N., SVD. 1984. The Filipino as thinker and as social being. Unitas 47. ______________. 1985. A synthesis of Filipino thought. Karunungan 2. ______________. 1990. The Filipino as individual. In Readings in Filipino philosophy. By the DLSU Philosophy Department. Manila: De La Salle University Press. Merino, Jesus Ma. 1982. The Bible and the aging. Unitas 55. Miranda, Dionisio, SVD. 1989. Sa harap ng mahiwagang loob. Diwa 14. Monis, Patricio V. 1981. Oedipus Rex and the modern situation. Philippine Education Quarterly 13. Montalbo, Melchor, Jr. 1988. Karol Wojtyla’s philosophy of the acting person. Philippiniana Sacra 23. Muller, Maria Cecilia G. 1970. A critical analysis of the meaning of human existence in the philosophy of Gabriel Marcel. Saint Louis University Research Journal 1. Olgado, Nestor M. 1971. A search for the meaning of man in the incarnation. Philippiniana Sacra 6. Paguio, Wilfredo C. 1971. Priests and interior principles in Filipinos. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 45. Panlilio, Filadelfo. 1954. The right to exist. Education Quarterly 1. Piñon, Antonio T. 1980. The deciphering of the meaning of human existence in Aquinas. Σοφια 10. Pugat, Gaudencio G., SVD. 1979-80. Man in the mind and heart of John Paul II. Diwa 4. Quintos, Lily. 1974. A meditation on radical obedience to conscience. Philippine Studies 22. Quito, Emerita S. 1973-74. Ex Oriente Lux. Σοφια 3. ______________. 1983. Ang sariling wika, ang pilosopiya, at ang mga tao. In Mga babasahin sa pilosopiya: epistemolohiya, lohika, wika at pilosopiyang Pilipino. Compiled by Virgilio G. Enriquez. [Quezon City]: Surian ng Sikolohiyang Pilipino. ______________. 1988. Louis Lavelle’s concept of freedom. Σοφια 18. ______________. 1989. Isang teorya ng pagpapahalaga. Readings in the philosophy of man, by the DLSU Philosophy Department. Manila: De La Salle University Press. _______________ and Abulad, Romualdo E. 1989. Ang pilosopiya ng tao. In Readings in the philosophy of man. By the DLSU Philosophy Department. Manila: De La Salle University. Ralph, Vivian L. 1990. The relevance of the Spirituality of Thomas Merton in building the human. University Journal 7.

231

PHILOSOPHICAL ANTHROPOLOGY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Rasonabe, Mario Roberto, SVD. 1990. The future of man in the philosophy of Ernst Bloch. Diwa 15. Recto, Deanna. 1963. The humanism of Rabindranath Tagore. Diliman Review 11. Reyes, Herminia V. 1986. The Hegelian geist and its entailments. Σοφια 16. Reyes, Ramon C. 1987. Philosophy in a crisis situation. Philippine Studies 34. Reprinted in Corazon L. Cruz. 1987. Philosophy of man. Manila: National Book Store. Rodel, Arellano, SVD. 1983-84. The ludic, the sacred, the human: Towards a philosophy of play. Diwa 8. Rola, Dionisia A. 1965. G. B. Shaw’s interpretation of Nietzsche in Man and superman. Diliman Review 13. Rosa, Rolando de la, O.P. 1989. Participatory belonging and distanciation: Reflections on interreligious dialogue as an hermeneutic experience. Unitas 62. Rosal, Mario G. R. 1980. Ang alyenasyon sa maikling kuwentong-Iloko: Pagpokus sa maiklingkuwentong Iloko ng 1960 at maagang 1970. In Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino. Compiled by Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Salazar, Ramon. 1959. The integrity of human freedom in the presence of God. Studium 4. San Juan Jr., Epifanio. 1964. Rizal and the human condition: Some preliminary notes. University College Journal Issue No. 7. Spiazzi, Ramundo. 1957. Man and the world in the Marxian and Christian interpretations. Boletin Ecclesiastico de Filipinas 31. Singson, Jose Mo. 1974. Philosophy and contemporary man. Σοφια 4. ______________. 1976. The personality and uniqueness of man. Σοφια 5. ______________. 1977. Humanistic appraisal of Filipino. Σοφια 7. ______________. 1977. Sakup-orientation and amor proprio. Σοφια 7. _____________. 1982. Sri Aurobindo’s philosophy of human evolution. Σοφια 11. Solina, Georgina C. 1972. Beyond confusion: A critique on Christian humanism. Philippine Educational Forum 21. Terrenal, Quintin C. 1979. An introduction to Heidegger’s conception of truth-as-disclosure. Σοφια 9. ______________. 1990. The Edsa era: End of Filipino cowedness. In Readings in Filipino philosophy. By the DLSU Philosophy Department. Manila: De La Salle University Press. Teves, Rita R. 1971. The concept of man in the Philosophy of Karl Jaspers. Unitas 44. The 1980 Philosophical Association of the Philippines (PAP) seminar on philosophy and human survival. Saint Louis University Research Journal 11. Timbreza, Florentino T. 1969. We are the creators of each other. Trinity Observer (15 August). ______________. 1974.Ikaw at ako.Trinity College Journal 1. ______________. 1974. The meaning of God is man. Trinity College Journal 1. ______________. 1975. Death and change. Trinity College Journal 2. ______________. 1976. Ang tao at ang kanyang kasiyahang seksuwal. Trinity Observer (8 September). ______________. 1980. Ang tao at ang pilosopiya. Daop-Diwa Nos. 4/5. ______________. 1984. Diwang Pilipino: Pangako at pagkatao. Malay 3.

232

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1985. The life of human dialogue. Σοφια 15. ______________. 1985. Filipino centripetal morality. Karunungan 2 ______________. 1986. Filipino concept of life and death. Karunungan 3; Σοφια 15. ______________. 1986. Pagkataong Pilipino: kaalaman, gamit, at etika. Malay 5. ______________. 1989. The Marxist philosophy of man. Σοφια 19. ______________. 1990. Ang buhay ng tao. Readings in Filipino Philosophy, by the DLSU Philosophy Department. Manila: De La Salle University Press. ______________. 1990. Maawa tayo sa ating sarili. Manila Times (2 January). ______________. 1991. Pakikipagkapwa-tao. Daloy 1. Trinidad, Jun. 1990. Gabriel Marcel: An existentialist’s phenomenology of being. Σοφια 20. Tuibeo, Amable G. 1975. Man: His coming of age. Σοφια 4. ______________. 1976. Modern man: His alienation and insanity. Σοφια 5. Valbuena, Aurelio, O.P. 1964. St. Thomas on human perfection. Journal of Education [UST] 7. ______________. 1965. St. Thomas on the integral humanism. Journal of Education [UST] 7. Vaño, Manolo O. 1974. The origin and destiny of man. Silliman Journal 21. Velasco, Abraham B. 1980. Konseptong Pilipino sa tao at ang kanyang kapaligiran. In Ang Weltanschauung ng Pilipino. Compiled by Virgilio G. Enriquez. Manila and Singapore: Surian ng Wikang Pilipino and Institute for Southeast Asian Studies. Velasco, Laureen. 1989. Death and immortality. Σοφια 19. Verzosa, Raymundo. 1978. Cox notion of God and man in a secular city. Saint Louis University Research Journal 9. Villaba-Cue, Magdalena A. 1987. Towards a view of man: An oriental perspective. In Philosophy of Man. By Corazon L. Cruz. Manila: National Book Store. Viloria, Herman Ma. 1965. Person and personality. DLSC Dialogue 3. B. Books Abulad, Romualdo. 1975. The future of man: The philosophical viewpoint. Manila: DLSU Textbook Committee. ______________ and Emerita S. Quito. 1980. Ang pilosopiya ng tao. Metro Manila: Alemars. Alejo, Albert E., S.J. 1990. Tao po! Tuloy! Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. Aquino, Ranhillo C. 1991. To be man: Essays on the philosophy of man. Aparri: Lyceum of Aparri. Bolasco, Mario. 1980. Readings in the philosophy of man. Manila: St. Scholastica’s College. Casuga, Albert B. 1973-74. Man in search of meaning. Manila: Textbook Development Committee, De la Salle College. Cruz, Corazon L. 1987. Philosophy of man. Metro Manila: National Book Store. de Ocampo, Jose M. 1989. Philosophy of man, a class manual. Manila: Adamson University College of Liberal Arts. Department of Philosophy. 1989. Readings in the philosophy of man. Manila: De La Salle University Press. Department of Philosophy. 1986. Readings in philosophy of man, 2 vols. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. Dy, Manuel B., Jr. 1986. Philosophy of man: Selected readings. Manila: Goodwill Trading Co.

233

PHILOSOPHICAL ANTHROPOLOGY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1991. Phenomenological papers: A supplement to philosophy of man, selected readings. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. Enriquez, Virgilio G., comp. 1975. Pagkataong Pilipino I-II. Quezon City: U.P. Department of Psychology. Ferriols, Roque, S.J. 1979. Magpakatao—ilang babasahing pilosopiko. Manila: Ateneo de Manila University Press. Hao Chin, L. V. R., ed. 1974. Self-discovery through meditation. Quezon City: Theosophical Society in the Philippines. Kanoy, Julito M. 1977. Portrait of the Pinoy in his struggle for “selfness.” N.p.: By the Author. Lumicao-Lora, Maria Luisa. 1984. Gaddang literature. Quezon City: New Day Publishers. Mercado, Leonardo N., SVD. 1974. Elements of Filipino philosophy. Tacloban City: Divine Word University Publications. ______________. 1975. Elements of Filipino theology. Tacloban City: Divine Word University Publications. ______________, ed. 1980. Filipino thought on man and society. Tacloban City: Divine Word University Publications. Miranda, Dionisio M., SVD. 1987. Pagkamakatao. Manila: Divine Word Publications. _______________. 1989. Loob: The Filipino within. Manila: Divine Word Publications. Montemayor, Felix. 1992. Introduction to philosophy through the philosophy of man. Metro Manila: National Book Store, Inc. Quito, Emerita S. 1969. La notion de la liberte participee dans la philosophie de Louis Lavelle. Fribourg, Suisse: Studia Friburgensia, Impreimerie St. Paul. ______________ and Romualdo Abulad. 1980. Ang pilosopiya ng tao. Manila: Phoenix Publishing Co. Reyes, Benito F. 1970. Moments without self, essays on self- understanding. Manila: Mira-col Publishing House. Reyes, Eligio R. 1984. Life . . . a paradox. N.p. Tagle Jr., Ramon A. 1981. Towards becoming a man for others. Manila: Communication Foundation for Asia. Yabes, Leopoldo Y. 1976. A philosophy for human survival. Monograph No. 24. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press. C. Review Articles, Book Reviews, and Abstracts Abulad, Romualdo E. 1990. Review of Tao po! Tuloy! by Albert E. Alejo, S.J.. Σοφια 20. ______________. 1991. Review of The way of greater self [constructing a theology around the Filipino ethos, by Jaime A. Belita, C. M. DLSU Dialogue 25. Acay, Gerardo M. 1963. The philosophical person [review of The concept of a person, by A. J. Ayer]. University College Journal Issue No. 7. Arevalo, C. G. 1976. On a theology of human liberty [rev. art.]. Philippine Studies 24. Babor, Eddie, SVD. 1988. A mode of being: Wholeness in existence. Heidegger and the authentic man [thesis abstract]. Diwa 13. Bonifacio, Bob. 1990-91. Review of Pagkamakatao, by Dionisio Miranda. Cited in DLSU Dialogue 25.

234

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Bron, Ligaya O. 1983. Review of Magpakatao—ilang babasahing pilosopiko, ed. Roque J. Ferriols, S.J. Unitas 56. Cruz, Jose A. 1964. Review of In praise of philosophy, by Maurice Merleau-Ponty. Translated by John Wild and James M. Edie. Philippine Studies 12. Dy, Manuel B., Jr. 1982. Review of Ang pilosopiya ng tao, by Emerita S. Quito and Romualdo E. Abulad. Philippine Studies 30. Echevarria, Ricardo S., S.J. 1914. Abstract of Freedom of the subject, by Hans urs von Balthasar. Philippine Scholastic 7. Felicilda, Maxwell, SVD. 1990. The concept of man according to Max Scheller [thesis abstract]. Diwa 15. Lucin, Diosdada B. 1979. Person to person: The problem of being human [rev. art.]. Sangguni 2. Mangulabnan, Filoteo A., S.J. 1965. Abstract of “Freedom-and-the-I”: An existential inquiry, by Mary Aloysius, SSJ. Philippine Scholastic 7. Molina, Antonio Ma., S.J. 1957. Review of Scientific humanism and Christian thought, by D. Dubarle, O.P. Philippine Scholastic 2. Obusan, Rogelio A. 1980. Review of Ang pilosopiya ng tao, by Romualdo Abulad and Emerita S. Quito. Unitas 53. Peña, B., O.P. 1976. Review of Hombre y Dios al encuentro, antropologia y teologia en Teilhard de Chardin. Philippiniana Sacra 11. Reyes, Herminia V. 1981. Review of Ang pilosopiya ng tao, by Emerita Quito and Romualdo Abulad. DLSU Dialogue 16. Salazar, Robert C. 1982. Review of Knowledge and Passion: Ilongot notions of self and social life, by Michelle Z. Rosaldo. DLSU Dialogue 18. Singson, Jose Mo. 1981. Review of The riddle of the self, by Felix T. Michaelov. Sophia 11. Sombrio, Eufemio. 1991. Nicolas Berdyaev: The realization of the human personality—an existential viewpoint (thesis abstract). Diwa 16. Vengco, Sabino A., Jr. 1960. Review of Pierre Teilhard de Chardin—his thought, by Claude Tresmontant. Translated by Salvator Attanasio. Studium 5. D. Graduate Work Abueg, Nicanor Samson. 1964. A Thomistic evaluation of the concept of man in dialectic materialism. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Aguas, Jove Jim S. 1991. Interpersonal relationships in Buber’s I-Thou relation and Schulz’s We-relation. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Aguirre, Alfonso J. 1963. A creative interpretation of ‘The phenomenon of man’: A confrontation of the Teilhardian dialectic. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Angngasing, Brigido C. 1980. Jean-Paul Sartre’s apotheosis of man—a critical study. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Arellano, Edgardo m. 1983. Gabriel Marcel and the depersonalized world. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Arellano, Rodel. 1982. The ludic, the sacred, the human: Towards a philosophy of play. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Arriaga, Manuel P. 1980. The problem of mutuality with the tree in Buber’s philosophy. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas.

235

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

PHILOSOPHICAL ANTHROPOLOGY

Avila, Charles. 1968. Towards a philosophy of ownership. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Bastes, Arturo M. 1967. Maritain on the person. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Bolasco, Mario. 1972. Karl Rahner’s concept of man. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Bolatete, Ramon. 1985. The medicine of the whole person: A philosophical insight into Paul Tournier’s psychology. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Cadigal, Florentino I., Jr. 1966. The notion of hope in the homoviator of Gabriel Marcel. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Castigador, Honorato C. 1969. Thomistic humanism in Jacques Maritain. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Cavada, Jose N. 1973. The problem of alienation in the philosophy of labor, from the personalist standpoint. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Clamor, Arnella Francis. 1988. The meaning of subjectivity in the thought of Emmanuel Levinas. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Co, Alfredo P. 1974. Buddhism, nihilism and the contemporary quest for a meaning in life. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. ______________. 1976. Man’s search for fulfillment: An Oriental perspective. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Cruz, Donatila. 1972. Ang pilosopiyang ako sa mga tula ni Alejandro Ababilla. Master’s thesis, Far Eastern University. ______________. 1976. Man’s search for fulfillment: An oriental perspective. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Cubias, Gilbert Yu. 1984. A comparative study on the theory of human nature in Meng Zi and Kunb Zi. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. David, Gonzalo D. 1951. A philosophical study of the principle of brotherhood. Master’s thesis, Far Eastern University. de Leon, Corazon E. 1991. Man as a social being in Alfred Schutz’s theory of knowledge. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. de Castro, Bienvenido. 1974. Pascal’s philosophy of man in the Pensees. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. de Mesa, Maximiliano. 1970. The destiny of man according to Gabriel Marcel. Master’shesis, Divine Word Seminary. Escasa, Manuel Ramon O. 1986. Person and individual in Jacques Maritain’s social philosophy. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Estioko, Leonardo. 1970. Martin Heidegger’s interpretation of death in Being and time. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Flores, Samson. 1975. The future of man in Karl Marx (appraisal and critique). Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Flores, Adolben A. 1992. The body as expression and communication in Merleau-Ponty’s phenomenology of perception. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Garcia, Edmundo Ma. G. 1966. The intersubjective nature of the human person in Martin Buber’s philosophy of dialogue. Master’s thesis, Berchman’s College.

236

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Garcia, Laurentino. 1972. Evaluation ciritica de la literatura Filipina sobre la enciclica “Humanes Vitae.” Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Garcia, Leovino. 1981. Between responsibility and hope: The meaning of man in Paul Ricoeur’s philosophy of the will and social-political writings. Doctoral dissertation, University of Louvain. Garduce, John E. 1968. A comparative study of the concept of freedom in Jean-Paul Sartre and in the rule of St. Benedict. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Gonzales, Benigno Albaren, O.P.1963. Philosophical approach to man’s main problem. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Horca, Edwin J., SDB. 1991. Man as spirit in the world according to Karl Rahner. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Jaime, Virginia L. 1974. Intersubjectivity in Emmanuel Levina’s philosophy. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. ______________. 1990. Two perspectives on the self: Husserl’s phenomenology as ecology and Levina’s philosophy of responsible subjectivity. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Jelianggao, Vicente. 1978. The native of the individual self in Samepalli Radhakrishnan’s philosophy. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Lasquite, Lauro. 1972. Heidegger’s authentic being of man and its implications for religious faith. Master’s thesis, Saint Louis University. Lazatin, Philip P. 1986. The philosophy of man in early Buddhist teachings: A focus on the concept of Anatta. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Logarta, Corazon J. 1973. The primacy of the person in Teilhardian thought. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. La Guardia, Michael F. 1988. Thomist existentialism according to Jacques Maritain. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Lopez, Max I. 1980. Family and intersubjectivity in Gabriel Marcel. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Lorenzo, Pedro V. 1957. The pope, the person and ‘depersonalization’. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Malbarosa, Jose Ma. Arcadio. 1989. Dialectics of hope and despair (Herbert Marcuse on human liberation). Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Mandin, Martin. 1984. Man in the world and yet beyond: The Christian anthropology of Gaudium et Spes. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Manzanares, Rosario T. 1974. The study of the authentic subject in the light of the thoughts of Bernard Lonergan and Carl Jung. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Maxwell, Felicilda. 1990. The concept of man according to Max Scheler. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Muller, Ma. Cecilia. 1969. A critical analysis of the meaning of human existence in the philosophy of Gabriel Marcel. Masteral thesis, Saint Louis University. Nato, Elias M., Jr. 1978. Dignity of the human person. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Navarro, Rachel A. 1975. The meaning of man in the Bhagavad-Gita. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University.

237

PHILOSOPHICAL ANTHROPOLOGY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Nicasio, Lino E. 1972. Gabriel Marcel: The mystery of man (an anthropology). Master’s thesis, Christ the King Seminary [DWS]. Non, Emmanuel V. 1951. The distinction between the person and the individual in Jacques Maritain’s works. Master’s thesis, Sacred Heart Novitiate. Ogbac, Bernardo. 1962. Albert Camus’ socio-philosophic concept of man in his five major works. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Orais, Bonifacio S., Jr. 1974. Intersubjectivity in Gabriel Marcel. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Ordoñez, Victor. 1968. An exposition of the concept of man’s nature in the yoga system of Hindu philosophy. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Pacheco, Esther. 1971. Being-for-others in J. P. Sartre and G. Marcel: A comparative analysis. Master’s thesis, Saint Louis University. Palaming, Ernest G. 1976. The agony of human existence in Unamuno’s philosophy. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Palang, Mansueto P. 1975. Feuerbach’s concept of man (theology is anthropology). Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Pasion, Oliver Ramon S. 1991. Marcellian fidelity in marital relationship. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Perez, Arturo M. 1973. Krishnamurti’s concept of desire. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Prol, P. Jesus. 1975. Persona y estructurals reflecxiones sobre Emmanuel Mounier. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Puentevella, Renato A. 1953. An inquiry into the dignity of man. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Puntal, Pedro C. 1982. An analytical study of Heidegger’s concept of authentic (Eigentlick) existence in the Sein und Zeit. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Quito, Emerita. 1965. L’ide’e de la liberte’ participe’e dans la philosophie de Louis Lavelle [The idea of participated liberty in the philosophy of Louis Lavelle]. Doctoral dissertation, Universite’ de Fribourg. Rasonabe, Mario Roberto. 1990. The future of man in the philosophy of Ernst Bloch. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Reyes, Herminia V. 1984. The philosophy of man in the philosophy of Hegel: An exposition and analysis. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Rocha, Eduardo R. 1982. A study in Nicolas Berdyaev’s Man in the future. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Ruffy, Jose L. 1965. John Henry Newman: The role of the illative sense in personal assent. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Sales, Sonia M. 1963. A study of Rabindranath Tagore’s humanism and spirituality in Gitanjali. Master’s thesis, Far Eastern University. Santiago, Alma Salvador. 1992. Self-fulfillment and participation in and through the conjugal act in the light of Karol Wojtyla’s philosophy of the person. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Sombrio, Eufemio N. 1991. Nicolas Berdyaev: The realization of the human personality. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Sunpayco, Simplicio. 1955. The great chain of living being. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College.

238

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Tabora, Jose, S.J. 1973. The philosophy of man in the early works of Karl Marx. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Tagura, Pablito. 1988. A philosophical reading on the alienation of man in modern technology. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Tansey, Ancilla Marie. 1968. The supreme dignity of the human person. Master’s thesis, Universityf of Santo Tomas. Teves, Rita R. 1968. The concept of man in the philosophy of Karl Jaspers. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Tiam, Vicente T. 1980. Merleau-Ponty’s rejection of the Absolute—an exposition and evaluation [part of this work is a discussion on the contingency of man]. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Tiosen, Cynthia Mante. 1992. The problem of personal identity: A critical evaluation of Strawson’s and Ayer’s concept of a person. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Unson, Cipriano E., Jr. 1950. A comparative study of human physical pain and divine providence in modern scholastic philosophies. Master’s thesis, Sacred Heart Novitiate. Villaroel, Benigno. 1967. La existencia creada segun Santo Tomas. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Villas, Wilfredo B. 1976. Martin Buber’s anthropology: Towards the between. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. E. Translation Palma-Angeles, Antonette, Cynthia Cruz, Antonio La Viña, Angelli Tugado, at Rofel Brion, mga patnugot. 1988. Pilosopiya ng tao, 2 tomo. Lunsod Quezon: Pamantasang Ateneo de Manila, 1988. Ang hindi isinalin sa antolohiya na ito ay ang mga sinulat nina Roque J. Ferriols, Manuel B. Dy, at Eduardo Jose E. Calasanz sapagkat nasa Filipino ang orihinal. F. Poems Alvera, Aurelio. 1939. Of man. Nuances. N.p.: J. N. Sevilla Press. Avellana, Lamberto V. 1936. Man: the setting sun. Philippines Herald (13 May). ________________. 1973. Now I am a man. A microfilm collection of poems by Amador T. Daguio. University of the Philippines Library Collection. de Jesus, Ramon. 1939. You are man. Philippines Herald Mid-Week Magazine (15 August). Martinez, Alvaro L. 1934. Song of the suicide. Sunday Tribune Magazine (11 February). _______________. 1934. Song of the vagabond. Sunday Tribune Magazine (22 Apil). Ramel, G. T. 1940. Man the composite. Philippine Collegian (29 October). Ricafanca, Pedro D. 1931. What profit man? Varsitarian [UST] (3 July). Villaroman, R. Patricio. 1934. Man . . . ? Sunday Tribune Magazine (12 August).

239

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER XX. PHILOSOPHY, INTRODUCTION, AND HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY A. Articles Acay, Gerardo. 1963-64. Reflections on the teaching of western thought I,” University College Journal Issue No. 5. Abulad, Romualdo. 1981. Kant and the Filipino quest of a philosophy. Σοφια 11. ______________. 1981. Si Kant at ang pilosopiya ng Pilipinas. Malay 1. ______________. 1982. Rationale for a Filipino philosophy. Σοφια 12. ______________. 1984. Options for a Filipino philosophy. Karunungan 1. ______________, Emerita Quito, Florentino T. Timbreza, and Herminia V. Reyes. 1985-86. Ulat tungkol sa sanggunian at leksikon ng pilosopiya. Malay 5. ______________. 1986. Kant for Filipinos. Σοφια 16. Alejo, Albert E., S.J. 1988. Mga katagang pilosopiko II. Pantas 1. Amen, Constancio. 1962. Marks of intellectual maturity. Silliman Journal 9. Bonifacio, Armando. 1976-77. Philosophy and national survival. Σοφια 6. Castillo, Norberto. 1988. Philosophy and science education: Towards cross-fertilization. Nature, science and values, vol. 1, ed. Norberto Castillo. Manila: University of Santo Tomas Press. ______________. 1977. The basic presuppositions of classical philosophy. Σοφια 7. ______________. 1983. Unsolvable philosophical puzzles. Σοφια 13. ______________. 1983. Seminary philosophy. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 59. Cayco Sr., Florentino. 1982. Criticism as an instrument of philosophy. Philippine Education Quarterly 14. Ceniza, Claro R. 1976. Why? Silliman Journal 23. _____________. 1977-78. Three basic presuppositions of classical philosophy. Σοφια 7. Clark, Francis X., S.J. 1981. Jesuit houses of philosophy and theology in the Philippines, 192781, Philippine Studies 29. Cullum, Leo A., S.J. 1959. Notes for a history of philosophy in the Philippines. Philippine Studies 7. de Guzman, Domingo Castro. 1992. Dear Jameson. Journal of Social History 1. Dy, Manuel B. Jr. 1989. The philosophy of value; the value of philosophy. Pantas 2. Edades, Jean. 1931. Great minds and liberal thought. Philippine Social Science Review 3. Fernandez, Pablo, O.P. 1974. Sciences and philosophy. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 48. Gabriel, Pedro. 1976. The Tao te vhing and Western philosophy. Philippiniana Sacra 11. Garcia, Elenita. 1990-9l. Feminism and philosophy. DLSU Dialogue 25. Gorospe, Vitaliano. 1982. Philosophy and morality. Unitas 55. ______________. 1975. American philosophy. The American experience, ed. James Hoyt. Manila: U. S. Embassy. Goyenechea, Rod B. 1990. Essay on philosophy, concepts and methods of decision-making. Trends No. 1. Guevara, Jaime P. 1991. What is philosophy for? DLSU Newslatter, 15 July. ______________. 1991. A critique of philosophy. Σοφια 21.

240

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1992. A tribute to a philosopher. Σοφια 22. Hernandez, Regina F. 1965-66. The ‘pragmatism’ of philosophy. Journal of Education 10. Labato, Abelardo, O.P. 1988-89. Religion and philosophy today: The task of the Christian philosopher. Unitas 53. Lampauog, Esmeraldo B., S.J. 1986. Ang pagmumuni-muni bilang pamimilosopiya. Meron 1. Lindio-Dorado, Salve. 1990-91. Something terribly wrong has happened: Toward an ecological philosophy for Filipinos. Pintig Diwa 11-12. Miranda, Larry. 1935. What is greatness? Philippine Social Science Review 7. Navata, Hector Angelo, O.P. 1985. Marx-Engels’ main ideas on history, philosophy and society. ‘Emeth 3. Ongsansoy, Juanito. 1972. Prolegomena to the history of philosophy and elements of the philosophy of history. Σοφια 2. Oroz, Policarpio. 1966. Influence of German philosophy on Samuel Taylor Coleridge. UNORecoletos Journal 5 (ser. II). Pacheco, Manuel. 1973-74. Science, philosophy, and religion: methods and aims. Σοφια 3. Palma, Rafael. 1932. The promotion of the intellectual life of the country. Philippine Social Science Review 4. Piñon, A. 1975. Philosophy, theology: An analogy. Philippiniana Sacra 10. Prudente, Nemesio E. 1992. Philosophy and the social sciences. Journal of Social History 1. Quito, Emerita S. 1971. The oriental mind. Manila Chronicle, 9 May. ______________. 1971. The Filipino mind. Manila Chronicle, 25 May. ______________. 1971. The Greek mind. Manila Chronicle, 31 May. ______________. 1971.The medieval mind.Manila Chronicle,7June. ______________. 1971. The renaissance mind. Manila Chronicle, 14 June. ______________. 1971. The modern mind. Manila Chronicle, 20 June. ______________. 1971. The contemporary mind. Manila Chronicle, 28 June. ______________. 1971. Contemporary trends in philosophy. DLSC Dialogue 7. ______________. 1971-72. The philosophy of the renaissance: An introduction. Σοφια 11. ______________. 1971-72. The philosophy of the renaissance: Nicolas of Cusa. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1971. Contemporary trends in philosophy. DLSU Dialogue 7. ______________. 1971-72. The historical concept of being and truth. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1974. What philosophy ought to be. Σοφια 4. ______________. 1975. A short introduction to oriental philosophy. Σοφια 4. ______________. 1975. Pagsusuri: Ang kasaysayan ng pilosopiya. DLSC Dialogue 10. ______________. 1980-81. Ang pilosopiya: Batayan ng pambansang kultura. Daop Diwa 6. ______________. 1983. Ang sariling wika, ang pilosopiya, at ang mga tao. Mga babasahin sa pilosopiya: Epistemolohiya, lohika, wika at pilosopiyang Pilipino, comp. Virgilio G. Enriquez. [Quezon City]: Surian ng Sikolohiyang Pilipino. ______________, Romualdo E. Abulad, Florentino T. Timbreza, and Herminia V. Reyes. 198586. Ulat tungkol sa sanggunian at leksikon ng pilosopiya. Malay 5. Rebollo, Maximiliano, O.P. 1987. St. Thomas and our contemporary problems. Journal of Graduate Research [Lyceum of Aparri] 2. Research area: philosophy. 1963. Saint Louis Quarterly 1. Sevilla, Pedro C., S.J. 1970. Buber and philosophy. In God as person in the writings of Martin Buber. Logos 4.

241

HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

The 1980 Philosophical Association of the Philippines (PAP) seminar on philosophy and human survival. 1980. Saint Louis University Research Journal 11. The 1982 Philosophical Association of the Philippine (PAP) seminar on philosophy and the social sciences. 1982 Saint Louis University Research Journal 13. Timbreza, Florentino. 1979. Ang tao at ang pilosopiya. Daop-Diwa 4-5. ______________, Emerita S. Quito, Romualdo Abulad, at Herminia Reyes. 1985-86. Ulat tungkol sa sanggunian at leksikon ng pilosopiya. Malay 5. ______________. 1987. Understanding Pilipino philosophy. Karunungan 4. Vaño, Manolo O. 1970. The meaning and mission of philosophy. Silliman Journal 17. Velasco, Laureen L. 1992. Philosophy, religion and academic freedom. Σοφια 22. Villanueva, Alejo L., Jr. 1968. On the meaning of philosophy and philosophical problems. San Beda Review 1. Villaba-Cue, Magdalena A. 1976. Philosophy: an Asian view. Acta Manilana [series B - number 5 (23)]. ______________. 1978. The spirit of oriental wisdom. Unitas 51. ______________. 1982. Introduction [to east-west philosophy]. Philippiniana Sacra 17. Villanueva, Alejo L., Jr. 1968. On the meaning of philosophy and philosophical problems. San Beda Review 1. Yumul, Roberto. 1972. Philosophy: Its task and relevance. Σοφια 2. B. Books Ardales, Venancio B. 1987. Introductory text to philosophy. Makati: Best Books. Bonifacio, Bob. 1973-74. Man in search of meaning: Philosophy, religion, psychology. Manila: textbook development committee, De La Salle College. Ceniza, Claro. 1990. What is philosophy? Manila: De La Salle University Press. Committee on the Humanities, comp. and ed. The development of Western thought [readings in the arts, philosophy, and literature], 2 vols. Manila: Technology Supply, 1976. Department of Philosophy. 1990. Readings in philosophy of science. Manila: De La Salle University Press. Ferriols, Roque, S.J. 1966. The ‘psychic entity’ in Aurobindo’s The life divine. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. ______________. 1992. Mga sinaunang Griyego. Quezon City: Ateneo Office of Research and Publications. Guzman, Domingo Castro de. 1990. Praxis and philosophy. Manila: Kalikasan Press. Quito, Emerita S. 1967. A new concept of philosophy. Manila: University of Santo Tomas Press. ______________. 1974. Ang kasaysayan ng pilosopiya. Manila: Zone Publishing Co. ______________. 1979. Lectures on comparative philosophy. Occasional Paper No. 7. Manila: De la salle University. ______________. 1983. The state of philosophy in the Philippines. Manila: De la Salle University Research Center.

242

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

C. Review Article and Book Reviews Abulad, Romualdo. 1974-75. Review of Ang kasaysayan ng pilosopiya and Ang pilosopiya sa diwang Pilipino, by Emerita S. Quito. Σοφια 4. Reprinted in 1977. DLSU Dialogue 13. _______________. 1987. Review of Three women philosophers, by Emerita Quito. Karunungan 4. Arcellana, Antonio, S. J. 1962. Review of Scholasticism, by Josef Pieper. Philippine Scholastic 4. Arnaldo, Carlos A., S.J. 1964. Review of The spirit of American philosophy, by John E. Smith. Philippine Scholastic 7. Bonoan, Raul J., S.J. 1957. Review of Contemporary philosophy, studies of logical positivism and existentialism, by F. Copleston, S.J. Philippine Scholastic 2. Briones, Raymundo. 1983. Review of The state of philosophy in the Philippines, by Emerita S. Quito. Σοφια 13. Bun~ag, Josle Mario. 1964. Review of What is philosophy? by Dietrich von Hildebrand. Philippine Studies 12. Ceniza, Claro R. 1968. Review of A history of philosophy, by Frederick Copleston, S.J. Silliman Journal 15. DelaGoza, Rolando, C.M. 1977. On H. G. Creel’s Chinese thought, from Confucius to Mao [rev. art.]. Sophia 1 [Adamson U]. Ferriols, Roque, S.J. 1962. Review of La philosophie et la theologie, by Etienne Gilson. Philippine Studies 10. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1988. Review of The state of philosophy in th Philippines by Emerita S. Quito. Philippine Studies 36. Mallari, I. V. 1936. Review of Adventures of ideas, by Alfred North Whitehead. Philippine Social Science Review 8. Manlapaz, Romeo L., S. J. 1964. Review of In praise of philosophy, by Maurice MerleauPonty. Philippine Scholastic 7. Nebres, Bienvenido F., S.J. 1963. Review of Philosophy in the mid-century: A survey [vol. 1], by R. Klibansky. Philippine Scholastic 5. Salgado, P. V. 1966. Review of Pictorial history of philosophy, by Dagobert D. Runes. Phililippiniana Sacra 1. Sevilla, Pedro C., S.J. 1957. Review of Foi Chretienne et pensee contemporaine, by A. Dondeyne. Philippine Scholastic 2. ______________. 1957. Review of Contempory European philosophy, by I. M. Bochenski. Philippine Scholastic 2. Zamora, M. D. 1966. Review of Primitive man as philosophers, by P. Radin. University College Journal Issue No. 10. D. Graduate Work Cruz, Nicasio. 1954. A study of the nature of sound according to modern physics and philosophy. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Reyes, Eligio R. 1978. Philosophy and language. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines.

243

HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Veyra, Lourdes de. 1935. the philosophy of Sigfrid Undset. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. E. Translation Artigas, Mariano. 1990. Introduction to philosophy. Translated to English from Spanish by M. Guzman. Manila: Sinag-tala Publishers, Inc. F. Poems Ceniza, Claro R. 1978. Philosophy is learning to live with others: A definition for our times. DLSU Dialogue 14. D. R. M. (psuedonym). 1934. Philosophy. Sunday Tribune Magazine (7 January). Daguio, Amador T. 1940. Philosophy. Philippines Herald Mid-Week Magazine (15 May). de los Reyes, J. Z. 1934. An old maid’s philosophy. Sunday Tribune Magazine (15 April). Gabriel, Pedro. 1971-72. Panorama of modern philosophy. Σοφια 1. _______________.1971-72. Panorama of contemporary philosophy. Σοφια 1. _______________. 1971-72. The lovers of wisdom. Σοφια 1. Lanot, Serafin M. 1934. The philosopher’s jest. Philippines Herald Mid-Week Magazine (28 February). Rigor, Conrado B. 1933. Mad philosophy. Philippine Collegian (28 July). San Diego, Greg. S. 1956. Philosopher to a preacher. Soliloquies in a Philippine garden. San Francisco: Pisani Publishing Co. _______________. 1956. To a philosopher (in wartime). Soliloquies in a Philippine garden. San Francisco: Pisani Publishing Co. Santos, Bienvenido N. 1956. Footnote to wisdom. The wounded stag; a collection of poems. N.p.: Capitol Publishing House. Sison, Guillermo V. 1931. Lessons of innocence: Philosophy. Literary Apprentice 4. Villa, Jose Garcia. 1938. Crochets, 5. Living philosophies. Graphic (1December). ________________. 1938. Crochets, 9. Song for that much-praised virtue: Objectivity. Graphic (1 December). ________________. 1942, 1958. In the chamber of my philosophy. Have come, am here. New York: Viking Press; reprint ed. Selected poems and new. New York: McDowell Abolensky; also reprinted in 1962, 1965. The essential Villa: Jose Garcia Villa’s poems 55 and selected stories. N. p.: Alberto S. Florentino. ________________. 1939. Living philosophy. Many voices: Selected poems. N.p.: Philippine Book Guild. ________________. 1941. Philosophica. Philippines Herald Mid-Week Magazine (30 April).

244

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER XXI. POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY A. Articles Abcede, Ed. 1983. To ride on a tiger’s back: An anatomy of revolution. MSEUF Quarterly 21. Abinales, P. N. 1983. Notes on the student movement: From crackpot to nationalist, from reformist to revolutionary. Diliman Review 31. ______________. 1990. Peasant syncretic vision in times of rebellion reconsidered. Kasarinlan 6. ______________. 1992. Searching for the Philippine Eden in the post-bases era. Kasarinlan 7. ______________. 1992. Jose Maria Sison and the Philippine revolution: A critique of an interface. Kasarinlan 8. Ablett, Philip and George Evangelista. 1987. Poulantza’s strategic analysis of fascism. Diliman Review 35. Abracosa, Diego. 1976. Nationalism and discipline—concepts of democratic revolution. Western Philippine Colleges Journal 5. Abueva, Jose Veloso. 1972. An evaluation of our political system. In Filipino politics, nationalism and emerging ideologies. Edited by Jose V. Abueva. Manila: Modern Book Co. ______________. 1972. Nationalism and development. In Filipino politics, nationalism and emerging ideologies. Edited by Jose V. Abueva. Manila: Modern Book Co. ______________. 1972. The prospects of revolution. Filipino politics, nationalism and emerging ideologies, ed. Jose V. Abueva. Manila: Modern Book Co. Abulad, Romualdo. 1971. Student militancy in the Philippines. Bagong Silang 2. ______________. 1972. Rousseau and Kant. Σοφια 2. ______________. 1975. The materialist prospect. Σοφια 4. ______________. [1977]. Ang pulitika ni Quezon sa pananaw-pilosopo. In Ang pulitika ni Quezon at iba pang sanaysay. Edited by. Marcelino A. Foronda, Jr. Occasional Paper No. 4. Manila: De la Salle University. ______________. 1986. Ang diwa at kaisipan ng Pilipino sa kasaysayan ng himagsikan. Malay 5. Acuña, Andresito E. 1986. Towards the development of a sense of nationhood. In The university inquires into the future [Nation in crisis part II]. Edited by A. R. Magno. Quezon City: University of the Philippines. Alejandro, Leandro. 1981. A bit of propaganda about propaganda. Diliman Review 29. ______________. 1982. A bit of propaganda about propaganda (conclusion). Diliman Review 30. Agcaoili, Jesus C. 1967. Whither Philippines: Capitalism, socialism or welfare state? Trends 3. Agoncillo, Teodoro A. 1975. The presidency and martial law. Angeles University Foundation Journal 8. ______________. 1977. Ang rebolusyon kina Rizal at Bonifacio. Sagisag 3.

245

POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Agpalo, Remigio E. 1963. Pandanggo sa ilaw: The politics of Occidental Mindoro. Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 28. Also in 1964. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 8. ______________. 1965. Pro Deo et patria: The political philosophy of Jose P. Laurel. Asian Studies 3. ______________. 1965. Interest groups and their role in the Philippine political system. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 9. ______________. 1966. The validity of Mabini today. University College Journal Issue No. 2. ______________. 1969. Jose Rizal: Filipino national hero and his ideas of political modernization. Solidarity 4. ______________. 1969. Revolution and the Philippine political system. Solidarity 4. ______________. 1971. A parliamentary or semi-parliamentary system for the Philippines. Solidarity 6. ______________. 1972. The Philippine political system in the perspective of history. Silliman Journal 19. ______________. 1973. The political modernization in the Philippines: The politics and the political elite of Occidental Mindoro. In Modernization in Southeast Asia. Edited by Hans Dieter-Evers. Kuala Lumpur and London: Oxford University Press. ______________. 1975. The political elite in a post-traditional society: The case of the Philippines. In Elites and development. Edited by Arnorld Wehmbhermer. Bangkok: Friedrich Ebert-Stiftung. ______________. 1976. In defense of Filipino liberal democracy. Philippine Political Science Journal Issue No. 3. ______________. 1976. The role of legislators in the Philippine political system. Philippine Political Science Journal Issue No. 4. ______________. 1979. Political science for knowledge and civilization. Philippine Political Science Journal Issue No. 10. ______________. 1981. The Philippines: From communal to societal pangulo regime. Philippine Law Journal 56. ______________. 1983. The Philippine executive. In The powers of the Philippine president. Edited by Froilan M. Bacungan. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Law Center. ______________. 1985. Pangulo regime and civilization: Towards a theory of Philippine government and politics. Solidarity 20. ______________. 1988. The iron logic of modernization. Praxis 3. ______________. 1989. Legitimacy and the Aquino government. Praxis 3. ______________. 1989. Leadership and types of Filipino leaders. Praxis 3. ______________. 1989. The Philippine supreme court: Its crisis, two major powers, and role of legitimizer. Praxis 3. ______________. 1990. The political science of Dr. Maximo M. Kalaw. In Politics, science and democracy. Edited by Natalie M. L. M. Morales. Quezon City: Department of Political Science. Also in 1990. Philippine Political Science Journal Issue Nos. 31-32. ______________. 1991. Jose P. Laurel, the political philosopher. Philippine Panorama (7 April).

246

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1991. The Philippine political system: The “pangulo” regime. In Government and politics: Structures and processes. Edited by Carmencita T,. Aguilar. Quezon City: Philippine Political Science Association. Aguilar, Carmencita T. 1991. The powers of a chief executive in the Philippines. Government and politics: Structures and processes.. Quezon City:Philippine Political Science Association. Aguirre, Alfonso J. 1987. De-marginalizing Philippine nationalism. Futuristics 2. Alcala, Bayani S. 1967. Filipinist socialism. 1967. Trends 3. Alegre, Edilberto N. 1984. Language and power. Philippine Studies 32. Alimurung, Mariano M. 1980. Rizal and his love of God, country and fellowman. Unitas 53. Alinea, Mario G., S.J. 1956. Concord between patriotism and internationalism. Philippine Scholastic 1. Almario, Manuel F. 1987. Reflections: Will the center hold? Manila Times (29 July). Almendral, Gemma Nemenzo. 1983. The work for national liberation can be pursued wherever you are: Juliet de Lima Sison. Diliman Review 31. Alvarez-Castillo, Fatima. 1991. Ang kulturang timawa at rebolusyon sa Pilipinas: Mga teoretikal at pamamaraang puntos. Diliman Review 39. Ancheta, Ruben B. 1982. Taxation and the virtue of inequality. Unitas 55. Andrade, Moises. 1986. Roman Catholic church’s position on church-state relations. Religious Studies Journal 10. Angeles, Leonora C. 1986. Marxism and the “Women question.” Praxis 1. ______________. 1988. The PKP and MAKIBAKA revisited: Women’s liberation in revolutionary theory and practice. Kasarinlan 3. Antolinez, Jesus Ma. Merino, O.P. 1964. Catholic political party of the Philippines. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 38. Apolinario Mabini—the philosopher of the Philippine revolution. 1964. Journal of History 12. Aquino, Belinda A. 1987. The Philippines in 1987: Politics of survival. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 31. Aquino, Corazon C. 1987. The meaning of reconciliation. Unitas 60. Araneta, Salvador. 1935. Dictatorship under an atmosphere of democracy. Philippine Social Science Review 7. ______________. 1965. American interest must respect economic democracy in the Philippines. The role of nationalism in economic development and social justice. Manila: Araneta University. ______________. 1965. The modernizing role of nationalism. The role of nationalism in economic development and social justice. Manila: Araneta University. ______________. 1970. Bayanicracy and universal peace. Araneta Journal of Agriculture 17. ______________. 1970. Aguinaldo—father of our constitutional regime. Araneta Journal of Agriculture 17. Arcellana, Emerenciana Y. 1974. Political science and political regeneration. Philippine Political Science Journal Issue No. 1. ______________. 1976. A theory of Philippine politics and its implications for national development. Philippine Political Science Journal Issue No. 3. Arceo Jr., Ramon. 1983-84. Filipinism in the national economy. Western Philippine Colleges Journal 12.

247

POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Arcilla, Jose, S.J. 1991. Myths of democracy and education. CEAP Perspective 11. Arechaga, Eduardo Jimenez de. 1978. The Roman and the Asian conception of law. Unitas 51. Asani, Adbulrassad. 1981. Moros—not Filipinos. Diliman Review 29. Avance, Nestor. 1989. Pragmatism and Chinese philosophical legacy. Σοφια 19. Ayala, Antonio V. 1961. A non-communist manifesto? Philippine Studies 9. Bacani, Teodoro. 1990. St. Thomas More and the drive against graft and corruption. Unitas 63. Baga, Noe. 1972. A comparison of six emerging ideologies. Filipino politics, nationalism and emerging ideologies, ed. Jose V. Abueva. Manila: Modern Book Co. Banaynal, John A. 1980. The worldview of the native Talaandigs of Songco and their changing socio-political institutions. CMU Journal of Sciences, Education and Humanities 1. Baritugo, Regulo J. 1984. The myth of American benevolence. Diliman Review 32. Barry, Ka. 1992. Resist authoritarian tendencies with the party! Let a thousand schools of thought contend! Kasarinlan 8. Bautista, Cirilo F. 1982. Philippine literature: From national liberation to aesthetic liberation. In Literature and justice. Edited by Leopoldo Y. Yabes. Manila: Philippine Center of International P.E.N. Bautista, Romulo G. 1968. The essence of Marxism. San Beda Review 1. Bautista, Victoria A. 1986. People power as a form of citizen participation. PHilippine Journal of Public Administration 30. Bello, Walden. 1992. The crisis of the Philippine progressive movement: A preliminary investigation. Kasarinlan 8. Beltran, Rodolfo. 1992. The church-state controversy on religious toleration. Philippiniana Sacra 27. Bennagen, Ponciano L. 1981. Anthropologists and the anthropology of power. Aghamtao 4. ______________. 1985-86. People’s power toward a just and democratic society. Makatao 5-6 [erroneously written as 4-5]. ______________. 1990. Freedom, justice and peace. Tugon 10. ______________. 1977. Filipino consciousness of civil and political rights. Philippine Studies 23. Bermudez, Alberto R. 1986. The concept of equity: Its development and operationalization in Philippine public administration. Lyceum Research Journal 10. Bernas, Joaquin G., S.J. 1960. Democracy at the grass roots. Philippine Studies 8. Binay, Joselito. 1989. Machiavelli. Σοφια 19. Bisig. 1987. The socialist vision. Kasarinlan 2. Bissio, Roberto Remo. 1990. Ten myths in democracy and communication. Kasarinlan 5. Blanco, Jose C., S.J. 1972. Aggiornamento and works of liberation. Philippine Studies 20. Blazquez, Niceto, O.P. 1972. Aborto y socialismo precristiano. Philippiniana Sacra 7. Bolasco, Mario K. 1985. Dissecting theologies as politics. Diliman Review 33. _______________. 1985. Notes on theologies of liberation as politics.Diliman Review 33. _______________. 1985. The context of religion as opium in Marxism. Kalinangan 5. _______________. 1986. On class struggle. Kalinangan 6. _______________. 1986. Fidel and religion. Tugon 6. _______________. 1988. Harmony and contradiction: The Marxist-Christian dialogue for national liberation. Marxism in the Philippines. Quezon City: Third World Studies Center. _______________. 1990-91. Populist imperative of progressive economy. Pintig Diwa 11-12.

248

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

_______________. 1992. Leftist formations in Asia: Dilemmas and prospects. Diliman Review 40. Bonifacio, Andres. 1963. Ang dapat mabatid ng mga Tagalog. In The writings and trial of Andres Bonifacio. Compiled and translated with notes by Teodoro Agoncillo and collaborated with S. V. Epistola. Manila: Manila Bonifacio Centennial Commission. Bonifacio, Armando F. 1976-77. Philosophy and national survival. Σοφια 6. ______________ and Purificacion Valera-Quisumbing, eds. 1973. Human rights and the Philippines. Quezon City: U. P. Law Center. Bonifacio, Bob. 1986-87. Komunismo sa isang Kristiyanong pananaw. Malay6. ______________. 1987. Church: Imperial politics or gospel. Religious Studies Journal 11. Bonoan, Raul J., S.J. 1977. Rizal on divine providence and nationhood. Philippine Studies 25. ______________. 1987. Tasio El filosofo and Padre Florentino: An inquiry into Rizal’s prophetic vision. In The Noli me tangere a century after: An interdisciplinary perspective. Budhi Paper No.7. Edited by Soledad S. Reyes. Quezon City: Phoenix Publishing House and Ateneo de Manila University. ______________. 1987. Religion and nationalism in Rizal. In The Noli me tangere a century after: an interdisciplinary perspective. Budhi Paper No. 7. Edited by Soledad S. Reyes. Quezon City: Phoenix Publishing House and Ateneo de Manila University. Bolasco, Mario K. 1985. Dissecting theologies as politics. Diliman Review 33. Brilliantes, Alex B., Jr. 1986. Explaining Philippine authoritarianism: Martial law in 1972. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 30. ______________. 1991. Some discussion points on Philippine decentralization, social justice, and executive power. In Government and politics: Structures and processes. Edited by. Carmencita T. Aguilar. Quezon City: Philippine Political Science Association. Buendia, Rizal G. 1988. The autonomy struggle: a question of nationality. Praxis 3. ______________. 1989. The prospects of federalism in the Philippines: A challenge to political decentralization of the unitary State. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 33. Buenvenida, Ramon G. 1968-69. The Marxian critique of socialism: Utopian and scientific. General Education Journal Issue No. 15. Buhain, Teodoro, Jr. 1959. Liberalism, the parent of communism. Sower 1. Bumanglag, Rita M. 1991. Perceptions, images and realities in history: An inquiry into the politics of textbooks.Sangguni 11. Caballes, Jose, SVD. 1986. Towards political individualism in John Locke’s philosophy. Diwa 11. Cabeson, Antonio. 1979. Church and state relations before Francisco de Vitoria. Philippiniana Sacra 14. Calasanz, Jose Eduardo E. 1992. Pagpapakilala kay Charles Peguy: ‘Politique’ at mystique. Karunungan 9. Calderon, Cicero D. 1969. Should the bill of rights include economic and social rights? Silliman Journal 16. Canilao, Narcisa P. 1990. In defense of politics in the Cordillera. Saint Louis University Research Journal 21. Canoy, Reuben R. 1969. Politics is everybody’s concern. Silliman Journal 16. Cao, Fernando V. 1986. Beyond structures and dogmas—culture as the mother of ideologies. Diliman Review 34.

249

POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Caoili, Olivia C. 1976. The critical rationalist alternative. Philippine Political Science Journal Issue No. 4. Caoili, Manuel A. 1984. The concept of alienation in Marx. Philippine Social Science Review 48. Capiz, Pascual. 1960. Politics and the English language in the Philippines. Diliman Review 8. ______________. 1965. The future of Philippine nationalism. Politika Issue No. 1. ______________. 1969. The religion of politics. Diliman Review 17. Cardenas, Benito C. 1990. Curricular programs and philosophies in public administration. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 34. Cariño, Feliciano. 1986. The encounter of Marxism and Christianity: An aide memoir on possible issues and tasks. Ministry Today 2. Cariño, Ledivina V. 1986. People’s power and government: Towards the long-term efficacy of a revolutionary tool. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 30. Carlos, Salvador. 1985. Law and morality: Some philosophical considerations. nitas 58. Castañeda, Constancio E. 1957. Integrity in the public service: Lve of freedom and nationalism. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 1. Castaño, Clarencio S. 1971-72. Comments on Mr. Villegas’ reply on ‘The nationalism born of oppression’. Σοφια 1. Castrence, Pura Santillan. 1986. The revolution, intervention, and nationalism. Philippine Journal of Education 65. Castro, Modesto de. 1954. A public office, a public trust. In Moral training of the Filipino people. Edited by Jose Batungbacal. Manila: University Publishing Co. Ceniza, Claro. 1983. Satyagraha. Σοφια 13. ______________. 1988. The Filipino in politics. Karunungan 5. ______________. 1989. The relevance of Confucius to national reconstruction. Σοφια 19. Ciria-Cruz, Rene. 1992. Why the Philippine left must take the parliamentary road. Kasarinlan 7. Co, Alfredo P. 1978-79. The legacy of Chinese power ethics. Σοφια 8. ______________. 1985. The classical roots of contemporary Chinese politics: A philosophical perspective. Unitas 58. ______________. 1986. Church-state relations in the Confucian tradition. Religious Studies Journal 10. ______________. 1986. The book of Tao: A work on mysticism, a political treatise, or a military treatise? Karunungan 3. ______________. 1986. Church-state relations in the Confucian tradition. Religious Studies Journal 10. ______________. 1988. Sun Zi’s art of war and his message of peace. Unitas 61. Co, Edna A. 1977. The Filipino intelligentsia’s response to the challenge of nationalism. PintigIsip 1. Communist party reaffirms atheistic doctrine. 1963. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 37. Congregation for the Doctrine of the Faith. 1988. Freedom, liberation, and the church. Documentation Service 1. Constantino, Josefina. 1967. The outlawing of communism. 13th summer cultural series. Manila: UST Press. Constantino, Renato. 1970. Veneration without understanding. Diliman Review 18. Contreras, Antonio P. 1991-92. Political ideologies of western feminism in the context of the women’s movement in the Philippines. Review of Women’s Studies 2.

250

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Corpuz, Manuel. 1985. Redefining justice in Philippine situation. Unitas 58 Corpuz, Onofre D. 1957. Theoretical limitations of Max Weber’s systematic analysis of bureaucracy. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 1. ______________. 1958. Filipino political parties and politics. Philippine Social Science Review 23. _____________. 1976. Liberty and government in the new society: An intellectual perspective. Philippine Political Science Journal Issue No. 3. ______________. 1986. Is there a Philippine public administration? Philippine Journal of Public Administration 30. ______________. 1991. The people, the concept, the watershed, and the delusion of Philippine nationhood. Diliman Review 39. Cortes, Teodoro V. 1965. Status-of-forces agreement: The court martial and the civilian. Silliman Journal 12. ______________. 1973. John Locke: The authoritarian. Silliman Journal 20. Crisol, J. M. 1953. Communist propaganda in the Philippines—1950-1953. Philippine Studies 1. Crisostomo, Isabelo T. 1970. Hurrah for the radicals. Philippines Free Press (31 October). Cruz, Romeo V. 1974. Ang pagkabuo ng nasyonalismo at pamunuang Pilipino. In Ang kasaysayan: Diwa at lawak. Edited by. Zeus Salazar. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press. ______________. 1963-64. The nationalism of Marcelo H. del Pilar. University College Journal Issue No. 5. Cuaderno Sr., Miguel. 1960. Is politics a necessary factor to economic development; the viewpoint of a central banker. Economic Research Journal 7. Cuenco, Jose Ma. 1959. Nationalism and Catholicism. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 33. ______________. 1965. Religion is constitutional. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 39. Dalisay, Amando M. 1965-66. Economics and politics. Economic Research Journal 12. Dalupan, Francisco. 1959. The nationalism of Rizal. UE Business Review 1. Damasco, Pedro C., Jr. 1960. Basic ideas of communism. Studium 4. Daroy, Petronilo Bn. 1963, 1965. Politics and the intellectuals. Diliman Review 11; reprint ed. Politika Issue No. 2. ______________. 1965. The failure of liberalism. Politika Issue No. 1. ______________. 1965. The ideas of European liberalism in the fiction of Rizal. Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 30. Datuin, Flaudette May V. 1990. Si Toto, si Sebyo at iba pa: Mga kontradiksyon sa diskurso ng panitikang underground. Diliman Review 38. David, Randolf S. 1988. Ang wika bilang instrumento ng pambansang pagpapalaya. Diliman Review 36. ______________. 1990. Crisis and renewal in the socialist homeland. Kasarinlan 5. ______________. 1990. The failure of democracy. Kasarinlan 6. ______________. 1991. Southeast Asia: Why socialism? Kasarinlan 6-7. ______________. 1991-92. Persistent issues in ‘The new world order’. Kasarinlan 7. ______________. 1992. Ang paghahanap ng liwanag at kaligtasan: May papel ba ang mga sosyalista? Kasarinlan 8.

251

POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

de Castro, Renato. 1991-93. Ways of war: A comparative study of the politico-strategic theories of Sun Tzu and Carl von Clausewitz. Praxis 5. de la Cerna, Madrileña and David Kowalewski. 1988. Ang nasyonalismo unsa kini? Tug-ani 11. de la Costa, Horacio, S.J. 1959. Rizal’s political ideas. Sunday Times Magazine (27 December). Reprinted in 1962. Bulletin of the Philippine Historical Association 6. Also in 1965. The background of nationalism and other essays. Manila: Solidaridad Publishing House. ______________. 1960. Political transmission 15.2. The transmission on national politics. Philippine Studies 8. ______________. 1971. Liberation. Impact 6. Reprinted in 1971. Asia-Philippines leader (5 November). Also in 1971. Theology of liberation and development. Edited by Vitaliano R. Gorospe et al. N.p.: Jesuit Educational Association. ______________. 1973. Liberation of all men: Our common objective. Supplement to Progression Issue No. 2. ______________. 1976. Ideologies, their cause and cure. In Faith, ideologies and Christian options. By Horacio de la Costa, Antonio B. Lambino, and C. G. Arevalo. Loyola Papers 7-8. de la Torre, Edicio, IPD. 1985-86. Popular democracy. Makatao 5-6 [erroneously written as 4-5]. del Rosario-Hannath, Teresita. 1988. Liberalism and nationalism: The role of the Filipino intelligentsia. Kasarinlan 3. de Guzman, Domingo C. 1988. The political economy of salvation (or the ideology of the divine). Trends Issue No. 3. ______________. 1991. Theorizing the theories of the anticolonial revolution. Diliman Review 39. de Guzman, Raul P. 1986. Is there a Philippine public administration? Philippine Journal of Public Administration 30. de Madariaga, Salvador. 1962. Reflexions on colonialism. Journal of History 10. demigillo, Eugenio. 1979. Dalawang sangkap-pilosopiya ng neo-kolonyalismo (isang kritika ng empirisismo at positibismo). Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 43. de Ramos, Norberto. 1972. For a responsive government—the case for a presidential system. Unitas 45. de Tavera, T. H. Pardo. 1954. Real democracy. In Moral training of the Filipino people. Edited by Jose Batungbacal. Manila: University Publishing Co. de Villa, Nadine. 1978. Authoritarianism and development. Agimatan 3. Diliman Review Staff. 1987. Panayam kay Dante hinggil sa estratehiya at taktika. Diliman Review 35. Dillon, Dorothy. 1967. Capitalism and democracy. Trends 3. Diokno, Jose W. 1968. Is Philippine nationalism anti-American? The role of nationalism in economic development and social justice. Manila: Araneta University. Doronilla, Luisa Ma., Nicanor G. Tiongson, Alice Guillermo, and Fe B. Mangahas. 1986. The dominant and emergent ideologies and cultures in contemporary Philippine society. The University inquires into the future [Nation in crisis part II], ed. Alex R. Magno. Quezon City: University of the Philippines. Dorros, Sybilla Green. 1978. Antonio Gramsci: Theoretician of the Italian left. Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 42. Dougherty, J. M. 1960. Communism seminar in Cebu. Philippine Studies 8.

252

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Drilon, Rex D. 1961. Does democracy work in the Philippines? Diliman Review 9. Dy, Manuel B., Jr. 1987. The economic structure of society, Habermas’s reconstruction of historical materialism. Karunungan 4. ______________. 1987. Liberation and values. Asian Journal of Philosophy 1. Ecarma, Renato. 1983. The church and the state: New relationships and challenges. Unitas 56. Eduarte, Salvador. 1992. Human rights and religious liberty. Tugon 12. Elesterio, Fernando G. 1981. Is liberation theology Marxist? Religious Studies Journal 4. Enriquez, Virgilio and Protacio-Marcelino, Elizabeth. 1984, 1989. Language as ideology of power. Neo-colonial politics and language struggle in the Philippines. Quezon City: Akademya ng Sikolohiyang Pilipino; reprint ed. N. p.: New Horizons Reasearch and Publications. Escultura, Eddie. 1987. The trajectory of Maoism. Diliman Review 35. Eslao, Rufino O. 1967. Formal and informal theories of administration. Education Quarterly 15. Espina, Gerardo S. 1972. For the adoption of socialism as the socio-economic and ideological basis of the new constitution. In Filipino politics, nationalism and emerging ideologies. Edited by Jose V. Abueva. Manila: Modern Book Co. Estrada, Ariston. 1975. Leadership—a philosophical reflection. Silliman Journal 22. Estrada, Guadalupe B. 1967. The development of patriotic intellectualism. Trends 3. Evangelista, George and Ablett, Philip. 1987. Poulantza’s strategic analysis of fascism. Diliman Review 35. Fabella, Gabriel F. 1961. Changes in Mabini’s political ideas. University College Journal Issue No. 2. Fabia, Gregorio N. 1989-90. Mabini on nationalism. University Journal 6. Feliciano, Myrna S. 1990-91. The political rights of women in Philippine context. Review of Women’s Studies 1. Feria, Jose Y. 1972. For a responsive government—the case for a parliamentary system. Unitas 45. Feria, Luis R. 1957. Church and state relations in the Philippines. Unitas 30. Fernandez, Alejandro M. 1966. Liberty under law: A study of Rousseau’s political thought. University College Journal Issue No. 10. Fernandez, Doreen G. 1988. Cultural rights are human rights. Pantas 2. Fernandez, Jose B., Jr. 1974. A new patriotism in our times. Silliman Journal 21. Fernando, Marc I. 1980. Economics, dissidence, and insurgency. Agimatan 2. Ferrer, Mirriam Coronel. 1985-86. People’s power and the battle for supremacy. Makatao 5-6 [erroneously written as 4-5]. Ferrer, Ricardo D. 1987. The political economy of the Aquino regime: From liberalism to bureaucratic authoritarianism. Diliman Review 35. ______________. 1988. The Negros enigma: Going to the roots of Marxism. Diliman Review 36. Fisher, Marguerite J. 1961. Jose Rizal, first Asian exponent of liberal democracy. Diliman Review 9. Formilleza, Edna F. 1967. Patriotic intellectualism and national greatness. Trends 3. Franco, Aniceto. 1957. Man’s right to the ‘pursuit of happiness’. Studium 2. Franco, Victor, F.S.C. 1981. We have to evolve a political structure that will serve the cause of truth, justice, and freedom. Diliman Review 29.

253

POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Fuliga, Jose. 1986. Church-state relations: A Lutheran view. Religious Studies Journal 10. Gabriel, Pedro B. 1978. Dialogue on human rights. Unitas 51. ______________. 1985. Nationalism and religion. Unitas 58. ______________. 1987. Christianity, humanism and democracy. Unitas 60. Gaffud, Miguel B. 1959-60. Cultural and spiritual values and nationalism. Philippine Educator 14. Garcellano, Edel E. 1992. Bamboo in the wind and the strategy of containment. Journal of Social History 1. Garcia, Edmundo G. 1989. The politics of principles in a time of transition: Thomas More’s timeless legacy to youth and educators. Unitas 62. Garcia, Leovino Ma. 1983. Ricoeur’s view on politics and the state. Unitas 56. Garcia, Raymundo G. 1967. Wanted: Patriotic intellectualism. Trends 3. Gil, Gerry. 1989. The Aeneid as political propaganda. In The great books. Edited by Joseph A. Galdon, S.J. Quezon City: Ateneo Office of Research and Publications. Gillego, Bonifacio H. 1972. Socialism for the Philippines. In Filipino politics, nationalism and emerging ideologies. Edited by Jose V. Abueva. Manila: Modern Book Co. ______________. 1988. An agenda for a socialist agrarian reform. Diliman Review 36. Gimenez-Maceda, Teresita. 1990. Ang pagsanib ng tradisyon at radikalismo sa sosialistang Partido ng Pilipinas. Diliman Review 38. Gomez, Fausto, O.P. 1974, 1977. The new theology of hope and the liberation of man. Unitas 47, 50. ______________. 1976. Some comments on the theology of liberation. Unitas 49. ______________. 1983. The praxis of justice. Unitas 56. ______________. 1986. Paths of liberation towards freedom. Philippiniana Sacra 21. Gonzales, Belen C. 1964-65. The democratic tradition in literature: Essays in English IV. University College Journal Issue No. 8. Gonzalez, Andrew, FSC. 1987. Rizal and the Filipino search for identity. DLSU Dialogue 22. Gonzalez, Neptali A. 1986. The “freedom constitution”—a political odyssey from a revolutionary to a constitutional government. CEAP Perspective 6. Gonzalez, Salvador Roxas. 1956. What is communism? Unitas 29. ______________. 1956. Democracy or mobocracy. Unitas 29. ______________. 1971. Democracy or communism? Bagong Silang 2. [Serialized in Manila Chronicle, 2-6 September 1971]. ______________. 1979. Human rights: Church and state. Philconsa Newsletter 5. Gonzalez-Intal, A. Miran. 1991. Relative deprivation theory and collective political violence in the Philippines. Philippine Journal of Psychology 24. Gorospe, Vitaliano R., S.J. 1963. Laurel’s political and moral philosophy. Philippine Studies 2. ______________. 1985. The Vatican instruction and liberation theology in the Philippines. Philippine Studies 33. ______________. 1986. Theologies of liberation and the Philippine context. Philippine Studies 34. ______________. 1988. Power and responsibility: A Filipino Christian perspective. Philippine Studies 36. Gregorio, Ruben J., S.J. 1962. Some medieval thoughts on capitalism. Philippine Scholastic 4. Gregorio, Samuel B. 1968. Rizal—apostle of Asian nationalism. Silliman Journal 15.

254

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1982. Laurel: The political philosopher and the man. Philippine Studies 30. ______________. 1986. Rizal’s politics of non-violence. PAGE 12 Journal 1 [a revised version is forthcoming]. ______________. 1986. Views/Comments [on birth control, philosophy, and communism]. Mindanao Varsitarian (January-February). ______________. 1987. Bonifacio the translator: A critique [on Bonifacio’s philosophy of revolution and the role of the revolutionary agitator]. Kinaadman 9. ______________. 1987. Making democracy and Christianity succeed in our country. Headliner (21-17 May). ______________. 1989. Manuel Luis Quezon: His political and social thought [revised as Quezon’s political and social thought: A dissertation resume]. Graduate Forum 2. ______________. 1991. Manuel Luis Quezon: Ang kanyang kaisipang pampulitika at panlipunan (1984), trans. Eloisa C. Verdolaga. In Pilipinolohiya, kasaysayan, pilosopiya at pananaliksik. Edited by Violeta V. Bautista and Rogelia Pe-Pua. Manila: Kalikasan Press. [There are errors in the translation.] ______________. 1992. A second look at the Janus-faced Quezon. Pantas 5. Guillermo, Alice G. 1991. Mga istratehiyang ideyolohikal sa katutubong sining. Diliman Review 39. ______________, Nicanor Tiongson, Luisa Ma. Doronilla, Fe B.Mangahas. 1986. The dominant and emergent ideologies and cultures in contemporary Philippine society. In The university inquires into the future [Nation in crisis part II]. Edited by Alex R. Magno. Quezon City: University of the Philippines. Gutierrez, Hugo E. Jr. 1983. Separation of church and state. Graduate School Research Journal 19. Han Lih-Wu. 1967-68. Rizal and Sun Yat-Sen. Philippine Journal of Education 46. Hechanova, Louie, C.Ss.R. 1985. Who is afraid of the theology of liberation? Diliman Review 33. Henares, Hilarion M., Jr. 1968. Colonial strategy against full scale industrialization. The role of nationalism in economic development and social justice. Manila: Araneta University. ______________. 1976. Karl Marx and the holy war. Sun and stars alight. Manila: By the Author. ______________. 1981. Industrialization, nationalism and the “last” Filipino. Disciplines and the man; development of a Filipino ideology. Manila: Philosophy of Education Society of the Philippines. Hidalgo, Cesar A. 1970. Responsible nationalism through linguistics. Diliman Review 18. Hizon, Isabel. 1985-86. Nationalism, Filipinism, partriotism.Philippine Journal of Education 64. Hobayan, Angel. 1987. Dialectical materialism: A temptation. CBCP Monitor 8. Hontanosas, Manuel L. 1953. The philosophy of freedom. Philippines Free Press (6 June). Hornedo, Florentino H. 1984. Political jokes: Evasion and resistance. Philippine Humanities Review 1. ______________. 1987. Noli me tangere: Creating an idiom to legitimize a new paradigm of power. In The Noli me tangere a century after: An interdisciplinary perspective. Budhi Paper No. 7. Edited by Soledad S. Reyes. Quezon City: Phoenix Publishing House and Ateneo de Manila University.

255

POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1987. Confucius, justice, peace, and freedom today. Confucianism and modernization: a symposium, ed. Joseph P. L. Jiang. Taipei: Freedom Council. ______________. 1988. People power as the traditional Filipino go-between. Philippine Daily Inquirer (25 February). Also in 1987. Pantas 1. ______________. 1989. The discourse of power in Florante at Laura. In 200 taon ni Balagtas: mga bagong pagtanaw at pagsusuri. Edited by Soledad S. Reyes. Quezon City: Balagtas Bicentennial Commission. ______________. 1990. The changing core themes of Filipino nationalism and their literary expression. Unitas 62. _____________. 1992. Political control of behavior: The behaviorist way. First conference on parliamentary government. Metro Manila: Konrad Adenauer Foundation and Local Government Development Foundation, Inc. _____________. 1992. The principle of restitution in cases of graft and corruption. Graduate School Journal 1. Hufana, A. G. 1965. The planners. Politika Issue No. 1. Ibana, Rainier. 1985. Non-violence, peace and the order of values. Unitas 58. ______________. 1990. Max Scheler’s analysis of illusions, idols and ideologies. Philosophy Today 34. ______________. 1991. Preface to Riordan’s essay on Rawl’s notion of justice. Philippine Studies 39. Ibañez Jr., Catalino. 1978. National interest and foreign relations in the Philippines. Saint Louis University Research Journal. Ideas of Apolinario Mabini. 197l. The greatness of Apolinario Mabini. Metro Manila: National Historical Commission. Ileto, Rafael M. 1971. The role of the military in modernization. The Cavalier (December). Imam, Lomala O. 1988. Deviant bureaucratic behavior in the Philippines: A review of the congruence between Islamic thoughts and legal norms. Mindanao Law Journal 3. Ingles, Jose D. 1986. The international bill of human rights. Lyceum Research Journal 10. Jacinto, Emilio. 1954. The people and the government. In Moral training of the Filipino people. Edited by Jose Batungbacal. Manila: University Publishing Co. Jose, F. Sionil. 1970. Art and revolution. Silliman Journal 17. Jose, Vivencio R. 1979. Jose Rizal and Antonio Luna. Their roles in the Philippine revolution. Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 43. Jurado, Elsa Perez. 1975. The Filipino experts’ views of the world in the year 2000: A Delphi study. Philippine Political Science Journal Issue No. 2. Jurado, Gonzalo M. 1979. Blueprints for modernization: “Towards a socialist society.” In Social science research for development. Edited by Alex R. Magno. Quezon City: Division of Social Sciences, U. P. Kalaw, Maximo M. 1934. Political facts [see ‘Materials for the constitution’]. Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 6. _______________. 1949. The moral and political ideology of Dr. Laurel. This Week, 9 October. Karaos, Anna Marie A. 1987. The current political spectrum. In The Aquino government and the question of ideology. Budhi Papers No. 8. Edited by Raul J. Bonoan, S.J., Agnes Colette Condon, and Soledad S. Reyes. Quezon City: Phoenix Publishing House, Inc. and Ateneo de Manila University.

256

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1987. The viability of social democracy as a political ideology in the Philippines. Kasarinlan 2. Keon, Ma. Aurora R. 1982. Toward a concept of a “politics of equilibrium” as a critique to modern development politics: A Philippine case. Saint Louis University Research Journal 13. Komiting Tagapagpaganap ng Kumiteng Sentral (KTKS)-CPP. 1992. Memorandum ukol sa negosasyong pangkapayapaan. Kasarinlan 8. Kowalewski, David and Madrileña de la Cerna. 1988. Ang nasyonalismo unsa kini? Tug-ani 11. Kroef, Justus M. van der. 1973. The Philippine Maoists. Orbis 16. Laban ng demokratikong Pilipino: Ideology or idiosyncrasy? 1991-92. Kasarinlan 7. Labrador, Juan. 1966. A dialogue with communism? Philippiniana Sacra 1. Lagumbay, Wenceslao R. 1966. Patriotism in the formulation of legislative policy. Trends 2. Lallana, Emmanuel C. 1986. Interpreting the interpretations of February. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 30. ______________. 1988. In defense of democracy. Assumpta 1. Lamberte, Exaltacion E. 1986. Parson’s theory of power: Some gaps and problems. Kaya Tao 8. Lambino, Antonio B. 1964. Party responsibility in legislation. Philippine Studies 12. Lansang, Jose A. 1955. Nationalism and the Filipino intellectual. Literary Apprentice 19. Reprinted in 1966. Trends 2. _______________. 1967. Russian and Chinese communism: An inside look. Trends 3. _______________. 1968. Economic nationalism. Heritage 2. Lardizabal, Amparo S. 1979. Patterns of democracy. Philippine Education Quarterly 11. Laurel, Jose P. 1970. Political and moral philosophy. In Jose P. Laurel: Leader for all seasons. Edited by Jose A. Lansang. Manila: Laurel Memorial Foundation. Laurel, Salvador H. 1988. Utopia: from More to Marx.Unitas 6. ______________. 1983. Key questions on the present conflict between church and state. Unitas 56. Leoncini, Dante. 1984. Politics, dramatics and foolishness. Σοφια 14. Let’s liberate liberation theology. 1976. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 50. Lichauco, Alejandro. 1968. Nationalism, economic development and social justice. The role of nationalism in economic development and social justice. Manila: Araneta University. Licuanan, Patricia B. 1992. Can democracy succeed in the Philippines? (A study of authoritarian and democratic values). Philippine Politics and Society 1. Lim, Benito. 1987-88. Cory’s people power. Asian Studies 25-26. Lim, Hilario. 1989. Can Marxists remain Christians? Diliman Review 37. Liwanag, Armando. 1992. Reaffirm our basic principles and rectify errors. Kasarinlan 8. Llalana, Emmanuel C. 1986. Interpreting the interpretations of February. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 30. Llamas, Ronald. 1992. Renewing the struggle. Kasarinlan 8. Llamson, Teodoro A., S.J. 1973. The integrative function of language: Do we need a language to unite us? Philippine Studies 21. Locsin, Teodoro, Sr. 1951. Communism. Philippines Free Press (8 December). ______________. 1952. The mind of Recto. Philippines Free Press (21 June). Locsin, Teodoro, Jr. 1970. Radicals and radicals. Philippines Free Press (31 October). ______________. 1971. Political sincerity. Philippines Free Press (12 and 26 June).

257

POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1972. Democracy. Philippines Free Press (5, 12, and 26 February). ______________. 1970. Police power vs. academic freedom. Philippines Free Press (28 March). Lopez-Gonzaga, Violeta. 1984-86. Buhid ideology: “traditional” and “transitional”. Asian Studies 22-24. Lopez, Salvador P. 1959-60. Human values and the cold war. Education Quarterly 7. ______________. 1969. Quezon and student activism. Diliman Review 17. ______________. 1969. Rizal and the Philippine constitution. Diliman Review 17. Lucero, Rosario C. 1988-89. Literature and literary criticism: From Marxism to structuralism. Likha 10. Lumbera, Bienvenido. 1983. Commodity and historical event: Popular culture as politics. Rediscovery, eds. C. N. Lumbrera and T. G. Maceda. Maynila: National Book Store. Mabilangan, Felipe. 1934. Merits of unicameralism. Philippine Social Science Review 6. Mabini, Apolinario. 1932. True decalogue. Philippine Social Science Review 4. Mabutas, Antonio Ll. 1983. A statement concerning current issues that affect church-state relationships. CBCP Monitor 4. Macapagal, Diosdado. 1972. Necessity for a welfare state in the Philippines. In Filipino politics, nationalism and emerging ideologies. Edited by Jose V.Abueva. Manila: Modern Book Co. Macaspac, Isidro S. 1959. Nationalism and Philippine culture. Economic Research Journal 6. Macaspac Jr., Jose U. 1972. Charting a direction for Philippine society. In Filipino politics, nationalism and emerging ideologies. Edited by Jose V. Abueva. Manila: Modern Book Co. Magno, Alexander R. 1985. Can the authoritarian state be recycled? Diliman Review 33. ______________. 1986. Agenda for popular democracy. The university inquires into the future [Nation in crisis part II], ed. A. R. Magno. Quezon City: University of the Philippines. ______________. 1986. Popular democracy as a political form. Diliman Review 34. ______________. 1986. Popular democracy and the politics of transition. Kasarinlan 2. ______________. 1986. Countervailing fascism. Kasarinlan 2. ______________. 1989. The question of development and democratization. Kasarinlan 5. ______________. 1990. When the iron curtain melts.Kasarinlan 5. Majul, Cesar Adib. 1957. The political and constitutional ideas of the Philippine revolution. Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 22. [This was also published as a book.] ______________. 1957. Mabini and the Philippine revolution [includes Mabini’s political philosophy]. Diliman Review 5. ______________. 1958. Rizal and the national community. Diliman Review 6. ______________. 1960. Political philosophy and “order.” Diliman Review 8. ______________. 1961. Mabini: Architect of the Philippine revolution. University Collee Journal Issue No. 2. ______________. 1961. Reflections on Rizal’s concept of national sentiment. Diliman Review 9. ______________. 1962. The concept of leadership from the point of view of political philosophy. Education Quarterly 10. ______________. 1964-65. The general nature of political philosophy. University College Journal Issue No. 7. ______________. 1977. Principales, ilustrados, intellectuals, and the original concept of a Filipino national community. Asian Studies 15. Malay, Armando Jr. 1987. On “Marxism-Leninism-Mao Tse-tung thought”: observations and issues. Diliman Review 35.

258

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Malay, A. S. 1991. Was the Soviet collapse inevitable? Diliman Review 39. Mangahas, Fe B., Nicanor G. Tiongson, Ma. Luisa Doronilla, and Alice Guillermo. 1986. The dominant and emergent ideologies and cultures in contemporary Philippine society. In The university inquires into the future [Nation in crisis part II]. Edited by Alex R. Magno. Quezon City: University of the Philippines. Manglapus, Raul. 1972. Filipino ideology for the new constitution. In Filipino politics, nationalism and emerging ideologies. Edited by Jose V. Abueva. Manila: Modern Book Co. Manzano, Peter M. 1989. The political thought of Plato in the Philippine setting. Saint Louis University Research Journal 20. Maramag, Felipe. 1977. The revolutionary and conservative interpretations of Bentham’s principle of utility. Agimatan 2. Marcos, Ferdinand E. 1959. Politics and economic growth. UE Business Review 2. ______________. 1960. Is politics a necessary factor to economic development; the view- point of a politician. Economic Research Journal 7. ______________. 1970. The pursuit of a free society. Philippines Free Press (13 June). ______________. 1974. The radicalization of society. Angeles University Journal 8. ______________. 1978.Human beings and human rights.Unitas 51. ______________. 1983. Basic orientation on Filipino ideology. Philippine Education Quarterly 15. Martinez Jr., Alfonso A. 1985. The legitimation of authority. Lyceum Research Journal 9. Maximiano, Jojo. 1990. On Marxist analysis. Journal of Graduate Research 19. Maximiano, Jose Mario B. 1989. On the methodology of liberation theology. Unitas 62. Melchor, Alejandro. 1973-74. Democratic revolution: The propeller of change in our times. Angeles University Journal 7. Mendoza Jr., A. M. 1989. Democracy, socialism, and post-revolutionary states: Problems in theory and reality. Kasarinlan 5. Miclat, Mario I. 1987. Mao Zedong thought: Seeking truths from facts? Diliman Review 35. Miranda, Felipe B. 1986. Political alternatives in a times of crisis: Liberal democracy. In The university inquires into the future [Nation in crisis part II]. Edited Alex R. Magno. Quezon City: University of the Philippines. Miranda, Rolando V. 1969. Causes of the American civil war: A historico-dialectical-materialist approach. Diliman Review 17. Molina, Antonio M. 1956. The Spirit of 1896 . . . Unitas 29. Monera, Arnold T. 1989. The mind of the 1986 Philippine constitutional commission on death penalty. Religious Studies Journal 12. Montiel, Cristina J. 1988. Filipino culture, religious symbols, and liberation politics. Pantas 1. Morales, Alfredo. 1949. Contributions of American thought to Filipino ideas of independence (1898-1934). Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 14. _____________. 1962. Excellence above democratic and cultural dualisms. Silliman Journal 9. Morales Jr., Horacio. 1986. The political economy of popular democracy. Kasarinlan 2. Morales, Natalia M. L. M. 1991. Comparative government and politics and its influence on the present Philippine development. In Government and politics: Structures and processes. Edited by Carmencita T. Aguilar. Quezon City: Philippine Political Science Association.

259

POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1992. Political science in the service of democracy. In Politics, science and democracy. Edited by Natialie M. L. M. Morales. Quezon City: U.P. Department of Political Science. Navarro, Pedro Q. 1959-60. Fostering nationalism among our people. Philippine Educator 14. Muego, Benjamin N. 1967. A political ideology for Filipinos. Trends 3. Nemenzo, Francisco, Jr. 1977. Summary of dependency and liberation. Philippine Political Science Journal Issues Nos. 5-6. ______________. 1978. Dependency and liberation: Focus on the third world. Philippine Political Science Journal Issue No. 7. ______________ and Simbulan, Dante. 1979. Political theory: The quest for social justice. Philippine Political Science Journal 10. ______________. 1992. Questioning Marx, critiquing Marxism. Kasarinlan 8. Nuckarinton, Anuphong Rotchana. 1963. The social and political ideas of Rizal. Diliman Review 11. Ople, Blas F. 1966. Patriotism and the challenge of competence. Trends 2. Orata, Pedro T. 1969. Education for economic and social development in rural areas. PAGE Journal 6. Ortiz, P. A. 1969. The Filipino search for national identity. Action Now 1. Owen, Norman G. 1972. Philipine society and American colonialism. Solidarity 7. Padang, Bernard D. 1991. Political functions of the historical identity of the Cordillera people. Saint Louis University Research Journal 22. Padilla, Ambrosio. 1959-60. Rizal’s dream of final redemption. Philippine Educator 14. Padilla, Benito N. S. 1961. Rizal’s ideological basis of a revolution. Diliman Review 9. ______________. 1964-65. World civilization and world state. University College Journal Issue No. 7. Pangulo, Juan S. 1959-60. Rizal and his dynamic Filipinism. Philippine Educator 14. Pantoja, Ma. Cristina. 1963. Machiavelli’s ‘Il principi’—a melancholy political treatise. Journal of Education 6. Pascasio, Emy M. 1991. Back to the round table: On language and national identity. Pantas 4. Pascual, Ricardo. 1951. Partyless democracy: A blueprint of political reconstruction of post-war Philippines. Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 16. _______________. 1958. The application of the principle of regionalism to Southeast Asia. Diliman Review 6. Pedrosa, Pio. 1962. President Quezon, the international nationalist. Sower 4. Peña, Braulio, O.P. 1986. The role of the priest in politics: Filipino context. Philippiniana Sacra 21. Pertierra, Raul. 1989. The practice of theory and the theory of practice. Diliman Review 37. Piamonte, Alberto. 1986. Involvement of clerics in politics and administration. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 42. Piñon, Antonio T., O.P. 1954-55. The freedom of the press. Unitas 27-28. ______________. 1965. What is communism: The Marxist ideology of communism. Pax Romana Secretariat Bulletin 2. ______________. 1971-72. The faces of nationalism—face 1: Nationalism born of oppression. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1971-72. A rejoinder to Mr. Villegas. Σοφια 1.

260

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1971-72. Rejoinder 2. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1973. Law of nature and natural law. Unitas 46. ______________. 1977. Theology of liberation, evangelization and martial law. Philippiniana Sacra 12. ______________. 1977-78. Rousseau’s theory of the general will. Σοφια 7. ______________. 1978. The natural right of personality. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 52. Poa, Dory. 1980. Marx enters the Confucian temple. Diliman Review 28. Political philosophy. 1965. Saint Louis Quarterly 3. Pomeroy, William J. 1971. Lessons from the liberation struggle in the Philippines. World Outlook No. 1 (January). Protacio-Marcelino, Elizabeth and Enriquez, Virgilio. 1984, 1989. Language as ideology and power. Neo-colonial politics and language struggle in the Philippines. Quezon City: Akademya ng Sikolohiyang Pilipino; reprint ed. Quezon City: New Horizons Research and Publications. Prudente, Nemesio E. 1992. Further notes on Machiavelli: On Cesare Borgia. Journal of Social History 1. Public Administration Workshop in Policy Analysis (Second Semester 1980-1981). 1981. Towards expeditious justice: a policy analysis of the law’s delay. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 25. Que, Agustin V. 1965. Toward a welfare state. Politika Issue No. 1. Quevedo, Orlando. 1960. The principle of subsidiary function. Studium 5. Quinio, Emmiline C. 1987. Transitions to democracy: A theory of the abnormal. Philippine Journal of Philippine Administration 31. Quiros, Conrado de. 1983. Problems in Marxist methodology: The theory of the ‘concrete society’. Cogito 1. Quisumbing, Leonardo A. 1986. Alternative political structures. In The university inquires into the future [Nation in crisis part II]. Edited by. Alex R. Magno. Quezon City: University of the Philippines. Quito, Emerita S. 1970. Marcuse: Students make the best demonstrators. Manila Chronicle (13 February). ______________. 1986. Maari bang magtagumpay ang komunismo sa Pilipinas? Malay 5. ______________. 1986. Pulong-isip: Meeting of Filipino minds. Karunungan 3; Sophia 15. Ramos, Carlos P. 1957. The role of public administration in economic progress. Education Quarterly 5. Recto defends freedom of speech and press. 1952. Philippines Free Press (24 May). Recto, Claro M. 1953. ‘Democratic dictatorship’. Philippines Free Press (10 October). _______________. 1961. The evil of religious test in our democracy. Diliman Review 9. _______________. 1983. Our mendicant foreign policy. In Rediscovery. Edited by C. N. Lumbrera and T. G. Maceda. Maynila: National Book Store. Regala, Eugenio M. 1961. Whither Filipino nationalism? Philippine Educator 16. Reyes, Danilo R. 1988. Bureaucracy and transition: Some reflections in redemocratization and politics-administration dichotomy. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 32. Reyes, Dolores A. 1987. The Filipino and freedom: A politico-historical interpretation. Philosophy of man, by Corazon L. Cruz. Manila: National Book Store.

261

POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Reyes, Jose S. 1965. The separation of powers theory and the Constitution of the Philippines. PAGE Journal 3. Reyes, Jose Javier. 1979. Ang gampanin ng panitikan at kritisismo ayon sa sosyalismo at komunismo. Daop Diwa Issue 3. Reyes, Pedro. 1933. We need more democracy, not less. Philippines Free Press (17 April). Reyes, Ramon C. 1975. Of things moral and political: An adaptation of Eric Weil’s political philosophy. Philippine Studies 23. _______________. 1985. Morality and government: Some consequences for education. CEAP Perspective. Reprinted in 1987. Higher education for national reconstruction. Edited by Raul J. Bonoan, S.J. Metro Manila: National Book Store. ______________. 1990. Eric Weil’s political philosophy: Concluding remarks. Readings in Filipino philosophy. Manila: De la Salle Universsity Press. Reyes, Socorro L. 1981-82. The role and ideas of Vicente Sotto in the Philippine independence movement, 1915.Anuaryo/Annales 1. _______________. 1988. The influence of the American political tradition on the Philippine constitutional system: Theory and practice. In On the United States constitution: Its birth, growth and influence in Asia. Edited by J. Barton Starr. Hongkong: Hongkong University Press. Reyes, Soledad S. 1989. Some notes on the teaching of literature and ideological formation. Diliman Review 37. Rivera, Guillermo Gomez. 1985. The reaffirmation of what is Filipino. Sophia [Adamson U] 4. Rizal, Jose. 1954. The love of country. In Moral training of the Filipino people. Edited by Jose Batungbacal. Manila: University Publishing Co. Rocamora, Joel. 1991. Third world revolutionary projects and the end of the cold war. Kasarinlan 6-7. Rodriguez, Rafael D. 1991. God’s will for the nations: Peace. Trinity College Journal 11. ______________. 1991. Filipinism: Nationalism. Trinity College Journal 11. Romero, Ephraim C. 1976. The anatomy of martial rule. Σοφια 5. ______________. 1976-77. Creeping fascistization: Its relevance to our times. Σοφια 6. Romualdez, A. V. 1973. Knowledge as praxis and the signs of our times. Silliman University 20. Romulo, Carlos P. 1961. Jefferson and Mabini. University College Journal Issue No. 2. ______________. 1963. Our national identity. University College Journal Issue No. 5. ______________. 1965. Nationalism and the arts and sciences. Diliman Review 13. Romulo, Beth Day. 1989. What is nationalism? Trinity College Journal 10. Rosal, Nicholas Ll. 1959. The morality of voting. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 33. Rosales, Julio R. 1974. Why we do not want communism. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 48. Rosales, Loretta. 1992. The progressive movement in the 1990s. Kasarinlan 8. Rosales, Vicente J. A. 1977. The right to life. Σοφια 7. Roth, David F. 1969. Towards a theory of Philippine presidential election politics. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 13. Roxas, Sixto K. 1981. Patriotism: A base for regional development. U.I. Journal 14. Ruiz, L. T. 1959. The essence of true liberty. Silliman Journal 6. Rustia, Teofilo S. 1959. A picture of communism. Sower 1. Sabug Jr., Frucuoso T. 1991. The religious right in the Philippines a preliminary study. Tugon 11.

262

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Sadain, Mehol K. 1991. The Muslim Filipinos and the development of Philippine nationalism. Diliman Review 39. Sales, Emmanuel O. 1989-90. The intent and meaning of the constitutional provision on the US military bases in the Philippines. DLSU Dialogue 24. Sanchez, Jose Rizal G. 1991. Nation building and nationalism. Sangguni 11. San Juan Jr., Epifanio. 1985. Hypothesis toward theoriznig the concept of the Bangsa Moro nation’s struggle for self-determination. Diliman Review 33. ______________. 1988. The politics of aesthetics: Praxis in Marxist critical theory. Praxis 2. _______________. 1991-93. Third-World suspicions of postmodernism: Provocatory notes. Praxis 5. Santos, Epifanio de los. 1954. Different types of politicians. In Moral training of the Filipino people. Edited by. Jose Batungbacal. Manila: University Publishing Co. Santos, Ricky. 1986. Marx on land monopoly and land rent. Diliman Review 34. Santos, Rolando A. 1964. Towards a saner concept of nationalism. Education Quarterly 11. Sardalla, Gaspar L. 1970. Gandhi’s political programme. Unitas 43. Saulo, Alfredo B. 1969. The challenge of communism to our Christian society. Silliman Journal 16. ______________. 1987. The Noli me tangere as catalyst of revolution. In The Noli me tangere a century after: An interdisciplinary perspective. Budhi Paper No. 7. Edited by Soledad S. Reyes. Quezon City: Phoenix Publishing House and Ateneo de Manila University. Seco, Lucas F. Mateo. 1988. The ‘theologies of liberation’. Documentation Service 1. Senate Task Force. 1989. A moral recovery program: Building a people—building a nation. Philippine Journal of Education 67. Shahani, Leticia. 1970. The message of Gandhi. Philippines Free Press (12 December). Sibucao, Ma. Teresa. 1984. Breaking the circle of dependency. Diliman Review 32. Silvestre, Reynaldo. 1973. Imperialism and Filipino nationalism. Philippine Studies 21. Simbulan, Dante and Nemenzo, Francisco, Jr. 1979. Political theory: The quest for social justice. Philippine Political Science Journal Issue No. 10. Sin, Jaime L. Cardinal. 1973. The Church: above political systems. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 47. ______________. 1978. The Christian basis of human rights. Unitas 51. ______________. 1985. Human rights and poverty. Philippiniana Sacra 20. Solidum, Arsenio. 1959. Trial by publicity. UE Law Journal 1. Solidum, Estrella D. 1992. Bioglobalism: Uuniversal cooperation beyond politics, beyond functionalism. In Politics, science and democracy. Edited by Natalia M. L. M. Morales. Quezon City U.P. Department of Political Science. Suarez, Oscar S. 1992. The political theories of Aristotle, Mao Tse Tung, and Manfred Halpern: A methodological study. Tugon 12. Suarez, V. G. 1962. The international outlook of Jose Rizal. UNESCO Philippines 1. Sy, Willy W. 1986. The three principles of Marxist materialism. Σοφια 16. ______________. 1987. Lao-Tzu, Bakunin, and Kropotkin: The way of nature, noninterference, and anarchism. Σοφια 17. ______________. 1987. Lao-Tzu: On non-interference.Σοφια 17. Syquia, Enrique P. 1960. On nationalism and internationalism. Unitas 33. ______________. 1964. St. Thomas and the forms of government. Unitas 37.

263

POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Tabora, Joel E., S.J. 1987. The meaning of ideology. The Aquino government and the question of ideology. eds. Raul J. Bonoan, S.J., Agnes Colete Condon, and Soledad S. Reyes. Budhi Papers No. 8. Quezon City: Phoenix Publishing House, Inc. and Ateneo de Manila University. Tadem, Eduardo C. 1990. Socialism is alive and well. Kasarinlan 5. Tadena, Romualdo B. 1971. Contitutionalism, constitution-making, and a philosophy of government. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 15. Tagle, Ramon A., Jr. 1969. A phenomenology of nationalism. San Beda Review 2. Tan, Samuel K. 1991. Lessons from the Muslim struggle, vision of a decolonized nation. Diliman Review 39. Tañada, Lorenzo M. 1965. The contemporaneity of Recto; Rizal and his nationalism; The greatness of Recto; and Economic nationalism. In Nationalism: A summons to greatness. Edited by Ileana Maramag. Quezon City: Phoenix Publishing House. ______________. 1988. Inculcating nationalism in the university: Decolonization and reformation. Praxis 3. Tancangco, Luzviminda G. 1988. Towards a theory of praxis in public administration: Meeting current challenges of redemoctratization in the Philippines. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 32. Tandinco, Aldoña V. 1980. Romualdez’s ideas on politics and government. Leyte-Samar Studies 14. Tangco, Pablo. 1991. The case for parliamentary government. In Government and politics: Structures and processes. Edited by Carmencita T. Aguilar. Quezon City: Philippine Political Science Association. Tano, Rodrigo. 1986. Church-state relations: An evangelical view. Religious Studies Journal 10. Tañada, Wigberto E. 1988. Inculcating nationalism in the university: Decolonization and reformation. Praxis 3. Teehankee, Julio C. 1990. The role of intellectual dissidence in the democratization of socialist Hungary. Praxis 4. Tejido, Manuel M. 1988. Faith, justice, and the constitution. Pantas 1. Tellez, Tim S. 1979. The basic right to life. University of Baguio Journal 13. Teodoro, Noel V. 1977. Mga pag-aaral hinggil sa nasyonalismo. Kasaysayan. Quezon City: University of the Philippines. Terrenal, Quintin, S.V.D. 1982. The Hegelian dialectic of multinational corporations and less developed nations. Philippine Political Science Journal Issue Nos. 15-16. ______________. 1987. The mightiest impact of Proclamation No. 3 (the EDSA miracle). Karunungan 4. ______________. 1988. The EDSA era: End of Filipino cowedness. Karunungan 5. ______________. 1989. The peculiar character of the ‘EDSA’ revolution. Visayan Herald (7-15 March). The Catholic church and its preferential option for politics. 1991-92. Kasarinlan 7. The search for national identity. 1961. Silliman Journal 8. Thou shalt not dichotomize [about church-state relations]. 1974. Boletin Elcesiastico de Filipinas 48. Timbreza, Florentino. 1971. Debate versus dialogue. Trinity Observer (30 July).

264

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1978. Erich Fromm’s concept of freedom in a constitutional authoritarianism under martial law. Trinity College Journal 4. ______________. 1980. Erich Fromm’s concept of freedom and the Filipino struggle for national integration. Σοφια 10. ______________. 1980. Is there freedom in a constitutional authoritarianism under martial law? Maharlika Crusade (11 September). ______________. 1984. The Filipino concept of survival. Ang Pahayagang Malaya (16-18 March). ______________. 1986. Reading the Filipino mind through the February revolution. Σοφια 16. ______________. 1988. The future of democracy in the Philippines. Σοφια 18. ______________. 1989. The Marxist philosophy of man. Σοφια 20. ______________. 1990. Filipino philosophy in dialogue with three philosophers of nonviolence. Karunungan 7. Tiongson, Nicanor G., Luisa Ma. Doronilla, Alice Guillermo, and Fe B. Mangahas. 1986. The dominant and emergent ideologies and cultures in contemporary Philippine society. In The university inquires into the future [Nation in crisis part II]. Edited by Alex R. Magno. Quezon City: University of the Philippines. Toledo, Roderick. 1984. Reflections on nineteen-eighty-four. Diliman Review 32. Tolosa, Benjamin T. Jr. 1987. Constraints on democratic consolidation and the economic ideology of the Aquino government. In The Aquino government and the question of ideology. Budhi Papers No. 8. Edited by Raul J. Bonoan, S.J., Agnes Colette Condon, and Soledad S. Reyes. Quezon City: Phoenix Publishing House, Inc. and Ateneo de Manila University. _______________. 1988. Political-economic ideologies and social justice. Pantas 1. Torres, Maria Luisa F. 1985. Frederic Jameson: Marxist Hermeneutics. Diliman Review 33. Torres-Yu, Rosario. 1982. The Philippine trade union movement, 1953-1972: in search of working class consciousness. Diliman Review 30. ______________. 1983. The Philippine trade union movement, 1953-1972: In search of working class consciousness (conclusion). Diliman Review 31. Ty, Reynaldo R. 1991. The study of comparative government and politics. In Government and politics: structures and processes. Edited by Carmencita T. Aguilar. Quezon City: Philippine Political Science Association. Tupas, R. G. 1968. The frustrations of an independent people. Sunday Times Magazine (9 June). Vaño, Manolo O. 1972. Christ and Marx. Philippines Free Press (1 April). Various manifestoes and platforms. 1972. In Filipino politics, nationalism and emerging ideologies. Edited by Jose V. Abueva. Manila: Modern Book Co. Velasco, Renato S. 1986. The anatomy of the people power revolt. Diliman Review 34. Vengco, Sabino A., Jr. 1959. A note on the local communists. Studium 4. ______________. 1960. Soviet Russia and the dictatorship of the proletariat. Studium 5. Victoriano, E. L. 1960. Political transmission 16. Philippine Studies 8. Villaba-Cue, Magdalena. 1970. Gandhi’s philosophy of non-violence. Unitas 43. Villacorta, Wilfrido V. 1971. Recipes for revolution. Bagong Silang 2. ______________. 1974. Authoritarianism and political modernization: The Philippine case. DLSU Dialogue 10. ______________. 1975. A national ideology for the Filipino: A proposal. DLSC Dialogue 10.

265

POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1976. Is Philippine authoritarianism responsive? Σοφια 5. ______________. 1989. The constitutional basis of an independent foreign policy. Asian Studies 27. ______________. 1990. Narcisismo vs nasyonalismo sa siglo 21. Diyaryo Filipino, 30 Oktubre. ______________. 1990. Bakit tinitibag ang ‘demokrasya’. Diyaryo Filipino, 29 Agosto. ______________. 1990. Demokrasya: ideolohiya o mitolohiya. Diyaryo Filipino, 18 Disyembre. ______________. 1990. Mga hamon sa sosyalismo sa China. Diyaryo Filipino, 29 Disyembre. Villanueva, Alejo L., Jr. 1972. Gandhi, satyagraha, and utopia. Philippines Free Press, 5 February. Villegas, Ramon. 1971-72. A reply to Dr. Piñon’s essay on ‘The faces of nationalism'—face 1: Nationalism born of oppression. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1971-72. Comments on Dr. Piñon’s rejoinder to my reply to his ‘theoretical model’. Σοφια 1. W. E. A. L. 1972. The welfare state—alternative to revolution. In Filipino politics, nationalism and emerging ideologies. Edited by Jose V. Abueva. Manila: Modern Book Co. Weekley, Kathleen. 1992. Jose Maria Sison [Interview]. Kasarinlan 8. Wiley, Samuel. 1984. The role of the Catholic church in the social and political arenas of the Philippines today. RSD Journal 7. Yabes, Leopoldo Y. 1955. Rizal, nationalist and internationalist. Diliman Review 3. ______________. 1963. Plaridel as intellectual and writer. Diliman Review 11. Yap Jr., Pio G. 1990. The Philippine people power revolution: A theory. CBCP Monitor 11. Yu, Rosario T. 1985. Mga hamon sa Marxism. Diliman Review 33. Yumul, Roberto C. 1971-72. The problem of theory and practice in democracy and communism. Σοφια 1. Zafra, Galileo. 1992. Kilusang Balagtasismo: Ang tradisyon sa pagsusulong ng alternatibong ideolohiya. Diliman Review 40. Zafra, Nicolas. 1938. Democracy in the Philippines viewed from the standpoint of American democratic tradition. Philippine Social Science Review 10. Zapanta, Lea S. 1967. The political ideas of Marcelo H. del Pilar. Diliman Review 15. B. Books, Pamphlets, and Monographs Abueva, Jose Veloso, ed. 1972. Filipino politics, nationalism and emerging ideologies. Manila: Modern Book Co. Agpalo, Remigio E. 1965, 1969. Pandanggo sa ilaw: The politics of Occidental Mindoro. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press; reprint ed. Athens, Ohio: Ohio University Center for International Studies. ______________. 1971. Liwanag at dilim: The political philosophy of Emilio Jacinto. Monograph No. 21. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press. ______________. 1972. The political elite and the people: A study of politics in Occidental Mindoro. Manila: College of Public Administration, U. P.. ______________. 1973. The organic-hierarchical paradigm and politics in the Philippines. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press. ______________. 1976. The Filipino polity: Historical perspectives and new goals in the 1980s. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press.

266

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1977. Philippine interest groups and their role in political modernization and development. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press. ______________. 1978. Models of political systems and the Philippines. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press. ______________. 1992. Adventures in political science. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press and the College of Social Sciences and Philosophy. ______________. 1992. Jose P. Laurel. National leader and political philosopher. [Manila]: Jose P. Laurel Memorial Corporation. Aquino, Corazon C. 1986. Democracy by the ways of democracy. Manila: n. p. Araneta, Salvador. 1958. Christian democracy for the Philippines. Malabon: Araneta University Press. ______________. 1976. Bayanikasan, the effective democracy for all. Malabon: Bayanikasan Research Foundation. ______________. 1981. The bayanikasan constitution [for the Federal Republic of the Philippines]. Malabon: Bayanikasan Research Foundation. Arcellana, Emerenciana Yuvienco. 1981. The social and political thought of Claro Mayo Recto. Makati: National Research Council of the Philippines. Ardales, Venancio B. 1987. Introductory text to philosophy [includes a chapter on political philosophy]. Makati: Best Books. Bacuñgan, Froilan, ed. 1983. The powers of the Philippine president. Quezon City: U.P. Law Center. Bolasco, Mario and Rolando Yu. 1981. Church-state relations. Manila: St. Scholastica’s College. Calderon, Aurelio. 1973. Theories and politics of developmental change. Manila: United Publishing Company, Inc. Corpuz, Onofre D. 1957. The bureaucracy in the Philippines. Manila: Institute of Public Administration. Constantino, Renato. 1970. Dissent and counter-consciousness. Quezon City: Malaya Books. ______________. 1979. The nationalist alternative. Quezon City: Foundation for Nationalist Studies. ______________. 1978. Neocolonial identity and counter-consciousness. Edited by Istvan Meszaros. London: Merlin Press. ______________, ed. 1989. The essential Tañada. Quezon City: Karrel. Crisol, Jose M. [1982?] The red lie. N.p. de Guzman, Domingo Castro. 1990. Praxis and philosophy. Manila: Kalikasan Press. del Pilar, Marcelo H. 1958. Monastic supremacy in the Philippines, trans. Encarnacion Alzona. Quezon City: Philippine Historical Association. del Rosario, Simeon G. 1976. The firm tenure of President Marcos and the logic of succession. Quezon City: Manlapaz Publishing Company. Diokno, Jose W. 1981. Justice under siege: Five talks. Manila: Nationalist Resource Center. Dionisio, Benjamin P. 1949. Gems of thought of Dr. Jose P. Laurel. N.p. Elesterio, Fernando C. 1984. Introductory readings in liberation theology, 2 vols. Manila: DLSU Research Center. ______________. 1988. Readings in liberation theology. Manila: DLSU Research Center.

267

POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Espiritu, Augusto Caesar. 1976. Parliamentary government. [Quezon City:] University of the Philipppines Law Center. Fast Jonathan and Jim Richardson. 1979. Roots of dependency: political and economic revolution in 19th century Philippines. Quezon City: Foundation for Nationalist Studies. Ferdinand E. Marcos on human rights. 1977. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Law Center. Free Farmer’s Educational Foundation, Inc. 1972. Toward a Filipino ideology. Quezon City: R. P. Garcia Publishing Co. Garcia, Ed. 1988. The Filipino quest, a just and lasting peace. Quezon City: Claretian Publications. Gomez, Fausto, O.P. 1987. Liberation theology and Christian liberation. Manila: UST Social Research Center. _______________. 1988. The praxis of justice and solidarity. Occasional Papers 3. Manila: University of Santo Tomas. Gorospe, Vitaliano R., S.J. 1973. The new Christian morality and the Filipino [includes some political themes.] Manila: Jesuit Educational Association. Ileto, Reynaldo C. 1979. Pasyon and revolution: Popular movements in the Philippines, 18401910. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila press. Lande, Carl H. 1965. Leaders, factions, and parties: The structure of Philippine politics. N.p.: Yale University Press. Laurel, Jose P. 1931, 1991. Assertive nationalism. Manila: National Teachers College. _______________. 1936. Politico-social problems. Manila: National Teachers College. _______________. 1936. The three powers of government under the Philippine Constitution. Manila: National Teachers College. _______________. 1943, 1991. Forces that make a nation great. Manila: Bureau of Printing. _______________. 1949. Moral and political orientation. Manila: n.p. _______________. 1953, 1991. Bread and freedom. Manila: n.p. _______________. 1958. Thinking for ourselves. Manila: n.p. _______________. 1959. Opportunism and the Darwinian aspect of current political struggles. Manila: n.p. Lichauco, Alejandro. 1988. Nationalist economics [includes some political themes.] Quezon City: Institute for Rural Industrialization. Majul, Cesar Adib. 1967. The political and constitutional ideas of the Philippine revolution. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press. ______________. 1980. Islam and development: A collection of essays. Edited by Michael Mastura. Metro Manila: Office of Commissioner of Islamic Affairs. Manglapus, Raul. 1959. Freedom, nationhood, culture. Philippine Studies 7. ______________. 1987. Will of the people. N. p.: Freedom House. Manuel, E. Arsenio. 1973. Manuvu social organization [includes political aspects]. Quezon City: U.P. Community Development Research Council. Maramag, Ileana, ed. 1981. The ideas of Imelda Romualdez Marcos, 2 vols. Manila: National Media Production Center, 1978. The third volume is entitled A humanist approach to development. Manila: National Media Production Center. Marcos, Ferdinand E. 1971. Today’s revolution: democracy. N.p. ______________. 1973. Notes on the new society in the Philippines. Manila.

268

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1976. Notes on the new society in the Philippines, II. Manila. ______________. 1978. Five years of the new society. Manila. ______________. 1978. Revolution from the center. Hong Kong: Raya Books. A Filipino translation by the same publisher is available, Rebolusyon mula sa gitna. ______________. 1979. Introduction to the politics of transition. Manila. ______________. 1979. Towards a Filipino ideology. [Manila]. ______________. 1980. An ideology for Filipinos. N.p. ______________. [1981]. The Philippine experience: A perspective on human rights and the rule of law. [Manila]. ______________. 1983. Toward a new partnership: The Filipino ideology. Manila: Marcos Foundation. ______________. 1985. The Filipino ideology. Manila: Marcos Foundation. ______________. 1985. The democratic revolution. Manila: Office of Media Affairs. Marcos, Imelda R. 1977. The compassionate society and other selected speeches. Manila: National Media Production Center. ______________. 1981. Paths to development. Manila: National Media Production Center. Marcos Speaks. 1977. Manila: Bureau of National and Foreign Information, Department of Public Information. Ople, Blas F. 1979. The changing national elite and a new Filipinism. Quezon City: U.P. Law Center. Osias, Camilo. 1968. Divine economy. Caloocan City: Camilo Osias. Pascual, Ricardo R. 1962. The philosophy of Rizal. Manila: Pedro B. Ayuda & Co. ______________. 1965. Partyless democracy. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press. Pernia, Antonio M., S.V.D. 1989. The young Marx: A humanist conception of history. Manila: Divine Word Publications. Quezon, Manuel. 1940. Addresses on the theory of a partyless democracy. Manila: Bureau of Printing. Quirino, Elpidio. 1949. The new Philippine ideology. Manila: Bureau of Printing. Quito, Emerita S. 1970. Herbert Marcuse and contemporary society. Manila: University of Santo Tomas Press. Reyes, Ramon C. 1979. Eric Weil’s political philosophy. Budhi Paper No. 11. Quezon City: Ateneo School of Arts and Sciences. Reyno, Adriano C., Jr. 1964. The political, social, and moral philosophy of Apolinario Mabini. Manila: Catholic Trade School. San Juan, E., Jr. 1971. The radical tradition in Philippine literature. Quezon City: Manlapaz Publishing Co. Santos, Jose P. 1935. Buhay at mga sinulat ni Emilio Jacinto. Maynila. Saulo, Alfredo B. 1969. Communism in the Philippines: An introduction. Manila: Ateneo Publications Office. Sison, Jose Ma. 1972. Struggle for national democracy. Manila: Amado V. Hernandez Memorial Foundation. Sonza, Demy P. 1964. Mightier than the sword: Biography of Graciano Lopez Jaena. N.p. Stauffer, Robert. 1975. The Philippine Congress: Causes of structural change. Beverly Hills: Sage Publications. Taro, Fe An. 1991. Human rights: Philippine perspective. Mandaluyong: National Book Store.

269

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY

Third World Studies Center, ed. 1988. Marxism in the Philippines, 2nd ser. Quezon City: Third World Studies Center. Valera-Quisumbing, Purificacion and Armando F. Bonifacio, eds. 1973. Human rights and the Philippines. Quezon City: U.P. Law Center. Yu, Rolando and Mario Bolasco. 1981. Church-state relations. Manila: St. Scholastica’s College. C. Review Articles, Book Reviews, and Abstracts Abad, Glicerio S., S.J. 1960. Review of A critique of Rizal’s concept of a Filipino nation, by Cesar A. Majul. Philippine Studies 8. Abinales, P. N. and Leandro L. Alejandro. 1986. Review of Marxism, socialism and Christianity, by Joseph de Torre. Diliman Review 34. Alejandro, Leandro L. and Abinales, P. N. 1986. Review of Marxism, socialism and Christianity, by Joseph de Torre. Diliman Review 34. Amado, Ismael. 1939. Review of Imperialism, by S. A. Hobson. Philippine Social Science Review 11. Arevalo, C. G. 1965. On power of the church [review article]. Philippine Studies 13. Balajadia, Basilio P. 1980. Review of Pasyon and revolution, by Reynaldo C. Ileto. DLSU Dialogue 16. Belita, Jimmy. 1987. Review of Salvation and liberation. In search of a balance between faith and politics, by Leonardo Boff and Clodovis Boff. Religious Studies Journal 10. Bernacer, Jose Luis. 1974. Review of Church and state law and relations in the Philippines, by Jorge R. Coquia. Unitas 47. Bernas, Joaquin G., S.J. 1956. Review of The public philosophy, by W. Lippmann. Philippine Scholastic 1. ______________. 1960. Review of Modern forms of government, by Stewart. Philippine Studies 8. ______________. 1961. Review of Philosophy of the state as educator, by Thomas S. M. Dubay. Philippine Studies 9. Bogadiong Jr., Jose, SVD. 1985. Practice and theory of revolution, a systematization of Mao Tse-tung thought [thesis abstract]. Diwa 9. Carbonell, Ma. Aurora. 1974. A model on the politics of development [rev. art. of The political elite and the people: A study of politics in Occidental Mindoro, by Remigio E. Agpalo]. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 18. Cortes, Regino, O.P. 1973. Review of The politics of God and the politics of man, by Jacques Ellul. Translated by Geoffrey W. Bromiley. Unitas 46. Cortes, Teodoro V. 1966. Review of The new meaning of justice, by Charles E. Wyzanski Jr. Silliman Journal 13. ______________. 1969. Review of The morality of law, by Lon L. Fuller. Silliman Journal 16. Costa, Horacio de la, S.J. 1958. Review of Political and constitutional ideas of the Philippine revolution, by Cesar Majul. Philippine Studies 6. Cruz, Andres Cristobal. 1973. Pandanggo sa ilaw [rev. art. of The political elite and the people, by Remigio E. Agpalo]. Expressweek (8 February).

270

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Elesterio, Fernando. 1983. Marxism: An American Christian perspective [art. rev. on the book by Author F. McGovern]. Religious Studies Journal 6. Elvas, Julius. 1977. Review of The political elite and the people, by Remigio E. Agpalo. L. A. Journal [University of San Agustin, Iloilo City]. (February). Fabella, Maximo P. 1964-65. Mabini as Filipino and man [rev. art. on Apolinario Mabini, revolutionary, by Cesar Adib Majul]. University College Journal Issue No. 7. Ferriols, Roque, S.J. 1969. Review of Conquest of violence, by Bondurant. Philippine Studies 7. Fisher, Marguerite J. 1958. Theorists of the Philippine revolution [rev. art.]. Philippine Journal of Public Adminstration 2. Flores, Pedro V. 1965. Review of An introduction to communism, by Hanlee H. Barnette. Silliman Journal 12. Franco, Ernesto A. 1970. Review of Toward social welfare, by Clair Wilcox. Unitas 43. ______________. 1970. Review of The welfare state: Who is my brother’s keeper?, by Fred Kinsky and Joseph Boskin. Unitas 43. Hernandez, Regina F. 1972. Review of Response to revolution, by Teopisto Guingona Jr. Unitas 45. Gonzalez III, Joaquin L. 1989. Review of Three levels of analysis: A framework for the study of international politics, by John W. Spanier. Philippine Political Science Journal Issue Nos. 29-30. Gorospe, Vitaliano R. 1967. Review of War, poverty, freedom, concilium. Philippine Studies 15. ______________. 1986. Theologies of liberation and the Philippine context [rev. art.]. Philippine Studies 34. Healy, Gerald W. 1976. Review of Church and state law and relations in the Philippines, by Jorge R. Coquia. Philippine Studies 24. Laquian, Aprodicio A. 1976. Review of The political elite and the people: A study of politics in Occidental Mindoro, by Remigio E.Agpalo. American Political Science Review 70. Lazaro, Robert. 1966. Review of The anatomy of liberty: The rights of man without force, by William O. Douglas. Unitas 39. Magno, Alex. 1988. In the arena of meaning [rev. art.]. Diliman Review 36. Mallari, Francisco, S.J. 1973. Review of The place of fascism in European history, ed. by Gilbert Allardyce. Philippine Studies 21. Marina, Maximo, O.P. 1972. Review of Towards a Filipino social revolution, by Ed Garcia, S. J. et al. Unitas 45. ______________. 1978. Review of Marxismo y Marxistas, by Gregorio Rodriguez de Yurre. Unitas 51. ______________. 1985. Review of Marxist analysis and Christian faith. Unitas 58. Martinez, Luis D. 1972. Review of Reform and revolution, by Benjamin Salvosa and B. V. Baquirin, eds. Unitas 45. Milne, R. S. 1974. Review of The political elite and the people: A study of politics in Occidental Mindoro, by Remigio E. Agpalo. Pacific Affairs 47. Montecastro, Francisco O., S.J. 1961. Review of Christianity and communism, by Henri Chambre. Philippine Scholastic 4. Montemayor, Jeremias U. 1961. Review of The basic conflict: Democracy versus commun nism, by Melchor P. Aquino. Philippine Studies 9.

271

POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Pelingon, Filoteo C., MSC. 1985. Review of Civil disobedience: A moral critique, by Gerald D. Coleman, S.S. Ministry Today 1. Piñon, Manuel, O.P. 1972. Review of The philosophy of revolution, by Amancio S. Donato and Romulo M. Ricafranca. Unitas 45. Quimson, Antonio L., S.J. 1962. Review of The Catholic viewpoint on church and state, by Jerome G. Kerwin. Philippine Scholastic 4. Rosales, Vicente J. A. 1972. Review of Philippine society and revolution, by Amado Guerrero. Unitas 45. Salgado, P. V. 1966. Review of The theory of communism, an introduction, by George H. Hampsch. Philippiniana Sacra 1. Sibal, Danilo. 1987. Confronting the irony of a revolution [review of Revolution and intervention in Central America, by Marlene Dizon and Susanne Jonas, eds.]. Diwa 2. Tolentino, Mary Serafica. 1991-93. Review of Will it liberate? Questions about liberation theology 15. Religious Studies Journal 15. Waldby, Odell. 1974. Review of The political elite and the people, by Remigio E. Agpalo. Western Political Quarterly 27. Zafra, Nicolas. 1978. Review of Bayanikasan—the effective democracy for all, by Salvador Araneta. Philippine Studies 26. D. Graduate Work Arevalo, Jesus. 1971. The political philosophy of Jacques Maritain. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Bagadiong, Jose. 1984. Practice and theory of revolution: A systematization of Mao Tse-tung thought. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Beduya, Gaudencio R. 1958. The political philosophy of Jose P. Laurel. Master’s thesis, Lyceum of the Philippines. Bernas, Joaquin G. 1957. The principle of subsidiary in article II, section 4 and article XIV, section 5 of the Philippine constitution. Master’s thesis, Berchman’s Colege. Cabatingan, Gregorio V., SVD. 1962. Aristotle and Saint Thomas on epikeia or equity: A corrective legal justice. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Cabural, Edgardo Jose. 1989. From dictatorship to democracy: A philosophical inquiry into Benigno S. Aquino Jr.’s thought. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Carreon, Alberto Sto. Domingo. 1963. A critical analysis of the ecclesiastical approach to the problem of nationalism. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Castillo, Jose. 1951. A philosophical analysis of Rizal’s political principles as manifested in Noli me tangere. Master’s thesis, Sacred Heart Novitiate. Chin, Francis Y. 1964. Confucius and Aristotle: A comparative study of the political ideas of the early Confucius and Artistotle. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Cortez, Leonardo Vistan. 1955. A comparative study of the philosophy of Suarez and the philosophy of the Constitution of the Philippines regarding the origin of political authority. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. Dael, Armando C. 1965. Nuclear warfare in the light of the scholastic theory of a just war. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College.

272

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

de Paz, Felipe T. 1969. The social, moral and political philosophy of Manuel Luis Quezon in the light of “perrenial philosophy.. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Diaz, Jesus, S.J. 1948. The Christian interpretation of democracy. Master’s thesis, Sacred Heart Novitiate. Dimaunahan, Jane M. Picart. 1990. The stylistic and thematic analysis of Dr. Jose P. Laurel’s selected essays as a tool for national ascendancy. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Doriendo, Carmelita. 1975. A critical analysis of the life and works of Dr. Trinidad Hermenegildo Pardo de Tavera. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Dumaual. Imelda Javier. 1991. A critical analysis of Jean Jacques Rousseau’s concept of natural law. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Dumlao, Constancia. 1949. The Philippine revolution and the church. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Fabia, Gregorio. 1970. Mabini on nationalism. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Fernandez, Rodolfo. 1954. The philosophical basis of democracy. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Fidelis, Leander. 1952. A study on prudence in rulers, fundamental to the common good. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Figuracion, Melecio Supe. 1965. Rizal’s philosophy of life as reflected in his writings [includes political aspects]. Master’s thesis, University of San Carlos. Gonzalez, Antonio, O.P. 1950. Ideas politicas de Sor Maria de Agreda. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1984. Manuel L. Quezon: His political and social thought. Doctoral dissertation, University of the Philippines. Hernandez, Eligio B. A. 1952. An inquiry into the historical development of the growth of the democratic ideas of the Filipinos from the pre-Spanish times to the present. Master’s thesis, Far Eastern University. Hilario, Aristides V. 1952. Philosophical analysis of Rizal’s principles on revolution as manifested in “El filibusterismo”. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Javier, Ernesto Ma. 1959. The political philosophy of William Shakespeare’s history plays. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Lambino, Antonio B. 1963. The dynamic exposition of the theory of church-state relations. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Lao, Julio A. 1975. Mahatma Gandhi: Doctrine of ahimsa. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Larlar, Lauro V. 1979. Philosophy of freedom; two views [Augustine and Chuang Tzu). Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Lee, Zosimo. 1986. Nozick’s concept of the state. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. ______________. 1990. The political conception of justice. Doctoral dissertation, State University of New York at Buffalo. Leung, Mariano C. 1952. The reconstruction of Christian political philosophy according to Saint Thomas Aquinas. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Llana, Jose H. 1952. What is the subsidiary function of the state? Master’s thesis, Berchmans College.

273

POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Luna, Concepcion H. 1964. Graciano Lopez Jaena: Su vida y sus escritos. Licentiatura en Artes, University of Santo Tomas. Macalam, Domingo B. 1959. The peasant in communism: An inquiry into the real communist attitude toward the peasant. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Magtoto, Gilberto K. 1954. An inquiry into the form of government best suited to the modern state according to the principles of political philosophy. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Magtrayo, Carlos Roque D. 1986. Commitment and distress: A reflection on the political thought of Paul Ricoeur. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Mallari, Francisco A. 1959. A philosophical evaluation of the conditions of a just war proposed in sixteenth-century Manila. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Mateo, Demosthenes. 1980. Aristotle’s conception of the education of the ideal citizen and its relevance to contemporary Philippine politics. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Millares, Antonio Martinez, Jr. 1961. The nature of distributive justice and the problem of restitution in the light of the Aristotelico-Thomistic concept of distributive justice. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. Montemayor, J. Manuel. 1954. A philosophical evaluation of Mabini’s ideas on the state. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Ochangco, Armando C. 1979. Rawl’s theory of justice. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Ogbac, Rosben. 1970. Claro Mayo Recto’s Filipinism crusade: A philosophical evaluation. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Pascual, Ricardo. 1936. The philosophical ideas of Dr. Jose Rizal. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Punzalan, Louie. 1988. The Catholic human rights tradition: A philosophical reading. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Quiñonez, Julian M. 1963. A citical analysis of the fundamental principles common to all socialist systems. Master’s thesis, University of San Carlos. Ramos, Adelfa Ruedas. 1968. More’s utopia and Bacon’s new atlantis: Analysis and comparison. Master’s thesis, Immaculate Conception College. Ramos, Jesus F. 1978. Ang politika sa pagpaplanong pangwika sa Pilipinas (1898-1941). Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Reyno, Adriano C., Jr. 1962. The political, social, and moral philosophy of Apolinario Mabini. Master’s thesis, University of San Carlos. Rosario, Tomas G. 1990. Political leadership in St. Thomas’ political thoughts. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Sta. Romana, Elpidio O. 1952. The communistic theory of revolution and a critique based on scholastic metaphysics. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Santiano, Dominador G., Jr. 1965. The role of the state in the industry council plan. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. Schumacher, John. 1950. The philosophical principles of Ferdinand Blumentritt. Master’s thesis, Sacred Heart Novitiate. Sevilla, Hermenigildo. 1929. The evolution of problems of the Monroe Doctrine. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Sy, Willy. 1992. Taoism and Anarchism. Master’s thesis, De La Salle University.

274

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Tiangco, Pablo G. 1964. Recto and Philippine nationalism. Master’s thesis, Far Eastern University. Wong, Yow Chong. 1966. The Evangeline church politics in the Philippines. Master’s thesis, Philippine Union College. Zapanta, Lea S. 1967. The political ideas of Marcelo H. del Pilar. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. E. Translations Bonifacio, Andres. 1963. What the Filipinos should know. The writings and trial of Andres Bonifacio. Translated from Tagalog by Teodoro Agoncillo in collaboration with S. V. Epistola. Manila: Manila Bonifacio Centennial Commission. Reprinted in 1983. Rediscovery, eds. C. N. Lumbrera and T. G. Maceda. Maynila: National Book Store. Mao Tse-tung. 1971. Mga talumpati sa palitang-kuro sa Yenan tungkol sa panitikan at sining II. Isinalin ng Komite sa Pagsalin ng Kabataang Makabayan. Katipunan 1. John Stuart Mill. 1991. Pagmumunimuni tungkol sa pangkinatawang pamahalaan [Considerations on representative government]. Isinalin sa Pilipino ni Lydia N. Yu-Jose. Quezon City: Office of Research and Publications, Ateneo de Manila University. F. Poem Alvero, Aurelio S. 1934, 1965. Futility: Of power. Moon shadows on the waters. Manila: University of Santo Tomas; reprinted. Manila: Far Eastern Publications.

275

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER XXII. PRAGMATISM A. Articles Avance, Nestor. 1989. Pragmatism and Chinese philosophical legacy.Σοφια 19. Ceniza, Claro R. 1983. Institutional meaning [about Peirce’s theory of meaning]. Σοφια 12. Hernandez, Regina F. 1965-66. The ‘pragmatism’ of philosophy. Journal of Education [UST] 10. Gonzalez, Alfredo. 1936. Rethinking pragmatism. Philippine Social Science Review 8. Pascual, Ricardo R. 1937. The pragmatism of John Dewey. Philippine Social Science Review 9. Singson, Jose Mo. 1981. Pragmatism: A brief exposition and critique. Σοφια 11. B. Poem Gabriel, Pedro. 1971-72. James’ pragmatism. Σοφια 1.

276

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER XXIII. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION AND MYSTICISM A. Articles Abad, Gemino H. [1964-65]. The self as genius and God as peacock: A study of “mysticism” in Jose Garcia Villa’s poetry. University College Journal Issue No. 8. Abad, Glicerio S., S.J. 1958. Rizal on God, morality, and the soul. Philippine Scholastic 2. Abesamis, Carlos H. 1956. Eliseo Vivas: Creation and discovery. Philippine Scholastic 1. Abulad, Romualdo. 1976-77. Kant’s agnosticism. Sophia 6. ______________. 1976-77. The question of faiths. Sophia 6. ______________. 1981. Fr. Joseph de Torre, Christian philosophy. Σοφια 11. ______________. 1982. Three problems in Kant’s philosophy. Σοφια 11. ______________. 1983. Kabanalan. Boletin ng parokya ni San Luis. Lucban, Quezon: n. p. September. ______________. 1991. The anthroposophy of Rudolf Steiner. Σοφια 21. ______________. 1992. The mystical philosophy of St. John of the cross. Karunungan 9. Alejandro, Rufino. 1980. Reflections on the religious content of Dr. Rizal’s Ultimo Adios. Philippine Education Quarterly 12. Alimurung, Mariano M. 1980. Rizal and his love of God, country and fellowman. Unitas 53. Alviar, Lourdes J. 1980. The soul and eternal life in epic poetry. Saint Louis University Research Journal 11. Andrada, Catalino Soriano. 1967. The Sartean atheism. Unitas 40. Aoanan, Melanio L. 1992. Philosophical roots of Karl Marx’s radical critique of religion. Tugon 12. Aquino, Ranhilo C. 1981. The believing pessimist, a philosophical reading of the Qoheleth. Philippiniana Sacra 16. Aragon, J. Gayo. 1952. Filosofia Cristiana. Unitas 25. Arceo, Ernesto M., O.P. 1987. The religious implication of John Henry Newman’s philosophy of conscience. Unitas 60. ______________. 1990. Cardinal Newman’s conscience-argument for God’s existence. Unitas 63. Arnaldo, Carlos A., S.J. and Michael Egan, S.J. 1963. The ontological argument of St. Anselm: A dialogue. Philippine Scholastic 6. ______________. 1964. Reflexive implications and the affirmation of God. Philippine Scholastic 6. Bacani, Teodoro C., Jr. 1961. The fourth way and the proof from the community of all beings in Esse. Studium 5. Balajadia, Basilio P. 1980-81. Isang paglingon sa mga teoria tungkol sa pinagmulan at paglaganap ng relihiyon. Daop Diwa Issue 6. Bautista, Romulo G. 1969. The social phenomenon of contemporary atheism. San Beda Review 2. ______________. 1969. Marxism: A theistic atheism. San Beda Review 2.

277

PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION AND MYSTICISM

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1977. Notes on literary atheism, presented in visual forms in the manner of projectiles, but sedately and scholarly, being an account of contemporary reactions to universal phenomena. Likha 1. Blas, Angel de, O.P. 1963. The psychology of mysticism. Unitas 36. Berran, Eduardo J. C. 1961. A report on Bultmann’s theology. Studium 5. Bienvenido, Nebres, S.J. 1962. St. Augustine’s approach to God and its meaning to the modern mind. Philippine Scholastic 4. Bonifacio, Bod. 1973-74. God molded the man and made the woman. Σοφια 3. Bonoan, Raul J., S.J. 1977. Rizal on divine providence and nationhood. Philippine Studies 25. ______________. 1987. Religion and nationalism in Rizal. In The Noli me tangere a century after: An interdiscipinary perspective. Budhi Paper No. 7. Edited by Soledad S. Reyes. Quezon City: Phoenix Publishing House and Ateneo de Manila University. ______________. 1992. The enlightenment, deism, and Rizal. Philippine Studies 40. Buencamino, Dionisio J. 1967. Atheism in the modern. Philippiniana Sacra 2. Buhain, T. J., Jr. 1959. Why the Catholic church condemns freemasonry. Sower 1. Bulatao, Jaime. 1965. Split-level Christianity. Philippine Sociological Review 13. Calasanz, Eduardo J. E. 1989. Lohika at ang paniniwala sa pag-iral ng Diyos. In Readings in philosophy of religion. Edited by Manuel B. Dy Jr. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. Caluag II, Carmelo A., S.J. 1986. Sining at relihiyon: Ang kanilang impluwensiya at pamamaraan ng pagpapahayag. Meron 1. Castaño, Clarence S. 1973-74. Neurosis and Christianity. Σοφια 3. Castrence, Pura S. 1979. Rizal was a man of God. Philippine Journal of Education 58. Ceniza, Claro. 1977. The cosmological argument. Σοφια 7. Chanco, Jose B. 1958. What is God? Studium 3. Chao, Paul. 1982. The Chinese natural religion: Confucianism and Taoism. Asian Studies 20. Co, Alfredo. 1978. Islam: Man’s surrender to Allah. Σοφια 8. ______________. 1982. An inquiry into Oriental atheism. Journal of Graduate Research 12. ______________. 1986. The book of Tao: A work on mysticism, a political treatise, or a military treatise? Karunungan 3. Also in 1985-86. Σοφια 15. Communist party reaffirms atheistic doctrine. 1963. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 37. Coquia, J. R. 1956. Religious freedom in the Philippines. Philippine Studies 4. Corpuz, Oscar B. 1976. Bonhoeffer’s concept of a religionless Christianity: A critical analysis. Saint Louis University Research Journal 7. Cortes, Regino, O.P. 1975. Biblical foundations of St. Thomas’ treatise on prophecy. Philippiniana Sacra 10. Cosmilla, Casiano. 1961. Edgar Brightman: Why God is finite. Studium 5. Cruz, Jaime T., S.J. 1963. Some recent trends in contemporary philosophical theology. Philippine Scholastic 6. Cuenco, Jose Ma. 1959. Nationalism and Catholicism. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 33. Cuenco, Miguel. 1965. Religion is constitutional. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 39. de Bravander, Rene F. 1968. Henry Dumery’s immanentist view of God and Christianity. Saint Louis Quarterly 6. de Jesus, Victor C., S.J. 1986. San Anselmo vs. Sto. Tomas. Meron 1. de la Cruz, Raymundo G. 1959. Buddhism: A religion of nothingness. Studium 3.

278

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Demetrio, Francisco R. and J. Patrick Gray. 1980. A note on diversity in Filipino religious values. Kinaadman 2. Doromal, Gadelia V. 1976. Tagore’s religious humanism in “Sanyasi, or the ascetic”. Danyag 1. Despojo, Teodulfo Tuban, Jr. 1971. My search for God. Philippines Free Press (10 April). Diaz, Jesus, O.P. 1966. On the declaration of religious liberty. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 40. Domingo, Eduardo M. 1988. Relihiyosong simbolo ng Pilipino: Superstisyon, mahika, pananampalataya. Religious Studies Journal 12. Dulawan, Lourdes S. 1984-85. The gods, god-spirits, earth-spirits, and man-spirits invoked in the [Ifugao] Baki. Journal of Northern Luzon 15. Enerio, Ramon. 1970. A religion for today. Philippines Free Press (2 May). Escalante, E. M. 1971. The Bible, science and God. Philippines Free Press (10 April). Esguerra, Gorgonio S., S.J. 1964. God: The affirmation of human destiny. Philippine Scholastic 6. Estarada, Guadalupe B. 1981. The survival of the soul after the death of the physical body. Trinity College Journal 5. Feliciano, Jose S., S.J. 1965. Newman’s moral access to God’s existence: The argument from conscience. Philippine Scholastic 7. Fernandez, Eleazar S. 1991. My kingdom is not of this world: Must we abandon the earth in order to go to heaven? Tugon 11. Fernandez, Pablo, O.P. and Cantius Koback, O.F.M. 1985. Concerning the knowledge the Bisayans had about the true God and what ideas they had about the divinity. Philippiniana Sacra 20. Ferriols, Roque J., S.J. 1989. Karanasang mahal-banal. In Readings in philosophy of religion. Edited Manuel B. Dy, Jr. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila Univesity. Gabriel, Pedro. 1971-72. Dialogue on the comparative analysis of Christian and Zen mysticism. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1977. Aquinas and Kant on the existence of God. Philippiniana Sacra 12. ______________. 1977. Dialogue between a square and the “death of God” philosophers. Unitas 50. Garcia, Edmundo Ma. G., S.J. 1964. Neo-scholastic revival: Return to the spirit of St. Thomas. Philippine Scholastic 6. Garcia, Quintin M., O.P. 1967. Notes on the declaration on religious freedom. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 41. ______________. 1971. Saint Teresa and mystical theology. Philippiniana Sacra 6. ______________. 1977. Is there a Filipino theology? Unitas 50. Gonzalez, Andrew. 1986. Philippine religiosity and Christianity today and tomorrow. Religious Studies Journal 10. Gonzalez, Salvador R. 1976-77. Does God exist? Σοφια 6. Gorospe, Vitaliano R., S.J. 1972. Some basic values in the 1971 convention: A Christian perspective.Philippine Studies 20. Gowing, Peter G. 1976. The religious position of the Muslim cultural communities of the Philippines. Philippiniana Sacra 11. ______________. 1982. Islam, development, and the Muslim Filipinos. Silliman Journal 29.

279

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION AND MYSTICISM

Gray, Patrick and Francisco Demetrio. 1980. A note on diversity in Filipino religious values. Kinaadman 2. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1969. Footnotes to an argument. Philippines Free Press (26 July). ______________. 1969. The agnostic view. Philippines Free Press (18 October). ______________. 1971. The soul and Bertrand Russell. Philippines Free Press (10 April). Guevara, Jaime. 1986. Marcel and Kant: Views on faith. Σοφια 16. Gunce, Martin. 1961. The God of Buddhism. Studium 5. Habito, Ruben L. F. 1969. The philosophical analysis of religious language. Philippine Studies 17. ______________. 1970. A Catholic debate on God: Dewart and Lonergan. Philippine Studies 18. Hessel, Eugene A. 1965. Rizal’s retraction: A note on the debate. Silliman Journal 12. Hunez, Honorio, O.P. 1955. Religion: The key to the understanding of a nation’s cultural life. Unitas 28. Ibana, Rainier. 1992. Ang landas ng pagmamahal patungo sa Diyos. Karunungan 9. Jacinto, Jose S., Jr. 1957. Religious and ethical values in general education. Silliman Journal 4. ______________. 1961. The Christian faith and the university disciplines: Philosophy. Silliman Journal 8. Javellana, Rene B., S.J. 1990. Gaspar Aquino de Belen’s poetic universe: A key to his metaphysical theology. Philippine Studies 38. Joaquin, Aurelio. 1966. Relevance of Teilhard’s vision of the future of Christian eschatology. Contemporary Studies 3. Jocano, F. Landa. 1964. Notes on the Sulod concept of death, the soul, and the region of the dead. Phlippine Studies 12. Labato, Abelardo, O.P. 1980. Religion and philosophy today: The task of the Christian philosopher. Unitas 53. Labrador, Juan. 1967. St. Thomas and the council on the church. Philippiniana Sacra 2. Lambino, Antonio B., S.J. 1962. The God of the Noli and Fili. Philippine Scholastic 5. Lambrecht, Francis, CICM. 1957. The missionary as anthropologist: Religious belief among the Ifugao. Philippine Studies 5. ______________. 1959. Anthropology and the existence of man’s soul. Sower 1. Lambrecht, Godfrey, CICM. 1959. The Gaddang of Isabela and Nueva Vizcaya: Survivals of a primitive animistic religion. Philippine Studies 7. ______________. 1960. Anitu rites among the Gaddang. Philippine Scholastic 8. Lantin, Emmanuel. 1975. The anthropological approach to the problem of God. DLSC Dialogue 10. ______________. 1976-77. The Christian in the world. Σοφια 6. ______________. 1983. Contemporary approach to atheism. Religious Studies Journal 6. Legazpi, Leonardo Z., O.P. 1974. Contemporary relevance of St. Thomas in theology. Unitas 47. Lim, Hilario. 1989. Can Marxists remain Christians? Diliman Review 37. Locsin, Teodoro L., Jr. 1971. Zen. Philippines Free Press (24 July). Locsin, Teodoro, Sr. 1953. Immortality. Philippines Free Press (12 December). Maceda, H. 1955. Einstein’s cosmic religion. Philippine Studies 3.

280

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Magboo, Pedro. 1983-84. Catholic theology of liberation and humanism on philosophy of religion. Western Philippine Colleges Journal 12. Maggay, Arturo Q., Jr. 1968-69. Contemporary theology and the analytic movement. General Education Journal Issue No. 15. Mananzan, Mary-John. 1973. Wittgenstein’s approach to religious language. Σοφια 3. Maningas, Ismael Ireneo Jr. 1989. Reflections on Christian faith and man’s search for happiness. Religious Studies Journal 12. Manuel, E. Arsenio. 1982. On the etymology of the Tagalog word kaluluwa. Saint Louis University Research Journal 13. Manzanedo, Marcos F. 1981. Psicoanalisis y religion. Philippiniana Sacra 16. Mataragnon, Rita H. 1964. God of the rich, God of the poor. Philippine Studies 32. Mendoza, Nelson G. 1969. On the Whiteheadean God. San Beda Review 2. Mercado, Leonardo N. 1989. The holy in the analects of Confucius. Σοφια 19. ______________. 1989. The holy in Filipino thought. Diwa 14; reprint ed. The Word to the World. Manila: Divine Word Publications. ______________. 1991. Soul and spirit in Filipino thought. Philippine Studies 39. ______________. 1991. The Filipino image of God. Philippiniana Sacra 26. Merino-Antolinez, Jesus Ma., O.P. 1971. Evolution in the divine revelation. Philippiniana Sacra 6. Miranda, Dionisio, SVD. 1969. Martin Buber: The eclipse of God. San Beda Review 2. Molina, Antonio M. 1965. Religion of the early Filipinos. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 39. Monera, Arnold T. 1991-93. Chinese religiosity: An alternative basis of a social morality. Religious Studies Journal 15. Monis, Patricio V. 1982. Philosophies of education and religion. Philippine Education Quarterly 14. Montillo-Burton, Erlinda. 1985. The Manobo religion and its rituals. Kinaadman 7. Nebres, Bienvenido F., S.J. 1962. St. Augustine’s approach to God and its meaning for the modern mind. Philippine Scholastic 4. Nimmo, H. Ardo. 1990. Religious beliefs of the Tawi-Tawi Bajau. Philippine Studies 38. 1986—the year of the death of God. 1969. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 43. Ongsaysoy, Juanito. 1971-72. “The tertia via”: the third proof for the existence of God in the Summa theologiae of St. Thomas Aquinas. Σοφια 1. Oracion, Timoteo S. 1978. Magahat religious beliefs and practices. Silliman Journal 25. Pacheco, Manuel. 1973-74. Science, philosophy, and religion: Methods and aims. Σοφια 3. _______________. 1973-74. The psychoanalytic concept of man’s religious dimension. Σοφια 3. Padua, Eugenio. 1971. Religious belief requires no proof. Philippines Free Press (11 December). Paguio, Wilfredo C. 1971. Priests and Filipino Christian initiation. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 45. ______________. 1972. Priests and Filipino religious values. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 46. Panlasigue, Isidoro. 1953. Spiritual values in education. Education Quarterly 1. Pascual, Ricardo R. 1933. Rizal the philosopher: Conversion or convincement? Philippine Social Science Review 5. Patajo, Benjie Y. 1972. Why I believe in God. Philippines Free Press (1 April).

281

PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION AND MYSTICISM

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Peña, Braulio, O.P. 1973. The search for the absolute in Yoga and in Christian spirituality. Philippiniana Sacra 8. Philosophy of religion. 1968. Saint Louis Quarterly 6. Piñon, Antonio T. 1973-74. Philosophy, theology, analogy. Σοφια 3. Pola, Manuel G. 1981. Responsabilidad y corresponsabilidad en el ateismo contemporaneo. Philippiniana Sacra 16. Puruganan, Crispin S. 1979. The evolution of man and Catholic doctrine. University of Baguio Journal 13. Quiogue, Gonzalo. 1970. The Christian religion, science, and I. Philippines Free Press (14 February). ______________. 1971. The heretics. Philippines Free Press (10 April). Quito, Emerita S. 1956. The will and its relation with divine causality and knowledge. Unitas 29. ______________. 1962. The integration of religion in the teaching of languages. Journal of Education 4. ______________. 1977. Reflections on the death of God. Unitas 50. ______________. 1978.Yoga and Christian spirituality.Unitas 51. ______________. 1983. An existentialist approach to ecumenism. Σοφια 12. Rapadas, Ingeno E. 1964. An existential approach to sacred scripture applied. Contemporary Studies 1. Raterta, Pedro M. 1957. The religious ideas of Dr. Jose Rizal. Silliman Journal 4. Reyes, Jose Calleja. 1978. Cults and rituals of the pre-Christian Bikols. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 52. Reyes, Ramon C. 1972. Secularization and religious acculturation. Silliman Journal 15. ______________. 1985. Religious experience in the Philippines: from mythos through logos to kairos. Philippine Studies 33. Rivera, Efren. 1967. St. Thomas and Gabriel Marcel on supernatural revelation. Philippiniana Sacra 2. ______________. 1979. Towards a Filipino theology. Philippiniana Sacra 14. Rosal, Nicolas. 1959. Aglipay’s ‘God and morality’. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 33. Rosario, Tomas G., Jr. [1991?] Ang kalikasan ng Diyos. Ilang babasahin sa pilosopiya ng relihiyon. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. Salgado, Pedro. 1967. The phenomenon of religion in the light of St. Thomas. Philippiniana Sacra 21. Sals, F. J. 1955. Primitive education among the Ifugaos: Religious and moral. Philippine Studies 3. Sanchez, Cayetano. 1967. Reflections on John Duns Scotus’ approach to theology. Philippiniana Sacra 2. Santos, Rogelio de los. 1960. Analysis of the sixth way of Maritain. Studium 5. Sanz, Eleuterio, O.P. 1970. The Christian department of evolution. Unitas 43. Sayoc, Josefina V. 1975-76. The Qur’an. Σοφια 5. Scott, William Henry. 1960. The Apo-Dios concept in Northern Luzon. Philippine Studies 8. Reprinted in 1961. Practical Anthropology 8; in 1966. On the Cordillera: A look at the people and culture of the Mountain Province. Manila: MCS Enterprises; and in 1971.

282

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Acculturation in the Philippines. Edited by Peter G. Gowing and W. H. Scott. Quezon City: New Day Publishers. ______________. 1966. Social and religious culture of the Kalingas of Madukayan. On the Cordillera: A look at the people and culture of the Mountain Province. Manila: MCS Enterprises. ______________. 1990. Visayan religion at the time of the Spanish advent. Philippiniana Sacra. Silos, Leonardo R. 1955. Henri Bergson: A proof for the existence of God. Philippine Scholastic 1. Singson, Jose Mo. 1972. Christian and Zen mysticism—a comparative study. Philippiniana Sacra 7. ______________. 1974-75. The philosophy and methods of oriental mysticism. ______________. 1979. The mystical philosophy of Gurdjieff. Σοφια 9. ______________. 1981. Pragmatism: A brief exposition and critique. Σοφια 11. ______________. 1982. Comparison between the philosophies of Sri Aurobindo and Gurdjieff. Σοφια 12. ______________. 1983. The phenomenology and psychology of the transcendental experience. Σοφια 12. Solis, Aniceto Quillamor. 1971. Evolutionists vs. theists—still a draw. Philippines Free Press (10 April). Soriano, Romulo V. 1969. Unamuno and Christianity. San Beda Review 2. Soto, Josephine C. 1970. Emily Dickinson’s quarrel with God: Sanity in a world insane. Philippine Educational Forum 19. Teston, Modesto. 1964. Christians and modern atheism. Contemporary Studies 1. ______________. 1964. Philosophy and theology in Christian thought. Contemporary Studies 1. Terrenal, Quintin C., SVD. 1986. Labaw Donggon and Philippine folk Catholicism. Karunungan 3; also in Σοφια 15. Timbre, Rolando. 1959. The Sartrean way to atheism. Studium 3. Timbreza, Florentino T. 1974. The meaning of God is man. Trinity College Journal 1. ______________. 1984. A second look at the Filipino concept of God. Σοφια 14. ______________. 1985-86. Pagsasakatutubo at katutubong teolohiya. Malay 5. ______________. 1988. St. Thomas Aquinas’ approach to the spirituality of the human soul. Σοφια 18. Reprinted in 1990. Readings in Filipino philosophy. By the DLSU Philosophy Department. Manila: De La Salle University Press. ______________. 1990. Shinto religion and the Japanese way of life. Σοφια 20. Ting, Simon. The mysticism of Chuang Tzu. Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 40. Tizon, Orlando. 1958. Etienne Gilson’s concept of Christian philosophy. Studium 2. Tobias, Antonio. 1963. Paulinism in Kierkegaard’s religious phenomenology. Sower 5. The trinitarian doctrine of St. Thomas Aquinas: A symposium. 1959. Studium 3. Tuibeo, Amable G. 1976-77. Jean-Paul Sartre: The theologian without God. Σοφια 6. ______________. 1976-77. Nietzsche: His critique of Christianity. Σοφια 6. ______________. 1978. Christian theism: Its need for a re-definition. Unitas 51. ______________. 1988. God is dead: Revisiting Nietzsche. Trends No. 2. ______________. 1990. Death of God: An obituary to Christian orthodoxy. Trends No. 1. Uclusin, Constantino. 1982. Chinese religion: In contrast to the West’s. Unitas 55.

283

PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION AND MYSTICISM

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Valera, Jesus. 1955. The doctrinal authority of Saint Thomas Aquinas. Unitas 28. Velasco, Laureen L. 1989. Death and immortality. Σοφια 19. ______________. 1992. Philosophy, religion and academic freedom. Σοφια 22. Verzosa, Raymundo. 1978. Cox notion of God and man in a secular city. Saint Louis University Research Journal 9. Villacorta, Wilfrido V. 1973. The philosophy and social gospel of Theravada Buddhism. Philippinia Sacra 8. Villaroel, Benigno, O. P. 1973. La existencia creada segun Santo Tomas. Philippiniana Sacra 8. Zaide, Gregorio F. 1932. Filipinos before the Spanish conquest possessed a well-ordered and well-thought-out religion. Philippine Social Science Review 4. Zarate-Manalo, Claire A. 1983. Kalibo supernaturalism and its social relevance. Graduate and Faculty Studies 31. B. Books Belita, Jaime A., C.M. 1991. The way of greater self: Constructing a theology around a Filipino mythos. Manila: De La Salle University Press. Bonifacio, Bob. 1973-74. Man in search of meaning: Philosophy, religion, psychology. Manila: Textbook Development Committee, De La Salle College. Dy, Manuel B., Jr., ed. 1989. Readings in philosophy of religion. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. Hessel, Eugene A. 1961. The religious thought of Jose Rizal. Manila: Philippine Education Co. Mercado, Leonardo N. 1975. Elements of Filipino theology. Tacloban City: Divine Word University Publications. Mirasol, Jose Salvador Y., ed. 1987. Readings in philosophy of religion. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. Pascual, Ricardo R. 1962. The philosophy of Rizal. Manila: Pedro B. Ayuda & Co. Pastells, S.J., Pablo and Jose Rizal. 1961. Religious controversy. Quezon City: Roberto Martinez and Sons. Reyes, Benito F. 1949. The scientific proofs of the existence of the soul. Manila: Lotus Press. Rizal, Jose and Pablo Pastells, S.J. 1961. Religious controversy. Quezon City: Roberto Martinez and Sons. Rosario, Tomas G. Jr., trans. and ed. [1991?] Ilang babasahin sa pilosopiya ng relihiyon. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. Terrenal, Quintin. 1964. The modern negative definition of the supernatural. Manila: Divine Word Publications. ______________. 1976. “Causa sui” and the object of intuition in Spinoza. Cebu City: San Carlos Publications. Ting, Simon. 1975. The mysticism of Chuang Tzu. Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 40. C. Review Articles, Book Reviews, and Abstracts Abulad, Romualdo. 1976-77. Review of Causa sui and the object of intuition in Spinoza, by Quintin C. Terrenal. Σοφια 6.

284

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1976-77. Review of Empedocles, a philosophical investigation, by Helle Lambridis. Σοφια 6. ______________. 1981. Review of Christian philosophy, by Joseph M. de Torre. Σοφια 11. ______________. 1982. Review of Jnana-Yoga, by Swami Vivekananda. Σοφια 11. ______________. 1982. Review of The religious experience of mankind, by Ninian Smart and of Religion, by Leszek Kolakowski. Σοφια 11. ______________. 1982. Saan nga ba nanggaling ang tao? [rev. art. of People of the lake (mankind and its beginnings), by Nina Richard E. Leaky and R. Lewin. Malay 2. ______________. 1983. Review of The religious experience of mankind, by Ninian Smart. Sophia 12. ______________. 1983. Review of Religion, by Leszek Kolakowski. Σοφια 12. ______________. 1990-91. Review of The way of greater self: Constructing a theology around a Filipino mythos, by Jaime A. Belita. DLSU Dialogue 25. Ampil, Alberto V., S.J. 1960. Review of The God of reason, by Regis Jolivet. Philippine Scholastic 3. Aquino, Ranhilio C. 1982. A philosophical review of Marino Gatan’s “Ibanag indigenous religious beliefs.” Ilocos Review [IMST-Vigan] 14. Aquino-Santos, Thelma. 1986. God’s instruments of love [review article]. Unitas 59. Arevalo, C. G., S.J. 1986. Review of Logos-symbol in the Christology of Karl Rahner, by Joseph H. P. Wong. Philippine Studies 34. Belita, Jimmy. 1987. Review of Salvation and liberation. In search of a balance between faith and politics, by Leonardo Boff and Clodovis Boff. Religious Studies Journal 10. Bragado, Erlinda H. 1975. Review of A theology of failure, by John Navone, S.J. Unitas 48. Cruz, Jaime T., S.J. 1964. Review of God of the scientists, God of the experiment, by Remy Chauvin. Philippine Scholastic 6. Dotillos, Pedro. 1991. Creation and soul speak God: a key to the philosophy of Meister Eckhart [thesis abstract]. Diwa 16. Elesterio, Fernando. 1983. Review of Marxism: An American Christian perspective, by Arthur F. McGovern. Religious Studies Journal 6. Esguerra, Gorgonio S., S.J. 1964. Review of Exploring the logic of faith, by Kent Bendall and Frederick Ferre. Philippine Scholastic 6. Feliciano, Jose Ma. S., S.J. 1964. Review of God and philosophy, by Etienne Gilson. Philippine Scholastic 7. Gabriel, H. 1966. Review of Freedom today, by Hans Kung. [DLSC] Dialogue 3. Garcia, Quintin M., O.P. 1976. The religion of Buddhism [review article on La mistica del Budismo, by Jesus Lopez-Gay, S.J.]. Unitas 49. Gonzalez, Andrew. 1976. Review of Elements of Filipino theology, by Leonardo N. Mercado. Edited by Victoria S. Salazar. Philippine Studies 24. Gonzalez, Donato, O.P. 1967. Review of Karl Rahner—his life, thought and work, by Herbert Vorgrimler. Translated by E. Quinu. Philippiniana Sacra 2. Gorospe, Vitaliano R., S.J. 1991. Review of Interreligious dialogue. Edited by James H. Kroeger. Philippine Studies 39. Gowing, Peter G. 1963. Review of The religious thought of Jose Rizal, by Eugene A. Hessell. Silliman Journal 10.

285

PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION AND MYSTICISM

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Hontiveros, Eduardo P. 1964. Review of No absent God, by Martin C. D’Arcy. Philippine Studies 12. Hornedo, Florentino H. 1968. Review of Teilhard and the creation of the soul, by Robert North. Saint Louis Quarterly 6. ______________. 1968. Review of The estranged God: Modern man’s search for belief. Saint Louis Quarterly 6. Manlapaz, Romeo L., S.J. 1964. Review of Espiritu en el mundo, by Karl Rahner, S.J. Philippine Studies 6. Marcial, Pedro M. 1965. Review of Mystics of our times, by Hilda Graef. Saint Louis Quarterly 3. ______________. 1965. Review of Catholic thought in crisis, by Peter Riga. Saint Louis Quarterly 3. Marina, Maximo, O.P. 1973. Review of La critica de la religion en Karl Marx, by Werner Post. Philippiniana Sacra 8. ______________. 1985. Review of Marxist analysis and Christian faith. Unitas 58. Montecastro, Francisco O., S.J. 1961. Review of Christianity and communism, by Henri Chambre. Philippine Scholastic 4. Nebres, Bienvenido F., S.J. 1962. Review of God of the scientists, God of the experiment, by Remy Chauvin. Philippine Scholastic 4. Piñon, Manuel, O.P. 1975. Review of Bergson: Vida Y muerte del hombre y de Dios, by Georges Levesque. Unitas 48. Quevedo, Orlando B. 1959. Review of Aquinas, by F. C. Copleston. Studium 4. Ramirez, Marlon C. 1991-93. Review of And God said: Hala! by Jaime A. Belita. Religious Studies Journal 15. Reilly, Francis E. 1977. Review of Causa sui and the object of intuition in Spinoza, by Quintin C. Terrenal, SVD. Philippine Studies 25. Schumacher, John N. 1965. The religious thought of Rizal [review article]. Philippine Studies 13. Villaba-Cue, Magdalena A. 1975. Review of The road to Oriental mysticism. Unitas 48. D. Graduate Work Abaya, Ma. Angel F. 1963. A philosophical evaluation of Rizal’s attitude toward revealed religion. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Abenoja, Zoilo F. 1964. Immortality and the fulfillment of natural desire according to St. Thomas. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Aguilar, George L. 1989. A philosophical reflection on the religious experience. Master’s thesis, De la Salle University. Albaran, Feliciano. 1965. The soul is not a body (a commentary on Summa contra gentes II, 65). Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Almendras, Othello B. 1963. An inquiry into the notion of creation according to St. Thomas Aquinas. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Alpuerto, Cornelio B. 1964. The human soul cannot be corrupted by the action of a contrary S. C. G.II, 79. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary.

286

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Anastacio, Nannette V. 1967. The notion of God in the religious poems of Donne, Herbert and Crashaw, and other essays. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Andrada, Catalina S. 1966. A critique on Sartrean atheism. Master’s thesis, University of San Carlos. Andres, Tomas. 1974. The Filipino thought on religious instruction: An analysis. Doctoral [Ed.] dissertation, Far Eastern University. Antalan, Rogelio P. 1964. The contemporary relevance of Newman’s approach to God. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. Arcellana, Antonio A. 1962. Hegel’s God of history. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Arnaldo, Carlos A. 1965. The existence of God in Le Senne’s Philosophy of value. Master’s thesis, Berchman’s College. Ballacillo, Nestor J. 1975. God is Being itself: Paul Tillich’s correlation of ontology and religion. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Banzuelo, Edilberto V. 1977. Theology and analysis. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Castro, Vicente. 1962. Eternal law: Augustine’s influence on Aquinas. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary. Cinches, Miguel C. 1961. An inquiry into the probative value of St. Thomas’ fourth proof for the existence of God. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Collera, Bernardo. 1990. The proofs of the existence of God in Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel: A critical analysis. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Corpuz, Oscar. 1973. Bonhoeffer’s concept of religionless Christianity: An analysis. Master’s thesis, Saint Louis University. Cruz, Jaime Jose T. 1965. Lonergan’s approach to the affirmation of God. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Cuenca, Eduardo P. 1963. The Marxist approach to the existence of God. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Custodio, Lourdes J. 1959. An orientation to the study of Saint Thomas Aquinas’ five ways. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Devanadera, Noriel. 1976. The concept of the absolute in the Upanishadic philosophy. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. de Vega, Maria Rocio Atienza. 1961. The concept of absolute in Advaita Vendata: A critical study. Master’s thesis, Lyceum of the Philippines. Dotillos, Pedro T. 1991. Creation and sould speak God: A key to the philosophy of Meister Eckhart. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Elveña, Pedrito E. 1990. John Henry Newman’s notion of conscience: A real assent to the existence of God. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Estepa, Pio C. 1978. The religious suburb: A philosophical reading of Eliade’s history of religions. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Falcone, Baldomero C. 1967. The contributory role of emotion in the formation of monotheism and animism among preliterate peoples. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Feliciano, Jose Ma. S., S.J. 1965. A critical evaluation of two approaches to the deontological argument, the moral access to God’s existence. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Ferriols, Florentino F., SVD. 1948. Potency, matter and soul. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary.

287

PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION AND MYSTICISM

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Figueras, Alberto E. 1964. The immateriality of understanding: A Thomistic proof for the immortality of the human soul. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Mission Seminary [DWS]. Figuracion, Melecio Supe. 1965. Rizal’s philosophy of life as reflected in his writings. Master’s thesis, University of San Carlos. Fronda, Earl Stanley B. 1991. On the question of the truth-claiming capability of religious statements. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Galdon, Joseph A., S.J. 1953. Exemplarism and the existence of God, efficient and exemplary cause in St. Thomas Aquinas’ fourth proof for the existence of God. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Garcia, Laurentino P. 1979. Evaluacion critica de la literatura Filipina sobre la enciclica humanae vitae. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Glori, Juanito Villa. 1964. The agent intellect proves the immortality of the soul according to Saint Thomas. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Gonzalez, Alejandro S. 1954. An analytical study of the religious philosophy of Martin Buber. Master’s thesis, Far Eastern University. Habito, Ruben L. F., S.J. 1970. God in human encounters: The religious dimension of human experience. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Hernando, Amor S. 1974. An evaluation of Santayana’s idea of religion. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Konen, Richard F. 1958. God’s existence and nature, selected manuals evaluated and compared as to their Thomistic sources. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Lagdameo, Lagrimas C. 1950. Bathalaism: The religion of the pre-Spanish Philippines. Master’s thesis, Far Eastern University. Lalic, Pablo. 1953. Scientific order and the existence of God. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Lamela, Juan. 1965. The idea of God in Karl Jaspers’ philosophy. Master’s thesis, University of San Carlos. Laput, Thaddeus Nol G. 1992. Dialectical theism: Johm Macquarrie’s revisionary concept of God. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Lim, Emilio D. 1992. The reason of the heart: Blaise Pascal’s way of knowing God. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Lorenzo, Oscar Gomez. 1964. The end of creation in certain texts of the Summa contra gentiles. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. Luis, Isabelo San. 1972. Matter and God in Marx and Engels. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Lumo, Floren V. 1971. The concept of God in the philosophy of Gabriel Marcel. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Manalo, Isidoro C. 1963. An exposition of the latent theodicy in the physics of Aristotle. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Mananzan, Anacleto M. 1978. Gabriel Marcel’s philosophical faith. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Maniwang, Redempto, SVD. 1964. The soul cannot corrupt thru the failure of its cause. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Miranda, Dionisio. 1970. Charles Sanders Peirce: A neglected argument for the reality of God. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS].

288

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Miravite, Agustin. 1953. An interpretative study of the mysticism of Kahlil Gibran. Master’s thesis, Far Eastern University. Montemayor, Felix M. 1962. A critical examination of the objections of Bertrand Russell to the proof for God’s existence. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Moran, Eugene R. 1951. Rizal’s retraction—an evaluation of the methods of argumentation used by thirty-seven different authors in the controversy on Rizal’s retraction. Master’s thesis, Sacred Heart Novitiate. Navarro, Asterio R., SVD. 1964. The possible intellect: A Thomistic approach to immortality of the human soul. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Pascual, Ricardo. 1936. The philosophical ideas of Dr. Jose Rizal. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Pons, Catalina Morey. 1980. Concepto de Dios en la filosofia de Gabriel Marcel. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Punongbayan, Rolando F. 1971. The philosophy of religion as a social factor. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Quito, Emerita S. 1956. The will and its relation to divine causality and knowledge. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Resurrection, Benedict R., SVD. 1964. An inquiry into the Thomistic notions of the soul. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Reyes, Benito L. 1949. The scientific proofs of the existence of the soul. Master’s thesis, Far Eastern University. Rosario, Tomas G., Jr. 1976. St. Thomas on God’s relation to the world: An analysis in the context of the current debate about God’s nature. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Sales, Sonia M. 1963. A study of Rabindranath Tagore’s humanism and spirituality in Gitanjali. Master’s thesis, Far Eastern University. Sembrano, Luis C. 1987. An investigation of the doctrine of St. Thomas Aquinas on intrinsic finality and its relevance to religious education. Master’s thesis, De La Salle University. Sia, Santiago. 1972. Martin Buber’s philosophy of dialogue: An anthropological approach to God. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Teaño, Thaddeus J. 1992. Encountering God in the short stories of Gregorio Brilliantes. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Tiam, Vicente T. 1980. Merleau-Ponty’s rejection of the absolute—an exposition and evaluation. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Timbreza, Florentino T. 1971. Erich Fromm’s theory of alienation and the problem of God. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Tizon, Orlando Esguerra. 1962. Analogy in certain texts of St. Thomas. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. Trinidad, Jun Bernales. 1992. Mysticism and the Upanishads. Master’s thesis, De La Salle University. Tuibeo, Amable G. 1972. Christian theism: Its future in a secular age. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Tumangday, Nicasio G. 1966. An investigation of the doctrine of the nature of Christ as taught by the Iglesia ni Cristo. Master’s thesis, Philippine Union College.

289

PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION AND MYSTICISM

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Unson, Gervasio V. 1956. The immortal Cicero on immortality. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Urban, Clemente. 1951. Prayer as a psychological activity. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Valdes, Joaquin P. 1975. El problema religioso en Unamuno. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Valera, Leo T. 1965. The knowledge of the separated soul. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Velez, Amosa. 1978. The philosophical dimension of spiritism in Cebu City. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Vengco, Sabino Azurin, Jr. 1963. A critique of Gilson’s theologically ordered Thomism. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. Vicente, Cipriano. 1950. La unidad en las doctrinas de San Agustin. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Villareal, Benigno. 1967. La existencia creada segun Santo Tomas. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Villegas, Guillermo V. 1964. Immortality and Aquinas’ argument from abstractive perfection. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Yabes, Orlando. 1970. God: His existence and nature in Berkeley. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Zialcita, Fernando. 1973. A theistic interpretation of Hegel’s God. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Zita, Jonas G. 1959. Evolution in the treatment of divine simplicity in four works of Thomas Aquinas. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. E. Translation Johann, Robert. 1985. Ang pragmatikong kahulugan ng Diyos. Translated by Rainier Ibana. In Mga babasahin sa pilosopiyang moral. Edited by Manuel B. Dy Jr. Quezon City: JMC Press. Ratzinger, Joseph. 1980. The problem of the Absolute in Christianity. Translated from the German by Emmanuel Lantin. DLSU Dialogue 15. F. Poems Agcaoili, Teofilo D. 1933. Explanation of God. Graphic (21 December). ______________. 1935. Godliness of Gods. Philippines Herald Mid-Week Magazine (23 January). Alvero, Aurelio S. 1934, 1950, 1956-1965. Atheist. Moon shadows on the waters. Manila: University of Santo Tomas; reprint eds. Manila: Far Eastern Publications. Angeles, Ciceron. 1931. God. Wings [AdeMU] (31 October). Apolinar, Florencio M. 1951. Atheist. The sowers: A collection of verses, eds. H. F. Belen and B. M. Pascual. N.p.: E. F. David and Sons. Banag, Consuelo. 1941. Where is God? Philippine Magazine (31 August).

290

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Basco, Cresencio P. 1935. Song of creation. Sunday Tribune Magazine (3 February) and Seed [University of Manila] (31 December). Beltran, Herminio M. 1938, 1947. Letter to God. The Varsitarian [UST] (10 October). Bocobo, Jorge C. 1951. God is near. Furrows and arrows, poetry and verse. N.p.: M. Colcol and Co. ______________. 1951. Where is heaven? Furrows and arrows, poetry and verse. N.p.: M. Colcol and Co. Buenafe, Manuel E. 1935. God’s hand. Philippine Magazine (31 August). Canoy, Ruben. 1950. Revelation. Literary Apprentice 14. Castillo, Guillermo V. 1931. Cuts in carbon: Agnostic. Literary Apprentice 4. ______________. 1933. Ooze, blood, ooze: I am Godless. Literary apprentice. 6. ______________. 1934. Pagan. Literary apprentice 7. Daguio, Amador T. 1931. Pagan. Philippine Collegian (30 November). del Rosario, Ambrosio. 1938. Buddha. Graphic (30 June). del Rosario, Estrella. 1934. I live with God. Sunday Tribune Magazine (15 July). ______________. 1934. On seeing God. Sunday Tribune Magazine (11 March). de la Costa, Horacio. 1931. The poet of God. Wings [AdeMu] (31 October). Diaz, Florizel D. 1931. God’s love. Wings [AdeMu] (31 October). Echevarria, Ramon. 1952. The atheist. Effigies, thirty-three poems. Metro Manila: Cacho Hermanos. _______________. 1951. The mystic. Effigies, thirty-three poems. Metro Manila: Cacho Hermanos. Espinas, Hester. 1950. Can this be God? Varsitarian [UST], (31 December). Flandez, Abelardo B. 1935. Unveiling to God. Sunday Tribune Magazine (12 May). Flor, Rosalia E. 1934. Of God. Sunday Tribune Magazine (5 August). Gabriel, Pedro. 1971-72. Spinoza’s pantheism. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1971-72. Nietzsche’s atheism. Σοφια 1. Galang, Ber Simon. 1931. The poet sings to God. Philippine Collegian [UP] (18 December). Hernandez, Juan B. 1935. The pagan. Philippine Magazine (30 November). Iturralde, Deogracias C. 1926. The works of God. Philippine Education Magazine (31 October). Mallillin, Gerson. 1948. Poem: The body survives the soul. This Week (7 November). Maramag, Fernando M. 1924. The atheist. Filipino poetry, ed. R. Dato. N. p.: J. S. Agustin and Sons. Martinez, Alvaro L. 1931. God! Graphic (7 January). ______________. 1934. Song of the atheist. Sunday Tribune Magazine (4 March). Pedroche, Conrado. 1932. God? Philippines Herald Mid-Week Magazine (24 August). Pelayo, Gonzalo M. 1935. Of God. Sunday Tribune Magazine (31 March). Ramirez, Gaudencio. 1929. Till judgement day. Sunday Tribune Magazine (21 July). Ramos, Maximo D. 1934. God. Philippines Herald Mid-Week Magazine (16 May). Raso, Juan L. 1934. God is everywhere. Graphic (18 January). Reyes, Mario C. 1947. Throne of God. The Guidon [AdeMU] (19 December). Reyes, Ricardo. 1940. Aeternitas. Philippines Herald Mid-Week Magazine (10 January). Reynaldo, E. 1947. Mouse, God. Philippine Collegian (31 July). Rivera, Cenon M. 1946. The voice of the God. The Varsitarian [UST] (27 October).

291

PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION AND MYSTICISM

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

San Diego, Greg. S. 1956. The freethinker. Soliloquies in a Philippine garden. San Francisco: Pisani Publishing Co. Santos, Bienvenido N. 1956. Pagan. The wounded stag: A collection of poems. N.p.: Capitol Publishing House. Stat, Josue Rem. 1936. Lines to God. Sunday Tribune Magazine (12 April). Sta. Romana, Osmundo O. 1933. God, is that you? Sunday Tribune Magazine (22 January and 2 April). Subido, Abelardo. 1934. Triolet for God. Graphic (22 February; reprint 1945. Two voices: selected poems by Abelardo Subido and Tarrosa-Subido, by A. Subido and T. L. TarrosaSubido. Manila: Manila Past Publishing Co. Tarrosa-Subido, Trinidad L. 1933. Why fear the gods? Graphic (20 April). Tonogbanua, Francisco G. 1964, 1966. Mysticism. Sonnets. Manila: Pedro B. Ayuda and Co. and New Era. ______________. 1951. The Sun-God. Fallen leaves, a book of verses. Quezon City: R. P. Garcia Publishing Co. Vega, Celestino M. 1933. A poem on God. Philippine Magazine (30 November); reprint 1970. Poems on God. Manila: MCS Enterprises. ______________. 1932. A poem on His coming. Philippines Free Press (13 May). ______________. 1934. For my God. Sunday Tribune Magazine (20 May); reprint 1970. Poems on God. Manila: MCS Enterprises. ______________. 1933. His coming. Philippine Magazine (31 December). ______________. 1947. I walk the unseen stairways of God. Heart of the island: an anthology of Philippine poetry in English. N.p.: University Publishing Co.; reprint 1970. Poems on God. Metro Manila: MCS Enterprises. ______________. 1970. Statement of faith. Poems on God. Metro Manila: MCS Enterprises. Villa, Jose Garcia. 1942. Allow God’s cowardice. Have come, am here. New York: Viking Press; reprint 1958. Selected poems and new. New York: McDowell Abolensky; reprint 1962, 1965. The essential Villa: Jose Garcia Villa’s poems 55 and selected stories, comp. Alberto Florentino. ______________. 1942. God is love. . . . Have come, am here. New York: Viking Press. ______________. 1942. God said, ‘I made a man’. Have come, am here. New York: Viking Press. reprint 1958. God said I made a man. Selected poems and new. New York: McDowell Abolenksy. _____________. 1942. Imagination is where God. Have come, am here. New York: Viking Press. _____________. 1940. Poem: When I mimic God. Philippine Magazine (30 June). _____________. 1942. Saw God dead but laughing. Have come, am here. New York: Viking Press. _____________. 1940. That’s my fellowship with God. Philippines Herald Mid-Week Magazine (18 December); reprint 1941. Poems, by Doveglion. N.p.: Philippine Writers’ League. _____________. 1949. The, soul, has, freight, of, God. Volume two. New York: New Directions. _____________. 1942, 1973, 1979. I told God to go away. Have come, am here. New York: Viking Press; reprint eds. Poems in praise of love: The best poems of Jose Garcia Villa. N.p.: Alberto S. Florentino, and Appasionata. New York: King and Cowen.

292

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER XXIV. PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE A. Articles Abesamis, Carlos H. 1956. Eliseo Vivas: Creation and discovery. Philippine Scholastic 1. Abulad, Romualdo. 1973-74. Toward a philosophy of science. Σοφια 3 ______________. 1975. Can science save the world? Σοφια 5. ______________. [1979-80]. Ang teorya ng ebolusyon. Daop Diwa 4/5. ______________. 1987. Kant’s view of science. Σοφια 17. Albano-Garcia, Ester. Science and human values. Education in and for values in Philippine setting, ed. Lourdes J. Custodio. Manila:University of Santo Tomas Press. Aniceto, Paciano B. 1959. Efficient causality and David Hume. Studium 4. Aspillera, Jose F. 1965. Symmetry and harmony in natural phenomena.University College Journal Issue No. 9. Bacatan, Jose T., S.J. 1959. Problems of evolution. Philippine Scholastic 3. Bantug, Jose P. 1961. Rizal and the progress of the natural sciences. Philippine Studies 9. Buenvenida, Ramon G. 1975. A critique of Friedrich von Hayek’s The counter-revolution of science. Diliman Review 23. Castillo, Norberto, O.P. 1984. An integral philosophy of science. Journal of Graduate Research 13. Catalan, Gabriel Isada. 1972. Teilhard de Chardin and physical science and technology. Saint Louis University Research Journal 3. Ceniza, Claro R. 1979. Relativity and realism. Σοφια 9. ______________. 1990. What is science? Σοφια 20. Corporal-Sena, Lydia. 1987. Education and science in today’s crisis of values. Unitas 60. Dayrit, Frabian M. 1986. Liberating the scientific mind from the third world. Diliman Review 34. de la Rosa, F. P., O. A. R. 1970. Physics and philosophy on the electron. Philippiniana Sacra 5. Deauna, Melecio. 1972-73. The structure of physics. DLSC Dialogue 8-9. ______________. 1973-74. The nature and end of science. Σοφια 3. ______________ and Reuben V. Quiroga. 1979. The role of mathematics in the progress of physics. DLSU Dialogue 14. Dimen, Salvador E. 1957. Statistical laws and causality in the macrocosmic and microcosmic world. Studium 2. Dolar, Salvador G. 1986-87. The values of scientific research. U. I. Journal 19. Eronico, Adelberto. 1959. Empirical and cosmological approaches to energy transformation. Studium 3. Escultura, Eddie E. 1988. Why science flounders in this country. Diliman Review 36. Estalilla, Aliento. 1982. A paradox in quantum operator theory. Agham 9. ______________. 1987. A note on scientific causality. Σοφια 17. Fermin, Frederick, O.P. 1987. The social responsibility of the scientist. Philippiniana Sacra 22. Fernandez, C. 1961. The scientist as creative artist. Philippine Studies 9. Gabriel, Pedro B. 1971-72. Open forum on Marasigan’s “The philosophy of Pierre Teilhard de Chardin.” Σοφια 1.

293

PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1977. St. Thomas and natural science. Unitas 50. ______________. 1978. The rise and fall of scientism. Unitas 51. ______________. 1982. Moral values and the natural sciences.Unitas 55. ______________. 1985. Marahishi technology and modern science. Philippiniana acra 20. ______________ and Ciriaco Pedrosa. 1975. St. Thomas and modern natural science. Philippiniana Sacra 10. Garcia, Quintin M., O.P. 1967. On the works of Teilhard de Chardin. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 41. Gojoco, Victor. 1987. Of the application of the Kantian category of cause. Σοφια 17. Gonzalez, Salvador Roxas. 1965. What is physics? DLSC Dialogue 1. ______________. 1966. Science, technology, and economics. DLSC Dialogue 3. ______________. 1968. The value of orientations of the scientist. DLSC Dialogue 4. ______________. 1971-72. The unity of philosophy and science. Σοφια 1. ______________. 1973-74. Science, mathematics, and technology. Σοφια 3. ______________. 1980. The science of mechanics and its philosophy, from Newton to Einstein. Agham 6. ______________. 1981. Three derivations of Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle. Agham 7. ______________. 1982. Physics and society. Diliman Review 30. ______________. 1987. Man and science. Unitas 60. ______________. 1980. The science of mechanics and its philosophy, from Newton to Einstein. Agham 6. ______________. 1980. Three views on causality: Aristotle, Hume, and Kant. Journal of Graduate Research 9. Guerrero, Jose L. B., S.J. 1960. “Theory” and “hypotheses” in dialectics and the natural sciences. Philippine Scholastic 3. Guevara, Jaime P. 1987. Cartesian philosophy: A foundation for Galileo’s scientific method. Σοφια 17. Hornedo, Florentino. 1988. Theories of history and the philosophy of science. In Nature, science, and values. Edited by Norberto Castillo. Manila: University of Santo Tomas Press. ______________. 1989. Social sciences: Body of facts, or method of discovering facts? Unitas 62. Kapawan, Amando F. 1976. Dalawang mukha ng siyensiya. Sagisag 2. Kho, Luke and Wilfrido V. Villacorta. 1972-73. The concept of entropy in physics: Its implications for social systems. DLSC Dialogue 8-9. Leal, Patrocinio R. 1970. Rival theories: Synaptic theory and molecular theory. Saint Louis University Research Journal 1. Licauco, Jaime T. 1989. Science and the nature of man. Makatao 8. Maggay, Arturo Q. 1986. Ethical issues in science. Σοφια 16. Marasigan, Vicente. 1971-72. The philosophy of Teilhard de Chardin. Σοφια 1. Molina, Antonio Ma., S.J. 1960. Einstein as philosopher. Philippine Scholastic 3. Pacheco, Manuel. 1973-74. Science, philosophy, and religion: Methods and aims. Σοφια 3. Panizo, Alfredo, O.P. 1959. Centenary of Darwinism. Unitas 32. Reprinted in 1960. 1959 summer cultural series. Manila: UST Press. Pedrosa, Ciriaco, O.P. 1952. The philosophical function of experimental science—the empirical approach. Unitas 25.

294

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

______________. 1955. On the impact of ethics on scientific research. Unitas 28. ______________. 1956. On the ethical implications of scientific research. Unitas 29. ______________. 1962. Making sense in physics—philosophical reflections. Unitas 35. ______________. 1964. The extrapolation in the laws of physics—an appraisal. Unitas 37. ______________. 1966. The physics of creation. Philippiniana Sacra 1. ______________ and Pedro Gabriel. 1975. St. Thomas and modern natural science. Philippiniana Sacra 10. Piñon, Antonio T. 1972. Laws of nature and natural law. Σοφια 2. ______________. 1973. Law of nature and natural law. Unitas 46. Posadas, Roger. 1979. Does physics have a future in the Philippines? Diliman Review 27. ______________. 1981. Why science and technology in the Philippines remain backward and stagnant. Diliman Review 29. ______________. 1982. The need for a college of science. Diliman Review 30. ______________. 1982. Philippine science and its opponents. Diliman Review 30. Prudente, Nemesio E. 1975. Philosophy and the social sciences. Journal of Social History 1. Quiroga, Reuben and Melecio C. Deauna. 1979. The role of mathematics in the progress of physics. DLSU Dialogue 14. Quito, Emerita S. 1981. The philosophy of Avicenna in the twentieth century. Σοφια 11. Rivero, B. C. 1979. The atomic and nuclear shell model. Agham 6. Roque, Celso R. 1987. The anatomy of technology. Diliman Review 35. Roxas, Segundo V. 1965. On physical theories and models. University College Journal Issue No. 9. Samson, Jose A. 1965. A note on the psycho-physiology of the emotions. Unitas 38. ______________. 1980. The hylomorphic theory within the context of modern science. Unitas 53. Sanchez, Mateo, S.J. 1962. The scientific basis of Teilhard de Chardin’s direction of evolution. Philippine Scholastic 4. Singson, Jose Mo. 1982. Sri Aurobindo’s philosophy of human evolution. Σοφια 11. The 1982 Philosophical Association of the Philippines (PAP) seminar on philosophy and the social sciences. Saint Louis University Research Journal 13. Valdes, Bienvenido J. 1968. The atom: A matter of life and death. DLSC Dialogue 4. Villacorta, Wilfred V. and Luke Kho. 1972-73. The concept of entropy in physics: Its implications for social systems. DLSC Dialogue 8-9. Villegas, Edberto M. 1979-80. Must there be a bifurcation of ‘is’ from ‘ought’ in the sciences? Sophia 9. B. Books Castillo, Norberto, ed. 1988. Nature, science and values [Readings], 2 vols. Manila: University of Santo Tomas Press. ______________. 1980. The foundations of modern physics: Relativity, the structure of matter, and space travel. Manila: De La Salle University. Department of Philosophy. 1990. Readings in philosophy of science. Manila: De la Salle University Press.

295

PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Magno, Melecio S. 1974. Some ideas of modern physics and their influence on speculative thought. Monograph No. 3. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press. C. Book Reviews Abulad, Romualdo E. 1986. Review of The birth of a new physics, by Bernard Cohen. [DLSU] Σοφια 16. Cruz, Jose A., S.J. 1964. Review of Philosophy, science and sense perception, by Maurice Mandelbaum. Philippine Studies 12. Esguerra, Gorgonio S., S.J. 1964. Review of Phenomenology and science in contemporary European thought, by Anne-Tersa Tymieniecka. Philippine Scholastic 7. Lorenzo, Oscar. 1961. Review of Physics and philosophy, by Werner Heisenberg. Studium 5. Hornedo, Florentino H. 1968. Review of Teilhard and the creation of the soul, by Robert North. Saint Louis Quarterly 6. Huypungco, Arsenio N., S.J. 1958. Review of Man in search of his ancestors, by Andre Senet. Philippine Scholastic 2. Molina, Antonio Ma., S.J. 1958. Review of The biological basis of human freedom, by Theodosius Debshansky. Philippine Scholastic 2. Paderon, Eduardo S. 1963. Review of Dialogue with Teilhard de Chardin by Olivier Rabut. Saint Louis Quarterly l. Panizo, A., O.P. 1962. Review of The dignity of science, by the Albertus Magnus Lyceum of River Forest. Unitas 35. ______________. 1962. Review of Philosophy of nature, by Francis J. Collingwood. Unitas 35. Pinto, Leonard, FSC. Review of Triumph of the Darwinian method, by Michael T. Ghiselin. DLSU Dialogue 20. Quito, Emerita S. 1971-72. Review of Le hasard et la necessite, by Jacques Monod. Sophia 1. Sanchez, Mateo A., S.J. 1961. Review of Symposium on evolution, by Bernard J. Boelen et al. Philippine Scholastic 4. Villarica, Rodolfo M., S.J. 1957. Review of Physics and microphysics, by Louis de Broglie. Philippine Scholastic 2. D. Graduate Work Aguirre, Alfonso J. 1963. A creative interpretation of “The phenomenon of man”: A confrontation of the Teilhardian dialectic. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila niversity. Barlow, Raoul M. 1951. The inheritability of native intelligence: An investigation into the possibility that native intelligence be genetically inherited. Master’s thesis, Sacred Heart Novitiate. Bastian, Sue S. 1975. Beyond Skinner to freedom and dignity. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Bolinas, Andres A. 1959. A comparative study of some concepts of causality: Scientific and philosophic. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Cariño, Alfonso B. 1964. Jacques Maritain’s theory on the nature and scope of physicomathematical science. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary.

296

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Catalan, Gabriel. 1971. Teilhard and physical science and technology. Master’s thesis, Saint Louis University. Cruz, Nicasio. 1954. A study of the nature of sound according to modern physics and philosophy. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Cruz, Samuel P. Vera. 1985. The deductive concept of explanation in the social sciences: A critique. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Delfin, Rosario V. 1935. A critical exposition of the different theories of the origin and evolution of life. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. de Villa, Agerico Monticello. 1988. Kuhn and conventionalism. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Domantay, Cecilia R. 1937. A critical exposition of theories concerning the origin and evolution of earth. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Escalante, Rene R. 1991. Martin Heidegger for ecology: An exposition of some Heideggerian themes relelvant to econology. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Esguerra, Gorgonio S. 1965. The quantum theory and the ultimate material unit. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Esquivel, Agerico. 1956. A scientific and philosophical critique of the conversion of mass into energy. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Favila, Grace Flores. 1974. Thomas S. Kuhn and the logic of discovery. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Gabriel, Pedro B. 1954. The relation of natural science to the philosophy of nature. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Katigbak, Ramon S. 1958. An evaluation of Frederick Saintong’s position on the unity of the chemical compound. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Mariano Jr., Luciano B. 1987. The poverty of Popperianism. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Mendoza, Julius. 1990. The theory of structuration of Anthony Giddens. Doctoral dissertation, Catholic University of Leuven. Ortinero, Aniceta M. 1975. The concept of fact. Master’s thesis, University of the Philppines. Picart, Caroline Joan S. 1989. The Kuhnina-Laudian debate and the Darwinian shift. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Sanchez, Mateo A. 1962. Direction of evolution according to Teilhard de Chardin. Master’s thesis, Berchman’s College. Sim, Benjamin Y. 1963. The omega point of Pierre Teilhard de Chardin’s vision of evolution. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Soberano, Rubicon Rodrigo. 1990. A critique of the justification demand against induction: A defense of induction. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Tecson, Tomas C. 1977. Teilhard on the evil of exploitation. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. E. Poems Castillo, Julita S. 1947. Science. Varsitarian [UST], 10 September.. Litiatco, Alfredo E. 1938. Theory. Graphic, 3 March..

297

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER XXV. SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY A. Articles Abad, Ricardo G. 1991. Pagpili ng landas sa lipunang moderno. Pantas 4. Abulad, Romualdo. 1983. Ulat bunga ng pakikipamuhay.Malay 3. Agcaoili, Aurelio S./ 1989. Empowering the poor. Ethos Today 3. ______________, 1989. Social justice in the Ilocano mind: A linguistic interpretation. Ethos Today 3. Alberto, Teopisto V. 1974. On the population problem and family life. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 48. Alcairo, Victoria R. 1989. Folklore for values education. Trinity College Journal 10. Alcantara, Miguel B. 1960. An evaluation of Fogarty’s solution to the problem of family living wage. Studium 4. Alfiler, Ma. Concepcion P. 1985. Corruption control measures in the Philippines: 1979-1982. Philippine Journal of Public Adminstration 29. Alzona, Encarnacion. 1961. Cultural nationalism in the Philippines. Diliman Review 9. Angeles, Leonora C. 1986. Marxism and the ‘women question’. Praxis 1. ______________. 1988. The PKP and MAKIBAKA revisited: Women’s liberation in revolutionary theory and practice. Kasarinlan 3. Answers to questions on population. 1970. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 44. Aquino, Belinda A. 1990-91. Then feminism can begin. Review of Women’s Studies 1. Arambulo, Miguel S., Jr. 1972. Bridging the gap between the rich and poor. Unitas 45. Araos, Jerusalino V. 1992. Gardens, God-space, sculturescapes. Tugon 12. Avila, Madelene, Ma. Angeli Diaz, and Cristina Rodriguez. 1987. Konsepto ng katarungan. Kaya Tao 9. Balajadia, Basilio P. 1991-93. The church and social development. Religious Studies Journal 15. Banaynal, John A. 1980. The worldview of the native Talaandigs of Songco and their changing socio-political institutions. CMU Journal of Sciences, Education and Humanities 1. Banzon, Cynthia Rose, Laura Samson, and Ma. Rosario Piquero. 1976. Mga mukha ng kahirapan. Sagisag 2. Batungbakal, Jose. 1958. Dr. Jose Rizal’s teachings and influence. Journal of History 6. Bautista, Fernando Sr. 1973. Rizal and the new society. University of Baguio Journal 8. Bautista, Ma. Lourdes S. 1973. An attempt to arrive at Filipino values and beliefs through folklore analysis. Unitas 46. ______________. 1979. Pinoy folk rock as social commentary. Bulletin of the Institute for the Study of Asian and African Language and Culture. Tokyo: University for Foreign Studies. Bautista, Victoria A. 1982. The nature, causes, and extent of corruption: A review of literature. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 26. Baybay, Dulce Festin. 1987. Divorce, Filipino style. Assumpta 1. Bayot, David Jonathan. 1991-92. Dreamweavers. The Filipino poststructuralist feminist manifesto. Likha 13.

298

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Beltran, H. 1982. Ang social realism ay paglalarawan hindi lang ng nakikitang kahirapan ng masa kindi pati na rin ang aming mga pangarap para sa kanila—Adi Baens Santos, pintor. Diliman Review 30. [Interview.] Bernacer, Jose Luis, SDB. 1974. Influence of St. Thomas Aquinas in the Salesian society. Philippiniana Sacra 9. Bernad, Miguel A., S.J. 1974. Philippine culture and social values. Philippine Studies 22. _______________. 1992. The three faces of evil in ‘El filibusterismo’. Kinaadman 14. Bonanza, Elpidia. 1965. The family’s income and the children’s education. Contemporary Studies 2. Bonifacio, Armando F. 1979. Discussion [of Esperanto’s ‘socio-cultural factor’]. In Social Science Research for Development. Edited by Alex R. Magno. Quezon City: U.P. Division of Social Sciences Bonoan, Raul, S.J. 1987-88. Paideia, humanitas, magpakatao: Values for national reconstruction. Philippine Journal of Education 66. Bulatao, Jaime. 1965. The conflict between home values and school values. Contemporary Studies 2. Bragado, Erlinda. 1991-93. Benevolent justice: A Ricoeurian analysis of forgiveness in a Filipino novel. Religious Studies Journal 15. Buenvenida, Ramon G. 1968-69. The Marxian critique of socialism: Utopian and scientific. General Education Journal No. 15. Bulatao, Jaime, S.J. 1965. The hiya system in Filipino culture. Philippine Educational Forum 14. Bulatao, Rodolfo A. 1971-72. The doctrine of evolution according to Comte, Spencer, and Marx. General Education Journal No. 21. Butalid, Timoteo G., S.J. 1959. Karl Marx and the socialized farm. Philippine Scholastic 3. Calo, Nona. 1992. The situation of the environment in the Philippines.Tugon 12. Calasanz, Eduardo Jose E. 1991. The point of departure of social philosophy. Karunungan 8. Calderon, Aurelio B. 1969. Should the bill of rights include economic and social rights? Silliman Journal 16. ______________. 1970. Moral and social values and their role in economic development. Unitas 43. Calixto, Julia V. 1980-81. Graduate education: Its relation to social needs. Philippine Education Forum 20. Cao, Fernando V. 1986. Beyond structures and dogmas—culture as the mother of ideologies. Diliman Review 34. Caoili, Manuel A. 1976. The concept of community in modern society. Philippine Journal of Public Adminstration 20. ______________. 1984. The concept of alienation in Marx. Philippine Social Science Review 48. Caoili, Olivia C. 1976. The Ilchman-Uphoff model of political economy: An operational research design on social status. Philippine Journal of Public Administrartion 20. Capo, Enrico. 1988. Rural world development and the church’s social teaching. Unitas 61. Cariño, Ledivina V. 1978. Some problems in the pursuit of social development in the Philippines. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 22. ______________. 1979. The definition of graft and corruption and the conflict of ethics and law. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 23. Carroll, John J., S.J. 1972. The traditional Philippine social structure. Silliman Journal 19.

299

SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Castrence, Pura Santillan. 1986. The why of Third World corruption. Philippine Journal of education 65. Castro, Francisco C. 1984. A phenomenological reflection on social reality and change. Tambara 1. Catholic Bishops of the Philippines. 1983. Pastoral guidelines for priests, religious, and lay workers in the task of social justice. CBCP Monitor 4. Catholic Heirarchy of the Philippines. 1974. On the population problem and family life. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 48. Catilo, Ma. Aurora C. 1981. Agrarian reform policies: Their social justice content and consequences on rural development. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 25. Ceniza, Claro. 1976-77. Man, morals, and society. Σοφια 6. Co, Alfredo P. 1992. Filipino philosophers in a dialogue on Filipino culture. Karunungan 9. ______________. 1990. Confucian model for a Filipino philosophy of value. Karunungan 7. Contreras, Antonio P. 1991-92. Political ideologies of Western feminism in the context of the women’s movement in the Philippines. Review of Women’s Studies 2. Corpuz, Ruben A. 1983. Synthesizing the antidotes to social disorder and violence. Saint Louis University Research Journal 14. ______________. 1988. Phenomenology of Philippine values: Delicadeza and dying wish. Saint Louis University Research Journal 19. Corpuz, Onofre D. 1977. Integration—the key to national unity. Social Work 22. Corpuz, Severino F. and Chester L. Hunt. 1954. Social aspects of modern education in the Philippines. Education Quarterly 1. Crisostomo, Isabelo T. 1968. The writer: His motivations and social responsibility. Trends 4. Cruz, Isagani R. 1989-90. An unreconstructed Filipino deconstructionist in Tahtcherite country or travels in British theory 1988. Likha 11. Cuesta, Jose. 1957. Man—a social animal. Unitas 30. Cunanan, Jose P. M. 1992. The prophet of environment and development. Tugon 12. Daroy, E. Vallado. 1966. Satire: An art of scalpel for social reform. Philippine Educational Forum 15. David, Randolf. 1983. The sociology of poverty or the poverty of sociology. Rediscovery, eds. C. N. Lumbrera and T. G. Maceda. Maynila: National Book Store. ______________. 1989. Poverty in the Philippines: Its social roots. Kasarinlan 4. de Castro, Modesto. 1954. Social behavior and usage. In Moral training of the Filipino people. Edited by Jose Batungbacal. Manila: University Publishing Co. Declaration on population (FABC seminar on population). 1973. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 47. de los Santos, Arlyne G. 1985. On the methodology of Weber and Durkheim: A comparison and contrast. Kaya Tao 7. de Manuel, Maria Teresa. 1990-91. Jessica Hagedorn’s Dogeaters: A feminist reading. Likha 12. Demigillo, Eugenio A. 1970. Towards a sociological ethics. Diliman Review 18. de Tavera, T. H. Pardo. 1954. Social self-sufficiency. In Moral training of the Filipino people. Edited by Jose Batungbacal. Manila: University Publishing Co. Diaz, Jesus. 1955. In defence of the racially unfit. Unitas 28. Diaz, Ma. Angeli, Madelene Avila, and Cristina Rodriguez. 1987. Konsepto ng katarungan. Kaya Tao 9.

300

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Diez, Felicisimo, O.P. 1983. A theology of liberation, free of violence? Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 59. Drug abuse: Its influence and impact on personal behavior and social relationships.1972.Unitas 45. Dy, Manuel B., Jr. 1981. Towards a Filipino philosophy of development. Unitas 54. ______________. 1983. Man, society, and social order. The social dimension of a philosophy of education. Manila: Philosophy of Education Society of the Philippines Yearbook IV. ______________. 1987. Liberation and values. Asian Journal of Philosophy 1. ______________. 1987. The economic structure of society, Habermas’s reconstruction of historical materialism. Karunungan 4. Endriga, Jose N. 1979. Historical notes on graft and corruption in the Philippines. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 23. Enriquez, Virgilio G. 1978. Kapwa: a core concept in Filipino social psychology. Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 42. _______________. 1987. The concept of social justice in the Philippine value system. Kaya Tao 9. Escaler, Federico, S.J. 1983. Roots of our social unrest and their implications on the Church’s ministry. CBCP Monitor 4. Esperanto, Pacifico D. 1979. Blueprints for modernization: The socio-cultural factor. In Social science research for development. Edited by Alex R. Magno. Quezon City: Division of Social Sciences, University of the Philippines. Espinoza, Jose F. 1973. Social justice and human rights. Silliman Journal 20. Estrada, Guadalupe B. 1968. The youth as revolutionary. Trends 4. Evidente, Ma. Asuncion G. 1967. A study of the value systems of Filipino adolescents. DLSC Dialogue 3. Family planning by all means. 1973. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 47. Feliciano, Myrna S. 1990-91. The political rights of women in Philippine context. Review of Women’s Studies 1. Feria, Dolores S. 1968. Youth as an innovator. Trends 4. Fernandez, Eleazar S. 1992. People’s cry, creation’s cry. Tugon 12. Flores, Leonor. 1974. The social ideas of Dr. Jose Rizal as depicted in his writings. U. I. Journal 7. Flores, Pura. 1965. How the family prepares the child for his formal education. Contemporary Studies 2. Francisco, Carolina and Elizabeth Protacio-Marcelino. 1991. Ang kultura ng kalamidad, pagangkop at pagbangon. Diliman Review 39. Francisco, Valentin A. 1952-53. Man, human rights and law. Unitas 25-26. Funtecha, Myrna. 1981. Interpersonal relations. U. I. Journal 14. Gabriel, Pedro. 1976. St. Thomas Aquinas and the sexual revolution. Philippiniana Sacra 11. Gaerlan, Ma. Carmen R. 1989. Biblical ethics and social change. Religious Studies Journal 13. Gaffud, Miguel B. 1959-60. Cultural and spiritual values and nationalism. Philippine Educator 14. Galang, Maria Carmen. 1974. Ang epekto ng pamumuhay sa pagkatao. In Tao at lipunan. Edited by Virgilio G. Enriquez, Pemari Bansuela and Ma. Carmen Galang. [Quezon City]: U.P. Department of Psychology.

301

SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Galino, Angeles. 1975. Poveda’s action program. Unitas 48. Garcia, Excelso, O.P. 1972. Divorce and the indissolubility of marriage. Unitas 45. Garcia, Leni R. 1990-91. Feminism and philosophy. DLSU Dialogue 25. Garcia, Leovino Ma. 1985. Infinite responsibility for the other, the ethical basis of a humane society according to Emmanuel Levinas. Philippines after 1972: A multidisciplinary perspective. Budhi Paper 6. Edited by Ramon C. Reyes.. Quezon City: Ateneo School of Arts and Sciences. Gomez, Fausto, O.P. 1987. The holy eucharist and commitment to justice and solidarity. Philippiniana Sacra. ______________. 1989. The social doctrine of the Church. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 65. ______________. 1990. The meaning of justice, peace, and preferential option for the poor. Philippiniana Sacra 25. Gonzales, Minerva. 1970. Gandhi as a social reformer. Unitas 43. Gorospe, Vitaliano. 1984. A philosophy of human values in a Filipino setting. Karunungan 1. ______________ and Daniel J. McNamara, S.J. 1984. Philippine science and social responsibility. Philippine Studies 32. ______________. 1988. Understanding the Filipino value system. Pantas 1. Gregorio, Ruben J., S.J. 1963. Don Luigi Sturzo looks on modern society. Philippine Scholastic 5. Guillermo, Alice. 1983. The social roots of Philippine popular arts. In Rediscovery. Edited by C. N. Lumbrera and T. G. Maceda. Maynila: National Book Store. Guevarra, Jaime. 1982. Bad faith: A social cohesive force. Σοφια 12. Heras, Luis Lopez de las, O.P. 1977. St. Thomas’ contribution to culture. Unitas 50. Hernandez, Lourdes A. 1958. Social security. Unitas 31. Hilomen-Guerrero, Sylvia and Gelia Tagumpay-Castillo. 1968-69. The Filipino woman: A study in multiple roles. Lipunan 3. Hocson, Teresita R., Juanita A. Manalo, and Victoria M. Segovia. 1992-93. Environmental education—a strategy for the treatment and prevention of environmental pollution. Philippine Educational Forum 31. Hofileña, C. P. 1955. Towards social justice for the farm laborer. Philippine Studies 3. Hollsteiner, Mary R. 1970. Utopia or dystopia: Man and environment in Metropolitan Manila. Philippine Sociological Review 18. Hunt, Chester and Severino E. Corpuz. 1954. Social aspects of modern education in the Philippines. Education Quarterly 1. Ibana, Rainier. 1991. The basic elements of Max Scheler’s philosophy of social analysis. Karunungan 8. Ibabaw, Victor B. 1991. Joseph Mulry, S.J. and the campaign for social justice. Kinaadman 13. Infante, Teresita. 1966. The social dimensions of contemporay man. Journal of Education [UST] 10. Intengan, Romeo J., S.J. 1987. Christian faith, ideologies, and social change. In The Aquino government and the question of ideology. Budhi Paper No. 8. Edited by Raul J. Bonoan, S.J., Agnes Colette Condon, and Soledad S. Reyes. Quezon City: Phoenix Publishing House, Inc. and Ateneo de Manila University.

302

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Jacinto, Emilio. 1954. Social security; Rules of the association of the sons of the people; Light and glitter; Love; and Work. In Moral Training of the Filipino People. Edited by Jose Batungbacal. Manila: University Publishing Co. Javellana, Josefino. SSP. 1986. Pornography and values. Religious Studies Journal 9. Javier, Gonzalez, O. P. 1987. The separation of spouses. Philippiniana Sacra 22. Jocano, F. Landa. 1979. Filipino social structure and value system. Western Philippine Colleges Journal 8. Jugao, Ma. Ruth N. 1989. Contemporary women’s issues. Trinity College Journal 10. Kapunan, Salvador, OMI. 1958. The Mohammedan concept of conjugal society. Studium 3. Kaut, Charles. 1965. Utang na loob: A system of contractual obligation among Tagalogs. Philippine Educational Forum 14. Lamberte, Exaltacion E. 1986. Parson’s theory of power: Some gaps and problems. Kaya Tao 8. Landa-Jocano, Felipe. 1972. Filipino social structure and value system. Silliman Journal 19. Landicho, M. Z., MSC. 1948. An approach to social-economic security. Unitas 21. Laqui, J. Mario. 1968. The revolutionary: His glory and his burden. Trends 4. Ledesma, Antonio J. 1984. Social values in economics. Philippine Studies 32. Lesigues, Dulce Jesus R. 1991. The Christian imperatives to social transformation. Saint Louis University Research Journal 22. Leyco-Reyes, Socorro. 1979-80. Ang teoriya ng pag-aasa: Isang pagsusuri ng kahirapan sa ikatlong daigdig. Daop Diwa Issues 4-5. Lichauco, Alejandro. 1968. Nationalism, economic development, and social justice. The role of nationalism in economic development and social justice. Manila: Araneta University. Licuanan, Patricia B. 1988. A moral recovery program: Building a people--building a nation. Pantas 2. Ligo, Arche. 1990-91. The rich and the poor in the Bible: A socio-historical study. Pinting Diwa 11-12. Lopez, Salvador P. 1933-34. The social philosophy of Dr. T. H. Pardo de Tavera. Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 5-6. Lumbera, Bienvenido. 1983. Commodity and historical event: Popular culture as politics. In Rediscovery. Edited by C. N. Lumbrera and T. G. Maceda. Maynila: National Book Store. Lynch, Frank. 1962. Philippine values II: Social acceptance. Philippine Studies 10. Mabanglo, Ruth Elynia S. 1990-91. Wika at katauhang babae: Mula mito hanggang panahong moderno. Malay 9. Mabutas, Antonio L. 1983. Towards a society of justice, peace, and love. CBCP Monitor 4. ______________. 1983. Pastoral guidelines for priests, religious, and lay workers in the task of social justice. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 59. Macapagal, Diosdado. 1991. Economic and social justice—Philippine experience. Unitas 64. Majul, Cesar Adib. 1958. The interpretation of Reinhold Niebuhr’s theory of society and politics. Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 23. _______________. 1961. Rizal and Mabini in relation to our national community. University College Journal Issue No. 2. _______________. 1967-68. Ibn Khaldun and Arab thought. University College Journal 10. Manalo, Juanita S. 1980-81. Environmental education—a humanistic approach. Philippine Educational Forum 20.

303

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY

_______________. Teresita R. Hocson, and Victoria M. Segovia. 1992-93. Environmental education—a strategy for the treatment and prevention of environmental pollution. Philippine Educational Forum 31. Makil, Perla Q. 1981. Philippine studies of women: A review. Silliman Journal 28. Manapat, L. Lincoln A. 1964. Anatony of immorality in public service.DLSC Dialogue 1. Maningas, Ismael Ireneo. 1986. Prostitution in the Philippines: A critical analysis. Religious Studies Journal 9. ______________. 1988. Social justice in the Christian perspective. Facts of life in Filipino Christian morality. Manila: De La Salle University Press. ______________ . 1991-92. Basura: Isang pagsusuri sa pananaw ng genesis at etika ng kalikasan. Malay 10. Mapa, Lirio Ongpin. 1987. Divorce is not the answer. Assumpta 1. Maranan, Edgar B., 1984-86. Metaphor as social reflection. Asian Studies 22-24. Marasigan, Vicente. 1988. Lonergan’s probabiliorism for an economic civilization. Landas 11. Marican, Y. Mansoor. 1971. Corruption and violence. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 15. Maynigo, Victor A. 1983. A Christian philosophy of culture and its relation to the Church. Saint Louis University Research Journal 14. Medel-Añonuevo, Carolyn. 1990-91. Possibilities of theorizing in the women’s movement: The Philippine experience. Review of Women’s Studies 1. Mercado, Leonardo N. 1974. Notes on the Filipino philosophy of work and leisure. Philippine Studies 22. Merino, P., O.P. 1964. Eastern culture in the Philippines. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 38. Misolas, Ismael. 1976. Is divorce the solution to an unsuccessful marriage? Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 50. Monera, Arnold T. 1991-93. The rights and duties of workers in the church’s social teachings. Religious Studies Journal 15. Muego, Benjamin N. 1968. The youth as a social critic. Trends 4. National Council of Churches in the Philippines. 1992. Ecology: An ecumenical perspective. Tugon 12. Navata, Hector Angelo, O.P. 1985. Marx-Engels’ main ideas on history, philosophy and society. ‘Emeth 3. Nuckarinton, Anuphong Rotchana. 1963. The social and political ideas of Rizal. Diliman Review 11. Ocampo, Romeo B. 1971. Social justice: An essay on Philippine social ideology. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 15. Okamura, Jonathan Y. 1987. Filipino concepts of justice and the Katarungang Pambarangay system. Kaya Tao 9. Onagan, Lino D. 1967. Cooperation: Dream world of the masses. Trends 3. Oracion, Timoteo S. 1954. Economic and social organization of the Magahats. Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 19. Orsal, Cesar D. 1991. Filipino values in Filipino comics: A review. Trinity College Journal 11. Owen, Norman G. 1972. Philippine society and American colonialism. Solidarity 7. Pacana, Honesto Ch. 1958. Notes on a Filipino rule of conduct: Non-interference. Philippine Sociological Review 6.

304

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Paguio, Wilfredo C. 1971. The priest and the Filipino family loyalty relationships. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 45. ______________. 1971. Priests and the Filipino ‘utang-na-Loob’ norm. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 45. ______________. 1971. Priests and the Filipino ‘hiya’ norm. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 45. ______________. 1971. Priests and the growth of Filipino. Materialism. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 45. ______________. 1971. Priests and mass media. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 45. ______________. 1972. Priests and Filipinos of the ‘third world’. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 46. ______________. 1972. Priests and our bahala-na system. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 46. ______________. 1976. Preventive measures against divorce. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 50. Palma, Eleanor Rose G. 1968. A teacher’s open letter to a reluctant revolutionary. Trends 4. Panaligan, Lourdes P. 1983-84. Social and moral elements reflected in Boris Pasternak’s Dr. Zhivago. Western Philippine Colleges Journal 12. Pascual, Ricardo R. 1950. A structural analysis of the social context. Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 15. ______________. 1963-64. An institutional interpretation of Rizal’s novels. University College Journal Issue No. 5. Piñon, Manuel T., O.P. 1962. ‘Mater et magistra’ and the principles of social justice. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 36. ______________. 1966. The issues in birth control. Philippiniana Sacra 1. ______________. 1968. Responsible parenthood and sex education. Philippiniana Sacra 3. ______________. 1979. Did Christ allow divorce? Σοφια 9. Piquero, Ma. Rosario, Cynthia Rose Banzon, and Laura Samson. 1976. Mga mukha ng kahirapan. Sagisag 2. Polo, Jaime Biron. 1991. Utang na loob: The popular disposition of reciprocity in a gift economy. Diliman Review 39. Protacio-Marcelino, Elizabeth and Carolina Francisco. 1991. Ang kultura ng kalamidad, pagangkop at pagbangon. Diliman Review 39. Prudente, Nemesio E. 1992. Philosophy and the social sciences. Journal of Social History 1. Quevedo, Orlando B. 1992. Formation in the social teachings of the Church. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 68. Quiros, Conrado de. 1983. Problems in Marxist methodology: The theory of the ‘concrete society’. Cogito 1. Quisumbing, Lourdes R. 1985. Some Filipino social values and attitudes viewed in relation to development. Assumption Journal 3. Quito, Emerita S. 1974. Regeneration of moral and social values. Beacon. ______________. 1984. Values as a factor in social action. International Social Science Journal 36. ______________. 1985. Philosophical conception of value. Sangguni 8. ______________. 1988. The ambivalence of Filipino traits and values. Karunungan 5.

305

SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Ramirez, Mina. 1982. Participatory research and the philosophy of the founder of the Asian Social Institute. Makatao 2. Rasalan, Gregorio B. 1961. On graft and corruption. Philippine Educator 15. Rebanal, Jeremias. 1973. The development of values for national solidarity. Graduate Forum [Bikol U] 3. Reyes, Dominga L. 1968. The youth: Catalysts for progressive change.Trends 4. Reyes, Jose Javier. 1977. Popular culture: A sociological and philosophical inquiry. Likha 1. Reyes, Ramon C. 1971. Reflection on the qualitative concept of development. Philippine Studies 19. ______________. 1992. The social philosophy of Edmund Husserl. Philosophy of man, by Corazon Cruz. Metro Manila: National Book Store. Riggs, Fred W. 1959. A model for the study of Philippine social structure. Philippine Sociological Review 7. Rizal, Jose. 1954. Hymn to labor. In Moral training of the Filipino people. Edited. Jose Batungbacal. Manila: University Publishing Co. Rodriguez, Cristina, Madelene Avila, and Ma. Angeli Diaz. 1987. Konsepto ng katarungan. Kaya Tao 9. Rosales, Vicente J. A. 1978. Natural family planning and marriage. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 52. Rose, Arnold M. 1965. Social theory in the continental European and American tradition. Lipunan 1. Romualdez, A. V. 1973. Knowledge as praxis and the signs of our times. Silliman Journal 20. Sacred Congregation for the Doctrine of Faith. 1985. Instruction on certain aspects of the “theology of liberation”. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 61. Salgado, Pedro, O.P. 1967. Overpopulation and the Catholic church. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 41. Samson, Laura, Cynthia Rose Banzon, and Ma. Rosario Piquero. 1976. Mga mukha ng kahirapan. Sagisag 2. Sanchez, Ramon L., Jr. 1968. The mass man: Revolutionary. Trends 4. Sanchez, Xene A., SVD. 1979-80. The role of the church in the promotion of justice. Diwa 4. Santos, Reynosa C. 1982. Social and ethical considerations in the management of business. Philippine Educational Quarterly 14. Segovia, Victoria M., Teresita R. Hocson, and Juanita A. Manalo. 1992-93. Environmental education—a strategy for the treatment and prevention of environmental pollution. Philippine Educational Forum 31. Shahani, Leticia Ramos. 1988-89. Building a people—building a nation. A moral recovery program. PLM Review 9. Senden, Francisco. 1964. The social approach of Albert de Mun. Contemporary Studies 1. Sta. Romana, J. Santiago L. 1968. The youth as visionary. Trends 4. Sanvictores, Jose G. 1940. President Quezon’s social regeneration program. Philippine Social Science Review 12. Scott, William Henry. 1966. Social and religious culture of the Kalingas of Madukayan. On the Cordillera: A look at the people and culture of the Mountain Province. Manila: M.C.S. Enterprises.

306

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Senden, Francis, CICM. 1968. A philosophical foundation of the socio-political order. San Beda Review 1. Seroy, Justiniano Lopez. 1987. Crisis of values in human society. Unitas 60. Sicat, Gerardo P. 1983. The good society: Alternative economic systems. Economics. Metro Manila: National Book Store, Inc. Sin, Jaime L. 1985. Human rights and poverty. Philippiniana Sacra 20. Sinco, V. G. 1935. Some social problems under the constitution. Philippine Social Science Review 7. Singh, Tej Pratap. 1965. Some impressions on Indian and Filipino value systems. Philippine Sociological Review 13. Soberano, J. D. 1959. A methodology for the study of national economic and social development planning in the Philippines. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 3. Social concern here and everywhere. 1989. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 65. Spiazzi, Raymundo. 1957. The basic principles of a Christian society. Unitas 30. Stapleton Jr., Archie C. 1967. Modern educational concepts and traditional Philippine culture. Saint Louis Quarterly 5. Student movement: a creative agent of social change. 1970. Philippiniana Sacra 5. Suarez, Oscar S. 1990. Guidelines for contemporary social policy in Paul Tillich’s theological method. Tugon 10. Subramanian, K. S. 1981-82. The role of value and ideology in social development. Western Philippine Colleges Journal 10. Sunga, Emmanuel V. 1967. The problem of population explosion. Contemporary Studies 4. Tagle, Marcelino V. 1968. The youth as catalyst of mass action. Trends 4. Tagumpay-Castillo, Gelia and Sylvia Hilomen-Guerrero. 1968-69. The Filipino woman: A study in multiple roles. Lipunan 3. Tandinco, Aldoña V. 1980. Romualdez’s ideas on the socio-cultural sphere. Leyte-Samar Studies 14. Tayco, Perla Rizalina M. 1986. A Philippine experience in social transformation: An exemplar of the beginnings of a “Third Wave” model of development. Ministry Today 2. Terrenal, Quintin, SVD. 1988. ‘CARP’ and two theories of justice. Visayan Herald 24-31 August. ______________. 1988. The EDSA era: End of Filipino cowedness. Karunungan 5. Theology of social involvement. 1971. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 45. Thompson, Laura. 1985-86. Whole-earth ecological ethics as a conflict deterrent. Journal of Northern Luzon 16. Timbreza, Florentino. 1966. Brotherhood must precede doctrine. Trinity Observer, March. ______________. 1969. The Filipino struggle against tradition. Trinity Observer, December. ______________. 1975. Ang pasko at ang sambayanang kaunlaran. Trinity Observer, December. ______________. 1976. Ang pampasaherong jeepney at and ugaling Pinoy. Trinity Observer, March. ______________. 1982. Student role in the creation of a healthy academic community. Trinity College Journal 6. ______________, 1991. Pakikipagkapwa-tao. Daloy 1. Tinga, Asuncion Rodriguez. 1987. Divorce: An idea whose time has come? Assumpta 1.

307

SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Tobias, Robert. 1967. Birth control—time for a second look. Contemporary Studies 4. Tolentino II, Delfin L. 1975. Landscape in the early poetry of Mao Tse-tung. Diliman Review 23. Tolosa, Benjamin T. Jr. 1988. Political-economic ideologies and social justice. Pantas 2. Tuibeo, Amable G. 1973-74. The secular city: A land of broken symbols. Σοφια 3. ______________. 1976-77. Man’s prospect in modern society. Σοφια 6. Velasco, Cirilo Gutierrez, O.P. 1961. Breve repaso de la doctrina social de la iglesia catolica. Unitas 34. Verzosa, Elsa D. 1977. Social science for economic development. Western Philippine Colleges Journal 6. Villacorta, Wilfrido V. 1972-73. The concept of entropy in physics: Its implications for social systems. DLSU Dialogue 8-9. _______________. 1973. The philosophy and social gospel of Theravada buddhism. Philippiniana Sacra 8. ________________. 1992. The social philosophy of St. John Baptist de La Salle. In St. John Baptist de La Salle and education today. Edited by Emerita S. Quito. Manila: De La Salle University Press. Warriner, Charles. 1960. Myth and reality in the social structure of the Philippines. Philippine Sociological Review 8. Wiley, Samuel R. 1979-80. The broken marriage syndrome in Metro Manila. Religious Studies Journal 3. ______________. 1984. The role of the Catholic church in the social and political arenas of the Philippines today. RSD Journal 7. Yabes, Leopoldo Y. 1961. The problems of cultural nationalism. Diliman Review 9. B. Books Andres, Tomas D. 1980. Understanding values. Quezon City: New Day Publishers. ______________ and Ilada-Andres, Pilar B. 1987. Understanding the Filipino. Quezon City: New Day Publishers. Araneta, Salvador. 1958. Christian democracy for the Philippines. Malabon: Araneta University Press. Ardales, Venancio B. 1987. Introductory text to philosophy. Makati: Best Books. Baduel, Concesa Milan. 1992. Social philosophy. Angeles City: Angeles University Press. Banzuela, Pemari, Virgilio E. Enriquez, and Maria Carmen Galang, eds. 1974. Tao at lipunan. [Quezon City]: U.P. Department of Psychology. Constantino, Renato. 1966. The Filipinos in the Philippines and other essays. Quezon City: Malaya Books. ______________. 1970. Dissent and counter-consciousness. Quezon City: Malay Books. ______________. 1978. Neocolonial identity and counter-consiousness. Edited by Istvan Meszaros. London: Merlin Press. Dionisio, Benjamin P. 1949. Gems of thought of Dr. Jose P. Laurel. N.p. Enriquez, Virgilio E., Pemari Banzuela, and Maria Carmen Galang, eds. 1974. Tao at lipunan. [Quezon City]: U.P. Department of Psychology.

308

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Galang, Maria Carmen, Virgilio E. Enriquez, and Pemari Banzuela, eds. 1974. Tao at lipunan. [Quezon City]: U.P. Department of Psychology. Gomez, Fausto, O.P. 1988. The praxis of justice and solidarity. Manila: University of Santo Tomas. _______________. 1991. Social ethics: doctrine and life. Manila: University of Santo Tomas Press. Ibana, Rainier. 1989. The Principle of solidarity in Max Scheler’s philosophy of social analysis. Ann Arbor, Michigan: Philosophy Documentation Center, 1989. Ileto, Reynaldo C. 1979. Pasyon and revolution: Popular movements in the Philippines, 18401910. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila Press. Lachica, Eduardo. 1971. Huk: Philippine agrarian society in revolt. Manila: Solidaridad Publishing House. Laurel, Jose P. 1936. Politico-social problems. Manila: National Teachers College. ______________. 1943, 1991. Forces that make a nation great. Manila: N. p. ______________. 1953, 1991. Bread and freedom. Manila: n.p. Lichauco, Alejandro. 1986. Towards a new economic order and the conquest of mass poverty. Quezon City: N. p. Maningas Jr., Ismael. 1991-93. The role of religious educators in the social transformation of today’s generation. Religious Studies Journal 15. Manuel, E. Arsenio. 1973. Manuvu social organization. Quezon City: U.P. Community Development Research Council. Marcos, Ferdinand E. 1973. Notes on the new society of the Philippines. Manila: Marcos Foundation. ______________. 1976. Notes on the new society of the Philippines II. Metro Manila: Marcos Foundation. Mercado, Leonardo N., ed. 1980. Filipino thought on man and society. Tacloban City: Divine Word University Publications. _______________. 1977. Applied Filipino philosophy [includes a chapter on social philosophy]. Tacloban City: Divine Word University Publications. Miranda, Dionisio M. 1992. Buting Pinoy. Manila: Logos Publications. Ople, Blas F. 1979. Frontiers of labor and social policy: Selected speeches. Manila: Institute of Labor and Manpower Studies. Osias, Camilo. 1940. The Filipino way of life: The pluralized philosophy. Boston: Ginn and Company. ______________. 1968. Divine economy. Caloocan City: Bythe Author. Pascual, Ricardo R. 1962. The philosophy of Rizal. Manila: Pedro B. Ayuda & Co. Ramirez, Mina M. 1991. Reflections on culture. Occasional Monograph No. 2. Quezon City: Asian Social Institute. Reyno, Adriano C., Jr. 1964. The political, social, and moral philosophy of Apolinario Mabini. Manila: Catholic Trade School. Salgado, Pedro V., O.P. 1972. Social philosophy in the Philippine context. Quezon City: N.p. ______________. 1992. Social encyclicals, commentary and critique. Quezon City: GAROTECH Publishing. San Juan, Epifanio Jr. 1991. Writing and national liberation: Essays in critical practice. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press.

309

SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

C. Review Articles, Book Reviews, and Abstracts Abella, Pedro B. 1972. Review of Social philosophy in the Philippine context, by Pedro Salgado. Unitas 45. Bernal, Rafael. 1964. Review of Las ideas sociales contemporaneas en Mexico, by Victor Alba. Philippine Studies 12. Beacham, Catherine S. and Mario Bolasco. 1988. Review of The feminist challenge: Initial working principles toward reconceptualizing the feminist movement in the Philippines, by Delia D. Aguilar. Makatao 7. Bolasco, Mario and Catherine S. Beacham. 1988. Review of The feminist challenge: Initial working principles toward reconceptualizing the feminist movement in the Philippines, by Delia D. Aguilar. Makatao 7. Camara, Erlinda F. 1980. Hagen on the theory of social change: A critique [art. rev.]. Education Quarterly 27. Dayao, Firmo S. 1972. Review of Social philosophy in the Philippine context, by Pedro Salgado. Philippiniana Sacra 7. Domingo, Eduardo. 1986. Review of Social thought: Message from the fathers of the church, by Peter Phan. Religious Studies Journal 10. Elesterio, Fernando. 1986. Review of Social thought: Message form the fathers of the church, by Peter Phan. Religious Studies Journal 10. Galang, Jose, SVD. 1977-78. Towards a Filipino social philosophy [thesis abstract]. Diwa 2. Gonzalez, Andrew, FSC. 1979-80. Review of And God said: “Bahala na!” by Jose M. de Mesa. Religious Studies Journal 3. ______________. 1982. Review of Curent social theory for Philippine research, by Alvin H. Scaff. DLSU Dialogue 18. Gorospe, Vitaliano R. 1967. Review of War, poverty, freedom, concilium. Philippine Studies 15. ______________. 1973. Review of Social philosophy in the Philippine context, by Pedro V. Salgado. Philippine Studies 21. Marina, Maximo, O.P. 1978. Review of The roots of society: The metaphysical ground of social ethics, by Joseph M. de Torre. Unitas 51. Nuevo, Jimmy. 1991-93. Review of Christians in the face of injustice: A Latin American reading of Catholic social teaching, by Ricardo Antoncich. Religious Studies Journal 15. Pascual, Ricardo R. 1940. Review of The Filipino way of life, by Camilo Osias. Philippine Social Science Review 12. Reyes, Ramon C. 1977. Review of Applied Filipino philosophy, by Leonardo N. Mercado. Philippine Studies 25. Rosales, Vicente J. A. 1972. Review of Philippine society and revolution, by Amado Guerrero. Unitas 45. Salazar, Robert C. 1982. Review of Knowledge and Passion: Ilongot notions of self and social life, by Michelle Z. Rosaldo. DLSU Dialogue 18. Salvar, Ernesto L. 1984. Reinhold Niebuhr’s theory of justice in society [thesis abstract]. Diwa 9. Tabbada, Jose P. 1983. Political economy or sociology of elites? [rev. art.] Philippine Journal of Public Administration 27.

310

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Viray-Vicente, Ma. Violeta. 1981. Review of Perspectives on the social responsibility of business, by Rosemary Aquino, ed. DLSU Dialogue 17. Veniegas, Mary Ann et al. 1986-87. Thesis abstract: A study of Filipino values in three epic heroes: namely, Lam-ang, Tulalang, and Indarapatra. LCC Journal 3. D. Graduate Work Abaya, Reynaldo. 1973. A philosopher developing: Montemayor’s attempt at a social philosophy. Master’s thesis, Christ the King Mission Seminary [DWS]. Ardales, Venancio B. 1974. A philosophical analysis of Philippine popular values. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Buhain, Teodoro J. 1974. The interaction of spiritual and material concerns in Filipino family values as embodied in Liwayway’s serialized novels, September 1971 to August 1972. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Butalid, Timoteo G. 1959. A critique of Marx’s concept of socialized forms. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Casals, Miguel. 1965. The functions of distributive justice and of social charity in social welfare work in the Philippines. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Castro, Francisco A. 1982. Alfred Schutz and social reality. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Catilo, Ma. Aurora Carbonell. 1981. The social justice content of agrarian reform policies and their consequences on rural development. Doctoral dissertation [Public Administration], University of Santo Tomas. Cayetano, Roger Geronimo. 1988. Liberation theology as seen by the church’s magesterium: A general survey of church documents from ‘mater et magistra’ to the instruction of 1986. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. David, Gonzalo D. 1951. A philosophical study of the principle of brotherhood. Master’s thesis, Far Eastern University. de Paz, Felipe T. 1969. The social, moral and political philosophy of Manuel Luis Quezon in the light of ‘perennial philosophy’. Master’s thesis, University of San Carlos Dino, Isidoro D. 1951. The work of military chaplains in peace and war. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Encomienda, Ciceron J. 1965. The philosophy behind the agricultural land reform code: A new look at the concept of social justice. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Escio, Carlos A. 1959. The Taosug concept of marriage in the light of Catholic principles. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Felix, Jose T. 1960. Obligation from the natural law to join a union and right-to-work laws. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Figuracion, Melecio Supe. 1965. Rizal’s philosophy of life as reflected in his writings. Master’s thesis, University of San Carlos. Gaerlan, Alvin Benjamin A. 1976. The moral-spiritual and socio-cultural value orientation of a selected group of Igorot college students. Master’s thesis [psychology], University of Santo Tomas. Galang, Jose A. 1976. Towards a Filipino social philosophy. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary.

311

SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Gonzalez, Salvador R. 1952. Materialism, an attitude. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1984. Manuel Luis Quezon: His political and social thought. Doctoral dissertation, University of the Philippines. Ibana, Rainer A. 1982. Ang panlipunang pananaw-sa-daigdig ni Max Scheler. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. ______________. 1989. The principle of solidarity in Max Scheler’s philosophy of social analysis. Doctoral dissertation, Fordham University. Jimenez, Expedito V. N.d. A study of the socialistic principles advocated by Mr. Lope K. Santos in his Tagalog novel Banaag at Sikat. Master’s thesis, Sacred Heart Novitiate. Lopez, Salvador P. 1933. The social philosophy of Dr. T. H. Pardo de Tavera. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Lorezca, Belen B. 1977. The philosophy of the New Society for the problem of Southern Philippines: An analytical study. Master’s thesis (Political Science), University of Santo Tomas. Lucas, Joaquina. 1934. A study of social virtues. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Makilan, Pablo P. 1951. The social justice of the Philippines. Master’s thesis, Far Eastern University. Mariano, Luciano B., Jr. 1987. The poverty of pauperianism. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Mariano, Redentor. 1985. Human sociality: A comparative study. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Millares, Antonio Martinez, Jr. 1961. The nature of distributive justice and the problem of restitution in the light of the Aristotelico-Thomistic concept of distributive justice. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. Mondoñedo, Ernesto. 1951. An analysis of the merits of the cooperative movement as a factor affecting the progress of the Republic of the Philippines towards the realization of a civil society based on democractic principles. Master’s thesis, Sacred Heart Novitiate. Ocampo, Renato C. 1959. Seneca’s conception of human social solidarity. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Ochangco, Armando C. 1979. Rawl’s theory of justice. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Oringo, Rolando E. 1978. The concept of corporate social responsibility and its manifestations in the banana export firms. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Davao. Palumpo, Rudolph J. 1951. The philosophy of a vocational grouping of society: A study of the papal plan for social reconstruction as a natural solution to the problem of class conflict. Master’s thesis, Sacred Heart Novitiate. Pascual, Ricardo. 1936. The philosophical ideas of Dr. Jose Rizal. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Perez, Jose. 1977. The land reform program of the Philippines and the social doctrine of the church. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Punongbayan, Rolando F. 1971. The philosophy of religion as a social factor. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas.

312

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Quimson, Antonio L. 1963. Philippine rural amelioration: A Synthesis. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Regala, Iona L. 1987. Divorce: An attitudinal survey of De La Salle students in the Year 19781987. Master’s thesis, De La Salle University. Reyes, Edgardo A. 1955. Special social oligations inherent in agricultural land ownership. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Reyes, Simeon C. 1955. An examination into the real dignity of work as treated by various authors. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Salazar, Ramon Joseph Tan. 1962. The relation of individual obligation to pay a family wage to the total of national economy. Master’s thesis, San Jose Seminary. Salvar, Ernesto. 1984. Reinhold Neibuhr’s theory of justice in society. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Saniel, Wilfred A. 1992. The dominion of mankind over material creation. A systematic framework of teaching for a theology of ecology in the magisterium of Paul VI and John Paul II 1967-1991. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Sicat, Loretta Makasiar. 1959. Quezon’s social justice program and the agrarian problem. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Suarez, Jose. 1978. The role of human values in the formation of the different aspects of human life. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Torres, Justo P., Jr. 1955. The philosophy of our marriage law. Master’s thesis, University of Manila. Trinidad, Felixberto S. 1957. An evaluation of the ethical, psychological, and economic aspects of social charity applied to business. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Valdes, Rodolfo P. 1953. The nature of social justice. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. Victoriano, Enrique L. 1950. The guilds: Medieval remedy to modern ills. Master’s thesis, Sacred Heart Novitiate. Villanueva, Arthur. 1983. Confirming angelic rumors: A philosophical sifting of insights in Berger’s sociology. Master’s thesis, Divine Word Seminary. Villarica, Rodolfo M. 1965. The specific diversity of elements in neo-scholastic society: A philosophical comparison. Master’s thesis, Berchmans College. E. Translation Karl Marx. 1985. Alyenadong paggawa. [Isinalin sa Inggles galing Aleman ni T. B. Bottomore at isinalin nina Victor C. de Jesus, S.J. at Jose J. Magadia, S.J. sa Filipino galing sa Inggles. Ang orihinal na pamagat sa Filipino ay Unang tangka ng pagsasalin sa bahagi ng unang manuskrito: Alyenadong paggawa ni Karl Marx.] Meron 1. F. Poems de Zuñiga, Iluminada. 1950. The gentle socialist. This Week (9 April). Salazar, Juan F. 1927. Rizaline sonnets: ‘Noli me tangere.’ Sunday Tribune Magazine (2 January).

313

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER XXVI. STRUCTURALISM AND POSTSTRUCTURALISM A. Articles Abad, Gemino H. 1983. Saussaurean criticism: Language and ideology. Diwa [Philippine Journal of Ideas] 1. Bayot, David Jonathan. 1991-92. Dreamweavers: The Filipino poststructuralist feminist manifesto. Likha 13. Benjamin, A., FSC. 1964. The concept of Catholic poetry: A structuralist reexamination. DLSC Dialogue 1. Campos, Ruby Reyna C. 1991. The semiotics of Philippine advertising. Saint Louis University Research Journal 22. Gonzalez, Antonio. 1974. Musings on structuralism by a Thomist. Philippiniana Sacra 9. _______________. 1979. St. Thomas Aquinas and structuralism. Unitas 52. Lucero, Rosario C. 1988-89. Literature and literary criticism: From Marxism to structuralism. Likha 10. Mansukhani, Raj. 1991. Introduction to semiotics. Σοφια 21. Nudas, Alfeo G., S.J. 1975. Structure and experience of “The great sacrifice” in Hopkins. Diliman Review 23. Pascual, Ricardo R. 1950. A structural analysis of the social context Philippine Social Sciences and Humanities Review 15. Piñon, Antonio T. 1971. The shortcomings of structuralism and existentialism. Unitas 44. Quito, Emerita S. 1971. On structuralism. Manila Chronicle (March). ______________. 1971. Structuralism: A general introduction. Unitas 44. ______________. 1971. Structuralism and myth. Manila Chronicle (4 April). ______________. 1971. Structuralism, Pilipino, and a universal language. Manila Chronicle (17 March). ______________. 1983. Structuralism and the Filipino Volksgeist. DLSU Dialogue 18. ______________. 1988. Jacques Derrida: A demystification. DLSU Graudate Journal 14. ______________. 1989. A structural approach to Philippine epics [focus on the Ulahingan and Biag ni Lam-ang]. Published by the Cultural Center of the Philippines. San Juan, Epifanio Jr. 1964. Meaning and structure in Henry James’s The ambassadors. Diliman Review 12. ______________. 1988. The politics of aesthetics: Praxis in Marxist critical theory. Praxis 2. ______________. 1989. The devil’s advocate prophesies the advent of deconstruction. Diliman Review 37. B. Book Review Abulad, Romualdo E. 1986. Review of The history of sexuality, v. 1, by Michel Foucault. Σοφια 16.

314

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Graduate Work Mansukhani, Raj. 1990. Philosophical analyses of the sign. Master’s thesis, De La Salle University.

315

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

PART THREE

THE UPDATE 1993 - 1997

316

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER I. AESTHETICS: HISTORY AND THE PHILOSOPHY OF LITERATURE A. Articles Abueva, Napoleon [National Artist for Sculpture]. 1993. Philippine cultural nationalism in sculpture. Philippine Panorama, 22 August. A dialogue with F. Sionil Jose. 1994. Far Eastern University Journal, new series 4. Almario, Virgilio S. 1994. Celebrating an archipelago of Filipino art. Philippine Quarterly of Culture and Society 22. Añonuevo, Rebecca T. 1993. Arts. Philippine Panorama, 22 August. __________. 1995. Report on culture and the arts. Philippine Panorama, 1 January. __________. 1995. Festival of the arts in February. Philippine Panorama, 5 February. __________. 1995. Music and history in dramatic 1896. Philippine Panorama, 26 November. Arcellana, Francisco [National Artist for Literature]. 1993. In situ: A meditation on the culture of the Filipino. Philippine Panorama, 22 August. Aviado, Virgilio. 1996. There is not enough art in the streets. Sunday Inquirer Magazine, 16 June. Baradas, David B. 1994. Philippine indigenous aesthetics. Philippine Studies 42. Bautista, Cirilo F. 1992-94. News and consciousness: Discursive treatment of events in Manila Bulletin and Abante Tonight. Likha 14. __________. 1993. The Filipino as romantic. Philippine Panorama, 14 February. __________. 1993. Reading as a national habit. Philippine Panorama, 28 February. __________. 1993. A country full of writers. Philippine Panorama, 14 March. __________. 1993. Some literary matters. Philipppine Panorama, 21 March. __________. 1993. Reading and growing up long ago. Philippine Panorama, 2 May. __________. 1993. Teo T. Antonio and Tagalog poetry. Philippine Panorama, 23 May. __________. 1993. Writers and computer tyranny. Philippine Panorama, 13 June. __________. 1993. Dubuffet, the Silliman Writers Workshop, and the making of a poem. Philippine Panorama, 20 June. __________. 1993. Bienvenido N. Santos and the origin of fiction. Philippine Panorama, 27 July. __________. 1993. Flood and literature. Philippine Panorama, 18 July. __________. 1993. The problem of form in poetry. Philippine Panorama, 1 August. __________. 1993. LRT poetry, midnight romances, and popularizing literature. Philippine Panorama, 8 August. __________. 1993. The Palanca season and the case of the unheard from poets. Philippine Panorama, 29 August. __________. 1993. Literature and the matter of national heroes. Philippine Panorama, 19 September. __________. 1993. Mythologies in poetry. Philippine Panorama, 26 September. __________. 1993. The virtue of metaphor. Philippine Panorama, 3 October.

317

PHILOSOPHY OF LITERATURE

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

__________. 1993. Tribalism, romanticism, and Philippine literature. Philippine Panorama, 10 October. __________. 1993. The machinery of the imagination. Philippine Panorama, 24 October. __________. 1993. Understanding and evaluating poetry. Philippine Panorama, 31 October. __________. 1993. Jose Garcia Villa, Graham Greene, Salman Rushdie, and I: Musings on a cold, wet day. Philippine Panorama, 7 November. __________. 1993. Books, Reading, and McLuhan’s environment. Philippine Panorama, 21 November. __________. 1993. The phenomenology of writing. Philippine Panorama, 28 November. __________. 1993. On the matter of length in poetry. Philippine Panorama, 12 December. __________. 1994. The poem that will destroy the world. Philippine Panorama, 16 January. __________. 1994. What else is there to write about love? Philippine Panorama, 13 February. __________. 1994. Some thoughts on this matter of national literature (I & II). Philippine Panorama, 6 & 13 March. __________. 1994. Ricardo M. de Ungria and the language of poetry. Philippine Panorama, 3 April. __________. 1994. Ecology and poetry. Philippine Panorama, 39 May. __________. 1994. Fiction as life, life as fiction. Philippine Panorama, 10 July. __________. 1994. Japanese aesthetics and Ikuyo Okamoto, a Tanka-master of Japan (I & II). Philippine Panorama, 14 and 21 August. __________. 1994. Thoughts on a cold rainy August. Philippine Panorama, 28 August. __________. 1994. On the matter of poetic meters. Philippine Panorama, 11 September. __________. 1994. Poetry and the human condition. Philippine Panorama, 18 September. __________. 1994. Figures of speech in poetry. Philippine Panorama, 25 September. __________. 1994. The diplomat as poet. Philippine Panorama, 4 December. __________. 1994. Fiction as a way of telling the truth. Philippine Panorama, 11 December. __________. 1995. Gardening and sanity. Philippine Panorama, 15 January. __________. 1995. The poet as a painter (I & II). Philippine Panorama, 22 & 29 January. __________. 1995. The importance of poetic theory. Philippine Panorama, 15 February. __________. 1995. Learning from other poets. Philippine Panorama, 2 April. __________. 1995. Beginning and ending a poem. Philippine Panorama, 9 & 16 April. __________. 1995. The sociology of Philippine poetry. Philippine Panorama, 23 April. __________. 1995. William Saroyan and the art of writing. Philippine Panorama, 25 June. __________. 1995. Of water and the art of poetry (I & II). Philippine Panorama, 9 & 16 July. __________. 1995. Reflections on literature, social consciousness, and vlaues. Philippine Panorama, 13 August. __________. 1995. Poetry and social commitment. Philippine Panorama, 22 August. __________. 1995. Watching the garden. Philippine Panorama, 3 September. __________. 1995. Poetry and social realities. Philippine Panorama, 10 September. __________. 1995. The history of a poem. Philippine Panorama, 24 September. __________. 1995. Folklore and the creative writer. Philippine Panorama, 1 October. __________. 1995. The state of Philippine poetry in English. Philippine Panorama, 5 November. __________. 1996. The poetry of Daisaku Ikeda. Philippine Panorama, 8 March. __________. 1996. Impediments to understanding poetry. Philippine Panorama, 15 March.

318

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

__________. 1996. The true value of creative writing workshops. Philippine Panorama, 19 May. __________. 1996. Insanity and poetry. Philippine Panorama, 23 June. __________. 1996. This matter of plagiarism. Philippine Panorama, 7 July. __________.1996. The inability to write. Philippine Panorama, 14 July. __________. 1996. Senator Roco, the computer, and the decline of book reading. Philippine Panorama, 28 July. __________. 1996. Heroes and social immaturity. Philippine Panorama, 18 August. __________. 1996. The importance of gardens. Philippine Panorama, 8 September. __________. 1996. National literary taste and starting an honor roll in poetry. Philippine Panorama, 22 September. __________. 1996. Errors in poetic construction. Philippine Panorama, 3 November. __________. 1996. How do you tell if you are any good at poetry? Philippine Panorama, 10 November. __________. 1996. The poem is more than the text. Philippine Panorama, 17 November. __________. 1996. A literary worshop in Laoag City. Philippine Panorama, 22 December. __________. 1997. Anne Carson: Rearranging the boundaries of speech. Philippine Panorama, 5 January. __________. 1997. A reply from Nid Anima. Philippine Panorama, 26 January. __________. 1997. Love poetry in renaissance Italy. Philippine Panorama, 9 February. __________. 1997. Adios, sweet angel! (I). Philippine Panorama, 16 March. __________. 1997. Adios, sweet angel! (II). Philippine Panorama, 23 March. __________. 1997. Adios, sweet angel! (III) (In memoriam: Jose Garcia Villa, 1908-1997). Philippine Panorama, 30 March. __________. 1997. Maurice Ravel: Music as a lifelong partner. Philippine Panorama, 27 April. __________. 1997. Truth and creative non-fiction. Philippine Panorama, 4 May. __________. 1997. The value of literary workshops (I). Philippine Panorama, 18 May. __________. 1997. The value of literary workshops (II). Philippine Panorama, 25 May. __________. 1997. The value of literary workshops (III). Philippine Panorama, 1 June. __________. 1997. Keeping in touch with poetry workshoppers. Philippine Panorama, 29 June. __________. 1997. The uses of creative writing courses. Philippine Panorama, 3 August. __________. 1997. Tyson and the truth of literature. Philippine Panorama, 10 August. __________. 1997. Artists in the computer age. Philippine Panorama, 17 August. __________. 1997. Two important Filipino writers. Philippine Panorama, 7 September. __________. 1997. Fogs. Philippine Panorama, 5 October. __________. 1997. Some notes on history as literature (I). Philippine Panorama, 9 November. __________. 1997. Some notes on history as literature (II). Philippine Panorama, 16 November. __________. 1997. Some notes on history as literature (III). Philippine Panorama, 23 November. __________. 1997. Some notes on history as literature (IV). Philippine Panorama, 30 November. __________. 1997. Some more reacions from our readers. Philippine Panorama, 7 December. Bayot, David Jonathan. 1992-94. Breaking the sign: An interview with Cirilo F. Bautista. Likha 14. Buenaventura, Cristina L. 1993-94. The theater in Manila, 1846-1896: An assessment. Dialogue 27.

319

PHILOSOPHY OF LITERATURE

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

__________. 1993. ‘Dem were the days (when dance titillated Manila). Philippine Panorama, 18 July. Cannell, Fenella. 1997. The power of appearances; beauty, mimicry and transformation in Bicol. Discrepant histories. Edited by Vicente L. Rafael. Manila: Anvil Publishing, Inc. Castrillo, Pamela del Rosario. 1994. Philippine political theater: 1946-1985. Philippine Studies 42. __________. 1996. Karl Gaspar and the Mindanao theater: 1970-1990. Philippine Studies 44. __________. 1997. The theater of Karl Gaspar: The biblicat-religious plays. Philippine Studies 45. __________. 1997. The theater of Karl Gaspar: the social plays. Philippine Studies 45. Daroy, E. Vallado. 1993. Abrogation and appropriation: Post-colonial literature in the Philippines. Philippine Studies 41. de Veyra, Lourd Ernest H. 1997. Music: Playing as she feels. Philippines Free Press, 27 September. Dimalanta, Ophelia A. 1994. On the nature of poetry. Far Eastern University Journal, new series 4. __________. 1996. The woman as artist-empowered, liberated, dignified. Unitas 69. Dizon, Alma Jill. 1995. False vision in two plays by Aurelio Tolentino. Philippine Sudies 43. __________. 1996. Rizal’s novels: A divergence from melodrama. Philippine Studies 44. Estolloso, Perla. 1994-95. Art: An expression of human religious experience. Religious Studies Journal 17. Fernandez, Doreen G. 1993. Filipino art and culture: An invitation to the future. Far Eastern University Journal, new series 3. __________. 1993. Zarsuela to sarswela: Indigenization and transformation. Philippine Studies 41. __________. 1996. Philippine theater and the medieval world. Philippine Studies 44. Flores, Patrick D. 1996. In search of a contemporary idiom. [Critique of Jose Tence Ruiz’s interview on contemporary art in Brisbane at the Queensland Art Gallery.] Diliman Review 44. Foronda, Marcelino Jr. 1993. Regional culture as part of national culture. Philippine Panorama, 22 August. Francia, Hilario S. 1993. The artist and his critic. Far Eastern University Journal, new series 3. Galvan, Javier. 1997. Spanish colonial architecture in the Philippines. Philippiniana Sacra 32. Garcia-Groyon, Regina. 1995. Augurio M. Abeto: A Negrense poet. Philippine Studies 43. __________. 1995. Procopio Solidum: A Negrense poet. Philippine Studies 43. Garcia Leni R. 1992-93. Claro R. Ceniza, poet; the metaphysician wrote poetry. Σοφια 22. __________. 1993-94. Art as a symbol of feeling. Σοφια 23. Gonzalez, N. V. M. 1997. Notes on a culture and a method. Philippine Graphic, 22 December. Herrera, Tetchie. 1996. Music of the ’60s and ’70s. Philippine Panorama, 28 July. Hila, Antonio C. 1993-94. The kundiman. Anuaryo/Annales 12. __________. 1995. Francisco Santiago: The man, musician and his philosophy. Annuaryo/Annales 13. Hornedo, Florentino H. 1995. Notes on Postmodern literary theory and criticism. Unitas 68. Also in 1996. Saint Louis Universty Research Journal 27.

320

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Joya, Jose [CCP Awardee for Visual Arts]. 1993. Philippine cultural nationalism in painting. Philippine Panorama, 22 August. Kasilag, Lucrecia. 1992-93. Value formation and research in the fine arts. Philippine Educational Forum 31. __________ [National Artist for Music]. 1993. Toward a definition of Philippine cultural nationalism through music. Philippine Panorama, 22 August. Laconico-Buenaventura, Cristina. 1993-94. The Japanese role in re-awakening the Filipino native soul. Anuaryo/Annales 12. Leoncini, Dante Luis. 1995-96. On the possibility of making oneself a human work of art. Σοφια 25. Lim, Jaime An. 1995. Nick Joaquin’s Portrait of the artist as Filipino: An open form. The Mindanao Forum 10. __________. 1995. Closed and open form: A structural paradigm in drama. The Mindanao Forum 10. Locsin, Leandro V. [National Artist for Architecture]. 1993. Towards a definition of Philippine cultural nationalism. Philippine Panorama, 22 September. __________. 1993. Nationalism and architecture. Philippine Panorama, 22 August. __________. 1994. The interpretative architect and his culture. Scientia 3. Manauat, Natividad Dominique G. 1996-97. Women and art. Σοφια 26. Mansukhani, Raj. 1996-97. Philosophy and the storytelling tradition. Σοφια 26. Mercado, Leonardo N., SVD. 1994. Filipino microcosms. Unitas 67. Morelos, Allen T. 1992. A glimpse of the Philippine theatre’s aesthetic state of affairs. The University Journal 9. Nuguid, Nati. 1997. [Society and the arts:] The historian as biographer [re: Carlos Quirino as Naional Artist]. Philippines Free Press, 6 December. Orosa, Goquingco, Leonor [National Artist for Dance]. 1993. My ventures in, towards, and for cultural nationalism. Philippine Panorama, 22 August. Perez, Arturo M. 1997-98. The self in the aporetic character of aesthetic experience. Σοφια 27. Rico, Victoria. 1994. Themes in the poetry of Bienvenido Santos.Philippine Studies 42. Romero, Eddie [CCP Awardee for Film]. 1993. National survival: A crisis of culture. Philippine Panorama, 22 August. Romulo, Beth Day. 1996. The re-launching of Ballet Philippines. Philippine Panorama, 18 August. __________. 1996. The house of Jacinto [re: Rupert Jacinto—the international award-winning society photographer]. Philippine Panorama, 1 September. __________. 1997. Baby can sing before they can talk. Philippine Panorama, 30 March. Rouda, Mitchell B. 1993. The art of Leandro Locsin. Philippine Panorama, 22 August. Santiago, Luciano P. R. 1993. The language of mourning and depression in Filipino and its Indonesian and Malaysian cognates: Transcendental, sociological, hisorical, artistic, and therapeutic significance. Philippine Quarterly of Culture and Society 21. Solfares, Jeffrey. 1994. Art, sensationalism, taste. Documentation Service 7. Sonza, Demy P. 1995. Freedom and patriotism in the prize-winning poems of Zaragoza and Gumban. Proceedings of the 1st conference on West Visayan history and culture. Iloilo City: Center for West Visayan Studies (UP in the Visayas).

321

PHILOSOPHY OF LITERATURE

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Sta. Maria, Felixberto C. 1994. Languages, art, and communication. Far Eastern University Journal, new series 4. Tan, Anthony L. 1993. A time to dance. Likha 14. __________. 1995. Experience and imagination. The Mindanao Forum 10. __________. 1995. Tension in poetry. The Mindano Forum 10. Tanlayco, Milagros G. 1995. Chinese traditional drama: A mirror of values [Part I—The injustice done to Tou Ngo, by Keram han-ch’ing]. Unitas 68. __________. 1996. Chinese traditional drama: A mirror of values [“The west chamber” by Want Shi-fu]. Unitas 69. Tchou, Teresita M. 1993. Art in the service of history. Diwa 18. Tolentino, Roland B. 1996. Jameson and Kidlat Tahimik. Philippine Studies 44. __________. 1994. The dialectics of class conflict in The pretenders. Far Eastern University Journal, new series 4. Torres, Gerardo Z. 1994. Time in Wilfred D. Nolledo’s fiction. Philippine Studies 42. UP Baguio Department of Mathematics. 1996. The algebra of the weaving patterns, gong music and kinship system of the Kankana-ey of Mountain Province. Edukasyon 2. Urlanda, Randy V. 1997. Aesthetic tatooing: Making men and women better looking. Philippine Panorama, 3 August. __________. 1997. Paete’s famed kitchen artists. Philippine Panorama, 16 November. Ventura, Marylou C. 1992. Cultural research and the arts. Far Eastern University Journal, new series 2. Viejo, Noel B. 1994. Philosophy at play: Notes on leisure activities. The University Journal 10. B. Books and Monographs Bayot, David Johathan Y. 1996. Isagani R. Cruz and the other other. Metro Manila: The Mandarin Edition. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1996. Filipino philosophy: A critical bibliography [1774-1992]. (See chap. 3.) Manila: De La Salle University Press. Laconico-Buenaventura, Cristina. 1994. The theater in Manila, 1846-1946. Manila: De La Salle University Press. Land of the morning—treasures of the Philippines. 1995. San Francisco, CA.: The San Francisco Craft & Folk Art Museum. Pantoja-Hidalgo, Cristina and Priscelina Patajo-Legasto, eds.1993. Philippine post-colonial studies: Essays on language and literature. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press. San Juan Jr., Epifanio. 1994. Smile of the Medusa: Selected fictions. Metro Manila: Anvil Publishing, Inc. UP Baguio Department of Mathematics. 1996. Algebra of the weaving patterns, music and kinship system of the Kankana-ey. Commissioned by the ADB-assisted Philippine nonformal project of the DECS-Bureau of Nonformal education.

322

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

C. Book Reviews Bautista, Cirilo F. 1996. Two books to read [review of Dreamers of the loom, by Jaime An Lim and Christine Godinez-Ortega, eds. and Isagani R. Cruz and the other other, by David Jonathan Y Bayot]. Philippine Panorama, 29 September. Galdon, Joseph A., SJ. 1993. Edilberto Tiempo: Romantic realist [review article]. Philippine Studies 41. Gutierrez, Lucio, OP. 1992. Review of Wood and stone: For God’s greater glory—Jesuit art and architecture in the Philippines. By Rene B. Javellana, SJ. Philippiniana Sacra 27. Lumbo, Eli Rowdy Y., SJ. 1993. Review of Inside Philippine movies, 1970-1990: Essays for students of Philippine cinema,.by J. Eddie Infante. Philippine Studies 41. McEnteer, James. 1996. Words that move mountains [A general review of the life and works of N. V. M. Gonzalez]. Philippines Free Press, 19 October. Mina, Macario Ofilada. 1997. Review of Literary theory: An introduction (2nd ed.), by T. Eagleton. Philippiniana Sacra 32. Sonza, Jorshinelle T. 1995. The critical act in the Smile of the Medusa [Review article]. Philippine Studies 43. D. Graduate Studies Bautista, Cirilo F. 1990. Words and battlefields: A theoria on the poem. Doctoral dissertation, De La Salle University. Garcia, Elenita R. 1990. Thomas Mann’s “The magic mountain”: Philosophy in literature. Master’s thesis, De La Salle University. Velasco, Mary Laureen L. 1992. The philosophical fragments in Hermann Hesse’s literary works. Master’s thesis, De La Salle University. E. Short Story Coronel, Edmund. 1996. An exhibition of postmodern aestechticks. Philippine Free Press, F. Poem Bautista, Cirilo F. 1995. Watching the garden. Christmas, 1995. Philippine Panorama, 24 December. Lopez, Nicasio M. 1997. [Aesthetic] Freedom. Philippines Free Press, 27 September.

323

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER II. ASIAN/EASTERN PHILOSOPHY CHINESE PHILOSOPHY A. Articles Dy Jr., Manuel. 1997. The positive value of wu wei in the Tao te ching. Karunungan 10. __________. 1997. Zhuang Zi’s joy: An answer to contemporary predicament? In Pagdiriwang sa meron: a festival of thought celebrating Fr. Roque Ferriols. Edited by Nemesio Que and Agustin Rodriguez. Quezon City: ADMU Office of Research and Publications. Also in Karunungan 9. __________. 1997. Notes toward a Chinese view of time. Budhi 1. Ferriols, Roque, SJ. 1997. Tatlong sulyap sa mukha ng Confucianismo. In Pagdiriwang sa meron: a festival of thought celebrating Fr. Roque Ferriols. Edited by Nemesio Que and Agustin Rodriguez. Quezon City: ADMU Office of Research and Publications. Monera, Arnold T. 1991-93. Chinese religiosity: an alternative basis of a social morality. Religious Studies Journal 15. __________. 1993. The place of Kong Zi in the development of early Chinese religion [Parts IIII]. Unitas 66. Tanlayco, Milagros G. 1995. Chinese traditional drama: A mirror of values [Part I--The injustice done to Tou Ngo, by Keram han-ch’ing]. Unitas 68. __________. 1996. Chinese traditional drama: a mirror of values [“The west chamber” by Want Shi-fu]. Unitas 69. Valentin, Jose Emilio S. 1996. An exposition of wu-wei in the context of Lao Tzu’s Tao te ching. The Ateneo de Zamboanga Journal 2. B. Books Dy Jr., Manuel, Wang Miaoxang, and Yu Xuanmen. Civil society in a Chinese context. Washington, D.C.: The Council for Research in Values and Philosophy. Philosophy Department. 1993. Readings in Chinese philosophy. Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University. C. Book Review Mina, Macario Ofilada. 1996. Let one hundred flowers bloom. [Review of The blooming of a hundred flowers: Philosophy of ancient China, by Alfredo Co]. Unitas 69.

324

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHRISTIAN PHILOSOPHY A. Articles Alterado, Danilo S. 1994. Ernst Block’s philosophy of the future in light of Christian eschatology. Saint Louis University Research Journal 25. Gaerlan, Ma. Carmen R. 1993. The Buddhist moral path and the Christian beatitudes: A call for discipleship. Religious Studies Journal 16. Taylayco, Milagros G. 1997. Chinese tradition drama: A mirror of values.[Selected Confucian and Taoist values.] Unitas 70. B. Book Review Nuevo, Jimmy. 1991-93. Review of Christians in the face of inustice: A Latin American reading of Catholic social justice. By Ricardo Antoncich. Religious Studies Journal 15. C. Graduate Studies Alterado, Danilo S. 1993. Ernst Block’s philosophy of the future in light of Christian eschatology. Master’s thesis, Saint Louis University, Baguio City. Aranilla, Maxell Caringal. 1997. Ang diyos ang lampas-personal na meron. Masteral thesis, De La Salle University. Banzuelo, Jonathan Edwards O. 1997. The concept of happiness in Christian ethics and utilitarianism. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. INDIAN PHILOSOPHY A. Articles Abulad, Romualdo E. 1992-93. Krishnamurti. Σοφια 22. Dahm, Bernhard. 1996. Rizal and Gandhi: Purification and satyagraha as signposts on the road to Asian renaissance. In Jose Rizal and the Asian renaissance. Edited by M. Rajaretnam. Kuala Lumpur: Institut Kajian Dasar. Gaerlan, Ma. Carmen R. 1993. The Buddhist moral path and the Christian beatitudes: A call to discipleship. Religious Studies Journal 16. Ghosal, Baladas. 1996. Rizal and Rabindranath Tagore: A comparative study. In Jose Rizal and the Asian Renaissance. Edited by M. Rajaretnam. Kuala Lumpur: Institut Kajian Dasar. B. Graduate Studies Diongson, Ester A. 1995. Vegetarianism: An aid to the development of higher consciousness based on the philosophy of yoga. Master’s thesis, De La Salle University. Gnailian, Jacob. 1996. The Advaita philosophy of Sankaracharya: A Christian outlook. Master’s thesis [Oriental Religion and Culture], Universty of Santo Tomas.

325

ASIAN/EASTERN PHILOSOPHY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Vasco, Michael Anthony C. 1994. The concept of man in the Advaita Vedanta of Shankara. Master’s thesis, Universtiy of Santo Tomas. JAPANESE PHILOSOPHY A. Article Velasco, Laureen L. 1996-97. Zen and the Will of the wind. Σοφια 27. B. Book Review Garcia, Leni R. 1995-96. Review of The little Zen companion, by David Schiller. Σοφια 25.

326

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER III. AUTHOBIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, AND PHILOSOPHY OF LIFE A. Articles Arcilla, Jose S., SJ. 1997. Who is Andres Bonifacio? Philippine Studies 45. Co, Alfredo P. [1997-98?]. Tungo sa festscrhift ni Padre Roque J. Ferriols, SJ. Pantas 9. Dizon, Alma Jill. 1995. False vision in two plays by Aurelio Tolentino. Philippine Studies 43. Estavillo, Elvie. 1997. Live-life positively. Starweek, 4 May. Ferriols, Roque, SJ. 1997. A memoir of six years. In Pagdiriwang sa meron: a festival of thought celebrating Fr. Roque Ferriols. Edited by Nemesio Que and Agustin Rodriguez. Quezon City: ADMU Office of Research and Publications. Garcia-Groyon, Regina. 1995. Augurio M Abeto: A Negrense poet. Philippine Studies 42. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1996-97. Emilio Jacinto’s libertarian philosophy of revolution. Σοφια 26. Guevara, Jaime P. 1992-93. A tribute to a philosopher. Σοφια 22. Kalaw, Eva V. 1995. Images of women in the short stories of Paz Latorena (1908-1953). Philippine Studies 43. Ocampo, Ambeth. 1993. Andres Bonifacio: Myth or reality. Scientia 3. Sanchez Jr., Conrado. 1997. Remembering Ariston Estrada [Sr.]. DLSU Newsletter, 9 June. Sim, Segundo E. 1994. Lohika ng buhay. Sinag 3. Timbreza, Florentino T. 1995. Mga sangkap sa pilosopiyang buhay ni Huseng Batute. Daloy 4. __________. 1997. My 15 years at DLSU: at the right place and time. DLSU Newsletter, 28 July. Tinio, Rolando S. [1997-98?]. What are Ferriols? Pantas 9. Villaroel, Fidel. 1996. Marcelo H. del Pilar in Santo Tomas. Unitas 69. B. Books and Monographs Agoncillo, Teodoro A. 1996. The revolt of the masses: The study of Bonifacio and the Katipunan, reprint ed. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1996. Filipino philosophy: A critical bibliography [1774-1992]. (See chap. 5). Manila: De La Salle University Press. Majul, Cesar Adib. 1996. Mabini and the Philippine revolution, reprint ed. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press. Que, Nemesio, SJ, and Agustin Rodriguez, eds.1997. Pagdiriwang sa meron: A festival of thought celebrating Fr. Roque Ferriols. Quezon City: ADMU Office of Research and Publications. Rodriguez, Agustin and Nemesio Que, SJ. eds. 1997. Pagdiriwang sa meron: A festival of thought celebrating Fr. Roque Ferriols. Quezon City: ADMU Office of Research and Publications. C. Book Reviews Abulad, Rome, SVD. 1997. Review of Apolinario Mabini, by Cesar Adib Majul. Diwa 22..

327

AUTOBIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, AND PHILOSOPHY OF LIFE

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Mina, M. Ofilada. 1997. The modern face of the angelic doctor [Review of Tomas de Aquino, by Laureano Robles Carcedo]. Unitas 70. D. Translation Ocampo, Nilo S. 1994. Rizal: Makabayan at martir. [Translation of Rizal: Nationalist and martyr, by Austin Coates]. Quezon City: University of the Philippines.

328

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER IV. EPISTEMOLOGY A. Articles Aquino, Ranhilio C. 1994. Logical and epistemological considerations in law. Philippiana Sacra 29. Cainglet, Celso L. 1993. The contemporary crisis of reason. Saint Louis University Research Journal 24. Catalan, J. A. 1993. Questions on critical thinking. Pagkamulat Journal 13. Ceniza, Claro R. 1992-93. Logic is boring; truth is ugly. Σοφια 22. __________. 1993-94. Parmenides and the logic of causality. Σοφια 23. Co, Alfredo P. 1997. A critical reflection on Rene Descartes’ “Rules for the direction of the mind.” Unitas 70. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1996-97. Knowledge, education, and the development of the mind. Σοφια 26. Palma-Angeles, Antonette. 1997. Gadamer on play: A phenomenological description. Budhi 1. Pungayan, Eufronio L. 1996. Wisdom and knowledge in the Ibaloi view. Saint Louis University Research Journal 27. Ramos, Fidel V. 1994-95. Knowledge: The frontier of the future. FAPE Review 21. Sy, Peter A. 1993. On knowing “X knows p,” and the quest for rationality. Silliman Journal 96. Tan, Armando L. 1993. The question of God: Exposition of Moltmann’s eschatological epistemology. Silliman Journal 36. Torres, Amaryllis Tiglao. 1997. Methods, mind or meaning: Shifting paradigms in Philippine psychology. Philippine Journal of Psychology 30. B. Book Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1996. Filipino philosophy: A critical bibliography [1774-1992]. (See chap. 6.) Manila: De La Salle University Press. C. Graduate Studies Abalos, Annabelle D. 1997. In defense of skepticism. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Altonaga, Francisco A. 1997. Problems for Descartes. Master’s thesis. De La Salle University. Dua, Mikhael. 1996. Scientific discovery: A study of Michael Polanyi’s epistemology. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Lim, Lilian T. 1995. The meaning of attention in the thought of Simone Weil. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Ver, Ignacio Guido. 1994. Understanding, tradition, and language in the philosophy of HansGeorg Gadamer. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University.

329

EPISTEMOLOGY

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

D. Book Review Castillo, Norberto. 1994. Review of Epistemology: Companions to ancient thought I, ed. by Stephen Everson. Philippiniana Sacra 29.

330

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER V. ETHICS AND METAETHICS A. Articles Alano, Marianette G. 1994. Infidelity: The querida system in the Philippines. Philippine Journal of Psychology 27. Alviar, Joselito. 1997. Ecological concerns in a modern presentation of the mystery of creation. Philippiniana Sacra 32. Bautista, Cirilo F. 1993. The virtue of suffering. Philippine Panorama, 4 April. __________. 1993. Understanding Filipino morality. Philippine Panorama, 15 August. __________. 1993. Film festivals and Filipino morality. Philippine Panorama, 17 July. __________. 1996. Freeloading in literature. Philippine Panorama, 4 August. Belino, Manuel Cuneta. 1993. From moral entropy to moral recovery. Pagkamulat Journal 13. __________. 1994-95. The virtuous engineers: Introducing virtue ethics in engineering. Religious Studies Journal 17. Belita, Jimmy, CM. 1991-93. Resisting the code and the paradigm: A perspective on the shaping of the Filipino moal sense. Religious Studies Journal 15. _________. 1993-94. The religious Filipino in search of moral empowerment. Religious Studies Journal 16. Bernardo, Henry L. 1995. Artificial insemination by the donor: A form of adultery. Diwa 20. Brias, Victor. 1992-93. Ceniza’s metaphysics and ethics of necessity. Σοφια 22. Cabeson, Antonio, OP. 1993. Abortion, contraception, and sterilization. Unitas 66. __________. 1995. Eutanasia and allowing to die. Unitas 68. Cajilig, Vicente P., OP. 1995. Ethics in the year of women. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 71. Calasanz, Eduardo Jose. 1997. Echoes of the centennial of Maurice Blondel’s Action. Budhi 1. Camposano, Jorge. 1994-96. Corporate ethics and social responsibility: A focus on Asia. B & E Review 7. Castillo, Norberto, OP. 1997. Socrates unchained part II: Some interpretive thematics on the Socratic problem. Philippiniana Sacra 32. Castro, Nestor T. 1996. Etnography or espionage: The problem of ethics in Philippine anthropology. Aghamtao 8. Clemeña, Rose Marie Salazar. 1993. Professional ethics for teachers: Relationships with school officials. Tanglaw 2. Code of conduct and ethical standards for public officials and employees [RA 6713]. 1996. Philippine Panorama, 8 December. David, Luis S. 1997. Michel Foucault on the wreck of leviathan and the constitution of a new sytlistics of love. Budhi 1. de Castro, Leonardo. 1994. Modern developments in reproductive technology: Challenges to human values. Journal of Reproductive Health, Rights and Ethics 1. __________. 1995. Pagiging lalaki, pagkalalaki, at pagkamaginoo. Philippine Social Science Review 52. __________. 1995. Ang utang na loob bilang konsepto ng etika. Professorial Chair Papers, Series 95-5.

331

ETHICS AND METAETHICS

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

__________. 1995. The concept of exploitation in the use of human subjects for medical experimentation: A re-examination of basic issues. Bioethics 9. __________. 1996. Reproduksyon at pagkatao [Mga problema ng ethica sa larangan ng medisina]. Diliman Review 44. __________. 1996. Paghahaliling-ina at paghahaliling-asawa: mga problema ng etika sa paggamit ng teknolohiya sa reproduksiyon. Pilosopiya, February. __________. 1996. Teknolohiya, reproduksiyon at pagkatao: Mga problema ng etika sa larangan ng medisina. Diliman Review 44. __________. 1996-97. Re-inventing creation, re-inventing the creator: Ethical issues in genetic engineering. Sophia 26. __________. 1997. Cloning: Paglikha ng kopya, pagkopya ng nilikha. Philippine Social Science Review 54. __________. 1997. Transplanting values by technology transfer. Bioethics 11. __________. 1997. Siyensiya, teknolohiya, etika. Filmag, 30 Hunyo. __________. 1997. Teknolohiya, reproduksiyon at pagkatao: Mga problema ng etika sa larangan ng medisina. Diliman Review 44. de Jesus, Melinda Quinto. 1995. Media ethics. Fine Print 2. Demeterio III, Feorillo A. 1995. Beyond determinism: Making the most out of man’s freedom or unfreedom. Scientia 4. Demetrio, Francisco R., SJ. 1994. Values in Philippine folk beliefs and customs. Philippiniana Sacra 28. Domingo, Eduardo M. 1996-97. Ang kahinaang moral ng mga Filipino. Religious Studies Journal 19. Dy Jr., Manuel B. 1994. Ownership and social relations: The moral foundation. Contemporary social philosophy. Quezon City: JMC Press. __________. 1994. The ethics of communicative action: Habermas’s discourse ethics. Contemporary social philosophy. Quezon City: JMC Press. __________. 1994. Social justice, virtue, and value in contemporary society. Contemporary social philosophy. Quezon City: JMC Press. __________. 1997. The positive value of wu wei in the Tao te ching. Karunungan 10-14. Estolloso, Perla M. 1995-96. The theology of Meister Echart and its relevance to ecological reconstruction. Religious Studies Journal 18. Fitzpatrick, Mary. 1993. The ethic of participation and inculturation in the writings of Bishop Francisco F. Claver. Religious Studies Journal 16. Francisco, Jose Marco C., SJ. 1996. The Tagalog “loob” in Oliver’s Doctrina Christiana. Philippine Studies 44. Gaerlan, Ma. Carmen R. 1993. The Buddhist moral path and the Christian beatitudes: A call to discipleship. Religious Studies Journal 16. __________. 1997. Paul Ricoeur: Philosopher of responsibility and hope. Budhi 1. Gomez, Fausto, OP. 1993. Bioethics in medical education. Unitas 66. __________. 1995. Relevant principles in bioethics. Unitas 68. Also in Philippiniana Sacra 29. __________. 1996. The cathechism of the Catholic church: Social ethics and the priority of the poor. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 71. __________. 1996. Some notes on the relevance of virtue and virtues in bioethics. Philippiniana Sacra 31.

332

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

__________. 1997. Abortion in ethical and Christian perspectives. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 73. __________. 1997. The terminally ill: Care, comfort, and pain relief. Unitas 70. Gonzalez, Andrew. 1993. Professionalism among academics. CEAP Perspective 13. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1993-94. The circumstantialist philosophy: A reply to my critics. Σοφια 23. Guevara, Jaime P. 1992-93. Philosophical thoughts of Claro Rafols Ceniza. Σοφια 22. Guno, Mary Jean V. 1995. Childhood malignancy: “To treat or not to treat.” Unitas 68. __________. 1996. Discussing violence in the philosophy classroom. Pantas 2. __________. 1997. Habermas’ discourse ethics and the project of democratization. Karunungan 10-14. Intengan, Romeo J., SJ. 1993. Social ethical dimensions to environmental issues. CEAP Perspective 13. Jayme, Virginia L. 1993. Aristotle’s conception of the good for man. Philippiniana Sacra 28. Lagmay, Alfredo V. 1993. Bahala na! Philippine Journal of Psychology 26. Layo-Danso, Leda. 1995. Bioethical thoughts from the nursing profession. Unitas 68. Leoncini, Dante Luis P. 1993-94. Moral concepts and the socio-historical significance in the light of McIntyre’s thought. Σοφια 23. __________. 1997-98. On the ethics of friendship. Σοφια 27. Lumitao, Josephine M. 1993. Maternal-fetal conflict. Unitas 66. __________. 1995. Ethical issues in organ transplantation and donation. Unitas 68. Magno, Josefina B. 1995. What if cure is no longer possible? Unitas 68. __________. 1995. Hospice care in the Philippines. Philippiniana Sacra 30. Malbarosa, Jose Ma. Arcadio C. 1993. Some preliminary remarks on ethical philosophy and inculturation. Scientia 2. Maningas Jr., Ismael Ireneo. 1993. Pagpapahalagang katarungan. Pagkamulat Journal 11. __________. 1996-97. An ethical perspective of genetic engineering modern science. Religious Studies Journal 19. __________. 1996-97. The moral issues of extraordinary treatment and euthanasia (mercy killing). Religious Studies Journal 19. Mauricio, Melmarisa L. 1994. Images of violence: Ethical issues in the visual coverage of violent crimes. Philippine Journalism Review 4. Miranda, Dionisio M. 1993. Inculturation and moral theology. Philippiniana Sacra 28. __________. 1995. Fragments of a method of inculturation. Diwa 20. __________. 1997. The genesis of conscience. Diwa 22. __________. 1997. The nature of conscience. Diwa 22. __________. 1997. Ang kabuluhan ng budhi. Diwas 22. Monera, Arnold T. 1991-93. Chinese religiosity: An alternative basis to a social morality. Religious Studies Journal 15. Morelos, Carmelo D.F., DD. 1993. A pastoral letter on aids. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 69. __________. 1993. Pastoral statement on kidnapping. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 69. Mulder, Niels. 1991-93. Family ties: The Filipino moral world in everyday life. Religious Studies Journal 15.

333

ETHICS AND METAETHICS

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Northern Luzon Bishops. 1993. A joint pastoral letter on gambling. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 69. Ong Kian Koc, Bee Ching U. 1993. Values awareness in teaching science. Pagkamulat Journal 10. Ople, Blas F. 1994. The ethics of legislation. Philippine Panorama, 20 March. Ortinero, Aniceta M. 1994. Values education and moral ethics for philosophy of education: concepts and theories, across forms of knowledge. In Philosophy of education concerns: purposes, content, and methods of education. Edited by Celeste O. Botor and Aniceta M. Ortinero. Manila: Rex Book Store. Paez, Patrick. 1994. “National interest” vs. protecting the source. Philippine Journalism Review 5. Pasion, Oliver Ramon S., SDB. 1994. Marcellian fidelity in marital relationship. Unitas 67. Pastor, Juan, STD. 1995. Pastoral care. Unitas 68. Quilab, Oliver D., SVD. 1995. Welcoming the stranger: Levinas’ ethical philosophy of responsibility. Diwa 20. Ramirez, Mina M. 1997. Moral and spiritual renaissance in Asia. Makatao 15. Reuter, James B., SJ. 1997. Courage. Philippine Graphic, 22 December. Romulo, Beth Day. 1996. Keep moving for the rest of your life [re: aging and getting healthy]. Philippine Panorama, 3 November. __________. 1997. The courage to be kind. Philippine Panorama, 26 October. Rosales, Vicente J.A. 1995. Bioethical thoughts from the medical profession and the Philippine Medical Association. Unitas 68. Rosario Jr., Tomas. 1997. Redirecting roles of congressmen and senators. Pantas 8. Salazar-Clemeña, Rose Marie. 1993. Professional ethics for teachers: Relationships with school officials. Tanglaw 2. Saniel, Wilfredo A., SVD. 1993. Papal teaching on the environment. Diwa 18. Tanalgo, Ma. Linda. 1995. The thrust of bioethics as a Philippine movement. Unitas 68. Tan-Alora, Angeles. 1995. Bioethics policy. Unitas 68. Teodoro, Luis V. 1994. Images of the world: “Guidelines” and journalistic values. Philippine Journalism Review 4. The Manila declaration on pornography. 1995. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas 71. Timbreza, Florentino T. 1993-94. The moral issue of lovemaking without baby making. Sophia 23. __________. 1994-95. Bioethics and moral decisions. Sophia 24. Tolentino, Jose Luis. 1996. The politics of eating [re: vegetarianism]. Philippine Panorama, 3 November. Tumalayan, Diosdado A., DD. 1995. Bioethics and the response of the local church. Unitas 68. Webb, Freddie N. 1995. The scientific conscience. Unitas 68. B. Books, Pamphlets, and Monographs Bernardo, Oscar B. 1993. Legal and judicial ethics. Mandaluyong City: National Book Store. de Castro, Leonardo. 1993. Ethics and logic: Basic concepts. Quezon City: Katha Publications. __________. 1995. Etika at pilosopiya: sa kontekstong Filipino. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press.

334

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Dy Jr., Manuel B., ed. 1994. Values in Philippine culture and education. Washington, DC: Council for Research in Values and Philosophy. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1996. Filipino philosophy: A critical bibliography [1774-1992]. (See chap. 7.) Manila: De La Salle University Press. Ibana, Rainier. 1996. Pagpapahalagang moral: Mga unang hakbang. Quezon City: Sublime Paralytic Publications. Mercado, Leonardo N. 1994. The Filipino mind. Washington, DC: Council for Research in Values and Philosophy. Ramirez, Mina M. 1993. The Filipino worldview and values. Occasional monograph 4. Manila: Asian Social Institute. ___________. 1993. Movement towards moral recovery (Value clarification for social transformation). Manila: Asian Social Institute. Rosario Jr., Tomas. 1997. Quaestiones 4-6, ukol sa kaligayahan at pagkukusa sa kilos. Quezon City: Ateneo Office of Research and Publications. Salonga, Jovito. 1994. Ethics in politics: Three lectures. Quezon City: UP College of Public Administration and UP Press. Sison, Alejo Jose and Antonette Angeles. 1997. Business ethics in the Philippines [pamphlet]. Pasig: University of Asia and the Pacific School of Management. Timbreza, Florentino T. 1993. Bioethics and moral decisions. Manila: De La Salle University Press. C. Book Reviews Aguirre, Alfonso. 1993. Review of Buting pinoy. Diwa 18. Aquino, Ranhilio C. 1993. Review of Certainty and Anthropology as an aid to moral science, by Antonio Rosmini, and Antonio Rosmini: Introduction to his life and teaching, by Denis Cleary. Philippiniana Sacra 28. Baybay, Dulce Festin. 1995. Medicine and morality [Review of Bioethics, a growing concern, by the Department of Ethics, UST Faculty of Medicine and Surgery]. Unitas 68. Dedillas, Stephen R. 1996. Review of Pagbabangong-dangal: Indigenous psychology and cultural empowermen, by Virgilio G. Enriquez. Philippiniana Sacra 31. Domingo-Tapales, Proserpina. 1994. Learning ethics from a man of ethics [Review of Ethics in politics: Three lectures, by Jovito Salonga]. Philippine Journal of Public Administration 38. Estrada, Felix A. 1995. The Catholic ethical view of health care [Review of Ethics of Health Care, by Benedict M. Ashley, OP]. Unitas 68. Lumitao, Josephine M. 1995. Review of The fetal tissue issue, ed. by Peter j. Cataldo and Albert S. Moraczwsska, OP. Philippiniana Sacra 30. Mina, Macario Ofilada. 1997. Review of Morality, religion, and theFilipino [Essay in honor of Vitaliano R. Gorospe, S.J.]. Philippiniana Sacra 32. Perez, Arturo M. 1996-97. Review of Etika at pilosopiya: Sa kontekstong Filipino, by Leonardo D. de Castro. Σοφια 26. Tejero, Pedro J., OP. 1995. Review of Moral and canonical questions, by Excelso Garcia, OP. Philippiniana Sacra 30.

335

ETHICS AND METAETHICS

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

D. Graduate Studies Banzuelo, Jonathan Edwards O. 1997. The concept of happiness in Christian ethics and utilitarianism. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. de los Reyes, Emerson B. 1996. the moral implications of Jeremy Bentham’s hedonistic calculus in man’s search for ultimate value. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Lim, Lilian T. 1995. The meaning of attention in the thought of Simone Weil. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Macatangay, Francisco M. 1997. Alastair MacIntyre’s tradition directed moral inquiry and suspicious of relativism. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Park, Hang-Eun. 1993. Human conduct in society in the thoughts of Lao Tzu and St. Augustine. Doctoral dissertation, University of Santo Tomas. Seran, Alexander. 1995. On Habermas’ discourse ethics. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Valero, isidro Manuel C. 1993. Ethical emotivism. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Villarojo, Dennis C. 1994. Plato’s idea of the good in the hermeneutics of Hans-Georg Gadamer. Master’s thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Yap, Marilyn D. 1997. Bioethical standards on euthanasia in the context of Filipino culture. Doctoral dissertation [Public Administration], University of Santo Tomas. Yasol, Jeanette L. 1994. The intrinsic value of animals and its implications. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines.

336

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER VI. FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY (FP1) A. Articles Abad, Ricardo G. 1995. Filipino religiosity: Some international comparisons. Philippine Studies 43. Abueg, Efren R. 1997. Ang ideolohiya ng wika ng mga babae. Daloy 6. Abulad, Romualdo E. 1997. Bayani. Karunungan 10-14. Bacwaden, Joy Christine O. 1997. The Lumawig Bontoc myths. Philippine Studies 45. __________. 1997. Lumawig: The culture hero of the Bontoc-Igorot. Philippine Studies 45. Balajadia, Basilio P. 1994. Tungo sa pag-unawa ng teolohiyang mapagpalaya. Malay 12. __________. 1994-95. Justice and peace dimensions of Filipino popular religiosity: Initial reflections. Religious Studies Journal 17. Balquiada, Luis. 1995. The new order of worship for native Filipinos. Philippiniana Sacra 30. Baradas, David B. 1994. Philippine indigenous aesthetics. Philippine Studies 42. Bautista, Cirilo F. 1993. The Filipino as romantic. Philippine Panorama, 14 February. __________. 1996. National miseries and understanding the Filipino psyche. Philippine Panorama, 25 August. Bonoan, Raul, SJ. 1997. Rizal’s Asia enlightenment philosophe in the age of colonialism. In Jose Rizal and the Asian renaissance. Edited by M. Rajaretnam. Kuala Lumpur: Institut Kajian Dasar. Brias, Victor. 1992-93. Ceniza’s metaphysics and ethics of necessity. Σοφια 22. Brilliantes, Gregorio C. 1997. Andes Bonifacios (I), (II), (III). Philippine Graphic, 16, 23, 30 June. Camposano, Clement C. 1995. Interrogating the text: Lopez-Jaena and the question of redemption. Proceedings of the 4th conference on West Visayan history and culture. Iloilo City: UP Center for West Visayan Studies. __________. 1996. Interrogating the text: Lopez-Jaena’s campaign for reforms. Danyag 1. Dahm, Bernhard. 1996. Rizal and Gandhi: Purification and satyagraha as signposts on the road to Asian renaissance. In Jose Rizal and he Asian renaissance. Edited by M. Rajaretnam. Kuala Lumpur: Institut Kajian Dasar. de Castro. Leonardo. 1994. Pagiging lalaki, pagkalalaki, at pagkamaginoo. Philippine Social Science Review 52. Demetrio, Francisco R., SJ. 1994. The Bukidnon myths of sickness, death, and afterlife. Philippine Studies 42. DLSU Press launches RP’s first electronic book [re Filipino philosophy: A critical bibliography by Rolando M. Gripaldo]. 1995. Abut-Tanaw 23. Dumont, Jean-Paul. 1997. Ideas on Philippine violence: Assertions, negations and narrations. Discrepant histories. Edited by Vicente L Rafael. Manila: Anvil Publishing, Inc. Fernandez, Doreen G. 1993. Filipino art and culture: An invitation to the future. Far Eastern University Journal, new series 3. __________. 1993. Zarsuela to sarswela: Indigenization and transformation. Philippine Studies 41.

337

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY (FP1)

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

__________. 1996. Philippine theater and the medieval world. Philippine Studies 44. Francisco, Jose Marco C., SJ. 1996. The Tagalog “loob” in Oliver’s Doctrina Christiana. Philippine Studies 44. Galang, Ricardo C. 1994. The Filipinization of the Americanized Filipino. Philippine Journal of Education 72. __________. 1995. Tatak Pinoy in spoken English. Philippine Journal of Education 73. Garcia, Leni R. 1992-93. Claro R. Ceniza, poet; the metaphysician wrote poetry. Σοφια 22. Gaw, Reby. 1995. Florentino Timbreza talks on Pinoy philosophy. Abut-Tanaw 22. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1993-94. Quezon on the dominion status for the Philippines. Anuaryo/Annales 12. __________. 1994-95. Essays on Quezon: A fresh look at a national leader. Σοφια 24. __________. 1995. Reflections on Andres Bonifacio’s philosophy of revolution. Anuaryo/ Annales 13. __________. 1995-96. A bibliography of Filipino philosophy. Σοφια 25. __________. 1996. Toward a definition of Filipino philosophy, Filipino philosophy: A critical bibliography [1774-1992]. Manila: De La Salle University. __________. 1996. Trends in Filipino philosophy, Filipino philosophy: A critical bibliography [1774-1992]. Manila: De La Salle University Press. __________. 1996-97. Emilio Jacinto’s libertarian philosophy of revolution. Σοφια 26. __________. 1996-97. Rizal’s revolution. Philippines Free Press, 28 December-4 January. __________. 1997-98. Manuel L. Quezon’s political philosophy. Σοφια 27. __________. 1997-98. Leadership and people empowerment: A philosophical analysis. Σοφια 27. Also in 1997. Graduate Journal [Technological University of the Philippines] 3. Guevara, Jaime P. 1992-93. Philosophical thoughts of Claro Rafols Ceniza. Σοφια 22. __________. 1992-93. A tribute to a philosopher. Σοφια 22. Han, Benjamin. 1996. A perspective of the life and death cycle among the Sama of Tawi-tawi. Edukasyon 2. Hornedo, Florentino H. 1994. Bago mythology and the ecosystem. Saint Louis University Research Journal 25. __________. 1994. Death and after death: Ivatan beliefs and practices. Philippine Studies 42. Ibana, Rainier. 1996. Ordinary people in everyday life. [De]Scribing elections. Quezon City: Institute for Popular Democracy. Lagmay, Alfredo V. 1993. Bahala na! Philippine Journal of Psychology 26. Madale, Nagasura T. 1996. Toward an understanding of religion and culture in the Philippines: the Muslim-Filipino perspective. Philippiniana Sacra 31. Mangahas, Fe B. 1997. Imagining kapatiran: Oryang and revolution. Philippine Journal of Education 76. Mangahas, Mahar. 1996. The Philippine social climate. Philippine Studies 44. Maningas, Ismael Ireneo. 1992-93. Kasipagan, pagkamakabayan, at pagkamaka-diyos: Implikasyon sa kaunlaran ng bansang Filipinas. Malay 11. Mercado, Leonardo N. 1994. Filipino microcosms. Unitas 67. __________. 1996. The Filipino translation of being. Diwa 21. __________. 1997. Bayani, the Filipino concept of hero. Karunungan 10-14. Miranda, Dionisio M. 1997. Ang kabuluhan ng budhi. Diwa 22. Ople, Blas F. 1996. Quezon’s unsettled legacies. Philippine Panorama, 25 August.

338

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Ordoñez, Sedfrey A. 1996. Relevance of Rizal’s human rights views in the context of Asia today. In Jose Rizal and the Asian renaissance. Edited by M. Rajaretnam. Kuala Lumpur: Institut Kajian Dasar. Quibuyen, Floro. 1997. Rizal and the revolution. Philippine Studies 45. Quito, Emerita S. 1997. A concept of hero. Karunungan 10-14. San Juan Jr., Epifanio. 1994. Sikolohiyang Filipino, sikolohiyang rebolusyonaryo. Diliman Review 42. Also in 1995-96. Malay 13. __________. 1995. Against post-colonial theory: The challenge of the Philippine revolution. Diliman Review 43. __________. 1996. Rizal’s novels: Ideology, class, consciousness, history. Diliman Review 44. Santiago, Luciano P.R. 1993. The language of mourning and depression in Filipino and its Indonesian and Malaysian cognates: Transcultural, sociological, historical, artistic, and therapeutic significance. Philippine Quarterly of Culture and Society 21. Saulo, Alfredo B. 1994. The philosophy of Emilio Aguinaldo. Sinag 3. Tan, Venus D. 1995. The Butuan concept of kasipog or shame. The Mindanao Forum 10. Ticao, Cynthia J. 1995. “Hikap, kapkap kag iban pa": Who touches who and where? In Proceedings of the 1st conference on West Visayan history and culture. Iloilo City: UP Center for West Visayan Studies. Timbreza, Florentino T. 1993. Mga tagapaglawak-landas sa pilosopiyang Pilipino. Daloy 3. __________. 1994. Tao: Sa pananaw ng mga Filipino. Daloy 4. __________. 1995-96. Metaphysics and Filipino social reality. Σοφια 25. __________. 1997. Ang pagtanghal sa bayani at kabayanihan. Karunungan 10-14. Tolentino, Roland B. 1996. Jameson and Kidlat Tahimik. Philippine Studies 44. Urlanda, Randy V. 1997. Paete’s famed kitchen artists. Philippine Panorama, 16 November. Villaroel, Fidel, OP. 1996. Marcelo H. del Pilar: His religious conversions. Unitas 69. B. Books, Pamphlets, and Monographs Bonoan, Raul J., SJ. 1994. The Rizal-Pastells correspondence Quezon City: Ateneo de Manila University Press. de Castro, Leonardo. 1995. Ang utang na loob bilang konsepto ng etika. Professorial Chair Papers, series 95-5. Quezon City: UP CSSP Publications. __________. 1995. Etika at pilosopiya: Sa kontekstong Filipino. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press. Dy Jr., Manuel B., ed. 1994. Values in Philippine culture and education. Washington, D. C.: Council for Research in Values and Philosophy. Enriquez, Virgilio G. 1994. Pagbabangong-dangal: Indigenous psychology and cultural empowerment. Quezon City: Akademya ng Kultura at Sikolohiyang Pilipino. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1996. Filipino philosophy: A critical bibliography [1774-l992]. (See chap. 9.) Manila: De La Salle University Press. Mercado, Leonardo N., SVD. 1994. The Filipino mind. Washington, DC: Council for Research in Values and Philosophy. Ramirez, Mina M. 1993. The Filipino worldview and values. Occasional monograph 4. Manila: Asian Social Institute.

339

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY (FP1)

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

C. Book Reviews Aguirre, Alfonso. 1993. Review of Buting Pinoy. Diwa 18. Bernad, Miguel A., SJ. 1996. The Rizal-Pastells correspondence 1892-1893: A review article. Kinaadman 18. Perez, Arturo M. 1996-97. Review of Etika at pilosopiya: Sa kontekstong Filipino. By Leonardo D. de Castro. Σοφια 26. Reis, Salome S., OSA. 1993. Review of Filipino religious experience and non-biblical revelation. Edited by Leonardo N. Mercado. Manila: Divine Word Publications. D. Graduate Studies Aspra, Mark Edwin T. 1994. Ang pilosopia ng nasyonalismo ni Renato Constantino. Master’s thesis, De La Salle University. Bobis, Alwin B. 1997. Isang pilosopikal na pagsusuri ng hiya. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Mutin, Borromeo B. 1997. Isang pagsusuri sa panlipunang konsepto ng utang na loob. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Reyes, Jing Rivera. 1994. Sining ng pakikibaka: Tungo sa pagtuklas ng pilosopiyang Pilipino. Master’s thesis, De La Salle University.

340

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTERVII. LOGIC/LOGICAL THEORY/ PHILOSOPHICAL LOGIC AND PHILOSOPHY OF MATHEMATICS A. Articles Albert, Jose Ramon G. 1995. Statistics: Practices and malpractices. Scientia 4. __________, Claro R. Ceniza, and Joseph E. Martire. 1997-98. Probability logic: An introductory paper towards a merging of logic and probability. Σοφια 27. Aquino, Ranhilio C. 1994. Logical and epistemological considerations in law. Philippiniana Sacra 29. Catalan, J. A. 1993. Questions on critical thinking. Pagkamulat Journal 13. Ceniza, Claro R. 1992-93. Logic is boring; truth is ugly. Σοφια 22. __________. 1993-94. Parmenides and the logic of causality. Σοφια 43. __________. 1994. Logic and critical thinking for teachers. In Philosophy of education concerns: Purposes, content, and methods of education. Edited by Celeste O. Botor and Aniceta M. Ortinero. Manila: Rex Book Store. __________. 1995-96. The logic of confirmation and objectivity. Σοφια 25. __________, Jose Ramon G. Albert, and Joseph E. Martire. 1997-98. Probability logic: An introductory paper towards a merging of logic and probability. Σοφια 27. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1994-95. Constatival content: the replacement of the proposition with the constative. Σοφια 24. Limjap, Auxencia A. 1992-93. Verification or program correctness in discrete mathematics. Agham 16. Lopez, Manuel. 1993. A survey of process algebra. Computer Issues 27. Martire, Joseph E., Claro R. Ceniza, and Jose Ramon G. Albert. 1997-98. Probability logic: an introductory paper towards a merging of logic and probability. Σοφια 27. B. Books and Monographs Acuña, Andresito E. 1995, 1997. Philosophical analysis. Quezon City: Center for Systematrix Research Design, Inc. de Castro, Leonardo. 1993. Ethics and logic: Basic concepts. Quezon City: Katha Publications. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1996. Filipino philosophy: A critical bibliography [1774-1992]. (See chaps. 10 & 19.) Manila: De La Salle University Press. Pepa, Ruel F. [1997]. An introduction to philosophy and logic. N.p. C. Book Reviews Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1996-97. Review of Philosophical analysis. By Andresito E. Acuña. Σοφια 26. Perez, Arturo M. 1997-98. Review of Philosophical analysis. By Andresito E. Acuña. Σοφια 27.

341

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

PHILOSOPHICAL LOGIC

D. Graduate Studies Acedo, Simplicio B. 1995. The paradox of induction. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Franco, Geraldo Pio. 1995. On the interpretation of the quantifier. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Mahaquiao Jr., Napoleon M. 1993. The status of tractarian objects. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines.

342

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER VIII. METAPHYSICS AND WELTANSCHAUUNG A. Articles Aquino, Ranhilio C. 1994. Hick and process philosophy on the reality of God. Philippiniana Sacra 29. Bacwagen, Joy Christine O. 1997. Lumawig: The culture hero of the Bontoc-Igorot. Philippine Studies 45. Brias, Victor. 1992-93. Ceniza’s metaphysics and ethics of necessity. Σοφια 22. Ceniza, Claro R. 1993-94. Parmenides and the logic of causality. Σοφια 23. Demetrio, Francisco R. 1994. The Bukidnon myths of sickness, death, and afterlife. Philippine Studies 42. Dy Jr., Manuel. 1997. Notes toward a Chinese view of time. Budhi 1. Estioko, Leonardo R., SVD. 1996. From anomaly to analogy of being. Diwa 21. Ferriols, Roque, SJ. 1997. Fr. Norris Clarke, SJ: Heswitang metapisiko. In Pagdiriwang sa meron: A festival of thought celebrating Fr. Roque Ferriols. Edited by Nemesio Que, SJ and Agustin Rodriguez. Quezon City: ADMU Office of Research and Publications. Garcia, Leni R. 1996-97. The dark side of creation: path to enlightenment. Σοφια 26. Han, Benjamin. 1996. A perspective of the life and death cycle among the Sama of Tawi-Tawi. Edukasyon 2. Hornedo, Florentino H. 1994. Death and after death: Ivatan beliefs and practices. Philippine Studies 42. Leoncini, Dante Luis. 1996-97. Women and the metaphysics of sexual love: An exploration of the Schopenhauerian perspective. Σοφια 26. Mercado, Leonardo N., SVD. 1994. Filipino microcosms. Unitas 67. __________. 1996. The Filipino translation of being. Diwa 21. Pungayan, Eufronio L. 1996. Wisdom and knowledge in the Ibaloi view. Saint Louis Univesity Research Journal 27. Rosario Jr., Tomas. 1997. A conversation with Norris Clarke. Budhi 1. Sim, Segundo E. 1995. The metaphysics of science: A need for educational integration. Kamalayan 1. Timbreza, Florentino T. 1995-96. Truth is a greater friend. Σοφια 25. Torres, Gerardo Z. 1993-94. Time in narrative. Σοφια 23. B. Books, Pamphlets, and Monographs Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1996. Filipino philosophy: A critical bibliography [1774-1992]. (See chap. 12.) Manila: De La Salle University Press. Mercado, Leonardo N. 1994. The Filipino mind. Washington, DC: Council for Research in Values and Philosophy. Que, Nemesio S., SJ., ed. [1997]. W. Norris Clarke, SJ.: Central problems of metaphysics. Quezon City: ADMU Philosophy Department.

343

METAPHYSICS AND WELTANSCHAUUNG

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Ramirez, Mina M. 1993. The Filipino worldview and values. Occasional monograph 4. Manila: Asian Social Institute. Ty, Reynaldo R. 1997. Megatrends in power shifts, paradigm shifts: Towards a construction of new cosmologies. Professorial Chair Paper, Series No. 97-10. Quezon City: UP CSSP Publications. C. Book Reviews Castillo, Norberto, OP. 1994. Review of Hegel, by Charles Taylor. Philippiniana Sacra 29. __________. 1995. Review of Virtue, love and form: Essays in memory of Gregory Vlastos, ed. by Terence Irwin and Martha Nussbaum. Philippiniana Sacra 30. __________. 1995. Review of Philosophy before Socarates, by Richard McKirahan. Philippiniana Sacra 30. __________. 1996. Review of Being-in-the-world: A commentary on Heidegger’s Being and time [Division I], by Huber Dreyfus. Philippiniana Sacra 31. Velasco, Camilo F. 1997. The road less traveled: why it does not make sense to ask: Is the absolute really there? [A review article on Hegel]. Philippiniana Sacra 32. D. Graduate Studies Adalla Jr., Melecio C. 1993. The Hyper-personal consciousness—the peak of substance and heat of life in process of evolution in Teilhard de Chardin’s thought. Master’s thesis, Divine Word University, Tagaytay City. Balaluna, Omar B. 1993. An investigation of consciousness of time: A critical evaluation of Edmund Husserl’s phenomenology of internal time consciousness. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines. Ilagan, Carlos Gomez. 1993. On the possibility of different spatial dimensions and the notion of the noumenal world. Master’s thesis. De La Salle University. Gianan, Celestino A. 1997. Whitehead’s philosophy of organism as its cosmological implications in being human. Masteral thesis, De La Salle University. Go, Johnny C., SJ. 1995. Essays in metaphysics: Plato and Aristotle, Aquinas, Kant, Heidegger. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Lim, Lilian T. 1995. The meaning of attention in the thought of Simone Weil. Master’s thesis, Ateneo de Manila University. Mahaquiao Jr., Napoleon M. 1993. The status of tractarian objects. Master’s thesis, University of the Philippines.

344

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER IX. MODERNISM/POSTMODERNISM AND FEMINISM/POSTFEMINISM A. Articles Abueg, Efren R. 1997. Ang ideolohiya ng wika ng mga babae. Daloy 6. Abulad, Romualdo, SVD. 1997. Origen’s Contra celsum: A touch of postmodernism. Diwa 22. Aguilar, Delia D. 1994-95. Toward a reinscription of nationalist feminism. Review of Women’s Studies 4. Aguilar, Carmencita T. 1994-95. The Philippine foreign debt and the impact on women. Review of Women’s Studies 4. Angeles, Antonette. 1996. Deconstruction and dialogue. Far Eastern University Journal 6. Añonuevo, Rebecca T. 1993. The clubwomen of the Philippines. Philippine Panorama, 7 March. __________. 1995. Feminization of migration. Philippine Panorama, 5 March. Aquino, Belinda A. 1993-1994. Filipino women and political engagement. Review of Women’s Studies 4. Bailey-Weibecke, Ilka. 1995. Women, development, and human rights: The Philippine experience. Philippine Studies 43. Bayot, David Jonathan. 1991-93. Dreamweavers: The Filipino poststructuralist feminist manifesto. Likha 13. Bragado, Erlinda. 1996-97. Feminist biblical hermeneutics: Elizabeth Cady Stanton and “The woman’s bible.” Religious Studies Journal 19. Cannell, Fenella. 1997. The power of appearances: Beauty, mimicry, and transformation. In Discrepant histories. Edited by Vicente L. Rafael. Manila: Anvil Publishing, Inc. David, Luis S. 1997. Feminism and Michel Foucault: A continual contestation. Budhi 1. __________. 1997. Michel Foucault on wreck of the leviathan and the constitution of a new stylistics of love. Budhi 1. de Venecia, Georgina F. 1996. Toward a new world order [re: women as vital partners of nationbuilding]. Philippines Free Press, 7 December. Dimalanta, Ophelia. 1996. The woman as artist-empowered, liberated, dignified. Unitas 69. Dolor, R. Rafael L. 1996-97. Liberating women in the church: Lessons from the past, challenges for the future. Σοφια 26. Also in 1997. Scientia 6. Dueñas, Michael. 1993. Violence against women. Philippines Free Press, 4 August. Escano, Romelda Frances. 1993. The feminist issues in the song “Babae ka” by Inang Laya and their implication on Philippine society. Saint Louis University Research Journal 24. Esser, Andrea Lee. 1995. Gender-sensitizing initiatives in the Philippines. Philippine Studies 43. Feliciano, Myrna. 1993-1994. Legal and political issues affecting the status of women, 19851993. Review of Women’s Studies 4. Garcia, Leni R. 1996-97. Women on Nietzsche: The place/plays of women in philosophy. Sophia 26. Gojocco, Victor. 1996-97. Nietzsche on women. Σοφια 26. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1996. Filipino philosophy: A critical bibliography [see ch. 13]. Manila: De La Salle University Press.

345

MODERNISM AND FEMINISM

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Hornedo, Florentino H. 1996. Notes on postmodern literary theory and criticism. Saint Louis University Research Journal 27. Julie Lluch: artist and feminist. 1993-1994. Review of Women’s Studies 4. Kalaw, Eva V. 1995. Images of women in the short stories of Paz Latorena (1908-1953). Philippine Studies 43. Leoncini, Dante Luis. 1994-95. Postmodernism and the concept of fragmentation. Σοφια 24. __________. 1995-96. On the possibility of making oneself a human work of art. Σοφια 25. Lopez-Gonzaga, Violeta. 1996. Images of women and their role in society in Jose Rizal’s writings. In Jose Rizal and the Asian renaissance. Edited by M. Rajaretnam. Kuala Lumpur: Institut Kajian Dasar. Lua, Norman N. 1994. Male and female in Kankanay songs. Philippine Studies 42. Manalansan, Martin F. 1997. Speaking of AIDS: Language and the Filipino ‘gay’ experience in America. In Discrepant histories. Edited by Vicente L. Rafael. Manila: Anvil Publishing, Inc. Manauat, Natividad Dominique G. 1996-97. Women and art. Σοφια 26. Mangahas, Fe B. 1997. Imagining kapatiran: Oryang and revolution. The Philippine Journal of Education 76. Martinez, Encarnita. 1993. Focus on WILOCI [Women’s Lawyers’ Circle]. Philippine Panorama, 7 March. Medina, Francine. 1996. Breakfast with Hillary [re: women’s rights as human rights]. Philippines Free Press, 7 December. Ortego, Kitch. 1993. Woman, behold thy sum. Philippine Panorama, 7 March. Palma-Angeles, Antonette. 1997. Deconstruction and dialogue. Unitas 70. Patajo-Legasto, Priscelina. 1994. Women and contemporary Philippine theater: “Usapang babae” or “women speaking.” Cultures and texts: Representations in Philippine society. Edited by Raul Pertierra and Eduardo F. Ugarte. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press. Romulo, Beth Day. 1993. Re-thinking domestic violence. Philippine Panorama, 7 February. San Juan Jr., Epifanio. 1991-93. Third world suspicions of postmodernism: Provocatory notes. Praxis 5. Tan, Audrey Lim. 1997. Ang Tsinoy ay Pinoy rin! In Voices. Edited by Teresita Ang See, Caroline Hau, and Joaquin Sy. Manila: Kaisa para sa Kaunlaran, Inc. Tapales, Proserpina Domingo. 1993-94. Women and sustainable development: The case of the Philippines. Review of Women’s Studies 4. Torres, Amaryllis T. 1993-1994. Coping strategies of female-headed households in urban poor communities of the Philippines. Review of Women’s Studies 4. Vasquez, Amelia. 1995. Women and the church’s service ot life in Asia. Philippiniana Sacra 30. B. Books, Pamphlets, and Monographs Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1996. Filipino philosophy: A critical bibliography [1774-1992]. (See chap. 13.) Manila: De La Salle University Press. Guerrero, Sylvia H. 1997. Towards feminist consciousness: Filipino mothers & daughters tell their story. Quezon City: UP Center for Women Studies. Kalakasan [Kababaihan Laban sa Karahasan]. 1994. Sa akin pa rin ang bukas at iba pang kuwento. Quezon City: Circle Publications.

346

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

__________. 1994. Pambubugbog ng asawa: Sino ang maysala? Quezon City: Circle Publications. Mendez-Ventura, Sylvia. 1994. Feminist readings of Philippine fiction: Critique and anthology. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press. Quizon, Joan R., Roselle Leah K. Rivera, and Maxima Urmatam. 1997. Action against VAW: The Arugaan Kalakasan experience. Quezon City: Arugaan ng Kalakasan, Action Research and Publications. Rivera, Roselle Leah K., Jennifer Joan R. Quizon, and Maxima Urrnatam. 1997. Action against VAW: The arugaan Kalakasan experience. Quezon City: Arugaan ng Kalakasan, Action Research and Publications. Soriano, Rafaelita Hilario, ed. 1995. Women in the Philippine revolution [contributors: Bernardita Reyes Churchill, Quintin S. Doromal, Benito J. Legarda, Jr., Isagani R. Medina, Lovely Tecson Romulo, and the editor]. Quezon City: Printon Press. Ty, Reynaldo R. 1997. Megatrends in power shifts, paradigm shifts: Towards the construction of new cosmologies. Professorial Chair Paper. Series No. 97-10. Quezon City: UP CSSP Publications. Urmatam, Maxima, Roselle Leah K. Rivera, and Jennifer Joan R. Quizon. 1997. Action against VAW: The Arugaang Kalakasan experience. Quezon City: Arugaan ng Kalakasan, Action Research and Publications. Women in history and revolution. 1996. Review of Women’s Studies 5 [Journal monograph]. C. Book Reviews Estollosa, Perla. 1996-97. Review of The mystery of God in feminist theological dialogue, by Elizabeth A. Johnson. Religious Studies Journal 19 [Special issue]. Evangelista, Susan. 1996. Deconstructing the patriarchy [Review of Feminist readings of Philippine fiction: critique and anthropology, by Sylvia Mendez Ventura]. Philippine Studies 44. Gascon, James Wenceslao U., SJ. 1994. Review of Ang pagiging babae ay pamumuhay sa panahon ng digma, by Joie Barrios. Philippine Studies 42. Mina, Macario Ofilada. 1997. Review of From modernism to postmodernism: An anthology, ed. by L. Cahoone. Philippiniana Sacra 32. Rebollo, Maximiliano J., OP. 1997. Review of The truth about truth: De-confusing and reconstructing the postmodern world, ed. by Walter Truett Anderson. Philippiniana Sacra 32. Rivera, Cynthia Luz. 1995. Gender within economies in the Philippine context [Review of The political economy of gender: Women and the sexual division of labor in the Philippines, by Elizabeth Eviota]. Unitas 68. D. Short Story Coronel, Edmund. 1996. An exhibition of postmodern aestechticks. Philippines Free Press, 1 June.

347

MODERNISM AND FEMINISM

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

E. Poems Palma-Beltran, Ruby. 1993-1994. Quintessence of dust (or Urduja, to her suitors): Hoy pare, makinig ka. Translated by the author as “Listen, brother.” Review of Women’s Studies 4. __________. 1993-1994. Kay Rosario na namatay sa isang pang-aabuso. Translated by Jenny Llaguno as “To Rosario, dead of abuse.” Review of Women’s Studies 4.

348

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER X. PHILOSOPHY OF ECONOMICS A. Articles Abueg, Elmer. 1978. Scholasticism, welfare economics, and the problem of distributrion: A synthesis. Agimatan 4. __________. 1979. The venture worth method of investment analysis. Agimatan 2. Agrarian reform empowers farmers. 1997. Philippines Free Press, 22 March. Abadilla, Emmie V. 1997. Alternative power too costly for RP? Philippine Graphic, 1 December. Abaya, Perfecto. 1993. Transforming the Philippine economy: The whys and wherefores from economic history. Business & economics 5. Antiporta Sr., Tirso. 1993. Rural banking in the Philippines. Philippine Panorama, 3 January. Arellano, Raul. 1977. In search of the economic theory. Agimatan 2. Arillo, Cecilio T. 1997. East Asia will overcome—Ramos. Philippine Graphic, 1 December. Asia-Pacific economic cooperation (APEC) meeting of ministers responsible for trade [re: The APEC agenda]. 1997. Philippine Graphic, 16 June. Aurellano, Raul. 1977. The rich and unjust society. Agimatan 2. Bautista, Cesar B. 1997. The debate has been resolved [re: globalization vs. protectionism]. Philippine Graphic, 16 June. Brilliantes, Gregorio C. 1997. Money (I). Philippine Graphic, 15 December. __________. 1997. Money (II). Philippine Graphic, 22 December. Castañeda, Ramon E. 1979. Ang UNCTAD at ang “Bagong kaayusan ng pandaigdigang ekonomiya.” Agimatan 4. Clemente, Alejandro. 1997. Entrepreneurship as a required course.Philippine Graphic, 29 September. Cooperatives bring about social transformation in Bulacan. 1996. Philippine Panorama, 8 September. Cooperatives: Effective vehicle for economic empowerment. 1997. Philippine Panorama, 9 March. Cosico, Rodrigo V. 1993. An appraisal on technology and financial investment of multinational corporations in the Philippines. Philippine Technology Journal 18. Dacay, Luisito. 1977. The church: An impediment to economic development? Agimatan 2. de la Rama, J. Eugenio. 1977. Unemployment: Two interpretations. Agimatan 2. __________. 1977. Expectation-based business cycles and the real schedule: A suggested interpretation. Agimatan 2. de los Reyes Jr., Venancio R. 1994. Barter. Sinag 3. de Villa, Nadine. 1978. Authoritarianism and development. Agimatan 3. Dueñas, Nathaniel D. 1997. [The Cooperative Development Authority:] Progress in unity. Philippines Free Press, 22 March. __________. 1997. [Technical Education & Skills Development Authority:] Top of the line. Philippines Free Press, 22 March.

349

PHILOSOPHY OF ECONOMICS

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

__________. 1997. [Bureau of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources:] Golden harvest. Philippines Free Press, 22 March. __________. 1997. Technology today, food tomorrow. Philippines Free Press, 21 June. Dy Jr., Manuel B. 1994. The economic structure of society: Habermas’s reconstruction of historical materialism. In Contemporary social philosophy. Quezon City: JMC Press. Fernando, Marc I. 1980. Economics, dissidence, and insurgency. Agimatan 2. Foreword [re: Toffler and Philippines 2000]. 1994-95. FAPE Review 21. Formilleza, Edna. 1978. Educational priorities and investments plan for higher education. Agimatan 2. Foronda Jr., Marcelino A. 1993. Origins of banking in the Philippines. Philippine Panorama, 3 January. __________. 1993. The origin of Philippine maritime trade. Philippine Panorama, 14 March. Fuji Xerox. 1996. Catching the next wave [APEC weekly document]. Philippines Free Press, 12 October. Galanan, Rolando I. 1976. International trade as an engine of growth: A critique. Agimatan 2. Gana, Manuel. 1977. The trial of David Ricardo. Agimatan 2. __________ and Ernesto Mascanon. 1977. The role of external debt in Philippine development. Agimatan 2. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1995-96. Philosophy and economics. Σοφια 25. Hernandez, Alfredo P. 1993. Farmer’s coops: Escape from poverty. Philippine Panorama, 3 January. Jacinto, Louie. 1977. Notes on the labor theory of value. Agimatan 2. Jorge, Eustacio B. 1977. Looking back at classical economics. Agimatan 2. Lagman, Edcel C. 1997. The youth in economic development. Philippines Free Press, 10 January. Lagman Jr., Oscar P. 1993. Proper recruitment: Key to good customer relations. Business World 6. Lee, Renato M. 1993. Our “throw-away” society. Pagkamulat Journal 16. Lichauco, Alejandro. 1997. Globalization or protectionism? Philippine Graphic, 16 June. Lizares, Eduardo. 1977. Marcuse and the modern industrial society. Agimatan 2. Locsin, Teodoro M. 1995. Grand illusion [re: free enterprise]. Philippines Free Press, 25 March. Macapagal-Arroyo, Gloria. 1997. Making graduate education relevant to business and industry. Philippine Educational Forum 33. Madrilejo, Edgardo O. 1976. Equilibrium and power. Agimatan 1. __________. 1977a. An essay on the principles of political economy in retrospect or why it wouldn’t have made any difference to Mr. Godwin, M. Condorcet, and other writers, or the rudiment of classical plumbing. Agimatan 2. __________. 1977b. Ilang kuro-kuro sa teorya ng bahay-kalakal. Agimatan 2. __________. 1980. Capital accumulation, unequal exchange and regional disparities. Agimatan 5. Mañalac, Gabriel III. 1976. Summary of the maximization theory (of utility) and the substitution and income effect. Agimatan 1. __________. 1977. Economic perspective ‘76. Agimatan 2. Mangaran Jr., Pablo F. 1993. Quality as a weapon-2. Business World 6. __________. 1993. A matter of management. Business World 7.

350

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Maramag, Felipe. 1976. The theory of cost: An overview. Agimatan 1. __________. 1977. Towards Philippine economic growth. Agimatan 3. __________. 1978. Income distribution and welfare. Agimatan 3. Maranan, Aloysius A., OSB. 1993. Isang pagsulyap sa mga pananaliksik tungkol sa ugnayan ng edukasyon at hanapbuhay sa mga papaunlad na bansa. Scientia 2. Melencio, Lourdes. 1977. Population growth and economic growth incompatible? Agimatan 2. Noel Jr., Eduardo S. 1979. A critique of Rostow’s The stages of economic growth. Agimatan 3. __________. 1980. The ASEAN as an economic union. Agimatan 2. __________. 1994-96. The conflict between the executive and the legislative branches of the government: A formidable obstacle to economic progress. B & E Review 7. Ople, Blas. 1993. Competitiveness: The new art of war. Philppine Panorama, 28 February. Patalinghug, Epictetus E. 1992. Industrial policy in export-oriented economies: Lessons from the experiences of Japan, South Korea and Taiwan. Agimatan 29. Partosa, Nilo D. 1993. Industrialization and development. Philippine Journal of Education 71. Philippine Peasant Institute. 1997. Trading away liberty through liberalization. Philippine Graphic, 16 June. Poblete, Jose Alfonso. 1977. Diminishing marginal materialism. Agimatan 2. Project Team (Emerlinda R. Roman, Erlinda S. Echanis, Ernesto P. Pineda, Rafael A. Rodriguez, and Maria Teresa M. Sicat). 1996. Confucianism in Chinese managerial thinking and practices, Management control in Chinese-Filipino business enterprises. Quezon City; UP Center for Integrative and Development Studies. Quibblat, Advinculo Jr. 1977. Economic command: A facet of Philippine economic growth. Agimatan 2. Rama, Napoleon G. 1993. A whole lot of catching up to be done [re: technology, markets, and Filipino entrepreneurs]. Philippine Panorama, 14 February. Ramos, Fidel V. 1993. Philippines 2000: Our development strategy. Philippine Technology Journal 18. __________. 1997. The spirit of enterprise. Graphic, 25 August. Ravago, Benjamin. 1977. Planning for the rich and the poor. Agimatan 2. Raymundo, Roberto S. 1993-94. An empirical verification of the existence of output, inflation and unemployment trade-offs in the Philippines, 1975-92. DLSU Dialogue 27. Reboredo, Antonio Z. 1993. Economics of prognostications. Business World 6. Roca, Eduardo D. 1979. The Keynesian-classical debate on employment: A simple schematic representation. Agimatan 2. Romulo, Beth Day. 1993. The Philippines should produce its own milk. Philippine Panoram, 17 January. __________. 1997. English as a business asset. Philippine Panorama, 24 January. __________. 1997. Mr. Mechai moves from condoms to reverse migration. Philippine Panorama, 20 April. __________. 1997. The myth of Asian values [re Philippine economy]. Philippine Panorama, 29 June. Royandoyan, Omie. 1993. Industrializing the countryside or undermining agriculture? Philippine Technology Journal 18. Sales, Ma. Theresa Y. 1996. Liberalizing the retail trade: How wide to open the door? Philippine Political Monitor (September).

351

PHILOSOPHY OF ECONOMICS

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Santos, Henedina Mary Ann. 1980. Cartels and their impact on developing countries. Agimatan 5. Santos, Rhoderick. 1993. The global investor in the Philippine market. B & E Journal 5. Sarian, Zac B. 1993. Sweet corn is a good money-maker. Philippine Panorma, 28 March. __________. 1996. Grow your vegetables in containers. Philippine Panorama, 18 August. Sears, Robert M. 1997. Globalization vs. protectionism: The economic scenario for 2000 and beyond. Philippine Graphic, 16 June. See, Teresita Ang. 1997. The Chinese in the Philippine political process: From retail trade nationalization to retail trade liberalization, The Chinese in the Philippines: Problems and perspectives, vol. 2. Manila: Kaisa Para sa Kaunlaran, Inc. Suleik, Mercedes. 1993. Enhancing financial management skills. Business World 7. _________. 1993. Sustainable development and the financial system. Business World 6. Sy, Dante. 1993. Power and commitment. Business World 6. Tapales, Proserpina Domingo. 1993-1994. Women and sustainable development: The case of the Philippines. Review of Women’s Studies 4. The economy of the Philippines. 1997. Philippine Graphic, 16 June. Tolosa, Benjamin T. Jr. 1988. Political-economic ideologies and social justice. Pantas 1. __________. 1996. Development studies and the Oikos perspective. Philippine Studies 44. Tullao Jr., Tereso S. 1976. The problem of the educated unemployed. Agimatan 1. __________. 1993. Is there hope for the Philippine economy? Business Times, 29 May. __________. 1995-96. Ekonomiks ng kapaligiran: Isang introduksiyon. Malay 13. Wang, Heh-song. 1995. The role of Japan in Philippine economic development. Philippine Studies 43. B. Books, Pamphlets, and Monographs Arriola, Fe. 1995. Moving out of poverty: A conceptual framework. Manila: Asian Social Institue. Corpuz, Onofre D. 1997. An economic history of the Philippines. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press. Deza, Alfonso B. (ed.) and Mina M. Ramirez. 1997. When labor does not pay. Occasional monograph 9. Manila: Asian Social Institute. Espiritu, Edgardo, Serafin Talisayon, and Mina M. Ramirez. 1994. The Philippines as knowledge center in the Asia-Pacific. Occasional monograph 5. Manila: Asian Social Institute. GATT: Defining the discourse. 1994. Kasarinlan 9 [Journal monograph]. Gripaldo, Eden M. 1997. Deng Xiaoping and the new Chinese revolution. Professorial Chair Paper, Series No. 97-4. Quezon City: UP CSSP Publications. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1996. Filipino philosophy: A critical bibliography [1774-1992]. (See chap. 14). Manila: De La Salle University Press. Juan, Go Bon. 1996. Myths about the ethnic Chinese “economic miracle.” Translated by Joaquin Sy. Manila: Kaisa para sa Kaunlaran, Inc. Poblador, Niceto S. 1996. The economics of the firm: Managerial applications. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press. Ramirez, Mina M. 1996. Monetary culture and challenges of equality. Manila: Asian Social Institute.

352

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

_________ and Alfonso B. Deza (ed.). 1997. When labor does not pay. Occasional monograph 9. Manila: Asian Social Institute. _________, Serafin Talisayon, and Edgardo Espiritu. 1994. The Philippines as knowledge center in the Asia-Pacific. Occasional monosgraph 5. Manila: Asian Social Institute. Rivera, Temario C. 1994-95. Landlords and capitalists: Class, family and state in Philippine manufacturing. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press. Sycip, W. 1996. Asian perspectives on business and management, economic success, and governance. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press. Talisayon, Serafin D. 1994. Towards a leapfrogging strategy for the Philippines. Occasional monograph 6. Manila: Asian Social Institute. __________, Mina M. Ramirez, and Edgardo Espiritu. 1994. The Philippines as knowledge center in the Asia-Pacific. Occasional monosgraph 5. Manila: Asian Social Institute. Tullao Jr., Tereso S. 1993. Tungo sa patakarang industriyal ng Pilipinas. Manila: DLSU Press. Ty, Reynaldo R. 1997. Megatrends in power shifts, paradigm shifts: Towards the construction of new cosmologies. Professorial Chair Paper, Series No. 97-10. Quezon City: UP CSSP Publications. C. Book Review Adair, Margot. 1977. Review of The money changers. By Arthur Hailey. Agimatan 2. Alquiros, Federico. 1978. Review of Environmental issues: Population, pollution and eocnomics. By Lawrence G. Hines. Agimatan 2. de Guzman, Virgilio S. 1977. Review of Money: Where it came, where it went. By John Kenneth Galbraith. Agimatan 2. Galano, Rolando I. 1978. Review of Price theory. By Milton Friedman. Agimatan 2. __________. 1980. Review of The evolution of the international economic order. By Arthur W. Lewis. Agimatan 4. Lizares, Eduardo P. 1978. Review of The economic growth debate: An assessment. By E. J. Mishan. Agimatan 2. Mascanon, Ernesto. 1977. Review of The rehabilitation of consumer’s surplus. [From Readings in welfare economics.] By John Hicks. Agimatan 2. Poblete, Jose Alfonso. 1977. Review of A critique of economic theory. Agimatan 2. Posadas, Julieta. 1977. Review of The liberal hour. By John Kenneth Galbraith. Agimatan 2. Rivera, Cynthia Luz. 1995. Gender within economies in the Philippine context [Review of The political economy of gender: Women and the sexual division of labor in the Philippines by Elizabeth Eviota]. Unitas 68. D. Graduate Studies Echauz, Lydia Balatbat. 1993. The business philosophy, management style, and the growth strategies of Henry Sy, Jr.: A case study. Doctoral dissertation in business administration, De La Salle University.

353

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CHAPTER XI. PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION A. Articles Ables Higino A. 1994. The natural science and man: The Los Baños experience. In Philosophy of education concerns: Purposes, content, and methods of education. Edited by Celeste O. Botor and Aniceta M. Ortinero. Manila: Rex Book Store. Acelajado, Maxima J. 1992-93. Makataong pagtuturo ng matematika. Malay 11. Alcala, Angel C. 1997. Prospects of Philippine higher education.Philippine Educational Forum 33. Alegre, Juan A. 1997. Teach geography for nationalism—Gloria. Philippine Graphic, 29 September. Alfelor, Remedios R. 1994. Response to Umaly. In Philosophy of education concerns: Purposes, content, and methods of education. Edited by Celeste O. Botor and Aniceta M. Ortinero. Manila: Rex Book Store. Aquino, Ranhilio C. 1997. A (Non)Introduction to differance. The education of the pagan. Philippiniana Sacra 32. Arcelo, Adriano A. 1994. Education and the labor market policy issues for Philippine 2000. Philippine Journal of Education 73. Bago, Adelaida L. 1993. Redefining the art of teaching. Manila Bulletin, 10 July. __________. 1993. Teaching, a balancing act. Pagkamulat Journal 10. Bautista, Cirilo F. 1994. Problems in the teaching of poetry in the classroom. Philippine Panorama, 26 June. __________. 1995. Poetry and classroom culture (I & II). Philippine Panorama, 4 & 11 June. __________. 1995. Creative writing courses and the academe. Philippine Panorama, 23 July. Barsaga, Eligio B. 1996. The alternative learning system in Philippine education: Issues and concerns. Philippine Journal of Education 74. Bonifacio, Armand F. 1994. Philosophy of education: perspective from philosophy. In Philosophy of education concerns: Purposes, content, and methods of education. Edited by Celeste O. Botor and Aniceta M. Ortinero. Manila: Rex Book Store. Botor, Celeste O. 1994. The nature and functions of philosophy of education. In Philosophy of education concerns: Purposes, content, and methods of education. Edited by Celeste O. Botor and Aniceta M. Ortinero. Manila: Rex Book Store. ___________. 1994. The Philippine education, its roots and struggle for liberalization. In Philosophy of education concerns: purposes, content, and methods of education. Edited by Celeste O. Botor and Aniceta M. Ortinero. Manila: Rex Book Store. Ceniza, Claro R. 1994. Logic and critical thinking for teachers. In Philosophy of education concerns: purposes, content, and methods of education. Edited by Celeste O. Botor and Aniceta M. Ortinero. Manila: Rex Book Store. Clemente, Alejandro. 1997. Schools of the futuree: Parts I and IV. Philippine Journal of Education 75. __________. 1997. Entrepreneurship as a required course. Philippine Graphic, 29 September.

354

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Cortes, Josefina R. 1994. Basic education: The foundation for people empowerment. Philippine Journal of Education 73. __________. 1994. The meaning, purpose, and values of schooling to Filipinos: Implications for educational policy and planning. In Philosophy of education concerns: Purposes, content, and methods of education. Edited by Celeste O. Botor and Aniceta M. Ortinero. Manila: Rex Book Store. Cuizon, Erlinda. 1994. Response to Umaly. In Philosophy of education concerns: Purposes, content, and methods of education. Edited by Celeste O. Botor and Aniceta M. Ortinero. Manila: Rex Book Store. Custodio, Lourdes J. 1993. The responsibility of universities in the developing countries on the threshold of the 21st century. Philippiniana Sacra 28. __________. 1994. Formulating a framework for an education in and for values: A concern of philosophers of education. In Philosophy of education concerns: Purposes, content, and methods of education. Edited by Celeste O. Botor and Aniceta M. Ortinero. Manila: Rex Book Store. Datu, Galicano J. 1994. The place of a philosophy of education in technical-vocational education. In Philosophy of education concerns: Purposes, content, and methods of education. Edited by Celeste O. Botor and Aniceta M. Ortinero. Manila: Rex Book Store. Donato, Rafael, FSC. 1993. Educating for peace: The Philippine Experience. Tanglaw 2. Dy, Manuel B. Jr. 1989. Teaching philosophy in Filipino. Pantas 2. Epistola, Silvino V. 1994. Response to Zachariah. In Philosophy of education concerns: Purposes, content, and methods of education. Edited by Celeste O. Botor and Aniceta M. Ortinero. Manila: Rex Book Store. Erestain, Teresita C. 1993. How writers compose: Models for the teaching of composition. Tanglaw 2. Espiritu, Dan L. 1993. Philosophy in Philippine evangelical theological schools. Saint Louis University Research Journal 24. Estioko, Leonardo, SVD. 1995. Liberal and nationalist higher education. CEAP Perspective 15. Gabriel, Pedro. 1971. The problem of relevance. Bagong Silang 2. Gaceta, Aurora C. 1994. Teachers as decision-makers. In Philosophy of education concerns: purposes, content, and methods of education. Edited by Celeste O. Botor and Aniceta M. Ortinero. Manila: Rex Book Store. Galdon, Joseph A. 1995. The philosophy of an aging composition teacher. Pantas 7. Garcia, Leovino Ma. 1996. Being-for-others: Teaching as learning responsibility from our students. Unitas 69. __________. 1997. On Paul Ricoeur, the university, and Philippine culture. Karunungan 10-14. Go, Alice S. 1993. The experiential approach: A learning by doing revival. Philippine Journal of Education 71. Gonzalez, Andrew, FSC. 1971. A modest proposal regarding academic titles on campus. Bagong Silang 2. __________. 1993. The essence of Lasallian education. Pagkamulat Journal 9. __________. 1993. Uncommon opinion: The return of laissez-faire to Philippine education. CEAP Perspective 13. __________. 1993. Approaches to a philosophy of education in the Philippine setting. Tanglaw 1.

355

PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

__________. 1993. Professionalism among academics. CEAP Perspective 13. __________. 1994-95. Career path for DLSU faculty researchers. URCO Folio Series 4. __________. 1995. Realizing our vision through our faculty. DLSU Newsletter, 2 October. __________. 1995. Lasallian education toward the year 2001. DLSU 2001: De La Salle University and national development. Edited by Isagani R. Cruz and Trinidad S. Osteria. Manila: De La Salle University Press. __________. 1996. Intellectual excellence is university’s business. DLSU Newsletter, 26 August. __________. 1996. Preparing our students for life. DLSU Newsletter, 16 December. __________. 1997. Gearing up for the 21st century: The role of La Salle-Manila. DLSU Newsletter, 16 June. Gripaldo, Rolando M. 1996-97. Knowledge, education, and the development of the mind. Σοφια 26. Group Report. 1994. Philosophy of education for teacher educators. In Philosophy of education concerns: Purposes, content, and methods of education. Edited by Celeste O. Botor and Aniceta M. Ortinero. Manila: Rex Book Store. Group Report. 1994. Philosophy of education for teacher education. In Philosophy of education concerns: Purposes, content, and methods of education. Edited by Celeste O. Botor and Aniceta M. Ortinero. Manila: Rex Book Store. Group Report. 1994. Philosophy of education for general education. In Philosophy of education concerns: Purposes, content, and methods of education. Edited by Celeste O. Botor and Aniceta M. Ortinero. Manila: Rex Book Store. Group Report. 1994. Philosophy of education for all other professions. In Philosophy of education concerns: Purposes, content, and methods of education. Edited by Celeste O. Botor and Aniceta M. Ortinero. Manila: Rex Book Store. Guevara, Jaime P. 1996-97. Philosophy and education: keeping aflame the fire of life. Σοφια 26. Guzman, Maybelle K. 1994. Response to the paper of Dr. Aurora C. Gaceta. In Philosophy of education concerns: Purposes, content, and methocs of education. Edited by Celeste O. Botor and Aniceta M. Ortinero. Manila: Rex Book Store. Habito, Cielito F. 1997. Quality higher education: Foundation for people empowerment and global competitiveness. Philippine Educational Forum 33. Herrera, Tetchie. 1997. Sharing St. Thomas Aquinas’ teachings. Philippine Panorama, 28 January. Hidalgo, Fe. 1997. Values education for international understanding. Philippine Journal of Education 76. Hocson, Teresita R., Juanita A. Manalo, and Victoria M. Segovia. 1992-93. Environmental education—a strategy for the treatment and prevention of environmental pollution. Philippine Educational Forum 31. Ibana, Rainier. 1997. Civil society and the principle of solidarity. In Civil society in a Chinese context. Edited by Wang Miaoxang, YU Xuanmen and Manuel B. Dy Jr. Washington, D.C.: The Council for Research in Values and Philosophy. __________. 1995. Philosophy is also for children—teaching reasoning skills to young children. Philippine Journal of Education 73. Lasam, Gloria Z. [1995]. Laws, circulars, CSC rules and regulations relevant to education. Review bulletin: A handy reference for all. N.p.

356

FILIPINO PHILOSOPHY: A CRITICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Lasquite, Lauro O. 1993. The implications of the “metaphysical-moral” being of man in existentialism applied to Philippine philosophy of education. Saint Louis University Research Journal 24. Laya, Jaime C. 1994. Curriculum, attitudes, and teachers. In Philosophy of education concerns: purposes, content, and methods of education. Edited by Celeste O. Botor and Aniceta M. Ortinero. Manila: Rex Book Store. Lota, Rogelio M. 1974. College teaching innovations. Bagong Silang 3. Lucero, Clara T. 1994. The philosophy of the student teaching program. University Journal 10. Manalang, Priscila S. 1994. Teacher education and philosophy of education: The Asian experience. In Philosophy of education concerns: Purposes, content, and methods of education. Edited by Celeste O. Botor and Aniceta M. Ortinero. Manila: Rex Book Store. Manalo, Juanita A., Victoria M. Segovia, and Teresita R. Hocson. 1992-93. Environmental education—a strategy for the treatment and prevention of environmental pollution. Philippine Educational Forum 31. Maningas Jr., Ismael. 1991-93. The role of religious educators in the social formation of today’s generation. Religious Studies Journal 15. __________. 1996. Emmanuel Levina’s the face of the other religious education. Tanglaw 4. Martinez, Ma.